SHIRE OF ASHBURTON
PRELIMINARY DESIGN
SPECIFICATION
VOLUME 1
ARCHITECTURAL & STRUCTURAL
FOR
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL
ONSLOW, WESTERN AUSTRALIA
ARCHITECT
1/20 Jersey Street
Jolimont WA 6014
Telephone:
(08) 9380 4044
Facsimile:
(08) 9380 4045
Email: info@roxbyarchitects.com.au
ABN
92 080 890 893
PRELIMINARY DESIGN
SPECIFICATION
VOLUME 1
ARCHITECTURAL & STRUCTURAL
Specification of work to be performed
and materials to be used in
the construction of
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL
ONSLOW,
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Specification No: 110913/SP1
This is the annexed Preliminary Design specification Volume 1 of 4 referred to in the agreement
Dated the....................... day of ................................. 20.........
Contractor..................................................................................
Witness ...................................................................................
Principal ..................................................................................
Witness ...................................................................................
SPECIFICATION CONTENTS
DOCUMENT
PAGES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION VOLUME 1 – ARCHITECTURAL & STRUCTURAL:
A
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................... A1 – A62
B
TERMITE PROTECTION .......................................................................................................... B1 – B8
E
CONCRETE........................................................................................................................... E1 – E8
F
STRUCTURAL STEEL ...............................................................................................................F1 – F6
G
METALWORK ...................................................................................................................... G1 – G58
I
INSULATION & BARRIERS ......................................................................................................I1 – I20
L
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.............................................................................................. L1 – L34
N
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING ............................................................................................... N1 – N18
U
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS........................................................................................ U1 – U34
V
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES ................................................................................................... V1 – V24
X
RESILIENT FINISHES........................................................................................................... X1 – X20
Y
GLAZING............................................................................................................................ Y1 – Y12
Z
PAINTING ...........................................................................................................................Z1 – Z22
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION VOLUME 2 – BUILDING SERVICES:
P
HYDRAULIC SERVICES
Q
ELECTRICAL SERVICES
R
MECHANICAL SERVICES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION VOLUME 3 – ESD & LANDSCAPING:
ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
WATER, WASTEWATER & STORMWATER
LANDSCAPING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION VOLUME 4 – SCHEDULES:
1
EXTERNAL FINISHES SCHEDULE, Rev 0
2
INTERNAL FINISHES SCHEDULE, Rev 0
3
LOOSE FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, Rev 0
4
FIXTURES SCHEDULE, Rev 0
5
DOOR SCHEDULE, Rev 0
6
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
7
BUILDING HEIGHT ACCESS SAFETY BRIEF
8
ACOUSTICS REPORT
9
INDICATIVE SITE BOUNDARY SKETCH
10
LETTER OF COMPLIANCE
Version Ref: 110913/120705
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
A.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... A.1
A.1.01 APPLICATION................................................................................................... A.1
A.1.02 REFERENCES ................................................................................................... A.1
A.1.03 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ............................................................... A.3
A.1.04 INTERPRETATION ............................................................................................ A.3
A.1.05 IMPERATIVES .................................................................................................. A.5
A.1.06 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................................... A.5
A.1.07 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)................................................... A.6
A.1.08 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL ................................. A.7
A.1.09 LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... A.7
A.2 CERTIFICATION...................................................................................................................... A.7
A.2.01 CERTIFICATION GENERALLY ............................................................................. A.7
A.2.02 CERTIFICATION STATUS SCHEDULE .................................................................. A.8
A.2.03 QUALIFICATION OF CERTIFIER ......................................................................... A.8
A.2.04 STRUCTURAL CERTIFICATION ........................................................................... A.8
A.2.05 FIRE RESISTANCE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CERTIFICATION ........................... A.9
A.2.06 PRODUCT CERTIFICATION ................................................................................ A.9
A.3 SUBMISSIONS ........................................................................................................................ A.9
A.3.01 SUBMISSIONS GENERALLY ................................................................................ A.9
A.3.02 SUBMISSIONS PROCEDURE..............................................................................A.10
A.3.03 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMISSIONS..............................................................A.11
A.3.04 SUBMISSIONS FORMAT....................................................................................A.12
A.3.05 TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS ...............................................................................A.13
A.3.05.01 PRODUCT DATA ............................................................................A.13
A.3.05.02 CONTROL SAMPLES .......................................................................A.13
A.3.05.03 METHODS STATEMENTS ................................................................A.14
A.3.05.04 SHOP DRAWINGS..........................................................................A.15
A.3.05.05 ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS & CERTIFICATION...........................A.16
A.3.05.06 TRADE WARRANTIES.....................................................................A.16
A.3.05.07 PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES .......A.17
A.3.05.08 USER MANUALS ............................................................................A.18
A.3.05.09 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION .............................................A.20
A.3.05.10 SPARES ........................................................................................A.21
A.3.05.11 SPECIAL TOOLS ............................................................................A.21
A.4 APPROVALS ...........................................................................................................................A.22
A.4.01 APPROVALS GENERALLY ..................................................................................A.22
A.4.02 LIMITATION OF APPROVAL ..............................................................................A.22
A.4.03 APPROVAL PROCEDURES .................................................................................A.22
A.5 PRODUCTS & MATERIALS .......................................................................................................A.23
A.5.01 PRODUCTS & MATERIALS GENERALLY...............................................................A.23
A.5.02 STANDARDS ...................................................................................................A.24
A.5.03 QUALITY ........................................................................................................A.24
A.5.04 DURABILITY ...................................................................................................A.25
A.5.05 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) ..............................................A.25
A.5.05.01 TIMBER SUSTAINABILITY ..............................................................A.25
A.5.06 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN ................................................A.25
A.5.07 TIMBER PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT ................................................................A.25
A.5.08 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY ....................................A.26
A.5.09 SLIP RESISTANCE............................................................................................A.26
A.5.10 PROCUREMENT AND STORAGE .........................................................................A.28
A.5.11 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)..........................................A.28
A.5.11.01 ALTERNATIVES .............................................................................A.29
A.5.11.02 PRODUCT SELECTION BY CONTRACTOR..........................................A.29
A.5.12 PRINCIPAL SUPPLIED PRODUCTS, MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT..............................A.30
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.6 EXECUTION OF THE WORKS .................................................................................................. A.30
A.6.01 SITE SURVEYS & SETTING OUT ....................................................................... A.30
A.6.02 CONSTRUCTION LOADS .................................................................................. A.31
A.6.03 JOINING UP TO EXISTING WORK..................................................................... A.31
A.6.04 EXISTING SERVICES ....................................................................................... A.31
A.6.05 PROGRESSIVE CLEANING ................................................................................ A.32
A.6.06 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION ........................................................................... A.32
A.6.07 FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC–RATED CONSTRUCTION............................................ A.33
A.6.08 BUILDER'S WORK, COORDINATION & ANCILLARY WORK ................................... A.34
A.6.08.01 INTERFACE WORK WITH ADJACENT WORK..................................... A.35
A.6.08.02 COORDINATION OF SERVICES....................................................... A.35
A.6.08.03 ANCILLARY WORK ........................................................................ A.36
A.6.09 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY............................................................. A.36
A.6.09.01 GENERALLY ................................................................................. A.36
A.6.09.02 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH..................................................... A.37
A.6.09.03 NOISE CONTROL .......................................................................... A.43
A.6.09.04 SITE CONTROL ............................................................................ A.43
A.6.09.05 DUST, DIRT, WATER AND FUMES................................................... A.44
A.6.09.06 TRAFFIC & PARKING MANAGEMENT ............................................... A.45
A.6.09.07 OCCUPIED PREMISES ................................................................... A.45
A.6.09.08 SECURITY OF PREMISES ............................................................... A.45
A.6.09.09 PROTECTION OF SERVICES ........................................................... A.46
A.6.09.10 PROTECTION OF TREES ................................................................ A.46
A.6.09.11 PROTECTION OF EXISTING & ADJACENT PROPERTIES..................... A.46
A.6.10 CARE OF THE WORK AND REINSTATEMENT OF DAMAGE.................................... A.46
A.6.10.01 DAMAGE TO SERVICES AND PROPERTY .......................................... A.46
A.6.10.02 TEMPORARY PROTECTION ............................................................ A.46
A.6.10.03 RECTIFICATION ........................................................................... A.47
A.6.10.04 EXISTING PROPERTY INSPECTIONS/DILAPIDATION RECORDS.......... A.48
A.6.11 ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................................... A.48
A.6.11.01 CONTRACTOR DEEMED TO BE INFORMED ...................................... A.48
A.6.11.02 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVES ............................................... A.49
A.6.11.03 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI) ............................................. A.50
A.6.11.04 MANAGEMENT PLANS ................................................................... A.50
A.6.11.05 SITE MEETINGS ........................................................................... A.53
A.6.12 HOLD POINTS ................................................................................................ A.54
A.6.13 SITE INSPECTIONS ......................................................................................... A.55
A.6.14 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES ......................................................................... A.55
A.6.15 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS.............................................. A.56
A.6.16 TESTING........................................................................................................ A.57
A.6.17 EXCAVATED MATERIAL ................................................................................... A.57
A.6.18 FINAL CLEANING ............................................................................................ A.58
A.6.19 COMMISSIONING ........................................................................................... A.58
A.6.20 USER TRAINING ............................................................................................. A.59
A.6.21 DEFECTS LIABILITY ........................................................................................ A.60
A.6.22 MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................... A.60
A.7 APPENDIX - PROFORMAS ....................................................................................................... A.61
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.1 GENERAL
A.1.01 APPLICATION
These GENERAL REQUIREMENTS together and in conjunction with the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
trade sections comprise the preliminary design specification included in the Principal’s project
requirements and are intended for the Contractor’s further development and preparation of design
documents in performance of its design obligations under the Contract.
These GENERAL REQUIREMENTS apply to the whole of the Works.
The TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS include architectural, structural, civil, external works, services and
other trade technical specification sections in respect of the Works.
The division of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS into sections is for the convenience of all parties and
does not reduce or modify the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate its work and ensure each
of its subcontractors and suppliers fully coordinate their work with all other relevant trades, related and
adjacent base-structure, services and all other adjacent work.
The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed of the contents and
requirements of the relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade sections and these GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS together and in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and shall comply with all the requirements thereof.
A.1.02 REFERENCES
All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all current amendments,
supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS/NZS 1170.0
AS/NZS 1170.1
AS/NZS 1170.2
AS 1170.4
AS/NZS 1269 (set)
AS/NZS 1270
AS 1319
AS 1418(set)
AS 1428(set)
AS/NZS 1576 (set)
AS 1577
AS 1604.1
AS/NZS 1604.2
AS/NZS 1604.3
AS/NZS 1680 (set)
AS/NZS 1680.1
AS 1742(set)
AS 1743
AS/NZS 1800
AS/NZS 1801
AS/NZS 1892 (set)
AS 2021
AS/NZS 2107
AS/NZS 2161.1
AS/NZS 2210.1
AS/NZS 2211 (set)
AS 2397
2002 Structural design actions – General principles
2002 Structural design actions - Permanent, imposed and other actions
2002 Structural design actions - Wind actions (edition as referenced in BCA)
2007 Structural design actions - Earthquake loads
2005 Occupational noise management
2002 Acoustics – Hearing protectors
1994 Safety signs for the occupational environment
2011 Cranes, hoists and winches (set)
2009 Design for access and mobility
2010 Scaffolding (set)
1993 Scaffold planks
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Sawn and round timber
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Reconstituted wood-based
products
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Plywood
2006 Interior lighting
2006 Interior and workplace lighting – General principles and recommendations
2010 Manual of uniform traffic control devices
2001 Road signs - Specifications
1998 Occupational protective helmets – Selection, care and use
1997 Occupational protective helmets
1996 Portable ladders
2000 Acoustics - Aircraft noise intrusion - Building siting and construction
2000 Acoustics - Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for
building interiors
2000 Occupational protective gloves – Selection, use and maintenance
2010 Occupational protective footwear – Guide to selection, care and use
Safety of laser products
1993 Safe use of lasers in the building and construction industry
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
AS 2436
AS 2550 (Set)
AS 2601
AS/NZS 3012
AS 3660
AS 3850
AS 4312
AS/NZS 4576
AS/NZS 4586
AS/NZS 4602.1
AS 4744.1
AS/NZS 4801
AS 4902
AS 4970
AS/NZS 4994 (set)
AS/NZS ISO 9000
AS/NZS ISO 9001
AS/NZS ISO 9002
AS/NZS ISO 9004
2010 Guide to noise and vibration control on construction, demolition and
maintenance sites
2011 Cranes, hoists and winches – Safe use – Set
2001 Demolition of structures (formerly SAA Demolition Code)
2010 Electrical installations – Construction and demolition sites
Termite management (set)
2003 Tilt-up concrete construction
2008 Atmospheric corrosivity zones in Australia
1995 Guidelines for scaffolding
2004 Slip resistance classification of new pedestrian surface materials
2011 High visibility safety garments – Garments for high risk applications
2000 Steel shoring and trench lining equipment
2001 Occupational health and safety management systems - Specification with
guidance for use
2000 General conditions of contract for design & construct
2009 Protection of trees on development sites
Temporary edge protection (set)
2006 Quality management systems – Fundamentals and vocabulary
2008 Quality management systems – Requirements
1994 Quality management systems – Model for quality assurance in production,
installation and servicing
2000 Quality management systems – Guideline for performance improvements
HANDBOOKS: The following Handbooks and Guides are referenced in the Specification:
HB 31
HB 125
HB 155
HB 197
HB 253
2002 Handbook of building construction tolerances
2007 The glass and glazing handbook (including guide to AS 1288, Glass in
buildings - Selection and installation)
2002 Guide to the use of recycled concrete and masonry materials
1999 An introductory guide to the slip resistance of pedestrian surface materials
2002 Electronic document management for the construction industry
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following Acts, Regulations, Guidelines and Codes of
Practice are referenced in the Specification:
BCA
2011 Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act 1984 & Regulations 1996
Building Act 2011 & Regulations 2012
Building Services (Registration) Act 2011 and Regulations 2011
Environmental Protection (Controlled Waste) Regulations 2004
Agriculture and Related Resources Protection (European House Borer) Regulations 2006.
Road Traffic Act 1974 & Road Traffic Code 2000
Main Roads Act 1930
Disability Services Act 1993 and Regulations 2004
NOHSC Code of Practice for Occupational Noise [NOHSC:1007(2000)]
NOHSC Standard for Construction Work [NOHSC:1016(2005)]
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres [NOHSC:2006(1990)]
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Control of Workplace Hazardous Substances [NOHSC:2007(1994)]
NOHSC Code of Practice for Noise Management & Protection of Hearing at Work [NOHSC:2009(2004)]
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Preparation of Material Safety Data Sheets [NOHSC: 2011 (1994)]
National Commission’s List of Designated Hazardous Substances [NOHSC: 10005 (1999)]
National Commission’s Approved Criteria for Classifying Hazardous Substances [NOHSC: 1008 (1994)]
ASCC Code of Practice for Precast, Tilt-Up and Concrete Elements in Building Construction (2008)
Worksafe Code of Practice: Prevention of falls in the workplaces (2004)
Worksafe Code of Practice: Managing noise at workplaces (2002)
Worksafe Code of Practice: First aid facilities and services, Workplace amenities and facilities and
personal protective clothing and equipment (2002)
Worksafe Code of Practice: Tilt-up pre-cast concrete (2004)
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Worksafe Code of Practice: Concrete and masonry cutting and drilling (2010)
Code of Practice for the Building and Construction Industry in Western Australia (2002)
Main Roads WA Code of Practice: Traffic management for work on roads (2011)
Dial 1100 Before You Dig
Australian Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works [AIQS 1994]
A.1.03 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
The conditions governing the Contract shall be the AS 4902 - 2000 “General conditions of contract for
design & construct” available from SAI Global at http://www.saiglobal.com and subject to the deletions,
amendments and additions thereto set out in the Annexure to the General Conditions of Contract.
A.1.04 INTERPRETATION
The following terms used in these GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS,
unless otherwise defined or the context otherwise requires, have the following associated meanings:
adjacent property: Means the whole, part or parts of properties, buildings, structures, utilities, roads,
paths, kerbs, road openings, nature strips, private and public land, and other features and facilities,
whether in public or private ownership, adjacent to the Works.
adjacent property owners: Means the beneficial owners of adjacent property, including lessees of or
within such buildings, trustees of public land and the Principal, if applicable;
adjacent work: Means adjacent work by other trades and includes substrates and subsequent applied
work forming part of the Works;
approved, reviewed, directed, rejected, endorsed, and similar expressions: Mean approved (reviewed,
directed, rejected, endorsed, etc.) in writing by the Superintendent;
asbestos:
Means the fibrous form of mineral silicates belonging to the Serpentine and Amphibole
groups of rock forming minerals. These include Actinolite, Amosite (brown asbestos), Anthophyllite,
Chrysotile (white asbestos), Crocidolite (blue asbestos) and Tremolite, or any mixture containing one or
more of the mineral silicates belonging to these groups;
asbestos cement products (AC): Means products consisting of sand aggregate and cement reinforced
with asbestos fibres, often referred to as Asbestos Cement Building Products (e.g. asbestos cement
corrugated fencing, flat wall panels and asbestos cement pipes);
asbestos containing material (ACM):
asbestos;
Means any material, object, product or debris containing
asbestos work area: Means the immediate area in which work on ACM is taking place. The boundaries
of the asbestos work area must be determined by a Risk Assessment;
authority and local, statutory or other relevant authority: Means a local, state, territory or federal
government authority, local council, statutory authority, agency or other instrumentality, body
corporate, company or like organisation having jurisdiction over the Works and its environs in respect
of some or all constructional or operational activities, site access, supply or maintenance of services or
utilities, environmental, safety, welfare or other requirements and conditions relevant to the execution
of the Works and the health, safety and welfare of the community in which they are located;
before commencing: Means before commencing the relevant work or part of the work to which the
requirement or condition applies;
building code or ‘BCA’: Means the current edition of the Building Code of Australia (BCA).
building or construction licence, approval, certificate or permit: Means the licence, approval, certificate
or permit, and any conditions therewith, issued by the relevant local or statutory legislative authority
having jurisdiction over the Works and with which compliance is required;
certification: Means certification of compliance as defined in subsection A2 CERTIFICATION of these
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. Certification in this context does not mean certification associated with the
building licence certification process.
consultant: Means any person engaged by the Contractor to perform consultancy services in
connection with the work under the Contract and includes any Principal’s consultant whose prior
contract is novated to the Contractor. Clause 1 of the General Conditions of Contract refers.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.3
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Contractor’s design obligations: Means all tasks necessary to design and specify the work under the
Contract, including preparation of the design documents and development of the preliminary design
included in the Principal’s project requirements. Clause 1 of the General Conditions of Contract refers.
controlled waste: Means a waste listed in Schedule 1 of the current version of the Environmental
Protection (Controlled Waste) Regulations 2004.
control samples: Means properly labelled samples subsequent to their approval by the Superintendent;
day: Means calendar day
defects: Means faulty, defective or substandard work and includes shrinkages, omissions, faults and
any omission which leads to a fault or defect;
design documents: Means the drawings, specifications, product data, samples, mock-ups, prototypes,
method statements, engineering computations, details and other like information required under the
Contract and including those to be created by the Contractor to comply with the Contractor’s design
obligations and for the proper execution and completion of the work under the Contract.
Clause 1 of the General Conditions of Contract refers.
Directed or direction: Means directed by or a direction of the Superintendent or person delegated to
give directions on behalf of the Superintendent. Clause 1 of the General Conditions of Contract refers.
General Conditions of Contract or “General Conditions” or “Contract conditions” and similar expressions:
Mean the General Conditions of Contract stated in Clause A.1.03 of these GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
give notice, advise, inform and similar expressions: Mean give notice (advise, inform, etc.) in writing to
the Superintendent;
include, including: Means including but not limited to;
install, fix and similar expressions: Mean "install only";
maintenance period: Means the period co-extensive with the defects liability period.
Month: Means calendar month
obtain, seek and similar expression: Mean obtain (seek) in writing from the Superintendent;
preliminary design: Means the Principal’s design objectives and scope of work requirements set out in
the documents stated in Item 11 of the Annexure Part A to the General Conditions of Contract.
Clause 1 and Item 11 of the General Conditions of Contract refer.
Principal’s project requirements: Means the Principal’s requirements for the design, management,
construction and completion of the Works by the Contractor set out in the documents stated in Item 10
of the Annexure Part A to the General Conditions of Contract. Clause 1 and Item 10 of the General
Conditions of Contract refer.
product data: Means the current edition of brochures, manuals and similar printed documents
describing the appearance, formulation and properties of product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s
materials and products;
proprietary: Means identifiable by naming product manufacturer, supplier, installer, trade name, brand
name, catalogue or reference number of an item or the series or range from which a suitable item is
required to be selected.;
provide, provision and similar expressions: Mean "supply and install" and “supply and installation” by
the Contractor;
rectification: Means, in the context of rectification of defects, faults, substandard work or omissions,
means carrying out local remedial work as described in RECTIFICATION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS;
rejected: Means rejected by the Superintendent as not in compliance with the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements;
registered testing laboratory: Means a testing laboratory registered by the National Association of
Testing Authorities (NATA) in Australia, or a testing laboratory registered by an equivalent international
testing and/or registration authority and recognised as such by the Superintendent, to carry out the
relevant testing;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.4
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
required or requirement: Means required in or a requirement of the General Conditions of Contract,
the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements, applicable legislation or a
Superintendent’s direction;
sample: Means control samples, prototypes, mock-ups and sample panels;
separate contractors: Means persons such as artists, artisans, specialist contractors or other persons
engaged directly by the Principal to execute work on the Site including while the Site is partially or
wholly in the Contractor’s possession and where such work is partially or wholly concurrent with the
execution of the work under the Contract.
shop drawings: Means layouts, drawings, computations, schedules of components or materials or other
relevant data, as applicable, prepared by the Contractor, its subcontractors and/or suppliers;
site personnel: Means persons under the direction of the Contractor including its employees, agents,
subcontractors and suppliers, working at or visiting the Site.
standards: Means, unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the current edition of
standards, specifications, guidelines or codes of practice published by Standards Australia and/or
published by other Australian, New Zealand and/or international organisations recognised by the
Superintendent as having sufficient and relevant authority to the Works or the applicable part or parts
of the Works;
submission: Means any information, data or other materials that the Contractor is required to submit to
the Superintendent for information, review, comment or approval;
submit: Means submit to the Superintendent for information, review, comment or approval;
supply, furnish and similar expressions: Mean "supply only";
test results: Mean the written test results carried out by the approved testing authority, in English, or,
where the source documents are not in English, test results shall include a complete and competent
English translation, subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
utilities and services:
Mean electrical, water, gas, telephone and electronic communications,
management systems, mechanical (HVAC) systems, drainage, sewerage and the like services to, from
and within the Site, and the ducts, conduits, pipes, wires and the like that reticulate such utilities to,
from and within the Site including but not limited to connection, access and isolation points, meters,
nodes, junctions and changes in direction, taps, cocks, switches, fittings, terminations and controls,
inspection pits, sumps, tanks and like containments and enclosures;
verify: Means notify the Superintendent and obtain approval before commencing the applicable work
for such matters as scope, extent, colour, configuration, products and materials selection, construction
details and the like;
visibly exposed: Means discernible from any normally accessible internal and/or external vantage point
in the vicinity;
week: Means calendar week of seven calendar days;
work: Means a particular item, trade, part or parts of the Works;
Works or Contract Works: Means the whole of the work to be executed and completed under the
Contract. Clause 1 of the General Conditions of Contract refers.
A.1.05 IMPERATIVES
Directions, instructions and the like in these GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, whether or not they include the expression “the Contractor shall” or equivalent, shall
be deemed to be given to and accepted by the Contractor, unless otherwise stated.
A.1.06 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
include ‘performance specifications’, ‘performance requirements’ or ‘performance-based’ or ‘design &
construct’ work, or where the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements
do not indicate the complete construction details, the Contractor shall, or where applicable shall direct
its subcontractors, consultants or other persons under its control to:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
carry out all necessary additional design, computations and documentation in respect of the
‘performance-based’ or ‘design & construct’ work to comply with the Contractor’s design obligations
and for the proper execution and completion of the work under the Contract;
•
comply with all legislative requirements, standards, rules and regulations of all relevant authorities;
•
where applicable for the work, obtain and submit certification to the Superintendent for review as
specified in CERTIFICATION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS;
•
prepare product data, control samples, mock-ups, prototypes, method statements, shop drawings,
details, engineering computations and the like for the proper execution and completion of the work
under the Contract and submit to the Superintendent for review as specified in SUBMISSIONS –
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS;
•
where there is no prior selection, select and provide suitable materials and products of a standard
of quality not less than that specified herein for like materials and products to be incorporated in
the Works and submit relevant product data to the Superintendent for review prior to installation
and/or incorporation in the works as specified in SUBMISSIONS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS;
•
warrant that it has designed and documented the ‘performance-based’ or ‘design & construct’ work
to a high standard consistent with that which may be reasonably expected of a competent
contractor with proven experience in equivalent work of the relevant type;
•
warrant that the ‘performance-based’ or ‘design & construct’ work is fit for the intended purpose;
and
•
take responsibility for the occupational health and safety aspects of the ‘performance-based’ or
‘design & construct’ work that it has designed and documented.
All ‘performance-based’ or ‘design & construct’ work shall be complete with all minor and incidental
work necessary for its installation and completion and consistent with maximising the ongoing
performance and durability of the completed Works.
All ‘performance-based’ or ‘design & construct’ work is subject to the Superintendent’s approval before
commencing the work.
A.1.07 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)
Design, fabricate and construct the work under the Contract so that the completed Works remain
intact, draughtproof and waterproof when subjected to local and regional ambient climatic conditions
and the design wind pressures and impact criteria determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 –
2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Refer to the STRUCTURAL drawings and documents included in the preliminary design for
performance criteria provided for the Contractor’s guidance only.
Notwithstanding that the preliminary design has been prepared and materials, components and
composite systems comprising the exterior building envelope have been selected with the intention of
meeting or exceeding the applicable cyclonic region design requirements, the Contractor shall remain
entirely responsible for the final structural design and engineering computations, documentation,
fabrication and installation of all elements comprising the exterior building envelope to remain intact
and resistant to ingress of wind and water, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D, including, but not limited to:
•
Aluminium framed & glazed windows & doors in exterior building envelope (Refer also to SECTION
G – METALWORK);
•
Metal cladding panel system to exterior building envelope (Refer also to SECTION G –
METALWORK);
•
Profiled metal roof sheeting, exterior profiled metal sheet clad & lined walls and soffits (Refer also
to SECTION N – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING);
•
Glass & glazing in the exterior building envelope (Refer also to SECTION Y – GLAZING); and
•
External works and features including weathering steel screens, fences, and the like;
including all associated materials, products, framing, fixings, anchorages, reinforcements, trims, joints,
penetrations, structural components, both individually and in combination as composite systems.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall be deemed to be fully conversant with AS 1170.2 – 2002 and shall
remain ENTIRELY responsible for:
•
computation, with the appropriate margins of safety, of the exact design wind pressures and
impact criteria determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D applicable
to each part of the Works nominated hereinbefore, both individually and in combination, with due
cognisance to its location in the Works and the design intent; and
•
ensuring it, its subcontractors, suppliers and all other personnel under its direction select suitable
materials, products, framing, fixings, anchorages, reinforcements, trims, joints, penetrations,
structural and other components, both individually and in combination as composite systems, of
sufficient strength, stiffness, thicknesses, quantities and configurations and employ suitable
construction methods and practices for their fabrication and installation to resist all loads,
movements and site conditions so determined;
to achieve compliance with the provisions of AS 1170.2 – 2002 Cyclonic Region D, whether or not
specifically detailed or indicated in the preliminary design.
THIS BUILDING IS NOT INTENDED, EITHER IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO PROVIDE A
SECURE PLACE OF SHELTER IN CYCLONIC CONDITIONS.
The Contractor shall obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type
test results and/or structural engineer's compliance certification to verify each completed part of the
Works for the design of which it is responsible and the construction methods and practices employed
for fabrication and installation thereof, meet or exceed, with the appropriate margins of safety, the
exact design wind pressures and impact criteria determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002,
Cyclonic Region D with due cognisance to its location in the Works and the design intent.
Refer also to subsection CERTIFICATION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
All costs incurred by the Contractor to achieve the required cyclonic region design wind
pressure and impact requirements determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002,
Cyclonic Region D and the design intent, are deemed to be included in the Contract Sum.
A.1.08 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL
Where required in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, employ only competent specialist subcontractors,
suppliers and personnel who have been approved by the product manufacturer and/or supplier of the
proposed proprietary materials, products and composite systems comprising the relevant work and who
have proven experience in the relevant type and class of work for the applicable wind loading and
regional ambient climatic conditions to design, fabricate and install the work using only purposedesigned and purpose-manufactured components and associated items obtained from the approved
product manufacturer and/or supplier.
A.1.09 LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall ensure the Works comply with the Building Code of Australia (BCA) and all other
local, state, territory or federal government legislative requirements applicable to the Works.
A.2 CERTIFICATION
A.2.01 CERTIFICATION GENERALLY
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, carry out, expedite and pay for all
required compliance certification, including but not limited to:
•
certification of product, material or system properties, type and/or field tests to verify the installed
materials, items, components, composite systems comply with the manufacturer’s
recommendations for meeting or exceeding the applicable design and performance criteria; and
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.7
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities;
where required herein and in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
Nothing arising from the procurement and provision of required certification and its submission for
approval, or its rejection and re-submission, shall constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum
or the time for Practical Completion of the Works.
A.2.02 CERTIFICATION STATUS SCHEDULE
Maintain a schedule indicating the current status of all certification related to the Works.
Where the certification is staged, the schedule shall indicate the current status of each stage.
Unless otherwise directed, submit a copy of the schedule to the Superintendent at the end of each
month, including:
•
a description of all work or parts of the Works which require certification;
•
a log of the general progress of certification including items outstanding and target dates;
•
the description and date of the certification for each item or part of the Works;
•
the status of currency of certification including any certification renewal dates or other limitations
of currency; and
•
the name of the certifier responsible for the certification.
A.2.03 QUALIFICATION OF CERTIFIER
The certifier shall be an independent building surveyor or qualified professional engineer or other
relevant qualified professional, as applicable for the work, experienced in the relevant type, size and
complexity of the work to be certified and properly registered for the state, territory or jurisdiction
where the Works are located.
Submit details of the certifier’s experience, registration and qualifications.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST
The certifier shall be professionally, legally and commercially independent of and not otherwise
affiliated to the consultant that prepared the design or documentation of the work being certified.
A.2.04 STRUCTURAL CERTIFICATION
Arrange and pay for certification by an independent certifying engineer of all structural work designed
by the Contractor or not otherwise pre-certified.
As a guide, work designed by the Contractor may include but is not limited to:
•
All ‘performance-based’ or ‘design & construct’ work;
•
All glass types and thicknesses including proposed glazing methods;
•
Engineering computations, including but not limited to computations for establishing resistance to
imposed loads such as due to wind, earthquake, snow or impact, including loads due to cyclonic
conditions;
•
Secondary framing an/or support not included in the approved STRUCTURAL design documents;
The Contractor shall be deemed to have:
•
calculated, with the appropriate margins of safety, the exact imposed loads for each part of the
Works, both individually and in combination, with due cognisance to its location in the Works and
the design intent; and
•
ensured it, its subcontractors, suppliers and all other personnel under its direction select suitable
materials, products, framing, fixings, anchorages, reinforcements, trims, structural and other
components and composite systems individually and in combination, of sufficient strength,
stiffness, thicknesses, quantities and configurations and employ suitable construction methods and
practices for fabrication and installation to resist all loads, movements and site conditions so
determined;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.8
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
to achieve compliance with the provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards, whether or not specifically detailed or indicated in the
preliminary design and where necessary for compliance with the Contractor’s design obligations under
the Contract or otherwise required in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
A.2.05 FIRE RESISTANCE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CERTIFICATION
Arrange and pay for physical inspection and certification of all fire resistance-rated and acoustic-rated
work required to be certified by an independent certifier, including but not limited to composite
systems, joints, junctions and penetrations.
Where such work will be covered over, inspections shall take place before covering over. The
Superintendent may direct any work covered over before inspection to be uncovered for the purpose of
inspection.
Prepare and submit as-constructed documentation of all fire resistance-rated and acoustic-rated
construction before arranging the inspection.
A.2.06 PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
Where product certification is required in these GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and/or the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, the Contractor may, subject to the Superintendent’s prior approval, submit product
certification in the form of a statutory declaration.
The requirement to submit product and/or construction compliance certification shall not reduce or
modify any requirement to supply a warranty.
A.3 SUBMISSIONS
A.3.01 SUBMISSIONS GENERALLY
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the Superintendent’s review
all required submissions indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
Submissions shall be made progressively for each stage of the Works.
PURPOSE OF SUBMISSIONS
The purpose of the Contractor’s submissions is limited to one or more of the following:
•
Establishing approved quality standards of materials, products and workmanship;
•
Establishing approved construction methods and techniques;
•
Providing permanent records for future maintenance and replacement;
•
Providing additional material and product information and details not indicated in the approved
design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements, including but not limited to:
)
Manufacturer’s product data, selection and/or installation recommendations;
)
Fabrication and construction details, such as shop drawings and/or engineering computations;
•
Verifying compliance with the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements;
•
Verifying materials, products and workmanship achieve required performance criteria;
•
Verifying compliance with the ‘performance-based’ or ‘design and construct’ requirements;
•
Verifying compliance with legislative and/or relevant authorities’ requirements.
•
Other (supply a brief summary of purpose of submission)
The Contractor shall state at the time of making the submission the purpose or purposes of
the submission selected from the alternatives listed above.
COORDINATION OF SUBMISSIONS
The Contractor shall coordinate its submissions and the submissions of its subcontractors or suppliers
and submit all required submissions before commencing the relevant work in sufficient time for
examination by the Superintendent, with regard to the Works Construction Programme and the extent
and complexity of the submission.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.9
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
EXPEDITE SUBMISSIONS
The Contractor shall ensure both it and its subcontractors:
•
employ their best endeavours to ensure timely submission of shop drawings and like submissions
and programme sufficient time for their examination and approval;
•
expedite their production and submission of shop drawings and like submissions; and
•
have adequate resources available for the production and timely submission of shop drawings and
like submissions to avoid fabrication and/or construction delays due to late or inadequate
submissions.
Nothing arising from the procurement and provision of required submissions, their approval or their
rejection, revision and re-submission shall constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or the
time for Practical Completion of the Works.
COMPLIANCE
The Contractor shall inspect and check all submissions prepared by its subcontractors or suppliers to
verify their compliance with the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements
and shall endorse each submission to verify it has been checked for compliance before submission to
the Superintendent.
Where a subcontractor’s submission is not complete or not in compliance with the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements, return the non-complying submission to the
subcontractor for correction and do not re-transmit it to the Superintendent until corrected.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the progress of the Works arising from noncomplying submissions.
TIME FOR SUBMISSION & EXAMINATION
Together with any accompanying notes or specifications submissions shall be submitted to the
Superintendent for examination in ample time ahead of manufacture, stockpiling, assembly or supply as
required but in all cases allowing at least fourteen (14) days for the Superintendent’s examination in
addition to such time as is required by the Contractor for its own examination and approval.
AMENDMENTS & RE-SUBMISSION
Should the Superintendent require amendments to erroneous or incomplete submissions, make the
necessary amendments and re-submit the amended submissions within seven (7) days, allowing at
least an additional fourteen (14) days for the Superintendent’s re-examination.
The rejection of erroneous submissions, their amendment, re-submission and their re-examination shall
not constitute a reason for a claim for adjustment of the Contract Sum or the time for Practical
Completion of the Works.
A.3.02 SUBMISSIONS PROCEDURE
Wherever practicable submit together:
•
product data and control sample submissions;
•
shop drawings and engineering computations.
Submit shop drawings in properly bound and collated sets, with a cover sheet or transmittal record
listing the number, name and revision status of each shop drawing.
TRANSMITTAL RECORDS
Include sequentially numbered and dated written transmittal records with all submissions.
Identify and label all submissions, including samples, and cross-reference the submission to the
corresponding transmittal record.
State in the transmittal record any proposed deviations, exceptions or non-compliance with the
approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
Include a paper (hard copy) transmittal record with electronic document submissions, unless otherwise
directed by the Superintendent.
As a guide, transmittal records shall state:
•
title and reference;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.10
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
sequence number and date of transmittal;
•
name, address and contact details of sender company and person;
•
reason for submission and any particular details or comments;
•
relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION clauses (where applicable); and
•
list documents and samples contained in the submission including their revision status.
SUBMISSIONS REGISTER
Maintain a comprehensive register of all submissions, including the description, number and revision
status. Submit a copy of the register on request by the Superintendent.
A.3.03 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMISSIONS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit TWO (2) COPIES (hard copy) for
all submissions.
When approved, ONE (1) COPY will be returned to the Contractor.
CONTROL SAMPLES
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit TWO (2) SAMPLES for all control
sample submissions. Where finishes are subject to a range of normal variance, each control sample
shall be a set of at least THREE (3) SAMPLES demonstrating the preferred finish and the limits of
normal variance.
When approved, ONE (1) SAMPLE or SET will be returned to the Contractor.
Allow for up to TWO (2) RESUBMISSIONS of control samples until approved.
METHOD STATEMENTS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit TWO (2) COPIES of method
statements.
When reviewed, ONE (1) COPY will be returned to the Contractor.
SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit THREE (3) COPIES of shop
drawings and computations.
When reviewed, ONE (1) COPY duly endorsed will be returned to the Contractor.
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S DATA
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit ONE hard copy set of collated
product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s data, specifications, warranties, instructions & manuals.
USER MANUALS & AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit FOUR (4) COPIES of user
manuals & as-constructed documentation (hard copy) and ONE (1) COPY as electronic files in the
required format.
Submit user manuals and as-constructed documentation promptly within the time frame required.
TRADE WARRANTIES
Submit FOUR (4) COPIES of the final, executed trade warranties.
Refer to APPENDIX – PROFORMAS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS for trade warranty proforma.
SPARES AND/OR RESERVE MATERIALS
Submit spares and/or reserve materials in the quantities specified in the TRADE SPECIFICATIONS.
SPECIAL TOOLS
Submit TWO (2) of each type of special tools unless otherwise specified in the TRADE
SPECIFICATIONS.
DILAPIDATION RECORDS
Submit in the quantities specified in subclause, EXISTING PROPERTY INSPECTIONS/DILAPIDATION
RECORDS, clause CARE OF THE WORK AND REINSTATEMENT OF DAMAGE, subsection EXECUTION OF
THE WORKS – SPECIFICATION PRELIMINARIES.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.11
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PAPER DOCUMENTS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit hard (paper) copies of all Shop
Drawings, User Manuals, As-Constructed Documentation and other documents in the numbers as
required in addition to any requirement for submission of electronic documents.
The requirements for hard (paper) copies of documents may be varied or set aside at the
Superintendent’s sole discretion.
ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit ONE (1) COPY of electronic
documents of all Shop Drawings, User Manuals, As-Constructed Documentation and other documents
as required in addition to any requirement for submission of hard copies.
Transmit electronic documents in the approved format unless otherwise directed.
Final Submission of electronic documents shall be on disk (CD-ROM) in the approved format.
The requirement for electronic documents may be varied or set aside at the Superintendent’s sole
discretion.
CD-ROM DISKS
All CD-ROM disks shall be in the approved file format and structure, identified with consistent printed
labels and stored in durable plastic CD containers with matching labels.
A.3.04 SUBMISSIONS FORMAT
DRAWING FORMAT
The format and size of hard copy drawings submissions shall be as directed by the Superintendent.
CAD DRAWINGS
Liaise with the Superintendent with regard to the correct line-weights, layer-names and protocols
before commencing CAD drawings submissions.
All CAD drawing elements shall be drawn at a scale of 1 to 1 (full-size) using drawing units of one
millimetre without decimal places and set out from the 0.0 point.
BASE LAYER DRAWINGS
Wherever practicable, utilise standardised base layer CAD drawings for the production of and
incorporation in all shop drawings and conform to the standardised grid references, line widths and
other standardised formats included therein.
Apply to the Superintendent for suitable standardised base layer CAD drawing files.
LANGUAGE AND UNITS
All submissions, written product data, test results and correspondence shall be legible and written in
English or, where the source documents are not in English, shall include a complete and competent
English translation, subject to the Superintendent’s approval.
Submissions shall use consistent metric measurements or, where the source documents use non-metric
measurements, shall include the correct metric conversion and the formulae used.
ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTS
All electronic text, pictorial and diagrammatic document files shall be submitted in “pdf” format
compatible with Adobe ‘Acrobat’, generated using licensed software and in accordance with the
relevant standards and guides:
•
HB 253 - 2002
Electronic document management for the construction industry
Other formats may be acceptable at the Superintendent’s sole discretion.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, final issues of shop drawings and asconstructed documentation shall be submitted using the current version of the following licensed
software:
•
Autocad (dwg or dxf format).
Where the Superintendent requires a particular software version to be used, electronic documents shall
be converted to the required version.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.12
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
VIRUS DETECTION
Electronic documents shall be checked by the latest version of a current, licensed, industry standard
‘virus’ detection system before transmission.
Transmitted records shall include verification that electronic documents have been checked and contain
no virus contamination, and state the name and version of the virus detection system.
A.3.05 TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS
A.3.05.01 PRODUCT DATA
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, submit the manufacturer’s product data for all proprietary products, materials and
composite systems.
Product data shall include, as applicable:
•
Technical specifications, material and/or system properties;
•
Guidelines and instructions for selection of suitable products, materials and composite systems with
regard to the intended use and conditions;
•
Installation instructions and recommendations, including identification of recommended adhesives,
fixings and retention requirements, trims and accessories for a complete installation;
•
Certification of type and/or field tests carried out by a registered testing laboratory to verify
claimed product properties;
•
Evidence of the adequate long-term performance and durability in similar projects;
•
Recommendations on the care, maintenance and cleaning of the installed product, material or
composite system, including any removal, replacement or re-application recommendations,
mandatory requirements or techniques;
•
Records of batch colour references and sources of all products, materials and composite systems;
and
•
Quality assurance documentation for factory manufacture (if applicable).
ALTERNATIVES OR SELECTION BY CONTRACTOR
Where the Contractor proposes
•
an alternative to a proprietary product, material or composite system named in the approved
design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements, or
•
its selection of a proprietary product, material or composite system where no prior selection or
preference is named in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements,
then in addition to the list hereinbefore, the product data submitted by the Contractor for approval shall
also include:
•
all necessary specifications, documentation, test results, samples and like comparative information
in respect of the proposed alternative or selection to the Superintendent’s entire satisfaction;
•
full details of cost and/or time implications, including cost and time implications of alterations
necessitated to other parts of the Works arising as a consequence of the implementation of the
proposed alternative or selection.
Approval of the proposed alternative or selection shall not be anticipated because of a similar approval
having been given in a previous instance.
FORMAT & PRESENTATION
Product data shall be collated in a format and presentation approved by the Superintendent.
A.3.05.02 CONTROL SAMPLES
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, submit control samples of all proprietary products, materials and composite systems,
including representative samples indicating range of finishes, textures and like properties, where
applicable.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.13
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall:
•
keep approved control samples on-site in a secure location;
•
submit additional control samples where required for testing; and
•
pay costs of delivering control samples to and from the Superintendent’s office.
Control samples of finishes shall be applied to suitable substrates equivalent to the actual substrates.
Control samples shall include samples of joining, fixing and retention details and trim.
LABELLING
Label or mark each control sample as follows:
•
project identification details and Contractor’s name;
•
subcontractor’s and/or supplier’s name, if applicable;
•
product manufacturer’s name;
•
product name and reference number and/or other unique identifier;
•
date of submission; and
•
proposed location or locations in the Works.
Submission of control samples without labelling or with inadequate labelling or identification may not be
accepted.
APPROVAL
Do not commence work affected by control samples until they have been approved.
Approval shall indicate whether the control sample is approved for general application to all parts of the
Works or for limited application to a specific part or parts of the Works.
STANDARD
On approval, control samples shall be retained safely on Site in a suitable secure and protected location
and shall indicate the minimum standard and/or limits of the approved range of variations for
comparison of all like products, materials and composite systems delivered to the site for incorporation
in the Works.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected all deliveries and shall reject all those not complying
with the established standard and/or the limits of the approved range of variations.
Notwithstanding the above, any products, materials and composite systems delivered to site and/or
incorporated in the Works that, in the opinion of the Superintendent, do not conform to the approved
standard and/or limits of the approved range of variations may be rejected.
REPLACEMENT
Replace any lost or damaged control samples and re-submit.
ALTERNATIVES
Submit additional control samples for proposed alternatives.
A.3.05.03 METHODS STATEMENTS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS or elsewhere for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The methods statement shall describe the intended methods and sequence of construction, including
but not limited to:
•
proposed techniques and methodologies for executing the work;
•
proposed sequence of work;
•
proposed selection of plant and equipment;
•
proposed methods for limiting noise & vibration within agreed acceptable levels;
•
proposed method of ensuring compliance with design criteria including ESD requirements;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.14
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
•
proposed particular requirements for access and execution the work, including but not limited to:
)
proposed methods of hoisting and site transportation of personnel and materials;
)
scaffolding, mobile platform or other height access or safety requirements;
)
any limitations such as limitations of access and/or number of personnel; and
identification of Occupational Safety and Health hazards, assessment of the risk of injury or harm
to site personnel and the proposed means by which the attendant risk may be eliminated, reduced
or better controlled.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement and request changes. The Contractor shall
incorporate such changes and re-submit.
FORMAT & PRESENTATION
Methods statements shall be collated in a format and presentation approved by the Superintendent.
A.3.05.04 SHOP DRAWINGS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, submit shop drawings for all structural work and/or work with a structurally
engineered component, work involving off-site pre-fabrication and/or partial pre-fabrication for final
assembly on site, ‘performance-based’ or ‘design and construct’ work, set-outs and construction details
which are subject to the Superintendent’s approval prior to commencement of the work and all other
special parts of the work for which the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements indicate shop drawings are required to be submitted.
Shop drawings shall:
•
be comprehensive, detailed and dimensioned;
•
be full size or to an accurate scale appropriate to the level of detail;
•
be based on actual as-built measurements of adjacent work where practicable. Where adjacent
work is not completed before preparation, shop drawings shall indicate appropriate tolerances and
state ‘dimensions to be verified on site’;
•
indicate materials, fabrication, assembly, installation, fixings, anchorages, retentions, finishes and
accessories;
•
include secondary framing, support and/or fixing and levelling media as necessary to achieve the
design intent established in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements;
•
indicate the spatial orientation of surfaces and components;
•
include layout or location plans, sections and elevations;
•
include specification notes describing the proposed products, materials and composite systems;
•
include explanatory notes and information, manufacturer’s product data, installation details,
Builder’s Work, engineering computations and certification;
•
include figured dimensions of the work and adjacent work;
•
include engineering computations and certification where applicable;
•
clearly identify any departures from the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements; and
•
identify the applicable Australian Standards or other relevant standards and requirements with
which the work indicated on the shop drawings is intended to comply.
STAGED OR PROGRESSIVE SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS
If the Contractor intends to submit shop drawings progressively for particular stages or areas of the
Works , it shall prepare a detailed drawing list and programme stating the drawing names and numbers
of all proposed shop drawings, indicating the proposed groups or sets of drawings in relation to the
stages or areas and the proposed submission date of each set of drawings.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.15
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Each set of shop drawings submitted shall be a complete set of shop drawings relevant to the stage or
area of the Works nominated.
ALTERNATIVES
Submit additional shop drawings for proposed alternatives, including proposed alternative installation
methods, if applicable.
COORDINATION WITH SERVICES & ADJACENT WORK
All shop drawings shall be fully and properly coordinated with base-structure, services and other
adjacent work before submission.
FORMAT & PRESENTATION
Shop drawings shall be collated in a format and presentation approved by the Superintendent.
A.3.05.05 ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS & CERTIFICATION
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where necessary to meet the
Contractor’s design obligations and/or required in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, submit certified
engineering computations prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced engineer for all
performance-based work and structural design by the Contractor.
Engineering computations shall demonstrate that structural members have sufficient strength and
stiffness for all applicable loads, movements and site conditions, both individually and in combination,
and shall include anchorages, fixings, framing, profiles, thicknesses and reinforcement, as applicable.
Where applicable, the Contractor shall also submit computations to demonstrate that structural
members have sufficient strength and stiffness individually for safe transport, hoisting, erection,
installation including details of hoisting points and methodologies, temporary supports, stiffeners,
bracings and like elements necessary prior to completion of composite inter-dependent structural
systems.
Where the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements indicate sizes,
weights and strength of structural members, the sizes, weights and strengths indicated are the
minimum that will be considered for approval.
ALTERNATIVES
Submit additional engineering computations for proposed alternatives, including proposed alternative
installation methods, if applicable.
FORMAT & PRESENTATION
Engineering computations and certification shall be collated in a format and presentation approved by
the Superintendent.
A.3.05.06 TRADE WARRANTIES
GENERALLY
The work of each trade shall be a complete system in which all components act together without failure
of any part. Failure that may be attributed to the failure of one or more particular parts or components
shall not limit the Contractor’s responsibility for the complete system.
REQUIREMENT
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, supply an approved trade warranty for the work of each trade for the warranty
period indicated.
No term or condition of a trade warranty shall reduce or modify:
•
Any term or condition of the product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranties;
•
The Contractor’s obligations stated herein or elsewhere;
•
Any right of the Principal;
•
Any right of the Superintendent.
Acceptance of the trade warranty by the Superintendent shall not reduce or modify the Contractor’s
responsibility for its work and its subcontractors’ work under the Contract.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.16
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The use of proprietary or other approved products, materials or composite systems named in the
TECHINCAL SPECIFICATIONS, or otherwise directed or approved, shall not be deemed a waiver of the
Contractor’s responsibility to provide a trade warranty.
TIMING OF SUBMISSION
Submit the DRAFT trade warranties for approval one (1) month before Practical Completion of the
Works.
Submit for approval FINAL trade warranties, completed and executed by persons legally authorised to
represent the warrantor, before Practical Completion of the Works.
Unless otherwise approved, the submission of the final trade warranties shall be a condition precedent
to Practical Completion of the Works.
WARRANTY PERIOD
All trade warranties shall commence at Practical Completion of the Works and extend for the required
trade warranty period indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
FORM OF WARRANTY
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the trade warranty shall be in the form
attached, refer APPENDIX – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
The trade warranty shall be:
•
In favour of the Principal; and
•
Legally enforceable by the Principal in the jurisdiction where the site is located; and
•
Capable of assignment by the Principal.
FINANCIAL STANDING
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the company which signs the trade
warranty shall be registered in Australia and the directors of the company shall be Australian citizens.
The company which signs the trade warranty shall have sufficient verifiable assets or financial standing,
or shall be supported by personal guarantees by directors with sufficient verifiable assets or financial
standing, to support any future claims made under the trade warranty.
A.3.05.07 PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit all warranties supplied by product
manufacturers and/or (subject to the Superintendent’s prior approval) suppliers of products, materials,
composite systems and equipment.
No term or condition of a product manufacturer’s warranty shall reduce or modify:
•
The Contractor’s responsibility to provide a trade warranty;
•
Any term or condition of the trade warranties;
•
The Contractor’s obligations stated herein or elsewhere;
•
Any right of the Principal;
•
Any right of the Superintendent.
Where inspection of the work is required by the product manufacturer and/or supplier as a condition of
issuing its warranty, the Contractor shall arrange for the product manufacturer or supplier to inspect
the work and shall attend and record such inspection.
Acceptance of the product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranty by the Superintendent shall not
reduce or modify the Contractor’s responsibility for its work and its subcontractors’ work under the
Contract.
The use of proprietary or other approved products, materials or composite systems named in the
TECHINCAL SPECIFICATIONS, or otherwise directed or approved, shall not be deemed a waiver of the
Contractor’s responsibility to provide a product manufacturers’ and/or suppliers’ warranties.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.17
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
WARRANTY PERIOD
Ensure that all product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranties commence at the Date of Practical
Completion of the Works and extend for the required warranty period indicated in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS.
TIMING OF SUBMISSION
The submission of product manufacturer’s warranties shall be a condition precedent to:
•
Commissioning; and
•
Practical Completion of the Works
FORMAT & PRESENTATION
Product manufacturer’s warranties shall be collated in a format and presentation approved by the
Superintendent.
A.3.05.08 USER MANUALS
GENERALLY
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit comprehensive user manuals for
the Works including the relevant part or parts of the Works nominated in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS.
As a minimum, user manuals are required for:
•
All services, associated equipment and controls and other installed plant and equipment; and
•
All parts of the Works subject to a programme of regular maintenance and/or user intervention to
maintain safety and health and/or reliable operation;
•
All parts of the Works subject to particular operational or maintenance requirements in respect of
Environmentally Sustainable Design (ESD) assessment criteria and criteria for certification of
compliance stated elsewhere in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements.
The user manuals shall include all required as-constructed documentation.
The expression ‘user manual’ shall include the meanings ‘maintenance manual’ and ‘operating manual’
as applicable.
PURPOSE OF THE USER MANUAL
The user manual shall contain complete details for correct cleaning, maintenance, repair, replacement,
operating and emergency procedures necessary to maintain the Works or the relevant part or parts of
the Works in a clean, safe and satisfactory condition without damage or excessive increases in cost or
energy consumption during the service life of the building.
The provision of the user manual shall not reduce or modify the responsibility of the Contractor with
regard to the requirement to supply warranties.
FORMAT & PRESENTATION
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the user manual shall be bound in a set
of heavy duty, durable, A4 sized, reinforced lever arch binders, 3-hole punched, with front cover and
spine identification and organised in logical order with dividers, table of contents, and thumb indexing.
The format and presentation of the user manual shall be as approved by the Superintendent.
All user manuals shall be properly identified as follows:
•
Front cover & Spine:
Name of the Project and the trade.
Essential information pages and dividers shall be plastic laminated.
The user manual shall include an electronic copy contained on a CD-ROM disk in a durable clear plastic
sleeve fixed to the inside face of the front cover.
All appendices and loose documents shall be properly accommodated and indexed.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.18
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ESSENTIAL INFORMATION
As a guide, the user manual shall include the following essential information:
•
Title page;
•
Name of the Project and the trade, and the company that carried out the work;
•
Full company details including address, registration number (ABN), and the names and contact
numbers of directors and key persons;
•
Table of contents with colour coded thumb indexed dividers for each chapter;
•
Emergency & diagnostic procedures;
•
List of after-hours and emergency contact numbers;
•
General description of work and installed systems including start & stop procedures if applicable;
•
Location plans;
•
All authority approvals and certificates;
•
Test certification;
•
Commissioning reports, records and approvals;
•
Copy of product manufacturers’ warranties.
•
Environmentally Sustainable Design (ESD) assessment targets and criteria for certification of
compliance.
The user manual shall include a complete statement of ongoing legislative requirements with respect to
safety of occupants, users and the general public, including but not limited to:
•
Safety in Design obligations;
•
Hazard and risk analysis;
•
Compliance statements;
•
Copies of registration certificates for plant and equipment;
•
Safe operating, shut-down and emergency shut-down procedures; and
•
Schedule of all statutory, operating and emergency signs and labels, including sizes, wording, fonts
and colours, locations, and replacement instructions.
Where equipment is subject to periodical inspections and testing, and related permits and fees to
comply with legislative requirements, the user manual shall include instructions and programme
therefor and the requirements for permits and fees.
The user manual shall include a record of all products, materials, equipment and systems, including
approved alternatives and substitutions actually used (if applicable), including but not limited to:
•
Product data, with actual products identified;
•
Manufacturer’s details including address, registration number (ABN), and contact numbers of
service personnel, including emergency and after-hours contact number;
•
Suppliers and distribution details, where different from the manufacturer;
•
Manufacturer’s correspondence;
•
Catalogue reference numbers, batch numbers as appropriate;
•
Operation of the Building Maintenance & Control System (BMCS) including operation of the facility
to optimise performance;
•
Operation of the HVAC system including the importance of not changing indoor temperature set
points;
•
Suitable procedures to clean and maintain the appearance of the work;
•
Suitable generic and proprietary cleaning products and procedures;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.19
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
Cleaning products and procedures which shall NOT be used and which may damage the work or
void the warranty;
•
Maintenance procedures and programme, including off-site and on-site procedures, as applicable;
•
Wiring diagrams and the like, as applicable;
•
Performance data sheets;
•
List of recommended spares for maintenance and repair;
•
Sources of re-supply of spares; and
•
Schedule of special tools.
ONGOING & ROUTINE INSPECTIONS, MAINTENANCE & SERVICING
The user manual shall contain schedules and procedures for planning and carrying out ongoing
inspections, routine maintenance and servicing, including testing as necessary to monitor performance,
safety and deterioration.
The user manual shall describe a suitable programme for ongoing inspections, routine maintenance and
servicing of work which may be subject to damage or deterioration, including details of:
•
Recommended frequency of inspections;
•
Recommended maintenance and servicing intervals;
•
Suitable specialists (if applicable) to carry out the inspections;
•
Special tools, equipment, procedures and the like necessary to carry out proper and effective
maintenance and servicing;
•
Items to be inspected and properties to inspect;
•
Schedules and source of supply of all consumables;
•
Estimated time required for inspection, maintenance and servicing including system down-time in
respect of items of equipment, security or plant, if applicable;
•
Required access, safety and other measures necessary.
ONGOING MAINTENANCE AGREEMENTS
The user manual shall include sufficient information to enable the Principal to engage a third party to
carry out the ongoing cleaning and maintenance of the work with suitable maintenance agreements.
The Contractor shall submit details of its proposed maintenance agreements for the ongoing in-service
inspection and maintenance of the work, including frequency of visits, down-time (if applicable) and
indicative costs, including details for labour, materials and fixed or variable charges applicable at the
time of Practical Completion of the Works.
Where ongoing services are available on a third party contract basis, submit names and contact details
of suitable companies and indicative costs.
Notify the Superintendent where the implementation of a maintenance agreement is a condition of
warranty.
A.3.05.09 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION
GENERALLY
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit comprehensive, detailed, archival
quality suitable for long-term operations and maintenance, as-constructed documentation before
Practical Completion of the Works, clearly marked as such and fully describing and recording all aspects
of the completed work, including:
•
accurate measurements and directions from permanent visible items and or markers to locate
concealed items; and
•
photographs of services which require later maintenance and access.
As a minimum, as-constructed documentation is required for:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.20
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
All services and equipment, whether concealed or not concealed, including penetrations, services,
ducting and associated equipment, access and inspection points, valves, controls and the like that
may require later access;
•
All performance-based or ‘design and construct’ work;
•
Fire-rated and acoustic-rated construction;
•
Where installed work varies from the approved shop drawings; and
•
As-constructed drawings or other documentation required or directed by the Superintendent to be
prepared by the Contractor.
As-constructed documents shall be:
•
The approved design documents and shop drawings certified by the Contractor as correct asconstructed documentation where no differences occur;
•
The approved design documents and shop drawings marked up by the Contractor where work
differs from the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements and
approved shop drawings; and
•
Additional as-constructed drawings or other documentation prepared by the Contractor as required
or directed by the Superintendent.
A.3.05.10 SPARES
GENERALLY
Where indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS and in the quantities nominated, supply spare
and/or reserve materials and products for future in-service replacement.
Spares and/or reserve materials and products shall include sufficient new fixings and installation
accessories, where applicable. Where adhesives or other recommended products have a limited shelflife, include details of recommended products and sources of re-supply.
Work that has been rejected shall not be used as spares.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, off-cuts shall not be used as spares.
Spares and/or reserve materials and products shall not be available for use by the
Contractor or its subcontractors during the Defects Liability Period.
Deliver spares and/or reserve materials and products to an on-site storage location approved by the
Superintendent.
DOCUMENTATION
Submit for approval a detailed inventory of spares and/or reserve materials and products supplied and
include manufacturer’s product names, reference numbers and sources of re-supply.
Submit comprehensive replacement instructions and any special tools necessary for installation.
Instructions shall be in English, or, where the source documents are not in English, include a complete
and competent English translation, subject to the Superintendent’s approval.
WRAPPING AND IDENTIFICATION
Spares and/or reserve materials and products shall be new, unused and shall be protective wrapped
and packed in the manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s properly labelled and original unopened containers.
Protective wrapping, packaging and containers shall ensure durable long-term protection during
storage, including protection of finished surfaces.
A.3.05.11 SPECIAL TOOLS
GENERALLY
Where indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS or where otherwise necessary to properly carry
out future in-service maintenance, supply special tools in the quantities specified.
Special tools shall not be available for use by the Contractor or its subcontractors during
the Defects Liability Period.
Deliver special tools to an on-site storage location approved by the Superintendent.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.21
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DOCUMENTATION
Submit for approval a detailed inventory of special tools supplied and include manufacturer’s product
names, instructions for use (if applicable), reference numbers and sources of re-supply.
Instructions shall be in English, or, where the source documents are not in English, include a complete
and competent English translation, subject to the Superintendent’s approval.
IDENTIFICATION
Special tools shall be new, unused and shall be properly labelled.
A.4 APPROVALS
A.4.01 APPROVALS GENERALLY
Do not stockpile, manufacture, assemble or supply anything affected by required submissions until the
submissions are approved.
Approval of any submission shall not be assumed to be automatically given.
Products, materials, composite systems and work subject to submission for approval and ordered or
commenced without approval may be rejected in part or in their entirety.
The Works shall comply with the approved submissions.
A.4.02 LIMITATION OF APPROVAL
Approval of Contractor’s submissions is limited to approval in relation to the applicable purpose
purposes of the submission stated in SUBMISSIONS GENERALLY – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Approval of submissions SHALL NOT mean approval of:
•
Suitability for intended purpose and durability;
•
Sizes, densities and strengths of products and components;
•
Work that does not comply with the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements unless comprising an approved alternative; and
•
Work that does not comply with legislative requirements.
Approval of submissions SHALL NOT reduce or modify:
•
The Contractor’s responsibility to provide trade warranties;
•
Any term or condition of the trade warranties;
•
The Contractor’s obligations under the Contract;
•
Any right of the Principal;
•
Any right of the Superintendent.
A.4.03 APPROVAL PROCEDURES
The Superintendent will mark submissions indicating the status of approval, such as ‘Examined’,
‘Examined – work may proceed’, or ‘Revise and resubmit’ or similar expressions and return one copy so
endorsed to the Contractor.
Comments by the Superintendent may include comments with regard to presentation, format and
scope.
Where a submission is marked or directed to be revised and re-submitted, the Contractor shall revise it
with regard to comments by the Superintendent and re-submit for approval.
If a submission is revised and re-submitted, the revised information shall be clearly identified and
marked.
Where the Contractor proposes any changes to submissions after approval, the Contractor shall resubmit any such changes before commencing fabrication or installation of the related work, together
with the reasons for the proposed changes.
Nothing arising from the procurement and provision of required submissions, their approval or their
rejection, revision and re-submission shall constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or the
time for Practical Completion of the Works.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.22
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.5 PRODUCTS & MATERIALS
A.5.01 PRODUCTS & MATERIALS GENERALLY
The expressions ‘products’ and ‘materials’ have the same meaning, may be interchangeable as the
context requires and may include complete composite systems incorporating several component
products and materials.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
new, unused and undamaged unless otherwise indicated or approved to be wholly or partially
salvaged or recycled;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
handled, stored and used safely in accordance with the product manufacturer’s current published
recommendations and in compliance with current workplace safety and health legislation,
standards and codes of practice;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose and consistent with the design intent
established in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements;
•
commonly available, successfully used in similar recent projects and likely to be available at a later
date for maintenance, rectification or additional work;
•
structurally adequate;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance; and
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval.
Factory manufactured products, materials and composite systems shall manufactured under a
recognised quality system in accordance with the relevant Standards.
Where the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements indicate sizes,
weights and strength of products, materials and composite systems, the sizes, weights and strengths
indicated are the minimum that will be approved.
Provide adequate storage and protection for products, materials and composite systems prior to their
incorporation in the Works so as to preserve their quality and fitness for use in the Works.
To the greatest practicable extent, products, materials and composite systems of a similar type shall be
from the same product manufacturer and production batch.
IDENTIFICATION & PACKAGING
Accept, delivery and store proprietary products, materials and composite systems only in the product
manufacturer’s original branded, unopened, properly identified packages, containers, or bundles.
Identification shall include product brand name and reference number, batch number and, if
appropriate, colour, date of manufacture and shelf life.
Bring products, materials or composite systems supplied by the product manufacturer in closed or
sealed containers or packages, to the point of use in their original unbroken containers or packages.
Products that have exceeded the stated shelf-life (or “use by date”) shall not be used or installed in the
Works and shall be immediately removed from the site.
Materials, goods, equipment or composite items not conforming to these requirements shall not be
incorporated in the Works and shall be immediately removed from the site.
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS)
Provide suitable Material Safety Data Sheets for all materials and products delivered to the site as
specified in subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH, clause PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY,
subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.23
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
CHEMICAL INFORMATION
The use of sealants, finishes, adhesives, solvents or like volatile materials or chemical preparations that
produce potentially noxious and/or toxic gases or that are otherwise hazardous or injurious to health
are prohibited from use in confined or inadequately ventilated spaces or without adequate safety
precautions including the provision and use of appropriate protective and/or safety equipment to all
affected personnel in compliance with current legislation, standards and codes of practice.
Refer to subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH, clause PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY,
subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
PROHIBITED MATERIALS
Refer to subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH, clause PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY,
subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
ELECTROLYTIC PROPERTIES
Select materials with due regard for their electrolytic properties to avoid direct contact or water run-off
between metallic materials, coatings and fixings and those which are electrolytically dissimilar.
Refer also to clause ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS – GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
A.5.02 STANDARDS
The Works shall comply with the relevant current Australian and International Standards applicable to
the type of work and the Standards indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
Unless otherwise required in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project
requirements, the Australian and International Standards shall be the most recent edition published
before the commencement date of the Works.
The requirements of the Standards are minimum requirements.
Where the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS indicate requirements other than indicated in the Standards,
or where the work is required to comply with more than one Standard and there are differences
between the requirements of the Standards, the more stringent requirements shall apply.
Where a Standard refers to other Standards, the work shall comply with such other Standards to the
extent applicable.
A.5.03 QUALITY
The whole of the Works and the work of each trade shall be of high quality and shall meet or exceed
the required or established standard of quality.
The Contractor shall confirm and/or establish the quality standard by the submission and approval of
product data, control samples, method statements, shop drawings & computations, prototypes and/or
mock-ups and first completed examples.
All subsequent work shall be to a quality standard not less than that established by the approved
submission.
Work that does not achieve the established quality standard may be rejected, in which event it shall be
rectified promptly by the Contractor.
Rectified work shall match the established quality standard and adjacent installed work and be equal to
new work in every respect.
If, in the Superintendent’s opinion, the rejected work can not be rectified to the established standard or
rectified work fails to achieve the established standard or match adjacent work, the Contractor shall
replace or re-apply the whole area affected.
Minor defects may be rectified on-site in accordance with approved rectification procedures at the
Superintendent’s sole discretion, otherwise the Contractor shall remove defective products from the Site
and replace, refer RECTIFICATION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.24
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Rejection of work that fails to achieve the established standard and its subsequent rectification shall not
constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or the time for Practical Completion of the Works.
A.5.04 DURABILITY
Without compromising the design intent established in the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements, the Contractor shall select and use and ensure its subcontractors
select and use only products, materials and composite systems, construction details and
methodologies, including all framing, components, fixings and finishes whether exposed or concealed,
which minimise maintenance requirements and maximise durability and corrosion resistance consistent
with the intended in-service function and the prevailing site and climatic conditions.
A.5.05 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in respect of
ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
A.5.05.01 TIMBER SUSTAINABILITY
Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in respect of
TIMBER SUSTAINABILITY and comply with all the requirements thereof.
Do not use rainforest timber species unless certified as sustainable plantation grown.
Provide source certification for all timbers, timber veneers and composite timber products used
throughout the Works.
Australian Forest Standard (AFS) certification providing Chain of Custody certification to AS4707 and
Australian Forest Management Certification to AS 4708 shall be required for all timber, timber veneers,
plywood and like composite timber products used throughout the Works to ensure an unbroken,
traceable chain from a certified, sustainable forest source through to the customer.
A.5.06 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN
EUROPEAN HOUSE BORER (EHB)
European House Borer (EHB), Hylotrupes bajulus Linnaeus, is a destructive pest of seasoned coniferous
timber including pine, fir and spruce. If allowed to become established, it can cause major structural
damage to susceptible buildings.
EHB infests dry (seasoned), untreated pine and other susceptible softwoods. These include Pinus,
Abies, Picea and Pseudotsugata. (Oregon or Douglas Fir).
Applicable WA Government Regulations:
Agriculture and Related Resources Protection (European
House Borer) Regulations 2006.
Items made from pine or other susceptible softwoods may include furniture, floorboards, hobby wood,
firewood and pallets.
For more information visit:
http://www.ehb.wa.gov.au
EHB only attacks untreated, dry (seasoned) pine and other susceptible softwoods. Suitably chemicallytreated pine and other non-softwood roofing materials are not at risk from EHB. To restrict the spread
of EHB, the Contractor shall take the following precautions:
DO NOT USE UNTREATED PINE FOR STRUCTURAL OR ANY OTHER PURPOSE.
Acceptable forms of chemical treatment for timber used above ground that impart a level of resistance
to EHB include:
•
Light organic spirit preservative (LOSP) pre-construction treatment, biological hazard level not less
than H2 (protected) or H3 (exposed) as applicable, as specified herein.
A.5.07 TIMBER PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, all externally exposed unprotected timber
shall have been treated to AS 1604 using an approved durable preservative treatment to achieve the
level of protection and durability consistent with the biological hazard level to which it is subjected
appropriate to its location, exposure and application.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.25
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
As a guide the following table indicates criteria for assessing appropriate levels of biological hazard:
BIOLOGICAL HAZARD LEVELS:
HAZARD
LEVEL
EXPOSURE
SPECIFIC SERVICE
CONDITIONS
BIOLOGICAL
HAZARD
TYPICAL USES
H1
INSIDE, ABOVE
GROUND
COMPLETELY PROTECTED
FROM THE WEATHER AND
WELL VENTILATED AND
PROTECTED FROM
TERMITES
LYCTID BORER
FRAMING, FLOORING,
FURNITURE, INTERIOR JOINERY
H2
INSIDE, ABOVE
GROUND
PROTECTED FROM
WETTING, NIL LEACHING
BORERS AND
TERMITES
FRAMING, FLOORING, ETC.,
USED IN DRY SITUATIONS
H3
OUTSIDE, ABOVE
GROUND
SUBJECT TO PERIODIC
MODERATE WETTING AND
LEACHING
MODERATE
DECAY, BORERS
AND TERMITES
WEATHERBOARD, FASCIA,
PERGOLA POSTS (ABOVE
GROUND), WINDOW JOINERY,
FRAMING AND DECKING
H4
OUTSIDE, INGROUND CONTACT
SUBJECT TO SEVERE
WETTING AND LEACHING
SEVERE DECAY,
BORERS AND
TERMITES
FENCE POSTS, GREENHOUSES,
PERGOLA POSTS (IN-GROUND)
AND LANDSCAPING TIMBERS
H5
OUTSIDE, INGROUND CONTACT,
CONTACT WITH OR
IN FRESH WATER
SUBJECT TO EXTREME
WETTING AND LEACHING
AND/OR WHERE THE
CRITICAL USE REQUIRES A
HIGHER DEGREE OF
PROTECTION
VERY SEVERE
DECAY, BORERS
AND TERMITES
NOT APPLICABLE
H6
MARINE WATERS
SUBJECT TO PROLONGED
IMMERSION IN SEA WATER
MARINE WOOD
BORERS AND
DECAY
NOT APPLICABLE
Typically usage of light organic solvent preservative (LOSP) is approved for protecting timber subject to
H3 and H4 biological hazard levels. No additional treatment is normally necessary for protecting timber
subject to H1 and H2 biological hazard levels within building interiors. Biological hazard levels H5 and
H6 are not applicable to use of timbers in this project.
Treatment methods: Vacuum/pressure impregnation or double vacuum/immersion.
Exclusions:
•
Do not use copper chrome arsenic (CCA) preservative treatments in exposed and/or accessible
above ground locations without the Superintendent’s prior written approval.
•
Do not use copper-based preservative treatments in contact with steel or galvanised steel.
CERTIFICATION
Provide certification for preservative treatment of all timbers, timber veneers and composite timber
products used throughout the Works.
A.5.08 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY
Notwithstanding that the preliminary design has been prepared and materials, components and
composite systems selected and configured to meet the relevant provisions of AS 1428 - Design for
Access and Mobility, the Contractor shall be deemed to be fully conversant with the provisions of AS
1428 and shall remain entirely responsible for verifying the completed Works comply with the relevant
provisions of the standard whether or not such provisions are specifically detailed or indicated in the
approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
All additional costs incurred by the Contractor to achieve compliance with provisions of AS 1428 are
deemed to be included in the Contract Sum.
A.5.09 SLIP RESISTANCE
Resilient and non-resilient floor and wall finishes, including surface treatments, integrated components
and accessories have been selected and specified with due consideration for the purpose of reducing
slip hazards and providing a slip resistant surface which is durable and the effectiveness of which shall
not be significantly reduced with age, wear, likely methods of cleaning and maintenance, exposure to
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.26
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
common cleaning chemicals, UV light, other common contaminants or any combination thereof,
consistent with normal use in the intended location.
Notwithstanding that the preliminary design has been prepared and materials, components and
composite systems selected and configured to meet the relevant provisions of AS/NZS 4586, the
Contractor shall be deemed to be fully conversant with the provisions of AS/NZS 4586, and shall remain
entirely responsible for verifying the selection materials, products and finishes and installation floor and
wall finishes complies with the relevant provisions of the standard whether or not specifically detailed
or indicated in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
All additional costs incurred by the Contractor to achieve compliance with provisions of AS/NZS 4586
are deemed to be included in the Contract Sum.
CERTIFICATION
For each resilient finish and non-resilient floor and wall finish, including surface treatments, integrated
components and accessories specified submit:
•
product manufacturer’s certification of product conformance with type tests for slip resistance to
AS/NZS 4586, and
•
product manufacturer’s care, cleaning and maintenance recommendations for the preservation of
the required slip resistance consistent with normal conditions anticipated for the intended use and
location.
As a guide the following table indicates criteria for assessing appropriate levels of slip resistance:
PEDESTRIAN SURFACES SLIP RESISTANCE TABLE (AS/NZS 4586 – 2004)
Pedestrian surface
Slip resistance grade to AS/NZS 4586
Dry floor
friction
test*
Wet
pendulum
test
Oil/ wet
ramp test
Wet/
barefoot
ramp test
Pavements, decks and stairs
n/a
W
R10
n/a
Ramps ≥ 2 deg
n/a
V
R11
n/a
Stair nosings
n/a
W
R11
n/a
Entry lobbies
n/a
X
R10
n/a
Open spaces, corridors & lift lobbies
n/a
Z
R9
n/a
Kitchens, food stores, serveries & food preparation
areas
n/a
X
R10
n/a
External
Internal
Plant rooms, equipment & utility areas
n/a
X
R10
n/a
Ramps ≥ 2 deg
n/a
X
R10
n/a
Stair nosings
n/a
W
R11
n/a
Toilets & hand washing areas
n/a
X
R10
n/a
Floors to disabled/accessible toilet facilities &
showers
n/a
n/a
n/a
B
Floors to shower areas generally
n/a
n/a
n/a
B
Walls to shower areas
n/a
n/a
n/a
A
Wet/barefoot
*Dry Floor Friction Test is not recommended as a reliable indicator
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.27
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.5.10 PROCUREMENT AND STORAGE
EXPEDITE SUPPLIES
Expedite the supply of products, materials and composite systems and ensure adequate quantities are
available when necessary on or off site to avoid fabrication and/or construction delays.
ADVANCE ORDERING
Order sufficient quantities of products, materials and composite systems sufficiently in advance of
installation to avoid shortages and delays.
Arrange alternative sources of supply where there is any risk of shortage or delay likely to have a major
impact on the progress of the Works .
LONG LEAD-IN TIMES
The Contractor is solely responsible for identifying those selected products, materials and composite
systems and any approved alternatives which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery, and
programming their timely ordering, manufacture, supply and installation .
For products, materials and composite systems identified as subject to long lead-in times for delivery:
•
place advance orders immediately on commencement of the Works or immediately after approval if
approval is required;
•
submit to the Superintendent copies of all advance orders and their acknowledgement by the
relevant suppliers; and
•
indicate ordering and manufacturing lead-times on the Works Construction Programme, including
all critical dates and including, if imported, critical dates for shipping, customs clearance and the
like.
Orders shall include sufficient additional quantities to include provision for spares, wastage, breakages
and damage, and to avoid shortages.
The failure of the Contractor to identify and/or secure in a timely manner the procurement and delivery
of products, materials and composite systems named in the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements that may be subject to long lead-in times, shall not constitute a reason
for their substitution by alternatives or increasing the Contract Sum or the time for Practical Completion
of the Works.
UNOBTAINABLE OR DELAYED ITEMS
In the event of a proprietary product, material or composite system named in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements becoming unobtainable or subject to sustained
supply shortages or delays likely to have a major impact on the progress of the Works and it is proved
unobtainable from alternative sources of supply, immediately notify the Superintendent, submit full
details of the procurement problems encountered and the anticipated impact on the progress of the
Works and propose suitable alternatives for approval.
TEMPORARY STORAGE
If directed, make areas of the Works available for the temporary storage of equipment, fittings and
furniture ordered in advance. Areas directed to be used for temporary storage purposes shall be
completed up to the stage of painting and made secure, subject to the Superintendent’s approval.
Where on-site storage is deemed not to be practicable, subject strictly to the Superintendent’s
prior approval, the Contractor’s reasonable costs may be reimbursed for off-site stockpiling, storage
and the handling and transportation to and from the off-site facilities, incurred by accepting early
delivery of products, materials and composite systems subject to long lead-in times and confirmed to
be in short supply or otherwise not readily obtainable.
A.5.11 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
Supply and install the proprietary items, products, materials and composite systems named in the
approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
The naming of particular proprietary products, materials or composite systems in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements indicates those of acceptable quality,
appearance, performance and the like but does not mean exclusive preference for the named items.
The Contractor may submit details of alternatives for approval.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.28
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The naming of proprietary products, materials and composite systems in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements (including any approved alternatives) shall not
reduce or modify:
•
the Contractor’s responsibility for
)
warranting its work;
)
complying with the relevant Australian Standards;
)
complying with the Building Code of Australia (BCA) and other applicable legislation;
•
the Contractor’s obligations stated elsewhere;
•
any right of the Principal;
•
any right of the Superintendent.
A.5.11.01 ALTERNATIVES
Where a proprietary item, trade name, brand or catalogue number is named in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements, the Contractor may propose for the
Superintendent’s approval, substitution of the named item by an alternative, equivalent to the named
item in form, function, quality, durability, appearance and the like, provided that:
•
the Contractor has provided all necessary specifications, documentation, test results, samples and
the like comparative information in respect of the proposed alternative to the Superintendent’s
entire satisfaction;
•
where the proposed alternative is of a greater or lesser cost than the named item or will require a
greater or lesser time to carry out the work, the Contractor has provided details of the cost and/or
time implications for the Superintendent’s approval, including cost and time implications of
alterations necessitated to other parts of the Works arising as a consequence of the proposed
alternative;
•
in the Superintendent’s opinion the characteristics of type, quality, finish, appearance, method of
construction, durability and performance of the proposed alternative are not less than those of the
named item;
•
where the specified product contributes to the achievement of the specified environmentally
sustainable design (ESD) targets, the ESD performance of the proposed alternative equals or
exceeds that of the named item; and
•
the Superintendent’s written approval of the proposed alternative has been obtained prior to its
implementation.
Include a completed REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM with each submission in respect
of proposed alternatives, refer APPENDIX – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Approval of the proposed alternative shall not be anticipated because of a similar approval having been
given in a previous instance.
Coordinate and carry out all additional work resulting from the use of approved alternatives, including
additional or revised approvals from the relevant authorities, any changes to adjacent work, and
submission of revised product data, control samples, mock-ups and/or prototypes, method statements
and shop drawings, as applicable, and pay for any costs incurred by the Superintendent in assessing
the proposed alternatives.
Nothing arising from the submission of proposed alternatives, their examination and subsequent
rejection, if applicable, shall constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or the time for
Practical Completion of the Works.
A.5.11.02 PRODUCT SELECTION BY CONTRACTOR
Where the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements do not name a
particular item but refer to ‘approved’ products, materials and composite systems, select suitable
proprietary products, materials and composite systems and submit details of proposed selections for
the Superintendent’s approval, including:
•
project identification details;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.29
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
subcontractor’s and/or supplier’s name, if applicable;
•
product manufacturer’s name;
•
product name and reference number and/or other unique identifier; and
•
proposed location in the Works .
Include relevant product data, control samples, methods statements, shop drawings and the like, as
applicable.
Verify final approved selections of colour and finish before ordering.
Select proprietary products, materials and composite systems with regard to the conditions and
performance requirements indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS and to ensure a coordinated
and consistent visual effect in compliance with the design intent established in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
A.5.12 PRINCIPAL SUPPLIED PRODUCTS, MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT
Where products, materials and/or equipment are identified in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements or otherwise directed by the Superintendent to be supplied by the
Principal free of charge to the Contractor for incorporation in the Works, give adequate notice,
programme and coordinate (as applicable) collection, transport and take delivery of the products,
materials and/or equipment and incorporate in the Works.
Before taking possession of products, materials and/or equipment supplied by the Principal, ensure
they are insured to their full value under the Contractor’s insurance policy.
Where the installation (including but not limited to delivery, site handling, installation, commissioning,
testing and remedial work) of such materials, products and/or equipment is required to be carried out
by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have included adequate allowance for the cost of
installation in the Contract Sum and the time for installation in its Works Construction Programme.
A.6 EXECUTION OF THE WORKS
A.6.01 SITE SURVEYS & SETTING OUT
SURVEY MARKS
Before using existing survey marks, the Contractor shall satisfy itself that they are the marks (if any)
referenced in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements, that they
have not been disturbed and that their levels, if shown in the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements, agree with one or more existing features on the site.
SITE IDENTIFICATION
Employ a Licensed Surveyor to identify the Site and position survey marks for the boundaries of the
Site and establish coordinate points, base and grid lines, levels and datum for locating and setting out
of the Works and to verify the Works are constructed in accordance with the dimensions, levels,
gridlines, coordinates and angular relationships indicated in the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements.
It is suggested that Whelans (08 9443 1511) be engaged as the Contractor’s Licensed Surveyor as they
have been engaged by the Principal for survey work associated with the Onslow Airport Site.
DATUM AND TEMPORARY BENCHMARK
Immediately upon commencement of the Works on site, construct one or more datum points
immediately adjacent to or in close proximity to the building site and employ a licensed surveyor to
establish the reduced level of the bench mark relative to the datum level shown in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
Protect and maintain such benchmarks and regularly confirm their continued accuracy during the
course of the Works.
On Practical Completion of the Works, remove the temporary benchmarks and make good.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.30
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SETTING OUT METHODS AND PROCEDURES
Identify and adopt methods and procedures for locating, setting out and verifying the location and set
out of the Works appropriate to the information supplied in the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements.
No claims for adjustments of cost or time shall be considered in the event of the Contractor failing to
allow for or adopt appropriate surveying, setting out or verification methods and procedures.
SURVEYS DURING CONSTRUCTION
Employ a Licensed Surveyor to carry out surveys at regular monthly intervals or at one or more other
times as directed by the Superintendent during construction of the Works to determine and record
accurate sizes, locations and set-outs of existing and new parts of the Works.
Provide copies of survey records and drawings to the Superintendent.
CERTIFICATION
Provide certification by the Licensed Surveyor that the Works have been located, set out and
constructed in accordance with the dimensions, levels, gridlines and angular relationships indicated in
the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements during the course of the
Works and as construction of the various parts of the Works is completed including, but not limited to
construction of columns, walls, floors, roof structures and lift shafts and also at Practical Completion of
the Works.
A.6.02 CONSTRUCTION LOADS
LIMITATIONS
Verify load limitations on the structure with the Superintendent before commencement of the work.
EXCESSIVE LOADS
Ensure that no excessive loads are placed on any part of the newly erected or the existing structure or
services.
Ensure that no excessive loads are placed on any part of the site, site works or installed in-ground
services either new or existing.
TEMPORARY SUPPORTS
Provide competently computed safe temporary supports to transfer excess construction loads.
If requested, submit engineering computations for temporary supports to the Superintendent and/or
the local authority's building surveyor for approval.
A.6.03 JOINING UP TO EXISTING WORK
Carry out the joining of new work to existing work, and any consequent cutting away, in a manner
appropriate to the new and existing materials and make good to existing work.
Match new work to existing work. Where necessary provide blocks, spacers, strutting and the like to
ensure secure placement and fixing of new items.
A.6.04 EXISTING SERVICES
Attend to existing services as follows:
•
If the service is to be continued, repair, divert or relocate it as required;
•
If the service crosses the line of a required trench, or will lose support when the trench is
excavated, provide approved permanent support for the existing service;
•
If the service is to be abandoned, cut and seal or disconnect and make safe or remove, as
directed.
PROPOSALS
Submit proposals for action to be taken with respect to existing services before commencing work.
Minimise the number and duration of interruptions to existing services
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.31
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHUT-DOWNS AND ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING SERVICES
The Works shall proceed with as little interruption as is practicable to existing services, current airport
operations and the use of adjacent buildings
Prior to commencing shut down, alterations and/or connections to existing services provide at least 48
hours notice prior to turning off or interrupting any services.
Proceed with new connections or alterations as rapidly as possible to avoid unnecessary delays to the
supply for existing buildings.
PROTECTION
Protect existing services to be continued in usage as specified in PROTECTION OF SERVICES –
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
NOTIFICATION
Notify the Superintendent immediately upon the discovery of existing services or obstructions not
shown on the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
A.6.05 PROGRESSIVE CLEANING
Regularly remove rubbish and waste and keep the Works clean and tidy at all times.
The Contractor shall:
•
ensure sufficient site personnel and equipment to carry out the work;
•
ensure suitable waste containers are supplied for debris generated by the work;
•
locate waste containers as close as practicable to the work areas;
•
regularly empty waste containers and remove debris to a legal disposal location;
•
maintain workers’ amenities in a clean and sanitary condition;
•
ensure that drains, gutters and downpipes are kept clean and properly flowing.
Do not locate waste containers on public land unless approved by the relevant local authorities and all
required permits have been obtained and fees paid.
Remove promptly spots, marks and stains to finished work as the work progresses.
A.6.06 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION
Prevent direct contact and avoid water drainage, run-off and the like between electrolytically
incompatible metals, metallic coatings and other materials. Select and install materials with due regard
for their electrolytic compatibilities.
As a guide, the following table indicates acceptability of drainage from one metallic or other surface on
to another metallic surface and/or direct contact between dissimilar metallic surfaces.
Unglazed tiles
(concrete)
Y
N
Y*
N
Y
Zincalume,
Colorbond
XRW,
Metallic &
Ultra
Y
Y
Y*
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Y*
Y*
Y
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y*
Y
N
Y
N
Y*
Y
Y
Stainless
steel
Aluminium
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Lead
N
Monel
N
Zinc
N
Copper
N
Aluminium
Y
Zincalume,
Colorbond XRW,
Metallic & Ultra
Galvanised
steel
Lower
Surface
Materials
Galvanised steel
Glass, Glazed Tiles,
& Plastic
Colorbond Stainless
& Stainless steel
Upper surface materials
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.32
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Unglazed tiles
(concrete)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
N
Y*
N
Y
Monel
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y
Y*
Y
Y
Y
Y
Lead
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y*
Y
Y
Y
Zinc
Lead
Y*
Monel
Y
Zinc
Y*
Copper
Y*
Aluminium
Y*
Copper
Zincalume,
Colorbond XRW,
Metallic & Ultra
Y*
Lower
Surface
Materials
Galvanised steel
Glass, Glazed Tiles,
& Plastic
Colorbond Stainless
& Stainless steel
Upper surface materials
Y = Acceptable
Y* = Drainage acceptable, direct metal contact not acceptable
N = Not acceptable
Separate contact surfaces permanently with an approved polymer or durable bituminous felt separation
layer or appropriate approved equivalent suitable for the intended application.
A.6.07 FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC–RATED CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY
The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring:
•
the construction of all smoke barriers and fire-rated and acoustic-rated separating walls, floors,
ceilings and partitions is carried out strictly in conformance with the approved design documents
and/or the Principal’s project requirements,
•
the integrity and continuity of fire-rated and acoustic-rated construction between adjacent trades
and services is maintained, and
•
any subsequent work to these elements shall not reduce their smoke impedance, fire resistance or
acoustic integrity below the design level.
COORDINATION
The Contractor shall coordinate its work and the work of adjacent trades and services and verify that all
required smoke barriers and fire resistance-rated and acoustic-rated construction are complete,
properly executed and comply with all legislative requirements and the approved design documents
and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
SUPERVISION
Closely supervise construction techniques and workmanship and inspect completed stages of
construction prior to concealment to verify the requirements of the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements for smoke impedance, fire resistance or acoustic integrity have
been achieved.
PRESERVATION OF FIRE RESISTANCE & SOUND REDUCTION PROPERTIES
Ensure that party walls and other fire resistance-rated and acoustic-rated separating walls, floors,
ceilings and partitions, including smoke barriers, are constructed to preserve their intended fire
resistance, smoke impedance or sound reduction properties by using:
•
suitable construction methods;
•
specified components, materials, insulation and the like;
•
specified number and sequence of layers in multi-layered installations;
and in continuous construction by:
•
ensuring continuity of construction without unnecessary gaps or penetrations;
•
sealing gaps and penetrations where unavoidable;
•
sealing junctions between adjacent building elements;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.33
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
sealing flanking sound transmission paths during construction and/or installation;
•
controlling subsequent trades to avoid cut-outs, chases, recessed fittings, local reduction of the
required thickness or density of continuous elements;
and in discontinuous construction by:
•
executing work using appropriate methods to ensure achievement of the intended discontinuity of
construction (e.g. to cavity party walls and the like);
•
keeping cavities clean as work progresses;
•
ensuring gaps & joints are constructed to full specified dimensions and are kept clean prior to
installation of specified joint filler and sealant;
•
controlling subsequent trades to avoid bridging, interruptions or other local reductions of the
required discontinuity between elements.
SEALING GAPS
At control joints, joints with other materials and where gaps are unavoidable, provide a continuous
acoustic seal using purpose made compressible solid profiled inserts, durable resilient gaskets or glass
fibre insulation packed to a minimum density of 64kg/m3 and sealed on both sides with low modulus
sealants. Use solid resilient materials in preference to foamed materials.
Use fire resistance-rated sealants where necessary to maintain the fire resistant rating and hot smoke
impedance of the wall, floor, ceiling or partition being sealed.
CERTIFICATION
On completion of the sealing of all penetrations to smoke barriers and fire resistance-rated and
acoustic-rated construction, verify that all penetrations have been properly sealed to maintain the
integrity and continuity of the required rated construction and submit written certification that all such
penetrations have been properly sealed and components, materials, systems and composite
construction meet the design performance criteria in the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements, Building Code of Australia (BCA) and Australian or other relevant
Standards.
A.6.08 BUILDER'S WORK, COORDINATION & ANCILLARY WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out all work including coordination and ancillary work
commonly referred to as ‘Builder’s Work’, ‘Architectural Work’ or ‘work by others’ in building services
and approved structural design documents.
The Contractor shall ascertain from each of its subcontractors and suppliers full particulars of the
Builder’s Work for which it is responsible including the order of execution of the work and, before
commencing, it shall plan and coordinate the Builder's Work with the whole of the work under the
Contract in order to prevent physical conflicts, damage or alterations to installed work, structural
members and base-structure, or changes to such work after its fabrication or installation has
commenced.
Planning and coordination shall include but not be limited to all services and equipment, penetrations
and embedments, profiles, base-structure and structural elements, water, weather and vermin
proofing, cladding and finishes.
Submit complete and detailed Builder’s Work and other relevant coordination drawings and details of
ancillary work together with submissions of shop drawings and computations.
‘Builder’s Work’ Drawings shall be prepared in sufficient time for examination by the Superintendent
before commencing the part of the Works affected.
Where the Contractor omits or wrongly locates any penetrations or embedments or wrongly constructs
any base-structure work or structural elements, it shall carry out all necessary remedial work to the
Superintendent’s entire satisfaction.
Such remedial work shall not constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or the time for
Practical Completion of the Works.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.34
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.6.08.01 INTERFACE WORK WITH ADJACENT WORK
The Contractor shall ensure the provision and installation of suitable interface work between its work
and its subcontractor’s work and adjacent work.
Interface work may include trims, flashings, sealants and finishes as necessary to complete the work in
accordance with the design intent established in the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s
project requirements.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall submit for approval
shop drawings and/or ‘Builder’s Work’ drawings with full particulars of the interface work.
A.6.08.02 COORDINATION OF SERVICES
The mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and similar service installations shall be installed in such order that
will ensure they are located so that all essential components and parts are accessible for the purposes
of inspection, maintenance and replacement.
Where the Principal has particular requirements in respect of the planning, coordination and/or set-out
of services installations the Contractor shall comply with all the requirements thereof.
The Contractor shall be responsible for planning and coordination between the various services
installers in attaining the required locations and tolerances.
SERVICES COORDINATION DRAWINGS
Services Coordination (or “Builder’s Work”) Drawings may include details of services, penetrations,
reflected ceiling plans, concrete profiles, concealed structural elements and embedments or
penetrations to the base-structure as necessary.
ROUTING OF SERVICES
Ensure the optimum routing of services in relation to structural members, base-structure and other
services, including due consideration of correct and accurate locations, sizes, clearances and openings
that may affect the proper operation and maintenance of such services and subsequent access for
maintenance and repair.
CEILING SPACES
Coordinate installation of ceilings with the installation and commissioning of the services located above
and within the ceiling space.
Site personnel shall wear clean cloth gloves when removing and replacing installed ceiling tiles for
commissioning or other purposes.
Coordinate the progressive removal and replacement of ceiling tiles (if applicable) during
commissioning for access to its services in the ceiling space, and rectify any damage resulting from
such access and commissioning.
PENETRATIONS
Penetrations shall include recesses and pockets (‘cut-outs’) and the like required to finished floor, walls,
ceilings and soffits for fittings, fixtures, equipment and services.
Plan and coordinate all necessary penetrations and any additional framing, trim and acoustic-rated, firerated or airtight sealing around penetrations where applicable.
Penetrations shall be carried out at the appropriate stage of construction to ensure minimum damage
and disruption to the adjacent work.
Proposed penetrations in the base-structure not indicated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements shall be subject to the Superintendent’s approval before
commencing any cutting or drilling.
Penetrations, including recesses, cut-outs and the like shall not reduce or compromise the
structural integrity, resistance to penetration of water or water vapour, fire-resistance,
smoke impedance or acoustic performance of the building element in which they are
located.
Where the Contractor omits or wrongly locates any penetrations or additional framing, or wrongly
constructs any base-structure work, it shall carry out all necessary remedial work to the
Superintendent’s entire satisfaction.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.35
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
All proposals for remedial work shall be subject to approval prior to commencement.
Such remedial work shall not constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or the time for
Practical Completion of the Works.
SEALING & REINSTATEMENT
Seal all penetrations using approved sealant products and materials that are suitable for the purpose
intended.
Seal between services and adjacent work and reinstate affected work including rectification of any
damage after installation of the relevant services.
Sealing and reinstatement shall match the appearance and performance of adjacent work, including
appropriate fire-rating, smoke impedance provisions, acoustic-rating and waterproofing, as applicable.
Penetrations to exterior surfaces shall include primary kerbs, over-flashings, sealing and the like to
prevent the entry of weather, water and/or vermin to the interior.
Sealing and reinstatement shall include provision for differential movement between services and the
adjacent work.
A.6.08.03 ANCILLARY WORK
The Contractor shall:
•
provide and build-in all necessary embedments and shall replace or relocate any incorrect item;
•
ensure that, where applicable to achieve the design intent established in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements, the whole of the Works excludes weather
and water on completion;
•
ensure that all parts of the Works are neatly and properly joined up and made continuous with
adjacent works as necessary for appearance, performance and durability;
•
ensure the continuity of acoustic and thermal insulation acoustic provisions, fire-rated construction,
smoke impedance or air-tight construction is not compromised at the interface between the work
of adjacent trades;
•
provide all concrete bases, plinths and the like, as necessary for all equipment; and
•
manage construction keying and prior to Practical Completion, integrate keys and locks in respect
of building services installations and the like into the approved master key system indicated in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
all to the Superintendent’s entire satisfaction.
A.6.09 PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY
A.6.09.01 GENERALLY
The Contractor acknowledges that the Principal and the Superintendent have duties and obligations
pursuant to the Occupational Health, Safety and Welfare Act 1984 and the Occupational Safety and
Health Regulations 1996, as amended, and undertakes to take all steps necessary to ensure that a safe
working environment without risk to health is provided and maintained in accordance with the said Act
for the benefit of all persons including employees of all parties and other persons who may be present
on the construction site and in its vicinity so as to ensure that both the Principal and the
Superintendent are able to fulfil respective and joint duties under the said Act.
The Contractor shall:
•
•
do everything necessary to ensure safety and freedom from injury, damage and interference to:
)
all persons at any time on the construction site and in its vicinity; and
)
all the adjacent public or private lands, properties, ways, services and all other adjacent real or
personal property whatsoever; and
in the event of structural support, underpinning or other structural work to adjoining property
becoming necessary, notify the Superintendent and receive instructions before proceeding with any
such work.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.36
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Take all reasonable steps to minimise nuisance to persons in the vicinity of the site and the occupants
of existing adjoining or adjacent buildings, including nuisance from noise, dust, debris and obstructions,
and promptly comply with all reasonable requests to cease such nuisance.
Provide a 2100mm high linkmesh site safety fence to the perimeter of the site (allow for 250 lineal
metres) for the duration of the work on site. Provide lockable gate(s) in location(s) as agreed with the
Superintendent.
Implementation of measures for the protection of people and property shall not constitute a reason for
increasing the Contract Sum or the time for completion of the Works.
The Contractor will be required to attend all regular meetings of the Shire of Ashburton
Onslow Airport safety management including daily toolbox meetings.
A.6.09.02 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
COMPLIANCE
Comply with the Occupational Safety & Health Act 1984 (the Act) and the Occupational Safety & Health
Regulations 1996 (the regulations) and with any amendments that may be made to the Act and
regulations from time to time.
The Act, regulations, Codes of Practice and other safety information can be accessed from the
WorkSafe WA website at www.safetyline.wa.gov.au.
The Contractor is deemed to have control of the Site for the purposes of executing the work under the
Contract. Accordingly the Contractor is responsible for ensuring that, wherever practicable, its
employees and all other persons entering and moving about the construction site and in its vicinity, for
whatever purpose, are not exposed to hazards.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ACT AND REGULATIONS
The Contractor is deemed to be in control of all matters related to the execution of the work under the
Contract and accordingly is responsible for all such matters under the Act and regulations.
The Contractor shall, wherever practicable, appoint a Safety and Health Representative or
Representatives to perform the functions as defined under Section 33 of the Act.
The Contractor shall comply with its obligations under Section 23I(2) of the Act and regulations 2.4 and
2.5 concerning notification of certain injuries and diseases and also report all such matters promptly to
the Superintendent.
The Contractor shall indemnify the Principal from and against any loss, damage or injury suffered or
incurred by the Principal or any claim made against the Principal by reason directly or indirectly of the
Contractor failing to comply with its obligations under this Clause and the Contractor shall reimburse
the Principal any fines, penalties costs and expenses which the Principal may incur as a result (directly
or indirectly) of any non-compliance on the part of the Contractor with any of the provisions of the Act
or with any of its obligations under this Clause. The Contractor shall pay all fees payable under the Act
which are payable in connection with the execution of the Works.
ACCIDENTS
In addition to its obligations under the Act, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Superintendent of
the occurrence of the following:
•
Accidents notifiable under the Act and regulations involving death or personal injury;
•
Accidents involving a delay to the progress of the Works;
•
Incidents with accident potential such as equipment failure, structural failure, slides and cave-ins.
Submit written reports of all such accidents and incidents.
PRINCIPAL IDENTIFIED HAZARDS
An Occupational Safety and Health Report, as required by regulation 3.140 of the regulations will be
provided to the Contractor prior to the Contractor commencing work on Site, setting out:
•
the hazards that the Principal has identified as part of the design process that arise from the
design of the end product of the construction work and to which a person at the construction site
is likely to be exposed; and
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.37
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
the Principal’s assessment of the risk of injury or harm to a person at the construction site that
may result from those identified hazards; and
•
the means by which the attendant risk may be eliminated, reduced or better controlled; and
•
those identified hazards in respect of which the Principal has not done anything to reduce the risk
of injury or harm.
The Principal has identified the following hazards that the Contractor shall incorporate into its
Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan:
•
Cyclones
•
Fuel storage on adjacent site
•
Airport operation Vehicles on adjacent site
•
Construction activity and traffic on adjacent sites
•
Aircraft movements in close proximity
•
Demolition Work
Carry out demolition work in accordance with the Occupational Safety & Health Regulations 1996.
Where the demolition works are class 1, class 2 or class 3 as described in the regulations they shall
be carried out by a person licensed under the regulations to do that class of demolition work.
•
Occupied Premises
The Site is part of an occupied premise or facility.
Arrange a safety co-ordination meeting between the occupiers, the Contractor and the
Superintendent.
The occupiers will provide to the Contractor their occupation requirements on and/or adjacent to
the Site to assist the Contractor in the development of a Site specific Occupational Safety & Health
Management Plan addressing the Contractor’s and occupiers’ operational interface requirements.
The Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan shall incorporate the Contractor's own
operations and the interface with the occupiers’ operations.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the implementation of the Safety and Health
standards on the occupied Site for the duration of the Contract and shall co-ordinate and integrate
the work under the Contract in order that the occupier is able to safely continue normal activities
for the duration of the Contract without undue hindrance.
The Contractor shall obtain a copy of the emergency evacuation plan for the occupied Site, and
ensure that all persons admitted onto the Site are familiarised with the evacuation plan and comply
with its requirements.
Minimise nuisance to occupiers during construction as specified hereinafter in OCCUPIED
PREMISES – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
•
Hazardous Materials including Asbestos and Asbestos Products
Procedures for the safe removal, handling, transport and disposal of asbestos and asbestos
products shall be established and included in the safety management plan. Removal of asbestos
work shall be carried out in accordance with all regulatory requirements. In the event of
previously unidentified asbestos or asbestos products being encountered, the immediate area shall
be made safe, all work in that area shall cease and the Superintendent notified immediately.
Instruction will be provided by the Superintendant thereafter.
Safety and management procedures to be adopted in the event of hazardous substances being
encountered, other than asbestos and asbestos containing materials, their safe removal, handling,
transport and disposal shall be established and included in the safety management plan;
Comply with the measures detailed in the approved plan.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.38
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
Hot Works
Prior to commencing hot works including welding, flame cutting and the like, prepare and submit a
Hot Works Permit/Procedures Plan in conformance with the applicable Australian Standards and
regulations of relevant Authorities, detailing precautionary measures including but not limited to
fire prevention, fire fighting provisions, protection of exposed or flammable materials, protection
and safety of site personnel and the general public.
Comply with the measures detailed in the approved plan.
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS (MSDS)
Ensure that a copy of all manufacturer/supplier Material Safety Data Sheets are available on a register
on site for each hazardous substance used in connection with the work under the Contract. Material
Safety Data Sheets shall be consistent with the format of the NOHSC Code of Practice for the
Preparation of Material Safety Data Sheets [NOHSC: 2011 (1994)].
CHEMICAL INFORMATION
The use of chemicals specified or required during the currency of this Contract shall comply with the
requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984 and the Occupational Safety and Health
Regulations 1996 concerning information on chemical substances.
Ensure manufacturers, importers and suppliers of chemical substances, for use in the Works, are
responsible for providing information on those substances to be used. Refer to section 23(3) of the
Act.
The Contractor is responsible for passing on information supplied by manufacturers, importers and
suppliers of chemical substances to workers on site. Refer to section 19(1)(B) of the Act.
Copies of all information supplied shall be kept on site.
PROHIBITED MATERIALS
The following materials are prohibited from use in the Works:
•
Materials, components or elements containing asbestos fibres.
•
Insulation containing ceramic fibres.
•
Materials liable to exhume CFC gases and/or other ozone-depleting gases or toxic fumes harmful or
known to be harmful to the community under current standards.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH INFORMATION
Prior to the commencement of work on Site, or at any other time the Superintendent directs, consult
with the Principal and the Superintendent for the purposes of ensuring that, as far as practicable, the
construction work can be done without risk to the health and safety of either those doing the work, or
anyone else who may be at or near the construction site.
Ensure that the following information is recorded, reviewed and updated regularly, and kept until the
Works are completed:
•
The identification of hazards to which a person at the construction site is likely to be exposed;
•
An assessment of the risk of injury or harm to a person resulting from those hazards; and
•
The risk control measures through which the risk of injury or harm may be eliminated or otherwise
controlled.
If the Contractor becomes aware that a change in the design of the Works could better eliminate or
control a risk of injury or harm to those doing the construction work, or anyone else who may be at or
near the Site, it shall ensure that this information is communicated in writing to the Principal and the
Superintendent.
Ensure that any Occupational Safety & Health information received from the Principal or the
Superintendent is incorporated into its hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control measures.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN
Prior to the commencement of the work on Site, prepare and implement an Occupational Safety &
Health Management Plan relevant to the work under the Contract. The Occupational Safety & Health
Management Plan shall be maintained, and where necessary updated, throughout the Contract.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.39
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Prepare the Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan in conjunction with a competent person
suitably experienced and qualified in safety matters.
The Principal may direct that the Contractor prepare the Occupational Safety & Health Management
Plan in conjunction with its nominated Safety Consultant.
The Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan shall be appropriate to the risks associated with
the work under the Contract and shall contain provision for, but not be limited to, the following
elements:
•
occupational safety and health induction for new employees, subcontractors and construction
personnel and all other personnel including visitors attending the site;
•
listing of competencies required for specialist work (eg. rigger, scaffolder);
•
setting out arrangements for managing occupational safety and health incidents on the Site,
including accident/incident reporting and investigation
•
setting out safety rules at the Site and description of the arrangements for ensuring that all
persons working at or visiting the Site are informed of the rules;
•
hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control including routine inspection processes;
•
plant/equipment inspection processes;
•
pre-job planning, procedural issues and preparation and submission of JSA's (Job Safety Analyses,
also known as Safe Work Method Statements). Within the Occupational Safety & Health
Management Plan, particular attention is to be given to identifying hazardous activities including,
but not limited to, work in confined spaces, asbestos removal, demolition work, excavation work,
working near power lines and live conductors and working at heights;
•
methods of communicating and consulting with employees and transmitting new or modified work
procedures to employees;
•
hazardous substances exposure management;
•
site security provisions and their implementation;
•
purchasing/hiring controls (to avoid unknowingly bringing hazards onto the Site);
•
quantitative performance measures (application to be determined by contract size and duration);
and
•
any other matters that the Superintendent may direct from time to time.
Each element of the Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan shall specifically address:
•
the person on the Site who shall take responsibility for the successful implementation of each
element;
•
the hierarchical structure by which the responsibility is performed, and;
•
the specific manner by which the element is performed.
Prior to the commencement of the Works, the Contractor shall certify to the Superintendent that its
Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan:
•
has been prepared in compliance with the Act and Regulations; and
•
has been provided to each person doing construction work at the Site (where this is practical) or is
otherwise available for inspection on the Site; and
•
has been implemented on Site.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH INDUCTION TRAINING
The Contractor shall not permit its employees, the employees of other parties or other persons to
commence work on the Site until they have been inducted. Such induction shall include but not
necessarily be limited to:
•
familiarisation with the Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.40
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
reporting of accidents and incidents - which shall include the type of events to be reported, how an
event is reported and to whom the event is reported;
•
emergency procedures - which shall cover the procedure for a medical emergency and for
evacuation of the Site in the event of a life threatening situation arising;
•
personal protective equipment (PPE) - the standard requirements for the Site;
•
lifting and manual handling skills;
•
sun protection;
•
avoidance of noise induced hearing loss;
•
location of and access to First Aid on the Site;
•
legislative framework - an employees rights and responsibilities under the Act and Regulations;
•
procedure for the resolution of safety issues at the workplace (in accordance with Sections 24 to
28A of the Act), and;
•
Site security provisions and their implementation.
Refer to the WorkSafe WA Code of Practice: First Aid, Workplace Amenities and PPE for practical
guidance for the provision of first aid, workplace amenities and access to these amenities.
The Contractor shall induct its employees, the employees of other parties or other persons working on
the Site with regard to JSA’s and shall prepare “Training Session Attendance” sheets signed by each
attendee verifying that such induction has occurred.
Upon commencement of work on the Site, the Contractor shall further induct each employee, the
employees of other parties or other persons working on the Site with regard to all significant hazards
associated with their particular activity and area of employment on the Site and where relevant shall
include the use of powered plant, tools and equipment.
SITE & PUBLIC SECURITY
Notwithstanding the Contractor’s obligations to site and public security as stated elsewhere in this
Contract, the Contractor shall monitor and control, wherever practicable, the access of all persons to
the Site.
The Contractor shall ensure that no persons, unrelated to the Contract, enter the Site without its
express permission.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) standards shall apply at all times and a person shall only enter the
Site after that person has received a safety briefing regarding hazards relevant to the Site.
The Contractor shall ensure that all project-related personnel including staff,
subcontractors, suppliers and visitors do not trespass on to the AIR-SIDE of the
Contractor’s safety fence. The boundary and extent between the AIR-SIDE and LANDSIDE will be as determined by the Superintendent.
JSA'S (JOB SAFETY ANALYSES, ALSO KNOWN AS SAFE WORK METHOD STATEMENTS)
Where construction work on the Site involves high risk construction work, the Contractor shall ensure
that a person having day-to-day, on site control of the high-risk work at the site provides a written Job
Safety Analysis (JSA) before the high risk construction work commences.
Submit all JSA’s to the Superintendent for review and approval prior to implementing the
relevant work.
Ensure that the JSA covers all the proposed high risk construction work and the high risk work is
carried out in accordance with the statement.
Where work is carried out other than in accordance with the JSA, the Contractor shall ensure that the
work ceases (when it is safe to do so) and does not resume until the work is in compliance with the
JSA.
Ensure that the JSA is kept up to date and describes:
•
each high-risk construction work activity that is or includes a hazard to which a person at the
construction site is likely to be exposed;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.41
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
the risk of injury or harm to a person resulting from any such hazards;
•
the safety measures to be implemented to reduce the risk, including the control measures to be
applied to the activity or hazards; and
•
a description of the equipment used in the work activity; and
•
the qualifications and training (if any) required for persons doing the work to do it safely.
For the purposes of this clause, high risk construction work includes but is not limited to:
•
work involving a risk of a person falling 2 metres or more; or
•
work on telecommunications towers; or
•
demolition of any existing structure; or
•
disturbing or removing asbestos; or
•
alteration to a structure that requires the structure to be temporarily supported to prevent its
collapse; or
•
work within a confined space; or
•
excavation work or work within an excavation of a depth of more than 1.5 metres; or
•
construction of tunnels; or
•
welding, flame cutting, abrasive disc cutting and like high-temperature work; or
•
the use of explosives or flammable materials; or
•
the use of explosive-charged and the like high velocity percussion tools & equipment; or
•
work on or near pressurised gas pipes (including distribution mains); or
•
work on or near chemical, fuel or refrigerant lines; or
•
work on or near energised electrical installations and lines (whether overhead or underground); or
•
work in an area that may have a contaminated or flammable atmosphere; or
•
work involving tilt-up or precast concrete; or
•
work on or adjacent to roads or railways that are in use; or
•
work on or adjacent to airport facilities that are in use; or
•
work on a construction site where there is movement of powered mobile plant; or
•
work in an area where there are artificial extremes of temperature; or
•
work in, over or adjacent to water or other liquids if there is a risk of drowning; or
•
work involving diving.
CONFIRMATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH SITE STANDARDS AND PREDEFINED PROCEDURES
On a monthly basis, or more regularly as may be requested by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
audit its systems and procedures as defined by the Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan and
JSA’s to ensure that specific activities are being applied as intended.
Audits shall be carried out by a competent person appointed by the Contractor who is not directly
involved in the work under the Contract and is suitably experienced and qualified to carry out such
audits. WorkSafe WA and the Master Builders Association of WA can assist by identifying suitably
qualified persons.
Audits shall identify non-conformances with the Occupational Safety & Health Management Plan and
JSA’s. Take immediate action to implement actions to correct non-conformances identified by an audit.
Audit results, non-conformances and corrective actions are to be standing agenda items for Site
meetings.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.42
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide all approved protective clothing
to its employees to comply with the requirements of all Authorities, Awards and Industrial Agreement
pertinent to the Site.
Provide safety helmets for the use of visitors, as follows:
•
Standard: To AS/NZS 1801, Type 1.
•
Standards Mark: Required.
•
Number of helmets: 10
Provide high visibility safety vests for the use of visitors, as follows:
•
Standard: To AS/NZS 4602.
•
Standards Mark: Required.
•
Number of vests: 10
Replace protective clothing when worn out or damaged.
A.6.09.03 NOISE CONTROL
GENERALLY
Implement all practical precautions to minimise noise resulting from the Works.
The Environmental Protection (Noise) Regulations 1997 outline the requirements for construction noise.
The main issues addressed in the regulations are:
•
Work to be carried out between 7am and 7pm on any day other than Sunday or public holiday
•
Construction work is to be carried out in accordance with control of noise practices as set out in
section 6 of AS 2436.
•
Equipment used must be quietest reasonably available
The CEO of the Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) may request that a noise management
plan be submitted for the construction work at any time.
ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE
Noise emission from the site shall comply with Regulation 13 of the Environmental Protection (Noise)
Regulations 1997.
NOISE SUPPRESSION
Fit construction equipment with noise suppressors and use so that noise is minimised. Comply with
guidelines as set out in AS 2436.
If requested by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall provide a certificate of acoustic performance
by an approved acoustic consultant for any appliance before permitting its use or continued use on site.
SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
On occasions for emergency reasons, the Contractor may be required to further reduce or cease all
noise on the site.
NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Superintendent may direct the Contractor to prepare a noise management plan if construction
noise becomes a concern to adjoining property owners or occupiers.
DRUG & ALCOHOL MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Contractor shall comply with the Shire of Ashburton Onslow Airport Drug & Alcohol Management
Plan.
A.6.09.04 SITE CONTROL
GENERALLY
Comply at all times with the requirements and/or restrictions imposed by the Superintendent, local
authority or other relevant authority relating to the delivery and storage of materials, the routing of
delivery and construction traffic, the interruption of existing services and facilities and as follows:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.43
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
Comply with all statutes, regulations and by-laws relating to the protection of the environment and
any other like regulations in force on the site;
•
Obtain written approval from the Superintendent for the formation of any temporary roads, the
erection of temporary structures or any site clearing not specifically documented.
•
No trees or shrubs shall be removed or destroyed without the written approval of the
Superintendent.
•
No fire shall be lit on site.
•
Flammable or explosive products shall be stored strictly in accordance with the relevant statutes.
•
Radios or other audio devices are not permitted to be operated externally on the construction site.
•
Dogs shall not be permitted on the construction site.
SOIL EROSION
Plan and carry out the work to avoid erosion, contamination and sedimentation of the site, surrounding
areas and drainage systems and shall progressively restore disturbed areas.
REFUSE DISPOSAL
Handle and dispose of site refuse (including foodstuffs) in accordance with the relevant statutory and
local authority or other relevant authority requirements.
Do not burn or bury on site, or dispose of wastes into the sewerage or stormwater systems, including
demolition waste or surplus building materials or the contaminated packaging from materials used in
the Works or the by-products and wastes arising from the cleaning or servicing of tools and equipment.
DISPOSAL OF CONTROLLED WASTES
Site refuse containing controlled wastes shall be identified, handled, transported and disposed of in
accordance with the current version of the Environmental Protection (Controlled Waste) Regulations
2004. Controlled waste means a waste listed in Schedule 1 of the regulations.
SMOKING ON CONSTRUCTION SITE
Ensure that all construction site personnel and visitors comply with the following policy on smoking:
In respect of construction sites, smoking is prohibited:
•
In site offices, lunch rooms or enclosed toilet facilities
•
Inside or outside existing premises that are designated as “no smoking” areas
•
Any other areas designated by the Superintendent as “no smoking” areas
A.6.09.05 DUST, DIRT, WATER AND FUMES
GENERALLY
Prevent any nuisance occurring through the discharge of dust, debris, dirt, water, fumes and the like,
including wind-borne sand, dust and rubbish on to people or property.
Use appropriate construction methods to keep dust to a minimum and immediately take suitable
preventative action to prevent dust, debris, dirt, water, fumes and the like, including wind-borne sand,
dust and rubbish being discharged:
•
from the site whether or not due to construction activities; and
•
from vehicles hauling materials to and from the site by covering trucks and by keeping haul roads
damp.
Provide a suitable approved dust barrier to the site boundary fence.
Monitor site activities and apply additional measures as necessary to suppress discharge of dust.
Comply with all reasonable requests from persons in the vicinity of the site and the occupants of
existing adjoining or adjacent buildings for the cessation of such nuisance.
No separate payment will be made for the suppression of dust.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.44
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SHARED USE ROADS & WAYS
Maintain and keep clean shared use roads and ways, including kerbs, verges and drainage sumps for
the duration of the Contract..
Remove limestone spall, tracked mud, dirt, spillages and other debris daily.
Clean roads and ways, sumps and road drains thoroughly on completion of the Works.
VEHICLES
All debris, spoil, rubbish or materials shall be suitably contained and covered in vehicles during
transportation to or from the site to prevent spillage or contamination of adjacent property, roads and
ways.
Maintain vehicles, wheels and tracks in a suitable clean condition to prevent transfer of mud and spall
onto roads and ways. Clean vehicles as necessary prior to their leaving the site area.
Promptly attend and clean any spillage, accidental discharge or dropping of materials outside the site.
A.6.09.06 TRAFFIC & PARKING MANAGEMENT
Comply with all local authority or other relevant authority requirements in respect of pedestrian and
vehicular traffic management.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare and submit a traffic
management plan as specified in MANAGEMENT PLANS – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
PEDESTRIANS
Maintain safe pedestrian access as indicated on approved design documents, including such temporary
pedestrian pathways and appropriate signage as necessary.
SIGNAGE & TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
Provide clear and appropriate temporary signage, barriers and traffic management personnel as may be
required in addition to any documented requirements, to divert and manage traffic as necessary to
maintain access and ensure safety of local traffic and pedestrians.
TRAFFIC REGULATIONS & PARKING
The Contractor and its subcontractors, site personnel and visitors to the site shall observe all traffic
regulations and parking requirements of the local authority or other relevant authorities in respect of
workers’ and subcontractors’ vehicles including such amendments or additional restrictions as may be
imposed from time to time.
Parking of Contractor’s vehicles and those of its subcontractors and other site personnel shall be
confined to the Contractor’s work areas and other approved areas.
No parking on roads, road verges or elsewhere in the site vicinity is permitted without prior approval.
OBSTRUCTION
Do not obstruct public thoroughfares or access to adjacent premises.
A.6.09.07 OCCUPIED PREMISES
For occupied premises adjacent to the site, the Contractor shall:
•
permit occupants to continue in secure possession and occupancy of the premises for the whole of
the construction period;
•
permit uninterrupted operation of existing airport facilities without undue hindrance;
•
ensure safe access for occupants;
•
arrange work to minimise nuisance to occupants and ensure their safety;
•
provide temporary protection for occupants against weather, dust, dirt, water or other nuisance
due to the execution of the Works.
Submit for approval details of proposed temporary protection prior to commencing work.
A.6.09.08 SECURITY OF PREMISES
Carry out the work under the Contract in such a manner that maximum security of the premises is
maintained at all times.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.45
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
If in the opinion of the Superintendent at any period of the Contract and during the Principal's nonworking hours maximum security cannot be maintained, the Contractor shall employ an approved
security service on the Site at the Contractor's expense.
A.6.09.09 PROTECTION OF SERVICES
The Contractor shall:
•
provide at least seven (7) days notice prior to turning off or interrupting any services;
•
where excavation is required in the vicinity of existing services or new works are required to
connect to existing services, excavate carefully by hand in order to accurately locate and
identify all services taking due care to avoid accidental damage;
•
maintain, prominently marked, throughout the duration of the Works the lines of these services
and use a Licensed Surveyor to record the location and level of these or other services
encountered;
•
include details of all services encountered on as-constructed documentation;
The Contractor shall not:
•
permit heavy vehicles, plant or equipment or otherwise apply excessive loading over or in the
vicinity of unprotected existing or new in-ground services; or
•
conduct or permit any activity on the site which is liable to damage services.
Should any damage to services be incurred, immediately notify the Superintendent. Any damage to
services shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Superintendent at the Contractor’s expense.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide suitable temporary protection to
existing services and property which are to remain in place during the course of the Works, refer
TEMPORARY PROTECTION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Proposed protection methods and materials shall be subject to the Superintendent’s
approval.
A.6.09.10 PROTECTION OF TREES
Protect all trees and plants not required to be removed whether inside or outside the site or other
designated work area.
Proposed protection methods and materials shall be subject to the
Superintendent’s approval.
Before any clearing commences, identify all trees required to be retained and clearly mark such trees
for inspection and approval.
A.6.09.11 PROTECTION OF EXISTING & ADJACENT PROPERTIES
Protect existing and adjacent properties which are to remain in use during the course of the Works
from obstruction, damage, dirt, defacement and deterioration using suitable temporary wrappings and
protective coverings where required, as specified in TEMPORARY PROTECTION – GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
A.6.10 CARE OF THE WORK AND REINSTATEMENT OF DAMAGE
A.6.10.01 DAMAGE TO SERVICES AND PROPERTY
Do not obstruct, interfere with or damage roadways, footpaths, drains, watercourses or other existing
services and property to remain on or adjacent to the site, including adjoining property encroaching on
to the site and trees. Determine the location of existing services and property prior to commencing
work. Rectify immediately any interference, obstruction or damage to such services and property and
provide temporary measures as necessary whilst repairs are carried out.
Such temporary services shall be provided by the Contractor at its own expense.
A.6.10.02 TEMPORARY PROTECTION
INSTALLED & ADJACENT WORK
Protect installed and adjacent work from dirt, damage, defacement and deterioration and maintain
installed work in clean, undamaged as-new condition using suitable temporary wrappings and
protective coverings wherever necessary.
Keep water, cementitious run-off and other spillages off finished work.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.46
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Rectify damage to installed and adjacent work including removal of spots, marks and stains, refer
RECTIFICATION –GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TRAFFICABLE SURFACES
Restrict unauthorised access to freshly placed trafficable surfaces until the work is cured, hardened,
safe and its trafficable properties have been fully achieved by provision of barriers and warning signs as
necessary.
FLOOR FINISHES
Protect all installed floor finishes and surfaces with suitable applied temporary protective coverings.
Ensure that all plant and materials handling equipment travelling on finished floor surfaces is fitted with
suitable rubber tread wheels and does not mark or excessively load the finished floor.
GLASS
Protect installed glass surfaces with suitable temporary applied coverings as necessary.
Control and prevent air-borne cementitious dust or water-borne cementitious run-off from contact with
glass surfaces.
Not withstanding the above, any glass which has been exposed to air-borne cementitious dust or
water-borne cementitious run-off may be rejected.
WATERPROOFING
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the general water-tightness of the Works.
The Contractor shall adopt suitable work practices and methodologies, programme its work and its
subcontractors work and provide all necessary temporary protection to prevent entry of water or
dampness that may be detrimental to the quality of finishes and materials or delay progress of the
Works.
TEMPORARY WRAPPING & PROTECTION
Provide suitable temporary wrapping and protection materials to existing services and property which
are to remain in place during the course of the Works and to finished work.
Submit proposals for temporary wrapping, protective coverings and other protective measures for
approval.
Wrapping and protection shall be capable of removal without damage or marking the finished surfaces
and the Contractor shall rectify damage or markings to the installed work and finished surfaces due to
wrapping and temporary protection and its removal, refer RECTIFICATION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
and comply with all the requirements thereof.
Remove wrapping and temporary protective measures before Practical Completion of the Works and
make good.
A.6.10.03 RECTIFICATION
Before Practical Completion of the Works, rectify or replace all work identified as substandard or faulty
and other work damaged due to construction activities, including finished surfaces and components
with evidence of damage, defacement, staining, marking or corrosion and including the extension of
finishes to cover unfinished work and/or unfinished work which is exposed in the course of subsequent
work.
Rectification means carrying out local remedial work including but not limited to the removal and
replacement of defective materials and products, patching, dressing down, extending existing finishes,
making minor repairs and adjustments, refinishing and redecorating all to match approved control
samples and adjacent installed work.
Carry out rectification work using approved procedures. Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the
Superintendent, approved procedures may include dismantling, removal from the site and rectification
off-site and may include rectification of the whole area or surface in which the rejected work occurs.
Touch-up damaged paint and like applied finishes, patch blemishes and fill gaps to ensure a consistent
overall approved finish. The touch-up paint shall be from the same batch as the original paint where
available, otherwise carefully match touch-up paint to the colour, gloss level and texture of the installed
work. If, in the Superintendent’s opinion, the work cannot be partially or spot rectified to the approved
standard, replace or re-apply the whole area affected.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.47
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Nothing arising from the rectification or rejection of faulty or damaged work shall constitute a reason
for increasing the Contract Sum or the time for Practical Completion of the Works.
A.6.10.04 EXISTING PROPERTY INSPECTIONS/DILAPIDATION RECORDS
Carry out dilapidation surveys prior to commencement and on Practical Completion of the Works to
establish the internal and external condition of adjacent existing buildings, site structures and other
structures, pedestrian paths, roads, kerbs, trees, services and like properties and features within
vicinity of the Site.
Notwithstanding any previous dilapidation surveys by others, the Contractor shall still carry out its own
dilapidation survey
The survey shall be recorded by suitable means, including dated digital images, to show accurately the
condition of the item being surveyed, especially structural defects and other damage or defacement.
The survey shall be carried out in the presence of the Superintendent and the owner of the adjacent
premises or the owner’s nominated representative.
Compile a detailed dilapidation record of conditions existing within properties, especially structural
defects and other damage or defacement.
ENDORSEMENT
Arrange for at least three (3) copies of each dilapidation record, including drawings, written
descriptions and printed images to be endorsed by the owner of the adjacent premises or its nominated
representative as evidence of conditions existing before commencement of the Works.
Submit one copy to the owner of the adjacent premises or the owner’s nominated representative, one
copy to the Superintendent and retain one copy on site.
REINSTATEMENT
Rectify damage to adjacent properties caused by the execution of the Works or other actions of the
Contractor and restore the adjacent properties to their original and clean condition.
SIGNED STATEMENT
Obtain from the owner of the adjacent premises or its nominated representative, a signed statement
that any damage caused by the execution of the Works or other actions of the Contractor has been
rectified and that its claims in respect of such damage have been satisfied or that no damage has been
done.
Forward the signed statements to the Superintendent within fourteen (14) days before the date of
expiration of the Defects Liability Period.
A.6.11 ADMINISTRATION
A.6.11.01 CONTRACTOR DEEMED TO BE INFORMED
The Contractor is deemed to:
•
have examined carefully and acquired sufficient cognisance of all the information made available to
it for the purpose of tendering by the Principal, or any other person on the Principal's behalf,
including the Principal’s project requirements and all addenda issued during the tender period; and
•
have examined all information relevant to the risks, contingencies and other circumstances which
could affect its tender, and which is obtainable by the making of reasonable inquiries; and
•
have visited and examined the site and its surroundings and informed itself fully as to the physical
conditions and/or obstructions upon and below the surface of the site, and the local conditions
including existing services and including, but not limited to climatic and hydrologic conditions at,
near or relevant to the Site, or any other condition or characteristic of the Site affecting or which
may affect its performance of the Contract and obtained all necessary information as to risks,
contingencies and other circumstances which could have an effect on the performance and cost of
executing the work under the Contract; and
•
have informed itself of the current and proposed works adjacent to the Site including operational
details and requirements of the adjacent airport facilities; and
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.48
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
be informed fully of the available means of access to the site including any restrictions of access or
restrictions affecting its provision of site accommodation and statutory amenities at or within the
vicinity of the site; and
•
be informed fully of the nature of the work, the products, materials and components necessary for
the execution of the work under the Contract and the availability in the locality of the site of
building supplies, labour, resources, plant, equipment and transport facilities for deliveries to and
from the site; and
•
be informed fully as to the availability of the products, materials and components required for the
execution of the work under the Contract including applicable lead times and additional information
or details as may be required by product manufacturers and/or suppliers prior to fabrication and/or
delivery of products and materials to the site; and
•
be informed as to the availability and cost in the locality of the site of labour suitable for the
execution of the work under the Contract, including without limitation, the costs of complying with
obligations imposed by an agreement between the relevant building industry unions and employers
relating to the execution of construction and building work nationally and in the State, Territory or
jurisdiction where the Works are located; and
•
be informed as to the availability and cost of importing and accommodating in the locality of the
site such labour and other personnel it may require for the execution of the work under the
Contract; and
•
be satisfied as to the correctness and sufficiency of its tender for the work under the Contract, and
that the rates and prices stated therein cover the cost of complying with all its obligations under
the Contract and of all matters and things necessary for the due and proper performance and
completion of the Contract; and
•
be fully cognisant of the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract and its obligations
thereunder, including any amended or additional conditions thereto; and
•
be fully informed of all legislative requirements of the relevant authorities in relation to the Works
and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in relation to measures necessary to protect
the environment from any adverse effect or damage arising from execution of the Works; and
•
be fully informed as to its obligations in respect of selection of products and materials and
construction methodologies to achieve compliance with Environmentally Sustainable Design (ESD)
criteria stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents; and
•
obtained all appropriate professional and technical advice on all matters and circumstances in
respect of the matters referred to in this clause prior to submitting its tender for the Contract.
Failure to comply with this clause, do all or any of the things it is deemed to have done under this
clause or make due provision in its tender price for the work under the Contract shall not relieve the
Contractor of its liability to comply with all its obligations under the Contract and perform and complete
the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions.
A.6.11.02 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVES
Contractor’s Representatives must be readily accessible, competent and fluent in English and technical
terminology.
Within seven (7) days after the date of acceptance of tender, provide in writing to the Superintendent
the names of key personnel who are authorised to accept instructions on behalf of the Contractor.
Notify the Superintendent in writing at least fourteen (14) days prior to effecting a change to the
nominated personnel. Any change in the nominated personnel shall be subject to the Superintendent’s
prior approval.
Provide constant and competent direction, co-ordination and supervision of all trades in all phases and
parts of the Works to ensure construction to the required high standard.
KEY PERSONNEL
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall provide not less than
the following key personnel to manage, administer and supervise the work under the Contract:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.49
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
A Director who shall be responsible for the overall management of the Works and compliance with
the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements;
•
A Site Manager who shall be employed full-time on the site of the Works during the construction
period and thereafter as necessary and who shall have a technical ability and field experience
commensurate with the locality, scale and nature of the Works;
•
At least one senior foreman employed full-time on the site of the Works during the construction
period and thereafter as necessary and who is conversant with sound building practice and
experienced in projects of an equivalent nature to the Works;
•
Clerical and administrative staff for the effective and efficient support of the supervisory staff.
A.6.11.03 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
The Contractor and its consultants, subcontractors and suppliers shall be deemed to have thoroughly
examined and checked all the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements
prior to submitting a Request for Information (RFI).
RFI FORM
All RFIs shall be submitted using the proforma included herewith, refer to APPENDIX – GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
All RFIs shall include the relevant drawing reference, specification and/or schedule reference.
NOTICE
An RFI shall be submitted not less than five (5) normal working days before the information is
required or the execution of the Works is likely to be affected.
The Contractor and its subcontractors shall forward plan the work under the Contract and assist and
cooperate with the Superintendent and the Principal’s Consultants to ensure an even flow of
communications which does not result in extreme workload situations for the Superintendent and the
Principal’s Consultants.
ADJUSTMENT OF TIME & COST
No claim for adjustment of the Contract Sum including adjustment of time costs or the time for
Practical Completion of the Works or both shall be considered in respect of an RFI if:
•
it is received by the Superintendent less than five (5) normal working days before the
information is required; or
•
a response is provided by the Superintendent within ten (10) normal working days of receipt
of the RFI; or
•
it requests information that is demonstrably already contained in the approved design documents
and/or the Principal’s project requirements, and
the RFI or the Superintendent’s response to the RFI does not affect the critical path as established in
the Works Construction Programme.
RFI STATUS RECORD
Maintain a record indicating the current status of all RFIs and include it with each new RFI or batch of
RFIs submitted.
At each site meeting prepare and submit a current INSTRUCTIONS, VARIATIONS & CONTRACTOR’S
RFI STATUS REPORT as specified in SITE MEETINGS – GENERAL CONDITIONS.
A.6.11.04 MANAGEMENT PLANS
GENERALLY
Comply with the requirements of all management plans included in the approved design documents
and/or the Principal’s project requirements or otherwise required herein to be provided by the
Contractor.
Submit management plans to the local or other relevant authorities as required.
Implement the actions and procedures comprising the management plans, including all required
reporting.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.50
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Amend and revise management plans in accordance with the directions of the Superintendent and
relevant authorities and re-submit revised management plans until approved.
Where the Contractor believes, during the progress of the Works, that it may be necessary to modify
any part of an approved management plan, the Contractor shall notify the Superintendent and obtain
approval before implementing any modifications.
Nothing arising from the preparation and provision of required management plans, their approval or
their rejection, revision and re-submission shall constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or
the time for Practical Completion of the Works.
ISSUED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT
Comply with the requirements of all Management Plans (if any) included in the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements or otherwise issued by the Superintendent.
MANAGEMENT PLANS PREPARED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare and submit for approval
management and implement plans in accordance with the specified requirements, the relevant
standards and legislative requirements and the established industry practice regarding:
•
Site & construction management;
•
Traffic management;
•
Occupational safety and health management
•
Noise management.
Submit management plans to relevant authorities as required.
SITE & CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT PLAN
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare, submit for approval prior to
commencement of the Works (including any demolition works) and implement on approval, a site &
construction management plan detailing the proposed measures to be undertaken by the Contractor to
comply with the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements and with the
requirements of the local authority or other relevant authorities and to ensure sufficient control of its
site personnel and subcontractors in respect of the following (where applicable):
•
Rubbish removal, dust suppression, noise control and other environmental considerations;
•
Working hours and days;
•
Cleaning and maintenance of roads and footpaths outside the designated site area;
•
Safety and traffic management (refer to plan requirements specified hereafter);
•
ESD methods statement setting out the Contractor’s proposed:
)
environmental management, methods and procedures;
)
waste management, methods and procedures.
•
Identification and management of local authority’s or other relevant authority’s restrictions in
respect of workers’ and subcontractors’ parking outside the designated site area;
•
Management of workers and subcontractors engaged in works approved for execution outside the
designated site area;
•
Management of workers and subcontractors engaged in works approved for execution outside the
approved working hours and days;
•
Identification and management of approved access routes from source for the supply and delivery
of bulk materials and major items of plant and equipment including any restrictions of hours for
such deliveries imposed by the local authority or other relevant authority;
•
Temporary protection from damage, weather, dust, dirt, water or other nuisance of existing and
newly constructed properties and services both on and adjacent to the site;
•
Workers’ and subcontractors’ site accommodation and amenities;
•
Temporary site services;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.51
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
Site security.
Liaise directly with the local authority and other relevant authorities where applicable and comply with
any subsequent conditions imposed by them.
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare, submit for approval prior to
commencement of the Works (including demolition works) and implement on approval, a traffic
management plan detailing the proposed measures to be undertaken by the Contractor to control all
site traffic, including visitors, service vehicles and pedestrians at their interface with the nominated
routes of haulage vehicles for the delivery and removal of materials and waste in compliance with the
the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements and with the requirements
of the local authority or other relevant authorities.
The traffic management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall incorporate but not be limited to
the requirements as set out herein.
Haulage operations shall only commence after approval of the traffic management plan by the local
authority or other relevant authorities.
The traffic management plan shall comply with the relevant clauses of the current additions and
amendments of the following codes and/or standards:
Occupation Safety and Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996);
Road Traffic Act 1974 & Road Traffic Code of WA 1975;
Main Roads Act 1930 & Main Roads WA Traffic Management Code of Practice 2000;
AS 1742(set)
Manual of uniform traffic control devices
AS 1743 Road signs – Specifications
Provide, erect and maintain all necessary warning signs, lights and barriers on works under
construction to prevent any risk or injury to the public. The warning signs, barriers, lighting and all
other arrangements shall comply with the requirements of AS 1742, AS 1743 and with all statutory
regulations.
Make adequate provision for the safe and orderly movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic
including disabled access in and adjacent to the work areas.
Observe all directions of the Superintendent relating to the accommodation of both pedestrian and
vehicular traffic.
Where directed or considered necessary for safety and good traffic flow, provide at no extra cost a
competent flagman to direct traffic.
Supply all labour and materials associated with the safety and control of the passage of all vehicles and
pedestrians through the construction areas with particular reference to the non-parking of vehicles
adjacent to the work area.
The Contractor shall accept all liability in connection with the provision for traffic and shall be
responsible for all actions, claims and demands made by person or persons for injuries of damage
suffered by him or them by reason of non-compliance or non-observance, by the Contractor and its
subcontractors of the conditions and precautions stipulated herein.
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare, submit for approval prior to
commencement of the Works (including demolition works) and implement on approval, an occupational
health & safety management plan as specified in WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH – GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN
At any time during the course of the Works, the Superintendent may direct the Contractor to prepare
and implement an approved Noise Management Plan as specified in NOISE CONTROL – GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.52
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.6.11.05 SITE MEETINGS
Hold and attend regular site meetings throughout the construction period and ensure attendance of
Contractor’s key personnel, the Superintendent and/or the Superintendent’s nominated representatives,
and key personnel representing the Principal’s Consultants and Contractor’s subcontractors and
consultants where appropriate to the agenda or requested by the Superintendent.
Meetings will be chaired by the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Superintendent.
FREQUENCY
Fortnightly or as otherwise agreed between the Superintendent and the Contractor.
AGENDA & FORMAT
The Superintendent will provide the standard site meeting agenda and format for minutes.
MINUTES
Keep minutes of site meetings in a format approved by the Superintendent. Within three (3) days
after each meeting, submit accurate written copies of the minutes to each party attending the meeting
and to such other parties that the Superintendent may nominate.
EMERGENCY CONTACTS
At the first site meeting, submit names and telephone numbers of key personnel who may be contacted
after hours in the event of emergencies arising during the course of the Contract.
CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS REPORT
At each site meeting the Contractor shall submit for review its CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS REPORT
including but not limited to the following:
•
Progress and status of completion of the work of each trade on account of the Works Construction
Programme (including critical activities designated thereon), stating:
)
the number of days each trade may currently be in advance or arrears of the Works
Construction Programme, the reasons therefor and the measures proposed for rectification of
any arrears; and
)
the work to be effected by each trade by the time of the next site meeting, highlighting any
critical activities including, but not limited to, construction activities, supply of products and
materials and information, inspections or approvals required; and
)
the number of days the Works as a whole may currently be in advance or arrears of the Works
Construction Programme by reference to critical activities so designated by the Works
Construction Programme; and
)
the reasons therefor and the measures proposed for rectification of any arrears including any
proposed change in the sequence or status of critical activities.
Include the CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS REPORT in the minutes of the site meeting.
INSTRUCTIONS, VARIATIONS & CONTRACTOR’S RFI STATUS REPORT
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, at each site meeting the Contractor shall
submit for review its current INSTRUCTIONS, VARIATIONS & CONTRACTOR’S RFI STATUS REPORT
including but not limited to the following:
•
Progress of work in respect of the instructions & variations issued by the Superintendent;
•
Current status of all Contractor’s Requests For Information (RFIs) and variation claims;
•
A schedule of outstanding RFIs and variation claims which may affect the progress of the Works
and for which the Superintendent’s directions are sought;
Include the INSTRUCTIONS, VARIATIONS & CONTRACTOR’S RFI STATUS REPORT in the minutes of
the site meeting.
SUBMISSIONS, INSPECTIONS & APPROVALS STATUS REPORT
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, at each site meeting the Contractor shall
submit for review its current SUBMISSIONS, INSPECTIONS & APPROVALS STATUS REPORT including
but not limited to the following:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.53
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
•
•
A current log of the completion and approval status of all submissions, inspections, approvals &
hold/witness points and the like required in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS, including but not
limited to:
)
Evidence of relevant experience and expertise of specialist subcontractors, suppliers and/or
personnel
)
Control samples submitted for approval;
)
Product data prior to ordering;
)
Methods statements submitted for approval;
)
Mock-ups/prototype installations ready for inspection;
)
Shop drawings & engineering computations submitted for approval;
)
First completed examples ready for inspection;
)
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests;
)
Type and/or field test results;
)
Hold/witness points indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS;
)
Certificates of compliance for approval;
)
User manuals & as-constructed documents for approval;
)
Trade and product manufacturer warranties for approval;
)
Spare and/or reserve materials provided;
)
Special tools provided.
A schedule of the submissions, inspections, approvals & hold/witness points and the like for which
the Superintendent’s directions are sought by the time of the next site meeting;
Include the SUBMISSIONS, INSPECTIONS & APPROVALS STATUS REPORT in the minutes of the site
meeting.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
The Contractor shall provide access to its records and such other assistance as may be required to
provide the Superintendent with accurate information including but not limited to production targets,
quantities of concrete, formwork, structural steel, excavation and the like to enable independent
assessment of progress and programme.
WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH REPORTS
Provide Occupational Safety & Health audits and report instances of non-conformances and corrective
actions applied at each site meeting.
CONTRACTOR’S PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
Take colour progress photographs within 5 working days before each site meeting and in sufficient
number from appropriate viewpoints to record the activities and progress of the Works. At each site
meeting submit the digital image files on CD. Identify the project, date, time, location and orientation.
Provide additional photographs recording critical activities and construction elements, especially prior to
being covered up or otherwise concealed.
A.6.12 HOLD POINTS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
indicate that particular submissions, inspections or tests are the subject of hold/witness points, do not
proceed with the work affected until the Superintendent has approved the submission or approved the
work to be inspected or tested.
Coordinate with and give the Superintendent sufficient time to review the submissions and sufficient
notice in advance to carry out the inspections without incurring delays.
Coordinate and include all hold/witness points in the Works Construction Programme. Hold/witness
point notifications and submissions shall be made in batches wherever practicable.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.54
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Nothing arising from the requirement for hold/witness points shall constitute a reason for increasing the
Contract Sum or the time for Practical Completion of the Works.
A.6.13 SITE INSPECTIONS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, give the Superintendent sufficient notice for on-site inspections and sufficient time to
enable work to be inspected.
The Superintendent reserves the right to inspect any part or parts of the Works before and during
installation and before covering over, as applicable.
Provide the Superintendent with safe access for on-site inspections.
If directed by the Superintendent, arrange access for the Superintendent to off-site factory locations to
inspect products and fabrication procedures before delivery to the Site.
Where any work is to be covered over or have other work fixed to it, give sufficient notice before such
covering over.
Inspection, or no inspection by the Superintendent shall not reduce or modify the Contractor’s
obligation to comply with the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
LIGHTING
Provide sufficient lighting and any additional temporary lighting the Superintendent may direct to be
provided for inspections.
As a minimum, temporary lighting shall be equivalent to actual in-service artificial and natural lighting.
Inspections may include oblique viewing angles and require oblique lighting where applicable to the
installed locations.
A.6.14 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, submit for approval the first completed example of each type of work and of any
non-standard parts or construction details, before proceeding with the remainder of the work affected.
Give the Superintendent sufficient notice for on-site inspections of the first completed examples.
First completed examples shall be:
•
complete and finished in every respect;
•
of adequate size to demonstrate all typical details and features; and
•
not less than the size, area or extent indicated in the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
APPROVAL
Do not commence subsequent work affected by first completed examples until they have been
approved.
Approval shall indicate whether the first completed example is approved for general application to all
parts of the Works or for limited application to a specific part or parts of the Works.
STANDARD
On approval, the first completed example shall demonstrate the minimum standard and/or limits of the
approved range of variations to be maintained or exceeded for all subsequent work of that type.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected all subsequent work and shall rectify or reject, as
applicable, all work of that type not complying with the required or established standard and/or limits
of the approved range of variations.
Notwithstanding the above, any work of that type or its subsequent rectification that, in the opinion of
the Superintendent, does not conform to the approved standard may be rejected.
REJECTED WORK
Replace or rectify work rejected by the Superintendent using approved procedures in accordance with
RECTIFICATION – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.55
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.6.15 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, submit mock-ups and/or prototype installations for the nominated part or parts of
the Works.
The Superintendent may require design modifications to be carried out as a condition of approval.
Coordinate and cooperate with the Superintendent and implement the design modifications as directed.
Construct mock-ups and/or prototype installations in sufficient time for inspection by the
Superintendent and for implementation of all modifications that may be directed by the Superintendent.
LOCATION OF MOCK-UPS
Construct mock-ups and/or prototype installations in locations approved by the Superintendent.
Do not incorporate mock-ups and/or prototype installations into the finished work unless otherwise
directed or accepted by the Superintendent.
Dismantle and remove mock-ups and/or prototype installations when directed by the Superintendent.
Maintain safe access and adequate lighting, if applicable, to mock-ups and/or prototype installations for
comparison with completed work.
Protect mock-ups and/or prototype installations from damage.
Where construction of mock-ups and/or prototype installations on-site is not convenient, they may be
constructed off-site in suitable locations approved by the Superintendent.
SAMPLE PANELS
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, construct sample panels to establish the quality standard for subsequent work of
that type before commencing installation of the work.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, sample panels shall be separate from and
shall not be incorporated into the finished work.
Dismantle and remove the sample panel when directed by the Superintendent.
Maintain safe access and adequate lighting, if applicable, to sample panels for comparison with
completed work.
Protect sample panels from damage.
TESTING
Mock-ups or prototype installations may be required or directed by the Superintendent to be made
available for acoustic or other field testing. Confirm requirements with the Superintendent prior to
commencing tests.
APPROVAL
Do not commence work affected by mock-ups and/or prototype installations until they have been
inspected and approved.
Approval shall indicate whether the mock-up or prototype installation is approved for general
application to all parts of the Works or for limited application to a specific part or parts of the Works.
STANDARD
On approval, the mock-up or prototype installation shall demonstrate the minimum standard and/or
limits of the approved range of variations to be maintained or exceeded for all subsequent work of that
type.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected all subsequent work and shall rectify or reject, as
applicable, all work of that type not complying with the required or established standard and/or limits
of the approved range of variations.
Notwithstanding the above, any work of that type or its subsequent rectification that, in the opinion of
the Superintendent, does not conform to the approved standard shall be rejected.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.56
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.6.16 TESTING
GENERALLY
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS, carry out testing and submit test results of proposed products and materials, testprototypes and installed work to verify compliance with the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements.
Rectify all non-complying work and re-test.
Testing and acceptance of test results shall not reduce or modify the Contractor’s obligation to comply
with the approved design documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements or the right of the
Superintendent to subsequently reject work which does not comply with the approved design
documents and/or the Principal’s project requirements.
Nothing arising from the submission and approval of tests results or their rejection, re-testing and resubmission for approval shall constitute a reason for increasing the Contract Sum or the time for
Practical Completion of the Works.
TESTING AUTHORITY
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, all testing shall be carried out and test
results prepared by an independent testing laboratory or authority accredited by the National
Association of Testing Authorities (NATA) to test in the relevant field, or an organisation outside
Australia recognised by NATA through a mutual recognition agreement.
Cooperate as necessary with testing authorities.
Do not proceed with work subject to testing until tests are satisfactorily completed and certified to the
Superintendent’s approval.
Use instruments for site testing that have been calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit details of each registered testing
laboratory or authority before commencing, including a copy of the registration certificate, relevant
testing standards, personnel, equipment, proposed sampling frequency and procedures.
The Contractor’s own testing laboratory may be approved at the sole discretion of the Superintendent.
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S TEST RESULTS
Test results of products and materials may consist of the product manufacturer’s recent published type
test results provided that, at the Superintendent’s sole discretion, the products tested are identical or
effectively identical to the products proposed.
Products subject to required testing before installation shall not be used in the work until test results
verify their compliance with the required performance criteria.
TESTING OF INSTALLED WORK
Ensure sufficient time is allowed in the Works Construction Programme for carrying out testing of
installed work.
Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit all test results of installed work
including non-complying test results, within one (1) working day of testing.
Submit for approval proposed remedial procedures to rectify non-complying work.
Do not cover or conceal installed work subject to required testing until test results verify compliance.
ATTENDANCE BY THE SUPERINTENDENT
Give sufficient notice to enable the Superintendent to attend the testing.
Where the Contractor has not given sufficient notice for the Superintendent to attend, the
Superintendent may direct the tests to be repeated.
A.6.17 EXCAVATED MATERIAL
Surplus excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor and, on or before Practical
Completion of the Works, shall be removed from the site to a legal disposal location.
Rocks, rubbish, bricks, blocks and concrete debris shall NOT be buried on site.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.57
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.6.18 FINAL CLEANING
The finished work shall be complete, clean, undamaged and with consistent finishes without spots,
stains, spillages or other blemishes or defacement.
As a guide, the Contractor shall:
•
thoroughly clean the Works prior to Practical Completion ready for occupation;
•
employ experienced specialist cleaners;
•
ensure selection and use of suitable cleaning products in accordance with the product data with
particular regard to care of the surfaces being cleaned.
As a guide, internal cleaning shall include:
•
Removal of temporary works and temporary protective wrappings, covers and the like, unless
otherwise directed by the Superintendent;
•
Cleaning all visible and accessible internal surfaces, including interiors of cabinets and the like;
•
Removal of all temporary labels and stickers, marks, stains and the like, except safety warnings,
hazard alerts, operating instructions and the like intended to remain for users protection and
information;
•
Sweeping, washing, mopping or vacuum cleaning floors, as applicable;
•
Cleaning floor-grates, wastes and outlets to plumbing fixtures and ensuring free-flowing drainage;
•
Washing, drying and polishing free of smears and marks both sides of vision glass and the visible
side of mirrors, polished work, tiles and other reflective surfaces.
As a guide, external cleaning shall include:
•
Removal of temporary labels and stickers, marks, spills, stains and the like;
•
Sweeping and vacuum cleaning roofs, patios, balconies, terraces and the like;
•
Cleaning roof gutters, grates and down-pipes and ensuring free-flowing drainage;
•
Washing down external facades, cappings, copings, windows, doors and sills.
•
Removing graffiti (sacrificial anti-graffiti coatings may require re-application);
As a guide, site cleaning shall include:
•
Removing all construction debris and waste;
•
Cleaning external drains and drain-grates and ensuring free-flowing drainage.
•
Removing all sediment from sumps and traps to restore full design capacity;
•
Removal of temporary labels and stickers, marks, spills, stains and the like;
•
Removing graffiti (sacrificial anti-graffiti coatings may require re-application);
•
Sweeping clean paths, car-parks and other external hard landscaped areas;
to the Superintendent’s entire satisfaction.
A.6.19 COMMISSIONING
GENERALLY
Commission, test and adjust as necessary all services, controls and operating systems and all other
operable items, components and systems before Practical Completion of the Works and ensure systems
are in correct operational condition in all functional modes at Practical Completion of the Works.
Coordinate commissioning work of all Services and other trades.
Hand over completed systems in correct operational condition in all functional modes at Practical
Completion of the Works.
Collect, prepare and submit all commissioning records, certificates and approvals in the format
approved by the Superintendent and incorporate into the FINAL user manuals.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.58
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Notify manufacturers of proposed dates for commissioning and testing and verify that product
warranties will not commence until Practical Completion of the Works.
Commissioning shall not void, modify, reduce or limit product manufacturers’ warranties.
LABELS AND INSTRUCTIONS
Provide and install approved permanent labels and operating, safety and maintenance instructions in
suitable approved locations for convenient use and visibility and in accordance with legislative
requirements, if applicable.
Submit for approval details of proposed labels, including the size, colour and text and a proposed setout diagram, indicating installation positions and mounting heights.
ATTENDANCE BY THE SUPERINTENDENT
Give sufficient notice to enable the Superintendent to attend the commissioning.
Where the Contractor has not given sufficient notice to the Superintendent to attend, the
Superintendent may direct the commissioning to be repeated.
REQUIREMENTS OF RELEVANT AUTHORITIES
Comply with all requirements of the local authority or other relevant authorities for the giving of notice,
submission of documents and conduct of commissioning.
A.6.20 USER TRAINING
GENERALLY
Arrange and carry out user training sessions for maintenance staff or other nominated personnel
responsible for the in-service operation, cleaning and maintenance of the completed works for the
purposes of induction, demonstration and training in respect of building services, equipment and
control systems.
Provide 2 x 4 hour training sessions, which shall address as a minimum:
•
Description of the system and equipment, including location and use of controls;
•
Normal safe operating, start-up and shut-down and emergency shut-down procedures;
•
User manuals;
•
Safety in Design obligations;
•
Hazards and risks in respect of occupational safety and health;
•
Maintenance procedures and requirements;
•
Emergency & basic diagnostic procedures;
•
User-intervention requirements;
Arrange for the attendance of all relevant subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturer’s representatives
to supply or assist the induction, demonstration and training.
User guides are to be made available for training sessions.
Training sessions are to be conducted at building hand-over and at the end of the first 12 month tuning
period.
LOCATION AND TIMING
User training sessions shall be carried out on dates to be notified by the Superintendent before Practical
Completion of the Works using the actual installed equipment.
Where user training sessions involve class-room, lecture or seminar activities, these sessions may take
place in suitable approved off-site accommodation.
Unless otherwise approved, the completion of the user training session shall be a condition precedent
to Practical Completion of the Works.
TRAINING DOCUMENTATION
Prepare and supply all attendees with suitable printed training and self-assessment notes and
information including excerpts from the user manual, as applicable.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.59
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.6.21 DEFECTS LIABILITY
DEFECTS RECTIFICATION
On receipt of a defect notification from the Principal or the Superintendent, the Contractor shall attend
the site promptly and, if applicable, shall arrange for its relevant subcontractor to attend the site
promptly and remedy the defective work.
Inspect the completed rectification work and notify the Superintendent in writing, confirming the
defective work has been remedied and including a brief description of the work carried out and a
schedule of materials and components used.
Attend emergency calls promptly as required to ensure that operation of the Airport
Terminal is not interrupted.
Rectification work and any consequential work arising due to the defect or its rectification, shall be
suitably planned and supervised by the Contractor, employ best trade practices and be executed
competently by experienced personnel with minimum disturbance to the building occupants and/or the
day-to-day operation of affected part or parts of the building.
Where rectification work is likely to involve complex, extensive repairs, shut-down of
critical equipment and/or services or involve significant disruption to the building
occupants and/or the day-to-day operation of affected part or parts of the building, submit
detailed proposals for the Superintendent’s approval prior to proceeding.
Any costs associated with interrupted Airport Terminal operation, e.g., cancellation of
flights and the like will be borne by the Contractor.
Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for any work required to be
carried out during the Defects Liability Period being performed promptly, completed in a timely manner
and in accordance with the Superintendent’s requirements.
WATERPROOFING
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the effective waterproofing of the Works until issue of
the Final Certificate.
The Contractor shall promptly amend, rectify, repair and restore any portion of its work that permits or
has permitted the entry of water or damp or, in the Superintendent’s opinion, is likely to do so.
The Contractor shall bear the entire cost of the rectification of the defective portion of work that
permits or has permitted the entry of water or damp, including the rectification of any consequential
damage to other parts of the Works resulting from the entry of water or damp.
A.6.22 MAINTENANCE
The maintenance period shall commence at the time installed plant and equipment is first
commissioned and, notwithstanding any manufacturer's or supplier's representations to the
contrary, shall extend to the end of the Defects Liability Period or such other extended period as may
be imposed under the provisions of the Contract.
During the maintenance period, carry out periodic inspections and maintenance work as recommended
by manufacturers of supplied equipment and promptly rectify faults.
Attend emergency calls promptly.
At Practical Completion of the Works, submit for approval details of the proposed maintenance
procedures and programme, relating to installed plant and equipment. Indicate dates of service visits
and supply contact telephone numbers of service operators.
MAINTENANCE LOG BOOKS
At Practical Completion of the Works, submit for approval, in binders which match the user manuals,
loose leaf log book pages designed for recording maintenance activities including operational and
maintenance procedures, materials used, test results, comments for future maintenance actions and
notes covering the condition of the installation. During the maintenance period, maintain completed
log book pages recording the operational and maintenance activities performed up to the end of the
Defects Liability Period.
Number of pages (minimum): 100.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.60
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Certificates: Include test and approval certificates.
Service visits: Record comments on the functioning of the systems, work carried out, items requiring
corrective action, adjustments made and name of service operator. On satisfactory completion of each
service visit, the service operator shall sign each log sheet confirming the work so recorded.
Certification: On satisfactory completion of each service visit, submit for the Superintendent’s approval
certification confirming that each installation inspected is operating correctly.
A.7 APPENDIX - PROFORMAS
Proformas follow for:
•
Deed of warranty
•
Request for substitution form
•
Request for Information (RFI) Form
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.61
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
A.62
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DEED OF WARRANTY
RECITALS
a) The Principal (Refer Item 1) and the Contractor (Refer Item 2) have entered into the Contract, and
the Contractor and the Subcontractor (Refer Item 3) have entered into the Subcontract.
b)
The Principal and the Subcontractor have agreed that the Subcontractor will remain responsible for
all defects in the Subcontract Works (Refer Item 4) for a period referred to as the Warranty Period
(Refer Item 5) and stated in the Technical Specifications (Refer Item 6) beyond the expiration of
the Defects Liability Period stated in the Contract.
c)
The Subcontractor has agreed to give the warranties in favour of the Principal.
d)
In consideration of the Principal consenting to the Subcontractor entering in the Subcontract, the
Subcontractor has agreed to enter into this Warranty.
e)
The Warranty shall include the warranty conditions stated in the Technical Specifications (Item 6)
applicable to the Subcontract Works.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
1 – GENERAL
In this Warranty, unless otherwise defined below or the context otherwise requires, defined terms in
the Subcontract have the same meaning and:
The Principal: Means the party described in Item 1 of the Warranty Schedule:
The Contractor: Means the party described in Item 2 of the Warranty Schedule:
The Subcontractor: Means the party described in Item 3 of the Warranty Schedule:
Subcontract Works: Means the works to be performed or the goods to be supplied as described
in Item 4 of the Warranty Schedule; and
The Warranty Period: Means the period stated in Item 5 of the Warranty Schedule:
Contract: Means the contract between the Principal and the Contractor for the construction of the
Contract Works:
Subcontract: Means the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor for Subcontract
Works:
Defect: Means any defect, shrinkage, fault or omission in the Subcontract Works, excluding
defects caused by:
(a) the negligence or misuse of the Subcontract Works by the Principal or any other person whose
actions are beyond the Subcontractor’s control: or
(b) structural movement or other external cause which is beyond the Subcontractor’s control
which was not reasonably foreseeable by the Subcontractor.
The terms the Principal, the Contractor and the Subcontractor include their respective successors and
assigns.
Page 1 of 3
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
DEED OF WARRANTY
DEED OF WARRANTY (CONTINUED)
2 – WARRANTY
The Subcontractor warrants to the Principal that the Subcontract Works are free from defects and are
of a quality or standard not lower than the quality of standard stipulated by the Contract, and if the
quality or standard is not stipulated by the Contract, the quality and standard are of a quality equal or
exceeding that which can be implied from the standard of adjoining works.
3 – RECTIFICATION OF DEFECTS IN SUBCONTRACT WORKS
3.1 The Principal’s notice
The Principal may give the Subcontractor written notice of any defect appearing in the Subcontract
Works during the Warranty Period, specifying the defect and the time within which the Subcontractor
must rectify the defect.
3.2 Subcontractor to rectify
The Subcontractor must rectify to the satisfaction of the Principal and at the Subcontractor’s expense
any defect in respect of which the Principal has given notice to the Subcontractor under this clause
within the time specified in the Principal’s notice.
If the Principal does not specify a time for rectification in the notice, the Subcontractor must rectify the
defect within a reasonable time from receipt of the Principal’s notice.
3.3 The Principal may rectify
If the Subcontractor fails to rectify any defect within the time required, the Principal may arrange for
the defect to be rectified at the Subcontractor’s expense.
3.4 Indemnity
The Subcontractor indemnifies the Principal against all costs and expenses of and incidentals to the
rectification work required under this clause and also against any consequential or subsequent loss,
expense or damage sustained by the Principal as a result of any defect or rectification of any defect,
including and without limitation costs arising from damage to other parts of the Contract Works as a
result of any defect or rectification of any defect.
3.5 Work included
Rectification includes without limitation all necessary parts, labour, tools, plant and equipment required
to carry out the rectification, and includes any costs of attendance and the transportation and return of
the work to any other place if required for the purposes of rectification.
4 – THE PRINCIPAL’S RIGHTS
The Warranty is in addition to and does not derogate from any other rights of the Principal in respect of
the Contract Works including, without limitation, any manufacture’s warranty or warranty implied by
law.
5 – ASSIGNMENT BY THE PRINCIPAL
The Principal may unconditionally assign its interest in this Warranty to any person at any time without
notice to the Subcontractor.
Page 2 of 3
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
DEED OF WARRANTY
DEED OF WARRANTY (CONTINUED)
WARRANTY SCHEDULE
Item 1: The Principal:
Company Name: ...........................................................................................................................
Registration number (ABN):............................................................................................................
Address:.......................................................................................................................................
Telephone/Facsimile: .....................................................................................................................
Name of responsible person: ..........................................................................................................
Item 2: The Contractor:
Company Name: ...........................................................................................................................
Registration number (ABN):............................................................................................................
Address:.......................................................................................................................................
Telephone/Facsimile: .....................................................................................................................
Name of responsible person: ..........................................................................................................
Item 3: The Subcontractor:
Company Name: ...........................................................................................................................
Registration number (ABN):............................................................................................................
Address:.......................................................................................................................................
Telephone/Facsimile: .....................................................................................................................
Name of responsible person: ..........................................................................................................
Item 4: The Subcontract Works:
Description: ..................................................................................................................................
Subcontract/Package: ....................................................................................................................
Item 5: Warranty Period:
No. of years:.................................................................................................................................
Item 6: Technical Specifications:
Technical Specifications and No. .....................................................................................................
EXECUTED as a deed on: .............................................................................................................
THE COMMON SEAL of:
...................................................................
The fixing of which was witnessed by:
...................................................................
Signature of director
......................................................................
Signature of directory/secretary
...................................................................
Name
......................................................................
Name
Page 3 of 3
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
DEED OF WARRANTY
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
DEED OF WARRANTY
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM
Copy this form and adjust as required to suit the subject matter.
PURPOSE OF SUBMISSION
(select one):
1 – Approval for substitution of a named product or material:
2 – Approval of products or materials not named:
3 – For information/other (state reason):
...................................................................................................................................................
PRODUCT/MATERIAL DETAILS
Product brand name NAMED: .........................................................................................................
Product brand name PROPOSED: ....................................................................................................
Product description (generic): .........................................................................................................
Reason for request: .......................................................................................................................
RELEVANT DOCUMENTS
Technical Specification and Clause No..............................................................................................
Drawing No.(s): ............................................................................................................................
Subcontract/Package: ....................................................................................................................
COMPANY DETAILS OF THE CONTRACTOR
Company Name: ...........................................................................................................................
Telephone: ................................................... Facsimile:.................................................................
Contact person: ............................................ Mobile telephone: .....................................................
Email: ..........................................................................................................................................
COMPANY DETAILS OF THE SUBCONTRACTOR
(if applicable)
Company Name: ...........................................................................................................................
Telephone: ................................................... Facsimile:.................................................................
Contact person: ............................................ Mobile telephone: .....................................................
Email: ..........................................................................................................................................
ATTACHMENTS
List here and attach:......................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Signed by: ....................................................
Date: ...........................................................
Page 1 of 2
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM (CONTINUED)
SUMMARY OF RELEVANT INFORMATION
Items: The Contractor shall state/describe (including differences)
Product Name: ..............................................................................................................................
Model No. .....................................................................................................................................
Supplier:.......................................................................................................................................
Country of manufacture: ................................................................................................................
Relevant Standards:.......................................................................................................................
Quality/Grade/Class: ......................................................................................................................
Finish/Coatings..............................................................................................................................
Lead-time/programme: ..................................................................................................................
Length of warranty: .......................................................................................................................
Fire-rating (hours): ........................................................................................................................
Acoustic-rating (Rw): .....................................................................................................................
Substrate preparation: ...................................................................................................................
Method of fixing: ...........................................................................................................................
Size/Dimensions: ...........................................................................................................................
Cost to supply (unit/rate): ..............................................................................................................
Cost to install (unit/rate): ...............................................................................................................
Changes to adjacent work: .............................................................................................................
Cost of adjacent changes: ..............................................................................................................
Cost of consultants: .......................................................................................................................
Benefits, other than cost: ...............................................................................................................
Disadvantages, not cost: ................................................................................................................
Other: ..........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
SUPERINTENDENT’S RESPONSE
(select one)
1 – Rejected.
2 – Not accepted due to inadequate information
3 – Approved subject to compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Conditions of approval: ..................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
SIGNED BY THE SUPERINTENDENT:
Signed by: ....................................................
Date: ...........................................................
Page 2 of 2
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
To:
The Superintendent
PO Box 567, Tom Price, WA 6751
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:
Project:
Onslow Airport
Terminal
Project
No:
Phase:
Construction
Date:
110913
RFI No:
Pages
From:
To:
RFI Title:
Drawing Reference:
Specification and/or Schedule Reference:
Query
Contractor’s Suggestion
Response required by:
SI Response
Date:
SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Signed by: ....................................................
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
Blank
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B TERMITE PROTECTION
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
B.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... B.1
B.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS......................................................................................... B.1
B.1.02 REFERENCES ................................................................................................... B.1
B.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)........................................... B.1
B.1.04 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL ................................. B.1
B.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES .......................................................................................... B.1
B.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS ................................................................................... B.2
B.1.07 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES ........................................................................... B.2
B.1.08 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS .......................................................................... B.2
B.1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS ............................................................................................. B.3
B.1.10 ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)...................................................... B.3
B.1.11 PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... B.3
B.1.12 HOLD POINTS .................................................................................................. B.3
B.1.13 TESTS ............................................................................................................. B.4
B.1.14 CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................... B.4
B.1.15 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... B.4
B.1.16 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................ B.4
B.1.17 WARRANTIES................................................................................................... B.4
B.1.18 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH......................................................................... B.5
B.2 MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP.................................................................................................. B.5
B.2.01 GENERALLY ..................................................................................................... B.5
B.2.02 TERMITE BARRIER (KORDON) ........................................................................... B.6
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
TERMITE PROTECTION
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
TERMITE PROTECTION
B TERMITE PROTECTION
B.1 GENERAL
B.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
B.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS
AS
AS
AS
AS
2870
3600
3660
3660.1
3660.2
AS 3660.3
AS 4349.3
2011 Residential slabs and footings
2009 Concrete structures
Termite management (set)
2000 Termite management - New building work
2000 Termite management - In and around existing buildings and structures –
Guidelines
2000 Termite management - Assessment criteria for termite management
systems
2010 Inspection of buildings - Timber pest inspections
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
Dial 1100 Before You Dig
B.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
B.1.04 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL
REFERENCE: In respect of the following parts of the works, refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,
subsection GENERAL, clause SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL and comply
with all the requirements thereof:
•
Termite barrier (Kordon)
B.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
Termite protection system, materials and components
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.1
TERMITE PROTECTION
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
B.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
B.1.07 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
Termite barrier as installed for each typical configuration of:
)
slab penetration
)
slab joint
)
perimeter wall installation
)
retaining wall installation (where applicable)
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
INSPECTION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, make
available first completed examples for inspection by Superintendent and termite barrier
manufacturer/authorised supplier prior to proceeding with the remainder of the work.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
B.1.08 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples;
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
shop drawings & computations (where applicable);
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.2
TERMITE PROTECTION
•
written evidence of relevant experience and expertise of specialist Subcontractor’s and/or
personnel, including references and details of previous work of equivalent type and scope to the
part or parts of the Works for which their engagement is proposed;
•
technical specifications for each proprietary product, material and/or system specified including
where relevant manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for application in this project in
respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical properties;
)
resistance to wear, indentation, chemicals, UV light and the like;
)
dimensional stability;
)
installation method including fixing, sealing and jointing methods;
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care and maintenance requirements of the installed product,
both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
•
type and/or field test results;
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
B.1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause SHOP DRAWINGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval comprehensive installation details and shop drawings and computations
(where applicable) for items, components and composite systems including but not limited to the
following:
•
drawings showing the extent and configuration of the barrier, in particular details of the barrier at
changes of level, attachments to a building and other significant details;
•
a description or specification of the durable notice;
B.1.10 ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
B.1.11 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
B.1.12 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.3
TERMITE PROTECTION
•
Control samples submitted for approval;
•
Methods statements submitted for approval;
•
Shop drawings submitted for approval;
•
First completed examples ready for inspection;
•
Certificates of compliance.
B.1.13 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
The composite termite protection system specified, when installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, complies with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
termite protection.
B.1.14 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
B.1.15 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause USER MANUALS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual, including but not limited to the following:
•
Care & maintenance instructions for termite protection
•
Recommended repair procedures
B.1.16 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
B.1.17 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.4
TERMITE PROTECTION
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
with respect to termite protection and moisture barrier (only where applicable) system generally:
)
undue loss of termiticide properties;
)
structural failure, physical or chemical deterioration, deformation and/or displacement of
materials or components;
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
evidence of termite penetration to building interior;
)
evidence of termite infestation of protected structures and enclosures;
)
water penetration (only applicable where termite barrier also acts as a waterproof membrane);
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
TRADE WARRANTY: Provide a trade warranty in the approved form covering materials and work
specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Termite protection generally unless otherwise specified: Ten (10) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Provide a product manufacturer’s
and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section,
as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Termite protection system: Twelve (12) months coverage for the insured events and renewable
for the life of the building (deemed to be in excess of 50 years) upon inspection by a qualified
Timber Pest Inspector, approved and authorised by the product manufacturer, on or before the
due date nominated in the warranty registration document.
B.1.18 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
B.2 MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP
B.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified ecologically sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose and consistent with the design intent;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.5
TERMITE PROTECTION
B.2.02 TERMITE BARRIER (KORDON)
SLABS ON GROUND: The slab on ground to the building is designed to be constructed to AS 3600
(equal to or exceeding AS 2870) and therefore will form an integral part of the termite barrier system
to be provided. For the purpose of this clause, the slab is a non-monolithic slab generally as described
in Figure 1.2 of AS 3660.1.
REQUIREMENT: Provide a supplementary permanent and durable termite barrier for the building and
integrate it with the slab on ground physical barrier to form a continuous protection system against
termite ingress. The following supplementary barrier is deemed to comply with this clause:
•
Where penetrations, control joints and footing/slab joints occur, they are protected by the
provision of the following:
)
chemical barrier as a full or partial installation beneath the slab and in locations and using
methods and configurations strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations in
the form of a proprietary chemically impregnated material barrier system to comply with AS
3660.1, clause 2.3.4;
and
•
the perimeter of the concrete slab is protected by the provision of the following:
)
chemical barrier as a continuous perimeter installation in locations and using methods and
configurations strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations in the form of a
proprietary chemically impregnated material barrier system to comply with AS 3660.1;
CHEMICALLY IMPREGNATED PARTIAL BARRIER SYSTEM: The system shall consist of the selected
proprietary chemically (termiticide) impregnated material installed strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations along slab perimeters, to the retaining face of retaining walls to the
building enclosure and around slab penetrations and along slab control joints.
Material: A heavy duty laminated plastic blanket termite barrier with a non-water soluble termiticide
(deltamethrin) impregnated fibre matrix interlayer.
Proprietary Item: KORDON TB by BAYER or equal approved
APPROVED SUB-CONTRACTOR:
Perform the work using an approved specialist installation
subcontractor & personnel accredited as such by the manufacturer.
INSTALLATION: Install barrier with the orange side uppermost in locations and using methods and
configurations designed to maximise protection for each location and strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations including but not limited to the following:
•
Install dry in dry conditions;
•
Overlap and tape all joins and edges in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations;
•
Securely retain in position to prevent accidental displacement;
•
Install strips, patches and overlaps of dimensions not less than the manufacturer’s recommended
minimum;
•
Minimise off-cuts and waste. Remove from site any off-cuts and waste in sealed containers for
disposal at an approved industrial waste facility.
Pipe penetrations: Install double patch system to pipe and other slab penetrations above waterproof
membrane and prior to pouring slab, consisting of the specified proprietary chemically (termiticide)
impregnated polyethylene material installed strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Construction joints: Install minimum 300mm wide strip to construction joints above waterproof
membrane and prior to pouring slab, consisting of the specified proprietary chemically (termiticide)
impregnated polyethylene material installed strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Perimeter cavity walls: Install minimum 300mm wide strip to perimeter cavity brick wall consisting of
selected proprietary chemically (termiticide) impregnated material installed strictly in accordance with
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.6
TERMITE PROTECTION
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
external ground level.
Ensure termite barrier is installed in brick bed joint above
NOTICE OF PROTECTION: Provide and fix to the building where directed a durable Termite Protection
Notice complying with the Building Code of Australia 3.1.3.2(b).
DATA SUBMISSIONS:
Before commencing installation, obtain and submit the following data, in a form approved by the
Superintendent:
•
the name of the chemical or physical barrier;
•
shop drawings showing the extent of the barrier;
•
details of the barrier at changes of level, attachments to a building and other significant detail;
•
a description or specification of the durable notice;
•
a copy of the manufacturer's published product data for each type of supplementary barrier,
including maintenance requirements, in the form of a maintenance manual.
•
the supplementary barrier manufacturer's warranty of the materials and process, and the
applicator's warranty of the workmanship and application.
On or before Practical Completion of the Works, obtain and submit the following data, in a form
approved by the Superintendent:
•
Certificate of Compliance
•
Site installation report and as-constructed drawings.
TRADE WARRANTY: Provide a trade warranty in the approved form covering materials and work
specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Termite protection generally unless otherwise specified: Ten (10) years
Service Agreement: By carrying out the installation of the termite barrier, the installation contractor
shall be deemed to be willing and able to enter into a service agreement with the Principal subsequent
to Practical Completion of the Works to carry out regular annual inspections to ascertain the continued
efficacy of the termite barrier and provide a certificate to this effect consistent with the conditions of
the manufacturer’s warranty.
Any such service agreement shall not be included in the Contract Sum.
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Provide a product manufacturer’s
and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section,
as follows:
Warranty Terms: The supplementary termite barrier/s shall, for the period specified, be warranted by
the manufacturer of the proprietary system against defects, flaws or faults in the materials and their
installation provided that such installation is in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The warranty shall include for the repair of any breach or failure of the installed termite barrier and
consequential structural or material damage of construction timbers incurred as a result of a termite
infestation. Furnish full details of the warranty offered for the Superintendent’s approval prior to
ordering materials.
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Termite protection system: Twelve (12) months coverage for the insured events and renewable
for the life of the building (deemed to be in excess of 50 years) upon inspection by a qualified
Timber Pest Inspector, approved and authorised by the product manufacturer, on or before the
due date nominated in the warranty registration document.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.7
TERMITE PROTECTION
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
B.8
TERMITE PROTECTION
E CONCRETE
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
E.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... E.1
E.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS......................................................................................... E.1
E.1.02 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)........................................... E.1
E.1.03 ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)...................................................... E.1
E.1.04 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH......................................................................... E.1
E.1.05 SCOPE............................................................................................................. E.1
E.1.06 STANDARDS .................................................................................................... E.1
E.1.07 INSPECTION AND COMPLIANCE ......................................................................... E.2
E.1.08 RECORDING, TESTING AND REJECTION ............................................................. E.2
E.1.09 CO-ORDINATION OF SERVICES.......................................................................... E.2
E.1.10 SETTING OUT .................................................................................................. E.2
E.1.11 SAFETY ........................................................................................................... E.2
E.2 FORMWORK ........................................................................................................................... E.3
E.2.01 RESPONSIBILITY .............................................................................................. E.3
E.2.02 DESIGN ........................................................................................................... E.3
E.2.03 DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES ............................................................................. E.3
E.2.04 CLEANING ....................................................................................................... E.3
E.2.05 POURING AGAINST GROUND............................................................................. E.3
E.2.06 FINISHES FROM FORMS .................................................................................... E.3
E.2.07 FORMWORK TEMPERATURE .............................................................................. E.3
E.2.08 STRIPPING OF FORMWORK ............................................................................... E.3
E.3 REINFORCEMENT .................................................................................................................... E.4
E.3.01 SUPPLY ........................................................................................................... E.4
E.3.02 SCHEDULES ..................................................................................................... E.4
E.3.03 WORKING OF REINFORCEMENT......................................................................... E.4
E.3.04 PLACING & FIXING OF REINFORCEMENT ............................................................ E.4
E.4 WATERPROOFING, CAST IN MATERIAL & WATERSTOPS ............................................................. E.5
E.4.01 WATERPROOFING ............................................................................................ E.5
E.4.02 CAST IN MATERIAL AND ACCOMMODATION........................................................ E.5
E.4.03 WATERSTOPS .................................................................................................. E.5
E.5 JOINTS .................................................................................................................................. E.5
E.5.01 CONTROL JOINTS............................................................................................. E.5
E.5.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ................................................................................... E.5
E.6 CONCRETE SUPPLY ................................................................................................................. E.6
E.6.01 MATERIALS...................................................................................................... E.6
E.6.02 ADMIXTURES ................................................................................................... E.6
E.6.03 MIX DESIGN .................................................................................................... E.6
E.6.04 DELIVERY ........................................................................................................ E.6
E.6.05 SLUMP............................................................................................................. E.6
E.6.06 HOT WEATHER................................................................................................. E.6
E.7 CONCRETE PLACING ............................................................................................................... E.7
E.7.01 ADVERSE WEATHER ......................................................................................... E.7
E.7.02 TRANSPORTING AND HANDLING ....................................................................... E.7
E.7.03 PLACING.......................................................................................................... E.7
E.7.04 COMPACTION .................................................................................................. E.7
E.8 FINISHES TO UNFORMED SURFACES ........................................................................................ E.8
E.8.01 SCREEDED FINISH............................................................................................ E.8
E.8.02 STEEL TROWELLED FINISH ............................................................................... E.8
E.8.03 NON SLIP FINISHES.......................................................................................... E.8
E.9 CURING & PROTECTION .......................................................................................................... E.8
E.9.01 CURING........................................................................................................... E.8
E.9.02 PROTECTION ................................................................................................... E.8
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
CONCRETE
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
CONCRETE
E CONCRETE
E.1 GENERAL
E.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
E.1.02 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
E.1.03 ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
E.1.04 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
E.1.05 SCOPE
The work required under this section includes the design, supply, fabrication, erection and stripping of
form work, the scheduling, supply, placing and supporting of reinforcement and the design supply,
testing, placing, finishing and curing of concrete. It also includes the placing of embedded items and
the supply and installation of waterstops and waterproofing.
E.1.06 STANDARDS
All work and materials shall comply with all relevant current Australian Standards including:
AS 1012
Methods of testing concrete
AS 1141
Methods for sampling and testing aggregates
AS 1379
Specification and supply of concrete
AS 1478
Chemical admixtures for concrete
AS 2758
Aggregates and rock for engineering purposes
Part 1 - Concrete aggregates
AS 3600
Concrete structures
AS 3610
Formwork for concrete
AS 3582
Supplementary cementitious materials for use with Portland cement
Part 1 – Fly Ash
Part 2 – Slag Ground granulated iron blast furnace
AS 3799
Liquid membrane-forming curing compounds for concrete
AS 3972
Portland and blended cement
AS 4671
Steel reinforcing materials
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.1
CONCRETE
E.1.07 INSPECTION AND COMPLIANCE
Provide at least 24 hours notice to the Superintendent such that he can adequately inspect all
formwork, reinforcement and cast in material prior to all pours. All work will have been checked by the
Contractor for compliance with the contract documents and any inadequacies rectified prior to giving
such notice to the Superintendent. No concrete shall be poured until everything relating to that pour
has been inspected and approved.
Notify the Superintendent of the time of all pours such that he/she can be in attendance.
For all aspects of work, the Superintendent reserves the right to request test certificates and/or
documentation, demonstrating compliance with this specification and Australian Standards. All test
certificates must be directly traceable to the components used on site and shall be obtained at the
expense of the Contractor.
All test certificates must be from an accredited test laboratory and are to contain the following
information as a minimum:
•
Identification and address of the supplier
•
Identification and address of the test laboratory
•
Date of issue, page number on each page
•
Test certificate number
•
Product identification
•
Customer purchase order number to match the batch number and any other system reference
numbers
•
Statement of compliance referring to a definite relevant standard
•
Signature of authenticity
E.1.08 RECORDING, TESTING AND REJECTION
Maintain up to date records of the slump, strength, weather and location associated with each concrete
pour. Forward results to the Superintendent immediately they are available.
With the exception of footings and cavity fill, all concrete pours shall be tested for compression
strength at the following frequencyUp to 3 trucks
1 sample
4 to 30 trucks
3 samples
Over 30 trucks
6 samples
The Superintendent reserves the right to have removed from the site any concrete outside the specified
slump and tolerances, any concrete from which tests have failed to meet the required strength and any
concrete which fails to meet the specified finish. This concrete shall be removed at the Contractor’s
expense and replaced to the Superintendent’s instructions.
E.1.09 CO-ORDINATION OF SERVICES
Before commencing the formwork for each floor, prepare clear diagrams of the penetrations to be
made in each beam, wall and floor for all services including nominated Sub-contracts.
Submit these diagrams to the Superintendent for approval prior to the beginning of formwork
construction. Delays resulting from modifications due to these penetrations shall not be considered
reasons for granting extensions of time.
E.1.10 SETTING OUT
The Contractor shall engage the services of a fully qualified surveyor for the purpose of establishing
and checking levels, dimensions, angles, verticality etc for the due execution of the concrete work.
E.1.11 SAFETY
The Contractor shall ensure that all aspects of the Works are carried out in accordance with the
relevant Worksafe Regulations.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.2
CONCRETE
E.2 FORMWORK
E.2.01 RESPONSIBILITY
The responsibility for the design, construction and sufficiency of the whole of the formwork rests
entirely with the Contractor.
E.2.02 DESIGN
The design of the formwork shall be in accordance with AS 3610 - 'Formwork for concrete' and all other
relevant current Australian Standards.
E.2.03 DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES
The design and construction of the formwork shall be such that the concrete produced from the forms
conforms to the dimensional requirements of the Contract Drawings and to the tolerances set out
below.
Maximum relative deviation between any two points : 1:500 except on rough areas to be covered by
tiles, slate etc.
Maximum misalignment between pours and linings : 2mm typically and 3mm on footings.
Maximum deviation from correct position ± 10mm typically except slab top surface levels to be ± 5mm
and all beams and slabs to have at least full specified depths at all locations.
E.2.04 CLEANING
All forms shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to placing any concrete. Using compressed air, vacuum or
other equivalent means, remove all dust, dirt, debris, rust, nail, ties and any other foreign matter from
the formwork.
To facilitate this and other operation, insert removable sections of formwork at regular intervals at the
bases of columns, walls and deep beams.
E.2.05 POURING AGAINST GROUND
Where a slab, footing or other element is to be poured against ground take precautions and make
protection to ensure that the concrete will be adequately supported such that the concrete conforms to
the dimensions shown on the Drawings and specified above.
E.2.06 FINISHES FROM FORMS
All formwork shall be constructed to provide the levels of finish listed below unless specified otherwise.
The classification of surface finish listed is in accordance with AS 3610, this Standard being taken as a
minimum.
Concrete surfaces exposed to view
"Surface Finish Class 3".
At all corners and angles form a 45° bevel bend 25mm on the face by chamfering or filleting the forms.
Concrete surfaces concealed from view in ceilings, ducts, air handling enclosures, or where plastered.
"Surface Finish Class 4".
Footings and footing beams, retaining walls below ground level.
"Surface Finish Class 5".
E.2.07 FORMWORK TEMPERATURE
Where it is likely that an ambient air temperature greater than 32°C may occur during the placement of
concrete, the forms shall be adequately shaded, protected or cooled so as to keep the temperature of
the form faces below 32°C.
E.2.08 STRIPPING OF FORMWORK
The forms shall not be disturbed until the concrete in contact with them has hardened sufficiently to
withstand such action without damage. Formwork shall not be removed until the concrete has acquired
sufficient strength to support safely its own weight and any super-imposed load without undue
deflection.
Vertical sides of slabs, beams, walls, columns etc may be stripped 18 hours after pouring. Care shall be
taken to ensure no surface damage during stripping.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.3
CONCRETE
Stripping and backpropping of slabs, beams, stairs etc may occur 7 days after pouring. Alternatively,
stripping and backpropping may occur a minimum 4 days after pouring if control samples demonstrate
that concrete cylinder strength has achieved at least 50% of the specified F’c. All control samples
taken for testing must be done in accordance with the requirements in AS 3600.
Backpropping should be carried out simultaneously with stripping such that at no time shall the props
be spaced further apart than shown in the following table. This table may be linearly interpolated.
Minimum Slab Depth
(mm)
Maximum Span Between
Props (mm)
125
2300
250
3700
375
4800
500
5700
625
6500
Backpropping shall remain in place for at least 21 days from the pour date, which may be reduced to a
minimum of 12 days where control samples demonstrate that concrete cylinder strength has achieved
at least 85% of the specified F’c. In no case shall back props be removed until props are no longer
required as part of the general backpropping of the building. Props shall be uniformly tightened and
effectively located and supported at the top and bottom.
Note that stripping and backpropping time must be increased in accordance with AS 3600 where the
average ambient temperature for the period is below 12 degrees Celsius.
E.3 REINFORCEMENT
E.3.01 SUPPLY
Reinforcement shall be supplied and correctly identified as to grade, origin and location in the job, all to
the requirements of AS 4671 and AS 3600. Steel reinforcement for concrete shall comply with AS/NZS
4671. It shall be cut and bent in accordance with AS 3600. Acceptable manufacturers and processors
of steel reinforcement must hold a valid certificate of approval, issued by the Australian Certification
Authority for Reinforcing Steel (ACRS) or to an equivalent certification system as may be approved in
writing by the specifier. Evidence of compliance with this clause must be obtained prior to installation
of reinforcement.
Supply all necessary tie wire, support chairs, spacers etc necessary to locate and hold fast the
reinforcement.
Reinforcement shall be free from loose or thick rust, grease, bitumen, mortar and any material likely to
adversely affect bond between steel and concrete.
E.3.02 SCHEDULES
Prepare adequate schedules for fabrication and marked up drawings for fixing such that all
reinforcement can be located in place as shown on the Drawings.
E.3.03 WORKING OF REINFORCEMENT
Reinforcement shall not be forced nor strained in a manner which will damage it. Where bending is
required by the Drawings, the bending shall comply with the relevant codes.
Where reinforcement splices are required but not shown on the Drawings, details of the proposed
splices shall be submitted to the Superintendent for approval.
E.3.04 PLACING & FIXING OF REINFORCEMENT
Reinforcement shall be placed and fixed in accordance with the Drawings and with AS 4671 and
AS 3600.
All reinforcement shall be accurately and firmly held in place with tie wire and plastic or concrete
spacers (where surface not exposed).
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.4
CONCRETE
The supports shall be such that correct cover is maintained and that no corrosive material extends to
any exposed surface of the concrete. These supports shall be capable of withstanding all construction
traffic. Supports shall be positioned so as to avoid damage to waterproofing and vapour barriers.
E.4 WATERPROOFING, CAST IN MATERIAL & WATERSTOPS
E.4.01 WATERPROOFING
Generally, floors, walls and roofs of enclosed areas located below ground level and/or subject to
groundwater shall be fully tanked using a high quality waterproof tanking membrane, fully sealed at all
laps and joins and installed in accordance with the manufacturers specifications. Floors, walls, etc in
contact with the ground and subject to ground moisture only shall be waterproofed using 200 micron
polyethylene film under slabs and a suitable waterproof application of Mulseal by Fosroc to walls.
E.4.02 CAST IN MATERIAL AND ACCOMMODATION
Co-ordinate the blockout and embedment requirements of all trades and the provision of them in
accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and this Specification.
Correlate all drawings in order to ensure that all necessary plates, fixtures, bolts, brass strips, flashings,
rebates, holes, conduits etc are correctly cast in. No reinforcement is to be cut nor displaced to
facilitate the above without the specific approval of the Superintendent. Where embedded fixings or
blockouts are not shown on the Structural Drawings, then submit all details to the Superintendent for
approval.
No hardened concrete shall be cut nor cored without the written approval of the Superintendent.
Bolts and other structural items cast into concrete shall be accurately located. This may be achieved by
the use of suitable templates firmly located and accurately surveyed prior to concrete being poured.
The Superintendent shall be notified of any discrepancies in the placement of holding down bolts prior
to the erection of steelwork. Any remedial work required shall be at the Superintendent’s discretion.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all expenses and delays associated with the remedial work.
Protect threads on bolts with grease or tape to prevent adhesion of mortar during concreting
operations.
E.4.03 WATERSTOPS
The Contractor shall supply, install and join all waterstops at all construction joints below water level
whether shown on the Drawings or not.
Waterstops shall be manufactured from a high grade virgin compound of polyvinyl chloride.
The physical properties shall conform to –
Tensile strength
15 Mpa
Elongation at break 300%
Tear strength
4.0Nm
Specific gravity
1.25
Water absorption
0.2%
The chemical resistance, defined as the weight gain for alkalis after 30 days shall not exceed 0.40%.
Water stops shall be securely supported in the formwork and during pouring concrete shall be carefully
worked around and properly vibrated. Weld joins in waterstops shall be properly executed in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
E.5 JOINTS
E.5.01 CONTROL JOINTS
Control joints are complete breaks in the structure with no reinforcement across the joint. These joints
are to be formed clean and straight in the locations shown on the Drawings. Where shown on the
Drawings, form gaps or rebates as required. Joints to be clean and dry before applying jointing
material. Refer to Drawings for details.
E.5.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Construction joints are pour breaks with reinforcement crossing the joint. The surfaces of the joint
shall be scabbled to within 30mm of the edge and thoroughly cleaned before placing any formwork for
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.5
CONCRETE
the next pour. The surface shall be dampened prior to pouring any adjacent concrete. Typical
construction joint locations are shown in the Drawings. Should additional construction joints be
required the location of the additional joints shall be submitted to the Superintendent for approval and
any additional costs shall be met by the Contractor.
E.6 CONCRETE SUPPLY
E.6.01 MATERIALS
Only "Normal Portland Cement" complying with AS 3972, Type GP shall be used in concrete elements
above footings. Blended cements complying with AS 3972 may be used for footings.
Carry out tests in accordance with AS 2758 to ensure that aggregate used is not unsound nor otherwise
unsuitable for the manufacture of good quality concrete.
Water used for mixing concrete should be clean and free from oil and alike and any other impurities
which might adversely affect the concrete.
E.6.02 ADMIXTURES
Admixtures other than water reducing and air entraining types will not be permitted in the concrete.
Admixtures shall not contain chloride compounds.
E.6.03 MIX DESIGN
Design the mixes in accordance with the notes on the Drawings and in this Specification and to the
requirements of AS 3600. The mix design and proportions shall be such as to produce a cohesive but
workable concrete which does not exhibit segregation or bleeding and which is capable of being
finished to the requirements of this Specification.
Concrete placement by pumping, shall be approved by the Superintendent prior to work commencing.
The proposed mix design shall be submitted to the Superintendent for approval, and shall not be used
in the works until approval is given.
E.6.04 DELIVERY
Concrete shall be supplied by an approved firm & delivered to the site in agitating trucks in accordance
with AS 1379.
The maximum elapsed time between wetting of the mix and the discharge of the mix at the site shall
be 1 hour.
Advise the pre mix concrete supplier of all the requirements of each concrete delivery and ensure that
each delivery is accompanied by a docket bearing the following information:
a)
Part of the works for which concrete intended
b)
Quantity of concrete and cumulative volume of total pour
c)
Date and time of dispatch
d)
Type of concrete supplied including:
)
cement type
)
slump
)
max aggregate size
)
F’c
Retain these dockets and make available to the Superintendent upon request.
E.6.05 SLUMP
Slump shall be as specified on the design drawings. Concrete delivered to site outside the range of
these slumps shall be liable to rejection.
E.6.06 HOT WEATHER
When the ambient air temperature is likely to exceed 32°C, no concrete shall be poured without taking
special precautions to maintain concrete temperature below 32°C at the time of pouring. Submit
details of proposals to the Superintendent for approval.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.6
CONCRETE
E.7 CONCRETE PLACING
E.7.01 ADVERSE WEATHER
Concrete placed during excessively hot weather, rain or other adverse conditions, shall be liable to
rejection.
E.7.02 TRANSPORTING AND HANDLING
Concrete shall be transported from the pre mixing truck to its final position as rapidly as possible by
means which will prevent segregation or loss of materials and contamination.
Chutes, hoppers, kibbles, pumps, pump lines and other equipment shall be so organised such that they
can adequately transport concrete at the specified slump.
Concrete shall not be allowed to free fall from chutes, hoppers or pump lines for a distance greater
than 2.7m. Use tremmies where practical.
Lubricating mixes of concrete, sand, water etc initially transported through pump lines prior to concrete
transport, shall not be placed in the works.
E.7.03 PLACING
Concrete shall be placed in a systematic manner so as to avoid segregation or loss of materials. Do not
deposit large quantities of concrete at one point and attempt to move along the forms.
Concrete placing shall be carried out continuously between construction joints and in such a manner
that a plastic edge is maintained. Do not alter the location of construction joints without the approval
of the Superintendent.
Concrete shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 300mm thick and each layer shall be
completed before the preceding layer has taken its initial set.
Concrete shall not be placed in wet trenches or under water.
At all construction joints, thoroughly dampen surface of existing hardened concrete prior to
commencing new concrete pour.
E.7.04 COMPACTION
Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by means of mechanical vibration and shall be thoroughly
worked around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures, under water stops and into the corners of
formwork. Compaction shall occur so as to bring a full surface of mortar against the form without the
formation of excessive surface voids.
Correct and thorough compaction is important in the achievement of dense homogeneous concrete free
of honey combing and other voids. Typically, poker vibrators shall be inserted into the fluid concrete at
no more than 600mmc/c, held there for 10 seconds and withdrawn slowly. When successively placing
concrete in 300mm layers, ensure that the poker vibrator extends completely through the layer being
placed into the layer below.
Concrete pours shall be so organised such that one experienced concrete worker per crew carries out
all vibration work and no other work until the pour has been completed. Provide at least 1 vibrator for
each 5cu.m of concrete placed per hour with a minimum of 2 vibrators. (1 in use, 1 reserve)
Vibrators shall be capable of transmitting vibration to the concrete at frequencies between 8000 and
12000 impulses per minute and shall visibly affect the concrete at a radius of 300mm.
Use form vibrators only with the approval of the Superintendent.
Particular care shall be exercised to ensure good compaction in columns and walls. The top 300 mm of
concrete shall be revibrated 30 minutes after initial completion of the pour to ensure complete removal
of all voids.
Cavity fill brick walls shall be compacted by hand methods only. Do not vibrate. Fill slowly using pour
breaks, construction joints and external propping as necessary to avoid bursting of the walls. The
responsibility for selecting pouring sequences and supporting the brickwork to avoid bursting of the
walls shall rest entirely with the Contractor.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.7
CONCRETE
E.8 FINISHES TO UNFORMED SURFACES
E.8.01 SCREEDED FINISH
The top surface of the concrete may be left in a "screeded" condition in areas where a high degree of
finish is not required (eg tops of footings, slabs to be covered by tiles etc). Scabble as necessary prior
to placing applied finishes.
The screeded surface shall have a maximum deviation of +10mm and -5mm from correct position.
E.8.02 STEEL TROWELLED FINISH
Concrete surfaces shall be finished integrally with the floor slab in one operation.
After screeding, floating shall not commence until the moisture film has disappeared from the surface
and the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess fine materials and water from being
worked to the surface. The surface shall be floated then finished with a power steel trowel. The
surface shall be re-trowelled as many times as is necessary to obtain a hard glossy appearance. Use
hand steel trowels for final trowelling to obtain a uniform surface free of trowel marks.
The surface shall have a maximum deviation of ±5mm from correct position with a maximum relative
deviation of 1 in 500.
Under no circumstances shall Portland Cement or other driers be sprinkled on to the surface and
trowelled in. Any laitance brought to the surface by compaction or trowelling shall be removed without
disturbing coarse aggregate.
E.8.03 NON SLIP FINISHES
Refer to the Architectural drawings for the location of elements requiring a non slip finish. This finish is
to be applied after power steel trowelling and achieved by techniques approved by the Superintendent.
E.9 CURING & PROTECTION
E.9.01 CURING
Freshly cast concrete shall be protected from premature drying, excessively hot temperatures and from
exposure to windy conditions. The concrete shall be maintained at a reasonably constant temperature
with minimum moisture loss for the curing period.
All concrete with the exception of that in footings shall be cured for 7 days immediately following final
set.
Generally curing is to be effected by leaving formwork in place and covering all exposed concrete
surfaces with polythene sheeting over the moistened surface so fixed and lapped that there is no
moisture loss from the concrete.
Alternatively, curing compounds conforming with AS 3799 may be used, subject to approval from the
Superintendent. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the curing compound is
compatible with the Architectural finishes specified.
For columns, walls and other vertical surfaces where formwork may be removed prior to 7 days, the
concrete surface shall be dampened immediately prior to covering with sealed plastic sheeting.
E.9.02 PROTECTION
Protect concrete from damage due to load overstress, heavy shock and excessive vibrations,
particularly during the curing period.
Protect finished concrete surfaces from damage from any cause including mortar splashes and stains,
timber and earth stains, rust, chemical attack, curing compounds, rain etc.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
E.8
CONCRETE
F STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
F.1 GENERAL.................................................................................................................................F.1
F.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS..........................................................................................F.1
F.1.02 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)............................................F.1
F.1.03 ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) .......................................................F.1
F.1.04 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH..........................................................................F.1
F.1.05 SCOPE ..............................................................................................................F.1
F.1.06 STANDARDS......................................................................................................F.1
F.1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS ..............................................................................................F.2
F.1.08 ANCHORS .........................................................................................................F.2
F.1.09 INSPECTION, APPROVAL & REJECTION................................................................F.2
F.1.10 MATERIAL PROPERTIES .....................................................................................F.3
F.1.11 SAFETY ............................................................................................................F.3
F.2 FABRICATION ..........................................................................................................................F.3
F.2.01 SPLICES & JOINTS.............................................................................................F.3
F.2.02 WELDING .........................................................................................................F.3
F.2.03 TOLERANCES & STRAIGHTNESS..........................................................................F.3
F.2.04 CLEATS & FITTINGS ..........................................................................................F.4
F.3 SURFACE TREATMENT ..............................................................................................................F.4
F.3.01 PREPARATION FOR TREATMENT .........................................................................F.4
F.3.02 PAINTING OF STEELWORK .................................................................................F.4
F.3.03 COLUMN BASES.................................................................................................F.4
F.3.04 COLD FORMED SECTIONS ..................................................................................F.4
F.3.05 BOLTS AND FASTENINGS ...................................................................................F.4
F.3.06 DAMAGED COATINGS.........................................................................................F.5
F.4 ERECTION ...............................................................................................................................F.5
F.4.01 TRANSPORT, HANDLING & STORAGE ..................................................................F.5
F.4.02 HOLDING DOWN BOLTS .....................................................................................F.5
F.4.03 PLANT & EQUIPMENT.........................................................................................F.5
F.4.04 ERECTION ........................................................................................................F.5
F.4.05 TEMPORARY STABILITY .....................................................................................F.5
F.4.06 DRY PACK .........................................................................................................F.6
F.4.07 SITE WELDING..................................................................................................F.6
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
F STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
F.1 GENERAL
F.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
F.1.02 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
F.1.03 ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
F.1.04 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
F.1.05 SCOPE
The work required under this section includes the preparation of shop drawings and the supply,
fabrication, surface treatment, transport and erection of all structural steelwork.
All work shall be in accordance with the Architectural and Structural Drawings and this Specification.
F.1.06 STANDARDS
All work and materials shall comply with all relevant current Australian Standards, including:
AS 1111
ISO metric hexagon bolts and screws - product grade C
AS 1112
ISO metric hexagon nuts
AS 1163
Cold formed structural steel hollow sections
AS 1214
Hot dip galvanised coatings on threaded fasteners
AS/NZS 1252
High strength steel bolts & associated nuts & washers for structural engineering
AS 1275
Metric screw threads for fasteners
AS 1397
Steel sheet and strip-hot dipped zinc coated or aluminium/zinc coated
AS/NZS 1554
Structural steel welding
AS 1594
Hot rolled steel flat products
AS 1595
Cold rolled, unalloyed, steel sheet & strip
AS 1627
Metal finishing - Preparation & pre-treatment of surfaces
AS 1796
Certification of welders and welding supervisors
AS 2214
Certification of welding supervisors - Structural steel welding
AS 2312
Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by the
use of protective coatings
AS/NZS 3678
Structural steel - Hot rolled plates, floor plates and slabs
AS/NZS 3679
Structural steel - Hot rolled bars and sections
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
F.1
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
AS 4100
Steel structures
AS/NZS 4600
Cold formed steel structures
AS/NZS 4680
Hot dip galvanized (zinc) coatings on fabricated ferrous articles
F.1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS
Before fabrication is commenced, submit to the Superintendent for examination 3 sets of prints of the
shop drawings and marking diagrams.
The drawings shall show the relevant details of each assembly, component and connection together
with information relative to fabrication, surface treatment and erection, including dimensions of items,
location, type & size of welds or bolts, procedures necessary for shop and site assembly, orientation of
members, location of temporary connections and surface preparation method and coating systems.
Examination of the drawings shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from the responsibility
for ensuring that the work is complete and accurate.
If the drawings are to be submitted in stages, a key or location plan shall be submitted with each
stage.
No fabrication shall commence until shop drawings relating to that part have been reviewed.
minimum of 2 weeks is required for the examination of the shop drawings by the Superintendent.
A
F.1.08 ANCHORS
Anchors used for fixing into concrete and masonry shall be as specified unless an alternative has been
approved by the Engineer. Alternative anchors shall be of equivalent or higher strength and
performance. The Contractor shall submit for approval, the proposal of alternative anchors along with
written certification from the manufacturer that the alternative is of equal or greater strength and
performance. The proposal should be submitted a minimum of 2 weeks prior to installation.
F.1.09 INSPECTION, APPROVAL & REJECTION
So that inspection may be made, provide notice at the following stages:
Commencement of shop fabrication
Commencement of surface preparation prior to protective coating
Commencement of site erection
Completion of erection prior to enclosing with cladding or finishes.
No roof or wall cladding nor other finishes shall be installed until the Engineer has inspected the
completed steel framework. The Contractor shall provide reasonable and safe access to all elements of
the work to allow the Engineer to undertake these inspections. The Contractor shall be responsible for
all expenses and allow for the time associated with these requirements.
For all aspects of work, the Superintendent reserves the right to request test certificates and/or
documentation demonstrating compliance with this specification and Australian Standards. All test
certificates must be directly traceable to the components used on site and shall be obtained at the
expense of the Contractor.
Compliance/test certificates are to be obtained confirming that all bolts, nuts and washers used on site
comply with relevant Australian Standards. These are to be obtained by the Contractor and forwarded
to this office prior to the erection of steelwork.
All compliance/test certificates must be from an accredited test laboratory and are to contain the
following information as a minimum:
•
Identification and address of the supplier
•
Identification and address of the test laboratory and accreditation seals of the test laboratory
•
Date of issue, page number on each page
•
Test certificate number
•
Batch or heat identification number
•
Product identification
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
F.2
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
•
Customer purchase order number to match the batch/heat number and any other system
reference numbers
•
Statement of compliance referring to a definite relevant Australian Standard
•
Signature of authenticity
Defective or non-conforming materials or workmanship shall be liable to rejection. The Contractor shall
be responsible for all expenses and delays associated with rejection, removal and replacement.
F.1.10 MATERIAL PROPERTIES
All steel used in the work shall conform to the relevant Australian Standard Specifications.
All structural steel shall be supplied and produced in conformance with AS/NZS 3678 & AS/NZS 3679.
Hot rolled steel sections shall have dimensions conforming to AS/NZS 3679.
Hollow steel sections shall conform to the requirement of AS 1163 for supply and material properties.
Cold formed sections shall conform to the requirements of AS 1397, AS 1594 and AS 1595 for material
properties.
Mill certificates verifying that all steelwork complies with this specification and Australian Standards
must be made available for the Superintendent to inspect upon request. Mill certificates must be
directly traceable to steel used on site. If a conforming mill certificate is not made available for all steel
delivered to site the Contractor shall, at his own cost, have samples of the steel tested at a NATA
registered laboratory to obtain a certificate verifying compliance.
Unless noted otherwise, all bolts except holding down and purlin bolts to be Grade 8.8.
F.1.11 SAFETY
The Contractor shall ensure that all aspects of the Works are carried out in accordance with the
relevant Worksafe Regulations.
F.2 FABRICATION
F.2.01 SPLICES & JOINTS
Structural steel members shall be in single lengths unless otherwise shown on the shop drawings and
approved by the Superintendent. Splices and joints shall develop the full strength of the members
connected unless otherwise shown on the Structural Drawings.
F.2.02 WELDING
Welding shall be carried out under the supervision of a welding supervisor who shall ensure that all
welding is in accordance with the drawings and specifications. The supervisor shall hold an "Australian
Welding Institute" Supervisor's Certificate or equivalent qualification and shall also have served an
appropriate apprenticeship and had at least 5 years experience in the fabrication of welded steel
structures.
All welding shall be carried out in accordance with AS/NZS 1554 by welders qualified in accordance with
AS 1796.
All joints are to be neatly finished and cleaned down and all slag removed.
All welding is to be a minimum of 6mm fillet weld continuous unless shown otherwise.
All welds shall be SP quality unless noted otherwise.
Fillet welds performed on site are to be GP quality.
All Complete Penetration Butt Welds (CPBW) shall be SP quality.
All tubes shall be fully sealed and no holes shall be drilled in them.
Unless otherwise permitted by the Superintendent, all welding shall be completed under cover in the
fabrication works.
F.2.03 TOLERANCES & STRAIGHTNESS
All fabricated steelwork shall be within the tolerances set out in AS 4100 Sections 14 and 15.
Where necessary, use straightening methods which will not damage the steel.
Fabricate and erect beams with natural camber up.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
F.3
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
Allow for and correct as necessary for all distortion and out of alignment caused by welding, galvanising
or other processes.
F.2.04 CLEATS & FITTINGS
Provide all cleats, fittings, bolts etc. necessary to complete the structure and for fixing of Architectural
elements and finishes even if not specifically shown on the Structural Drawings.
F.3 SURFACE TREATMENT
F.3.01 PREPARATION FOR TREATMENT
All structural steel shall be free of loose scale, rust, oil and other surface contaminants.
Unless specified otherwise, steelwork fully enclosed within a building, or otherwise completely sealed
from the external atmosphere (excluding steelwork in wall cavities), shall, after fabrication, be abrasive
blast cleaned or equivalent, to Class 1 in accordance with AS 1627.
All other steelwork partially or completely exposed to external atmosphere and steelwork in wall
cavities shall be hot dipped galvanised.
F.3.02 PAINTING OF STEELWORK
All surfaces shall be coated as specified within 4 hours of surface preparation for shop work and 2
hours for field work. In unfavourable locations these times may have to be decreased.
Steelwork designated for Class 1 preparation shall be prime coated with Red Oxide Zinc Phosphate to a
minimum dry film thickness of 50 microns.
All other steelwork shall be hot dipped galvanised.
Steel lintels shall have a duplex coating consisting of galvanized coating complying with AS/NZS 4680,
with a coating mass of at least 600g/m², and a coating of 50 µm min. of non-inhibitive epoxy primer
(two-pack) to AS/NZS 3750.13, plus 200 µm min. of high-build epoxy micaceous iron oxide (two-pack)
to AS 3750.1.
Or
Steel Lintels to have abrasive blast clean to minimum AS 1627.4, Class 2½. Apply not less than 75 µm
of inorganic zinc silicate in compliance with AS/NZS 3750.15, Type 3, Type 4 or Type 6, plus not less
than 125 µm of high-build epoxy micaceous iron oxide (two-pack) AS 3750.1.
Or
Lintels to have abrasive blast clean to minimum AS 1627.4, Class 2½. Apply not less than 400 µm of
high-build epoxy mastic (two-pack) AS 3750.14.
Hot Dipped Galvanising
Steelwork specified as galvanised shall be pickled in accordance with AS 1627 and hot dipped
galvanised in accordance with AS 1214 and AS/NZS 4680. In-line galvanizing processes are not
acceptable.
Lintels shall be cleaned and degreased after galvanising.
F.3.03 COLUMN BASES
In addition to protective coatings specified above, the bases of all columns including the underside of
baseplates shall be coated below finished floor level with 2 coats of marine grade high build epoxy
having a recommended dry film thickness in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. After
erection apply two coats of high build epoxy to holding down bolts, nuts and washers to previously
treated baseplates. Touch up damaged coatings on column bases.
F.3.04 COLD FORMED SECTIONS
Cold-formed sections 2.5mm and thinner shall be formed from steel strip coated in accordance with AS
1397. Further surface treatment is not required.
F.3.05 BOLTS AND FASTENINGS
All nuts, bolts, washers, pins and other specified brackets and fastenings shall be hot dip galvanised in
accordance with AS 1214 when exposed to the weather otherwise they shall be zinc plated.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
F.4
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
F.3.06 DAMAGED COATINGS
After erection and/or site welding make good any damage to shop finish immediately after cleaning.
Steelwork specified as coated with inorganic zinc silicate or hot dipped galvanised shall have damage
made good with 2 coats of a zinc rich epoxy primer such as Dulux Zincanode 202 to a minimum dry
thickness of 100 microns.
Steelwork specified as painted with Red Oxide Zinc Phosphate shall be repaired with a Red Oxide Zinc
Phosphate applied to a minimum dry thickness of 50 microns.
Where exposed to view touch up must be consistent with architectural finish. Provide a coloured top
coat to the approval of the Architect.
All touch up paints are to be applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer
immediately after cleaning.
F.4 ERECTION
F.4.01 TRANSPORT, HANDLING & STORAGE
The transport, handling and storage of structural steel shall be such that the material and parts are
kept clean and free from injury including protection to shop finishes.
All small articles on site such as washers, bolts, plates etc shall be sorted and stored in an orderly
manner in a lockable shed.
Should the Contractor wish to break the steelwork into smaller sections to assist transport and
handling, he shall seek approval from the Superintendent and be liable for all additional costs and
associated lost time.
F.4.02 HOLDING DOWN BOLTS
Galvanised holding down bolts of the diameter shown on the drawings, shall be threaded to AS 1275
and provided with hexagonal nuts and a round washer under each nut. Nuts and washers shall be
galvanised ISO Metric H.S. Structural - General Grade to AS/NZS 1252.
Bolts and other structural items cast into concrete shall be accurately located. This may be achieved by
the use of suitable templates firmly located and accurately surveyed prior to concrete being poured.
The Superintendent shall be notified of any discrepancies in the placement of holding down bolts prior
to the erection of steelwork. Any remedial work required shall be at the Superintendent’s discretion.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all expenses and delays associated with the remedial work.
The length of anchor bolts and the elevation at which they are set shall be such that at least two full
threads project above the nut when fully tightened.
Protect threads on nuts with grease or tape to prevent adhesion of mortar during concreting
operations.
F.4.03 PLANT & EQUIPMENT
Provide all equipment including tools, machines, cranes, pilot and driving nuts, drift pins and fitting
bolts necessary for the erection and stability during erection of the steelwork.
F.4.04 ERECTION
When erecting and completing end connections of rafters and other members which deflect under their
own self weight, the member shall be supported at the centre as well as at the ends, to remove self
weight deflection. For members with short spans and/or self weight deflections over full length of less
than 10mm, this requirement for support at the centre may be relaxed.
F.4.05 TEMPORARY STABILITY
The structure has been designed such that when all members are in place, all bolts are tightened and
all walls are in place, the system will be stable. However, there will necessarily occur intermittent
stages of partial completion when the structure may not be stable under all conditions. The Contractor
shall take adequate precautions to ensure stability and safety during these intermittent stages.
Such extra items supplied by the Contractor to expedite the erection shall remain the Contractor’s
property. All costs associated with these extra items shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
F.5
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
F.4.06 DRY PACK
Dry pack all steel bases using 2 parts hard quartz sand to 1 part Portland Cement mixed to damp earth
consistency. Thoroughly ram the dry pack into the void between the base plate and the concrete
footing or support until the space has been filled solid, free of cavities.
F.4.07 SITE WELDING
Site welding shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the fabrication section.
Erect platforms, scaffolds, and shields to protect from wind as required. Use fans to remove noxious
fumes from enclosures as required during site welding.
When a significant number of repetitive welds are to be carried out, seek approval from the
Superintendent after completion of the first weld before proceeding with the work.
After welding, grind welds smooth and thoroughly clean affected area by power wire brushing to
remove all spikes, residue, flux, slag etc.
Touch up any paint treatment with the relevant coating as set out in the damaged coatings section.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
F.6
STRUCTURAL STEELWORK
G METALWORK
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
G.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... G.1
G.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................ G.1
G.1.02 REFERENCES ................................................................................................... G.1
G.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) .......................................... G.5
G.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) .................................................. G.5
G.1.05 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL ................................. G.5
G.1.06 CONTROL SAMPLES.......................................................................................... G.6
G.1.07 METHODS STATEMENTS ................................................................................... G.6
G.1.08 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS ............................................... G.7
G.1.09 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES........................................................................... G.8
G.1.10 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS.......................................................................... G.8
G.1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS ................................................................. G.9
G.1.12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)............................................... G.9
G.1.13 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN ................................................. G.9
G.1.14 SLIP RESISTANCE ............................................................................................ G.9
G.1.15 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY ..................................... G.9
G.1.16 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION .................. G.9
G.1.17 PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... G.9
G.1.18 HOLD POINTS................................................................................................ G.10
G.1.19 TESTS ........................................................................................................... G.10
G.1.20 CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................. G.11
G.1.21 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS................................................................... G.11
G.1.22 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS...................................................................... G.11
G.1.23 WARRANTIES ................................................................................................ G.12
G.1.24 SECONDARY FRAMING.................................................................................... G.13
G.1.25 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH ...................................................................... G.13
G.2 MATERIALS .......................................................................................................................... G.13
G.2.01 GENERALLY ................................................................................................... G.13
G.2.02 STEEL ........................................................................................................... G.14
G.2.03 STAINLESS STEEL .......................................................................................... G.14
G.2.04 ALUMINIUM................................................................................................... G.14
G.2.05 GLASS & GLAZING.......................................................................................... G.14
G.2.06 FIRE RESISTANCE - FABRICS .......................................................................... G.15
G.2.07 SEALANTS ..................................................................................................... G.15
G.2.08 BACKING MATERIALS ..................................................................................... G.16
G.3 WORKMANSHIP .................................................................................................................... G.17
G.3.01 WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY............................................................................ G.17
G.3.02 FASTENINGS ................................................................................................. G.17
G.3.03 WELDING ...................................................................................................... G.18
G.3.04 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION........................................................................... G.18
G.4 PREPARATION & FINISHES .................................................................................................... G.18
G.4.01 PRE-FINISHES AND/OR SELF-FINISHES GENERALLY .......................................... G.18
G.4.02 PREPARATION OF WEATHERING STEEL (INCLUDING PRE-WEATHERING)............ G.18
G.4.03 PREPARATION FOR COATING .......................................................................... G.19
G.4.04 GALVANISED COATINGS ................................................................................. G.19
G.4.05 ELECTROPLATED COATINGS ........................................................................... G.19
G.4.06 ANODISING ................................................................................................... G.19
G.4.07 THERMOSET POLYESTER POWDER COATING.................................................... G.20
G.4.08 ZINC-RICH EPOXY PRIMER.............................................................................. G.21
G.4.09 HIGH BUILD RECOATABLE POLYURETHANE (FACTORY/SITE APPLIED) ................ G.21
G.4.10 ELECTROPOLISHED STAINLESS STEEL ............................................................. G.21
G.5 CURTAIN WALL FACADES ...................................................................................................... G.22
G.5.01 CURTAIN WALL FACADES GENERALLY.............................................................. G.22
G.5.02 GLAZED CURTAIN WALL ................................................................................. G.25
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
METALWORK
G.6 WINDOWS, DOORS, FRAMES & OPENINGS .............................................................................. G.26
G.6.01 ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED WINDOWS & DOORS GENERALLY . G.26
G.6.02 EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED WINDOWS & DOORS........................ G.30
G.6.03 EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & LOUVRED WINDOWS & OPENINGS ................ G.30
G.6.04 ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED INTERIOR WINDOWS & DOOR/WINDOWS ......... G.31
G.6.05 ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED DOORS....................................... G.32
G.6.06 AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRY DOORSETS .......................................................... G.33
G.6.07 DOOR HARDWARE.......................................................................................... G.34
G.6.08 PROTECTION ................................................................................................. G.34
G.6.09 STEEL DOOR FRAMES ..................................................................................... G.34
G.6.10 FIRE RESISTANT DOORS & FRAMES ................................................................. G.36
G.6.11 METAL CLAD SECURITY DOORS & FRAMES ....................................................... G.37
G.6.12 DUCT & CEILING ACCESS PANELS/HATCHES ..................................................... G.37
G.6.13 DOOR RELIEF GRILLES ................................................................................... G.38
G.7 WALL FRAMES ...................................................................................................................... G.38
G.7.01 DAMP-PROOFING ........................................................................................... G.38
G.7.02 METAL WALL FRAMES GENERALLY ................................................................... G.38
G.7.03 METAL WALL FRAMES (NON-LOADBEARING AND NON- CYCLONIC) ..................... G.39
G.7.04 METAL WALL FRAMES – ADDITIONAL NOGGINGS & TRIMMERS FOR WALL-MOUNTED
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND/OR CABINETWORK ............................................................ G.41
G.8 EXTERIOR LOUVRED WALLS, SCREENS & DOORS..................................................................... G.42
G.8.01 EXTERIOR LOUVRED WALLS, SCREENS & DOORS GENERALLY ............................ G.42
G.8.02 EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & LOUVRED WALLS, SCREENS & DOORS ........... G.43
G.9 EXTERIOR WALL PANEL CLADDING......................................................................................... G.43
G.9.01 EXTERIOR WALL PANEL CLADDING GENERALLY ................................................ G.43
G.9.02 EXTERIOR WALL PANEL CLADDING – COMPOSITE STEEL-FACED INSULATED PANELSG.45
G.10 SUN CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS........................................................................ G.46
G.10.01 SUN CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS GENERALLY ............................... G.46
G.10.02 EXTERIOR LASER-CUT PERFORATED WEATHERING STEEL (SIGNAGE) SCREENS. G.47
G.10.03 HORIZONTAL COMPOSITE ALUMINIUM PANEL SUNSHADES .............................. G.48
G.11 FLOORS ............................................................................................................................. G.49
G.11.01 DOOR THRESHOLDS & WEATHER BARS .......................................................... G.49
G.11.02 MOVEMENT (STRUCTURAL ISOLATION) JOINTS .............................................. G.49
G.11.03 ANODISED ALUMINIUM SKIRTINGS................................................................ G.49
G.12 BARRIERS, FENCES & GATES................................................................................................ G.50
G.12.01 FABRICATED BARRIERS, FENCES & GATES GENERALLY .................................... G.50
G.12.02 FABRICATED STEEL HINGED GATES ............................................................... G.51
G.12.03 SECURITY CHAINWIRE FENCE & GATES.......................................................... G.51
G.12.04 PROPRIETARY STEEL FENCE & GATES ............................................................ G.52
G.12.05 RETRACTABLE RIBBON QUEUE CONTROL BARRIERS........................................ G.53
G.13 TOILET FIXTURES & FITTINGS ............................................................................................. G.53
G.13.01 TOILET FIXTURES & FITTINGS GENERALLY..................................................... G.53
G.13.02 DOOR HARDWARE –TOILET PARTITIONS ....................................................... G.54
G.14 STAINLESS STEEL FIXTURES, FITTINGS & EQUIPMENT........................................................... G.54
G.14.01 STAINLESS STEEL FIXTURES, FITTINGS & EQUIPMENT GENERALLY .................. G.54
G.14.02 MATERIALS .................................................................................................. G.55
G.14.03 WORKMANSHIP ............................................................................................ G.56
G.15 SIGNAGE ............................................................................................................................ G.57
G.15.01 BUILDING SIGNAGE (PROVISIONAL SUM) ....................................................... G.57
G.16 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ................................................................................................ G.58
G.16.01 FIRE STOPPING............................................................................................ G.58
G.16.02 PORTABLE FIRE EQUIPMENT ......................................................................... G.58
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
METALWORK
G METALWORK
G.1 GENERAL
G.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
G.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS 1074
AS 1111.1
AS 1111.2
AS/NZS 1163
AS/NZS 1170.0
AS/NZS 1170.1
AS/NZS 1170.2
AS 1170.4
AS 1192
AS 1214
AS 1231
AS 1237.1
AS 1237.2
AS 1288
AS 1288 Supp 1
AS 1319
AS 1366.1
AS 1366.2
AS 1366.3
AS 1366.4
AS 1397
AS 1428(set)
AS 1428.1
AS 1428.2
AS 1428.3
1989 Steel tubes and tubulars for ordinary service
2000 ISO metric hexagon bolts and screws – Product grade C - Bolts
2000 ISO metric hexagon bolts and screws – Product grade C - Screws
2009 Cold-formed structural steel hollow sections
2002 Structural design actions – General principles
2002 Structural design actions - Permanent, imposed and other actions
2002 Structural design actions - Wind actions
2007 Structural design actions - Earthquake loads
2004 Electroplated coatings - Nickel and chromium
1983 Hot-dip galvanised coatings on threaded fasteners (ISO metric coarse
thread series)
2000 Aluminium and aluminium alloys – Anodic oxidation coatings
2002 Plain washers for metric bolts, screws and nuts for general purposes –
General plan
2002 Plain washers for metric bolts, screws and nuts for general purposes –
Tolerances
2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation
2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation (Supplement to AS 12882006)
1994 Safety signs for the occupational environment
1992 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polyurethane (RC/PUR)
1992 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polyisocyanurate (RC/PIR)
1992 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polystyrene – Moulded (RC/PS – M)
1989 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polystyrene – Extruded (RC/PS – E)
2011 Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel sheet and strip - Coatings of zinc
and zinc alloyed with aluminium and magnesium
2010 Design for access and mobility
2009 Design for access and mobility - General requirements for access – New
building work
1992 Design for access and mobility - Enhanced and additional requirements –
Buildings and facilities
1992 Design for access and mobility - Requirements for children and
adolescents with physical disabilities
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.1
METALWORK
AS/NZS 1428.4.1
AS 1428.5
AS 1450
AS 1530.1
AS 1530.2
AS/NZS 1530.3
AS 1530.4
AS 1530.7
AS/NZS 1554 (set)
AS/NZS 1580.103.1
AS/NZS 1580.108.1
AS 1580.108.2
AS/NZS 1580.401.1
AS 1580.481.0
AS/NZS 1580.601.1
AS/NZS 1594
AS 1627.0
AS 1627.1
AS 1627.2
AS 1627.4
AS 1627.5
AS 1627.6
AS 1627.9
AS 1657
AS/NZS 1664.1
AS/NZS 1664.2
AS/NZS 1665
AS 1725.1
AS/NZS 1734
AS 1789
AS/NZS 1841.1
AS/NZS 1841.2
AS/NZS 1841.3
2009 Design for access and mobility - Means to assist the orientation of people
with vision impairment - Tactile ground surface indicators
2010 Design for access and mobility - Communication for people who are deaf
or hearing impaired
2007 Steel tubes for mechanical purposes
1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Combustibility test for materials
1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures Test for flammability of materials
1999 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and
smoke release
2005 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Fire-resistant tests of elements of building construction
2007 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Smoke control assemblies – Ambient and medium temperature leakage test
procedure
2011 Structural steel welding
1995 Paints and related materials – Methods of test – Examination and
preparation of samples for testing
1994 Paints and related materials – Methods of test - Determination of dry film
thickness on metallic surfaces – Non-destructive methods
2004 Paints and related materials – Methods of test - Dry film thickness – Paint
inspection gauge
1999 Paints and related materials – Methods of test - Surface dry condition
2003 Paints and related materials – Methods of test - Coatings – Guide to
assessing paint systems exposed to weathering conditions
1995 Paints and related materials – Methods of test – Colour – Visual
comparison
2002 Hot-rolled steel flat products
1997 Metal finishing – Preparation and pretreatment of surfaces - Method
selection guide
2003 Metal finishing – Preparation and pretreatment of surfaces - Removal of
oil, grease and related contamination
2002 Metal finishing – Preparation and pretreatment of surfaces - Power tool
cleaning
2005 Metal finishing – Preparation and pretreatment of surfaces - Abrasive blast
cleaning of steel
2003 Metal finishing – Preparation and pretreatment of surfaces - Pickling
2003 Metal finishing – Preparation and pretreatment of surfaces - Chemical
conversion treatment of metals
2002 Metal finishing – Preparation and pretreatment of surfaces - Pictorial
surface preparation standards for painting steel surfaces
1992 Fixed platforms, walkways, stairways and ladders - Design, construction
and installation
1997 Aluminium structures – Limit state design
1997 Aluminium structures – Allowable stress design
2004 Welding of aluminium structures
2010 Chain link fabric fencing – Security fences and gates – General
requirements
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys – Flat sheet, coiled sheet and plate
2003 Electroplated zinc (electrogalvanised) coatings on ferrous articles (batch
process)
2007 Portable fire extinguishers - General requirements
2007 Portable fire extinguishers - Specific requirements for water type
extinguishers
2007 Portable fire extinguishers - Specific requirements for wet chemical type
extinguishers
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.2
METALWORK
AS/NZS 1841.4
AS/NZS 1841.5
AS/NZS 1841.6
AS/NZS 1841.7
AS/NZS 1850
AS 1851 (set)
AS/NZS 1859.1
AS/NZS 1859.2
AS/NZS 1859.3
AS/NZS 1859.4
AS/NZS 1860.1
AS 1860.2
AS/NZS 1866
AS/NZS 1867
AS/NZS 1873.1
AS/NZS
AS/NZS
AS/NZS
AS/NZS
1873.2
1873.3
1873.4
1891.1
AS/NZS 1891.2
AS/NZS 1891.3
AS/NZS 1891.4
AS/NZS 1892.1
AS/NZS 1892.5
AS 1905.1
AS 1905.2
AS 2047
AS/NZS 2208
AS/NZS 2270
AS/NZS 2271
AS 2309
AS/NZS 2312
AS 2317
AS 2423
AS 2433
AS 2441
AS 2444
AS/NZS 2728
AS 2855
AS/NZS 2904
AS/NZS 3504
2007 Portable fire extinguishers - Specific requirements for foam type
extinguishers
2007 Portable fire extinguishers - Specific requirements for powder type
extinguishers
2007 Portable fire extinguishers - Specific requirements for carbon dioxide type
extinguishers
2007 Portable fire extinguishers - Specific requirements for vaporising liquid
type extinguishers
2009 Portable fire extinguishers - Classification, rating and performance testing
2005 Maintenance of fire protection systems and equipment
2004 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Particleboard
2004 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Dry-processed
fibreboard
2005 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Decorative overlaid
wood panels
2004 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Wet-processed
fibreboard
2002 Particleboard flooring - Specifications
2006 Particleboard flooring - Installation
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Extruded rod, bar, solid and hollow
shapes
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Drawn tubes
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools – Selection, operation and
maintenance
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools – Design and construction
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools - Charges
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools - Fasteners
2007 Industrial Fall-Arrest Systems and Devices - Harnesses and ancillary
equipment
2001 Industrial Fall-Arrest Systems and Devices - Horizontal lifeline and rail
systems
1997 Industrial Fall-Arrest Systems and Devices - Fall-arrest devices
2009 Industrial Fall-Arrest Systems and Devices - Selection, use and
maintenance
1996 Portable ladders - Metal
2000 Portable ladders – Selection, safe use and care
2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant walls - Fireresistant doorsets
2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant walls - Fireresistant roller shutters
1999 Windows in buildings – Selection and installation
1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings
2006 Plywood and blockboard for interior use
1999 Plywood and blockboard for exterior use
2008 Durability of galvanized and electrogalvanized zinc coatings for the
protection of steel in structural applications - Atmospheric
2002 Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by
the use of protective coatings
1998 Collared eyebolts
2002 Coated steel wire fencing products for terrestrial, aquatic and general use
1994 Plastics – Method for exposure to ultraviolet lamps
2005 Installation of fire hose reels
2001 Portable fire extinguishers and fire blankets - Selection and location
1997 Prefinished/prepainted sheet metal products for interior/exterior building
applications – Performance requirements.
2004 Paints and related materials - Micaceous iron oxide pigment
1995 Damp-proof courses and flashings
2006 Fire blankets
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.3
METALWORK
AS 3566.1
AS 3566.2
AS 3623
AS/NZS 3678
AS/NZS 3679.1
AS/NZS 3679.2
AS 3715
AS/NZS 3750 (set)
AS 4072.1
AS 4100
AS 4145.1
AS 4145.2
AS 4145.3
AS 4145.4
AS 4145.5
AS 4178
AS/NZS 4200.1
AS/NZS 4200.2
AS/NZS 4284
AS 4312
AS 4420.0
AS 4420.1
AS 4420.2
AS 4420.3
AS 4420.4
AS 4420.5
AS 4420.6
AS 4506
AS/NZS 4534
AS/NZS 4600
AS/NZS 4666
AS/NZS 4667
AS 4674
AS/NZS 4680
AS/NZS 4801
AS
AS
AS
AS
AS
5007
5039
5040
5041
6905
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - General
requirements and mechanical properties
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - Corrosion
resistance requirements
1993 Domestic metal framing
2011 Structural steel - Hot-rolled plates, floorplates and slabs
2010 Structural steel – Hot-rolled bars and sections
2010 Structural steel – Welded I sections
2002 Metal finishing - Thermoset powder coatings for architectural applications
of aluminium and aluminium alloys
2008 Paints for steel structures (set)
2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant separating
elements – Service penetrations and control joints
1998 Steel structures
2008 Locksets and hardware for doors and windows - Glossary of terms and
rating system
2008 Locksets and hardware for doors and windows - Mechanical locksets for
doors and windows in buildings
2001 Locksets - Mechanical locksets for windows in buildings
2002 Locksets - Padlocks
2011 Locksets and hardware for doors and windows - Controlled door closing
devices (EN 1154:1997, MOD)
1994 Electromagnetic door holders
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Materials
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Installation requirements
2008 Testing of building facades
2008 Atmospheric corrosivity zones in Australia
1996 Windows – Methods of test – General introduction and list of methods
1996 Windows – Methods of test – Test sample, preparation for tests, and test
sequence
1996 Windows – Methods of test – Deflection test
1996 Windows – Methods of test – Operating force test
1996 Windows – Methods of test – Air infiltration test
1996 Windows – Methods of test – Water penetration resistance test
1996 Windows – Methods of test – Ultimate strength test
2005 Metal finishing – Thermoset powder coatings
2006 Zinc and zinc/aluminium-alloy coatings on steel wire
2005 Cold-formed steel structures
2000 Insulating glass units
2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass.
2004 Construction and fit out of food premises
2006 Hot-dip galvanised (zinc) coatings on fabricated ferrous articles
2001 Occupational health and safety management systems - Specification with
guidance for use
2007 Powered doors for pedestrian access and egress
2008 Security screen doors and security window grilles
2003 Installation of security screen doors and window grilles
2003 Methods of test – Security screen doors and window grilles
2007 Smoke doors
AS/NZS ISO 717.1
2004 Acoustics – Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements – Airborne sound insulation
AAMA 2603-02
Voluntary specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for
Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminium Extrusions and Panels for standard
commercial quality thermoset polyester powder coatings eg, Duralloy
AAMA 2604-05
Voluntary specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High
Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminium Extrusions and Panels for high
performance thermoset polyester powder coatings eg, Duratec
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.4
METALWORK
HANDBOOKS: The following Handbooks and Guides are referenced in the Specification:
HB 73.1
HB 73.2
HB 73.3
HB 73.4
HB 125
2005 Handbook of Australian Paint Standards - General
2005 Handbook of Australian Paint Standards - Test methods
1995 Handbook of Australian Paint Standards – Industrial Paints
1995 Handbook of Australian Paint Standards – Architectural Paints
2007 The glass and glazing handbook (including guide to AS 1288, Glass in
buildings - Selection and installation)
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
Worksafe Code of Practice: Prevention of falls in the workplaces (2004)
SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS:
Load-bearing structure & framing: Refer to approved STRUCTURAL design documents
Insulation to metal stud framed walls SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS
Smoke stopping
SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS
CFC sheet
SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
MDF sheet
SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Plywood
SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Plastic laminate sheet
SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Toilet partitions & hardware
SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Corrugated profiled wall cladding
SECTION N – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
Stainless steel sinks, troughs, etc
SECTION P – HYDRAULIC SERVICES
Wall, ceiling & soffit linings
SECTION U – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Metal finishing trims (flush finished) SECTION U – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Glass & Glazing
SECTION Y – GLAZING
Mirrors
SECTION Y – GLAZING
Paint Finishes
SECTION Z – PAINTING
Door Hardware
Refer SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4
G.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
G.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection GENERAL, clause PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
G.1.05 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL
REFERENCE: In respect of the following parts of the works, refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,
subsection GENERAL, clause SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL and comply
with all the requirements thereof:
•
Aluminium framed and glazed doors and windows;
•
Curtain wall facade;
•
Fire resistance rated doorsets;
•
Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panels;
•
Horizontal composite aluminium panel sunshades
•
Laser-cut perforated weathering steel (signage) panels
•
Fabricated barriers, fences and gates
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.5
METALWORK
G.1.06 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
Pre-finished aluminium framed & glazed and/or louvred window & door components and/or
assemblies, obtained from the same colour batch sufficient to indicate full range of any colour
variations: Not less than 600mm length;
•
Curtain wall facades: Samples of each component/proprietary item, colour & finish;
•
Steel door frame: Not less than 600mm length;
•
Horizontal composite aluminium panel sunshades: Samples of each component/proprietary item,
colour & finish;
•
Powder coating: Samples of each component/proprietary item, colour & finish;
•
Anodising: Samples of each component/proprietary item, colour & finish;
•
Architectural (visibly exposed) galvanised finish on each type of steel substrate;
•
Panel & sheet components: Not less than 300 x 300mm;
•
Extruded and strip components: Not less than 300mm length;
•
Coloured caulking and sealants where visibly exposed;
•
Glazing: 300mm x 300mm samples of each type of glazing (Refer to SECTION Y – GLAZING);
•
Safety motif (Refer to SECTION Y – GLAZING);
•
Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panels: Samples of each panel and
component type & finish including jointing, secondary support framing, retention details,
fastenings, margins and trims;
•
Ventilating and stormproof louvre systems: Samples of each component/proprietary item;
•
Laser-cut perforated weathering steel (signage) screen: 300 x 300mm sample of prepared
(sandblasted) new and weathered plate complete with sample laser cut perforations to required
pattern and pre-weathered to required colour/surface condition;
•
Fabricated barriers, fences and gates: Samples of each panel and component type & finish
including jointing, retention details, fastenings, margins and trims;
•
Toilet accessories/hardware: Samples of each component/proprietary item;
•
Display surfaces: Samples of each type required;
•
Building Signage: Samples of each component type/proprietary item.
Include samples of joints, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
G.1.07 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.6
METALWORK
In addition to the details listed in the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the methods statement/management
plan shall also address the proposed means of:
•
managing the preparation, coating and re-coating windows, programming the work and tracking its
progress, establishing inspection and witness points, inspecting, testing and certifying the quality
of work both carried out off site prior to its delivery to site and also carried out on site, including
but not limited to:
)
preparation for protective coatings and finishes, both off site and on site, as applicable
)
application of protective coatings and finishes, both off site and on site, as applicable
in accordance with the specified requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations; and
•
managing the preparation, pattern cutting and pre-weathering of laser-cut perforated weathering
steel screen, programming the work and tracking its progress, establishing inspection and witness
points, inspecting, testing and certifying the quality of work both carried out off site prior to its
delivery to site and also carried out on site
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
G.1.08 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, completed and finished
mock-ups and/or prototype installations of:
•
External pre-weathered weathering steel plate panel (full size) complete with laser cut perforations
to required pattern and all fixing brackets or cleats pre-weathered ready for installation, installed
on painted steel RHS subframe prior to delivery to site;
•
Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panel installation including jointing,
secondary support framing, retention details, fastenings, margins and trims;
•
Exterior composite aluminium panel horizontal sunshades installation including jointing, secondary
support framing, retention details, fastenings, margins and trims;
•
Fabricated barriers, fences and gates including jointing, secondary support framing, retention
details, fastenings, margins and trims – not less than 1 bay ;
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
LOCATION: Prior to commencing work, confirm with the Superintendent the location selected for each
mock-up and/or prototype installation.
TRIAL SETOUT: All strip, tile or panel modular products with expressed joints are subject
to the Superintendent’s approval of trial setouts for each area to be finished.
TESTING: Mock-ups and/or prototype installations may be required to be made available for testing as
required by the Superintendent. Confirm requirements with the Superintendent prior to commencing
tests.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by mock-ups and/or prototype installations until the
mock-ups and/or prototype installations have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved mock-ups
and/or prototype installations shall be rejected.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.7
METALWORK
G.1.09 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
Glazed aluminium framed window & door, installed;
•
Curtain wall façade, installed;
•
Louvred aluminium framed window & door, installed;
•
Steel door frame, installed;
•
Movement (structural isolation) joint installed (each type specified – if applicable);
•
Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panels, installed;
•
Exterior horizontal aluminium panel sunshades, installed;
•
Fabricated barriers, fences and gates, installed;
•
Fire resistant door & frame set;
•
Acoustic and fire-rated duct access hatch;
•
Fire & smoke stopping installed.
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
G.1.10 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples;
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
shop drawings & computations (where applicable);
•
written evidence of relevant experience and expertise of specialist Subcontractor’s and/or
personnel, including references and details of previous work of equivalent type and scope to the
part or parts of the Works for which their engagement is proposed;
•
technical specifications for each proprietary product, material and/or system specified including
where relevant manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for application in this project in
respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical, fire resistant and acoustic properties as applicable, including resistance to wear,
indentation, chemicals, UV light, colour fastness, dimensional stability and the like;
)
installation including secondary framing requirements (where applicable), fixing, sealing and
jointing method;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.8
METALWORK
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care, cleaning and maintenance requirements of the installed
product, both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
•
type and/or field test results;
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
G.1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclauses SHOP DRAWINGS and ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS &
CERTIFICATION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval comprehensive installation details and shop drawings and computations
(where applicable) for items, components and composite systems including but not limited to the
following:
•
Aluminium framed & glazed windows & doors;
•
Curtain wall façades;
•
Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panels;
•
Exterior composite aluminium panel horizontal sunshades;
•
Laser-cut perforated weathering steel (signage) screens;
•
Fabricated barriers, fences and gates;
•
Cabinetwork (refer also to Section L – Woodwork & Cabinetwork);
•
Signage.
G.1.12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
G.1.13 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN and comply with all the requirements thereof.
G.1.14 SLIP RESISTANCE
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
SLIP RESISTANCE and comply with all the requirements thereof.
G.1.15 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY and comply with all the requirements thereof.
G.1.16 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
G.1.17 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.9
METALWORK
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
G.1.18 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
•
Control samples submitted for approval;
•
Methods statements submitted for approval;
•
Mock-ups/prototype installations ready for inspection;
•
Shop drawings and/or computations submitted for approval;
•
Completion of support framing and/or secondary support framing prior to installation of
cladding/linings;
•
First completed examples ready for inspection;
•
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests;
•
Certificates of compliance.
G.1.19 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
•
•
•
The aluminium framed & glazed windows and doors when installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, comply with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
the tests applicable to that type, as specified in AS 2047 Section 5;
)
the specified design window rating, wind pressure and impact resistance (AS/NZS 1170.2 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
)
the design acoustic performance requirements (where applicable);
The smoke & fire rated doors, when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of practice
in respect of:
)
Fire resistance rating (FRL)
)
Smoke leakage resistance rating (SRL)
)
Acoustic performance (Rw)
Applied finishes and pre-finishes comply with the specification, the coating manufacturer’s
recommendations and the applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
preparation and priming (if applicable) of substrate prior to application of coatings;
)
method and conditions of application;
)
compliance with preparation, priming, coating and recoating time windows;
)
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat.
All special extrusions and fabrications: Provide certification that all special extrusions and
fabrications comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of practice.
SITE TESTS: Use instruments calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.10
METALWORK
Requirement: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
Finishes comply with the specification and the coating manufacturer’s recommendations and the
applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
•
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) or coating thickness.
Glazed windows & doors comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of
practice in respect of:
)
Meeting or exceeding the glass thicknesses determined with the appropriate margins of safety
for wind pressure and impact resistance determined in compliance with AS 1288 and/or
AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D (whichever results in the greater thickness).
G.1.20 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
G.1.21 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause USER MANUALS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual, including but not limited to the following:
•
Aluminium framed & glazed windows & doors;
•
Curtain wall façades;
•
Automatic sliding doors;
•
Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panels;
•
Exterior composite aluminium panel horizontal sunshades;
•
Laser-cut perforated weathering steel (signage) screens
•
Toilet accessories & hardware;
•
Portable fire equipment.
G.1.22 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.11
METALWORK
G.1.23 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
•
•
with respect to metalwork, generally:
)
loss of fire-resistant, impact-resistant or acoustic insulation or other physical properties;
)
structural failure, physical deterioration, deformation and/or displacement of materials or
components
)
undue deterioration, corrosion, distortion or failure of materials and surface finishes;
)
undue chalking, colour fading or wear of pre-finished materials;
)
faulty operation or operational failure of operable products and components;
)
failure or partial failure of fixings;
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other physical deterioration;
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
deterioration or corrosion by chemicals or cleaning agents where use of such materials has not
been specifically excluded by product manufacturer;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
)
vermin infestation;
)
mould or bacterial contamination;
and additionally with respect to aluminium or other metal framed & glazed windows, doors and
cladding panels:
)
water penetration;
)
air infiltration;
)
perimeter seal failure (IGU’s);
and additionally with respect to sealants and glazing gaskets:
)
loss of resilient, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties;
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other undue physical deterioration;
)
mould or bacterial contamination.
TRADE WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide a trade
warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Aluminium framed & glazed doors & windows unless otherwise specified: Ten (10) years
•
Curtain wall façades unless otherwise specified: Ten (10) years
•
Metalwork generally including claddings unless otherwise specified: Five (5) years
•
Cabinetwork generally unless otherwise specified: Five (5) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted
by the Superintendent, provide a product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved
form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.12
METALWORK
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Anodising: Ten (10) years
•
Thermoset powder coating (interior applications only): Ten (10) years
•
Thermoset powder coating (exterior applications generally): Fifteen (15) years
•
Sealants: Ten (10) years
•
Aluminium framed & glazed windows & doors: Ten (10) years.
•
Curtain wall facades: Ten (10) years;
•
Glass & glazing: Ten (10) years
•
Automatic sliding doors: Five (5) years;
•
Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panels: Ten (10) years;
•
Fabricated barriers, fences and gates: Five (5) years
•
Portable Fire Extinguishers: Six (6) years
G.1.24 SECONDARY FRAMING
DEFINITION: The term secondary framing shall be deemed to include all necessary framing, fixing
grounds and other supports between the primary structure indicated on the approved STRUCTURAL
design documents and the design line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component and shall include both the required system of grounds for fixing such finishes and
also all additional framing, studs, struts, hangers and the like supports and/or spacers
necessary to offset the fixing grounds from the primary structure and achieve the design
line and level of the outermost finish indicated on the approved design documents and,
where applicable, its structural design and certification by the Contractor.
DEEMED TO BE INCLUDED: The Contractor shall be deemed to have included at the time of its tender
a sufficient allowance for all material and labour costs and a sufficient allocation of time in its
construction programme for the provision and installation of all necessary secondary framing, fixing
grounds and supports as defined hereinbefore, whether or not indicated in the preliminary design and
the Principal’s project requirements, including the means for its levelling, packing or other adjustment
as necessary to achieve the required line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component within the required tolerances.
CYCLONE RESISTANCE: The Contractor shall be deemed to have determined configuration, member
sizes, sections and spans and fixings in respect of the secondary framing to meet or exceed the
structural criteria for the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
G.1.25 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
G.2 MATERIALS
G.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose (including but not limited to cyclonic
climatic conditions) and consistent with the design intent;
•
structurally adequate;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.13
METALWORK
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
G.2.02 STEEL
WEATHERING STEEL (also known as ‘CORTEN’): To AS/NZS 1594.
Flatness: Class A
Proprietary item: XLER COIL PLATE HW350 by BLUESCOPE STEEL AUSTRALIA or equal approved
STEEL PLATE: To AS/NZS 3678.
STEEL BAR & SECTIONS: To AS/NZS 3679.1.
FLAT SHEET STEEL: Zinc coated or aluminium/zinc coated as specified to AS 1397.
STEEL HOLLOW SECTIONS: Unless otherwise specified, use hollow sections to AS 1163 of grades as
follow:
Hollow sections types:
Grade:
circular sections less than 265 mm outside
diameter:
250
sections other than the above
350
G.2.03 STAINLESS STEEL
TYPE: Austenitic alloy unless otherwise specified.
GRADE & FINISH: Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the approved design documents:
INTERIOR USE: Austenitic grade 304, No.4 (satin) finished, except where austenitic grade 316, No.4
(satin) finished, or No.7 (electropolished) finish is specified.
EXTERIOR USE (LINISHED): Austenitic grade 316, No.4 (satin) finished, with the visible surfaces
ground using aluminium oxide abrasive grit papers culminating in grade 320 to produce a linished finish
with a transverse surface roughness (Ra) of less than 0.5 micrometres, then passivated after
fabrication to remove surface contaminants.
PASSIVATING & CLEANING STAINLESS STEEL SURFACES: Except where electropolished finish is
specified, passivate after fabrication and finishing to remove surface contaminants. Use nitric acid
based products only. Do not use or permit contact with hydrochloric acid or products containing
hydrochloric acid.
ELECTROPOLISHING: As specified in ELECTROPOLISHED STAINLESS STEEL – METALWORK.
G.2.04 ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM EXTRUSIONS: Alloy B6063.
ALUMINIUM SHEET: Alloy A5005.
G.2.05 GLASS & GLAZING
REFERENCE: As specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING.
CYCLONE RESISTANT GLASS: Glass, glazing methods, glass retention and all glazing
materials intended for inclusion in the exterior building envelope and/or other exterior
locations shall be designed, selected, fabricated and installed strictly in compliance with
the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins
of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.14
METALWORK
G.2.06 FIRE RESISTANCE - FABRICS
REQUIREMENT: Provide fire-retardant treatment to AS 1530.3. Materials shall be a fire resistant grade
having:
•
a Spread of Flame Index of "0"
•
a Smoke Developed Index not exceeding "4"
CERTIFICATION: Copies of test certificates shall be provided to the Superintendent prior to installation.
G.2.07 SEALANTS
GENERALLY: Use only sealants that are certified by the manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
SEALANT SELECTION: Confirm with the manufacturer the compatibility of all proposed materials
intended to be in contact with the sealant prior to commencing installation.
SEALANT – TYPE 1:
Locations: General internal and external construction use and penetrations in non fire-rated
elements including but not limited to:
•
Wall and ceiling expansion, movement & control joints generally in painted or concealed work;
•
Stud framed wall, abutment of deflection head to soffit of concrete slab over;
•
Stud framed ‘discontinuous’ acoustic wall, end abutments to other building elements;
•
Acoustic-rated pipe penetrations into ducts and through walls;
Material: Low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1400kg/m3.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–CONSTRUCTION or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 2:
Locations: General construction use for visibly exposed weatherproof joints and the like where a
high quality, self-coloured finish is required including but not limited to:
•
External aluminium framed window and door frame elements in facework and the like
(excluding structural glazed joints);
•
External wall, soffit & fascia cladding;
Material: High performance, low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1250kg/m3.
Colour: Selected from standard range according to location or as directed (generally unpainted).
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–PRO or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 3 (FIRE RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION):
Locations: General construction use for joints, penetrations into ducts and through walls occurring
in fire resistance rated construction.
Material: Fire grade intumescent mastic.
Fire resistance rating: Minimum 4 hours.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKA FIRERATE or equal approved
SEALANT – TYPE 4:
Locations: Internal use generally for gap sealing including but not limited to:
•
Cabinetwork/wall joints and the like
Material: Durable resilient, mould resistant, neutral cure silicone.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.15
METALWORK
Colour: White (non-paintable).
Proprietary item: SIKASIL–C or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 5:
Locations: General construction use for visibly exposed high strength waterproof joints and the
like where a high quality, transparent seal is required including but not limited to:
•
Silicone jointed glazing;
•
Perimeter joints to mirrors
Material: High performance, high strength and adhesion, UV-resistant, dense, durable, 1-part,
acid cure transparent silicone.
Colour: Transparent
Proprietary item: SIKASIL WS-621 or equal approved.
INSTALLATION:
Sealant depth: Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer, depth of sealant shall be:
•
for joints in non-fire rated walls: 0.67 – 1.0 times joint width.
•
for joint widths exceeding 40mm: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer
•
for joints in fire rated walls: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer to maintain the fire
resistance level of the wall.
Joint preparation: Prepare joints in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
Confirm joint profile complies with the design requirements. Clear extraneous matter such as grout
and dust from the joint and leave the joint clear of movement-restricting material.
Backing materials (if required): Install backing rod to correct depth to control sealant depth as
specified in BACKING MATERIALS – METALWORK.
Priming: Unless primer is not recommended by the jointing material manufacturer, apply the sealant
manufacturer’s recommended primer to the cleaned joint edges in contact with jointing materials to
achieve maximum adhesion of sealant. Avoid applying primer to the face of the backing rod.
Filling and sealing: Fill the joint completely, tooling the sealant with a spatula and not the applicator
nozzle or thumb, resulting in the sealant to be pressed firmly onto the contact surfaces of the joint to
achieve the maximum bond. Finish sealant neatly, smooth and flush with surface. Do not overfill.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
G.2.08 BACKING MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: Use compatible sealant and bond breaking backing materials which are certified as
compatible with the materials and products with which they are intended to be in contact.
MATERIALS (in compressible foamed fillers and backing rods): Closed-cell or impregnated types which
do not absorb water.
Bond Breaking: Back-up materials for sealants, including backing rods and the like, shall not adhere to
the sealant, or shall be faced with a non-adhering material.
BACKING MATERIAL – TYPE 1:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents, unless otherwise indicated.
Profile:
•
Circular section rod: Joints width < 40mm (max. joint size for the 50mm dia backing rod)
•
Rectangular section rod: Joints width > 40mm (section dimensions determined by compression
requirements – refer installation, below).
Proprietary item: TREMCO FOAM SEALANT BACKING ROD, CFC free, or equal approved.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.16
METALWORK
Installation: Backing materials shall be inserted into the gap of the joint to be sealed to a depth so as
to control the depth of the applied sealant. Backer rods shall be compressed 20-25% of their initial
diameter (or width in the case of rectangular shaped materials) to fit the joint width.
G.3 WORKMANSHIP
G.3.01 WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY
PREFABRICATION: Fabricate and pre-assemble items in the workshop wherever practicable.
EDGES AND SURFACES: Keep clean, neat and free from burrs and indentations.
Remove sharp edges from all metallic items prior to finishing and without excessive
radiusing.
JOINTS: Fit joints to an accuracy appropriate to the class of work. Finish visible joints made by
welding, brazing or soldering by grinding, buffing or the like methods appropriate to the class of work
before painting, galvanising, or the like further treatment.
Self-finished metals: Free of surface colour variations, after jointing.
BENDS, FOLDS, ETC: Form bends, folds and the like using appropriate means without deforming,
marking, damaging, unduly stressing or otherwise reducing the integrity of the material, its surface or
finish.
Tube Bends: Form bends in tube without unduly deforming the true cross section.
COLOURS: Match colours of sheets, extrusions and heads of fastenings in colour finished work.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
THERMAL MOVEMENT: Make provision, sufficient to prevent harmful effects, for thermal movements in
joints and fastenings.
G.3.02 FASTENINGS
GENERALLY: Provide fastenings, including bolts, anchors, screws, rivets and welds.
•
sufficient to ensure the rigidity of the assembly;
•
of types appropriate to the work;
•
in materials of mechanical strength and corrosion resistance at least equal to that of the lowest
resistant metal joined;
•
capable of transmitting the loads and stresses imposed; and
•
installed so as to prevent galvanic corrosion.
CYCLONE RESISTANT FASTENINGS: All fastenings, anchorages and retentions to products,
materials, composite systems and all other components intended for inclusion in the
exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations shall be designed, selected and
installed in a pattern and frequency strictly in compliance with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety, the wind pressure,
impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
FASTENINGS TO ALUMINIUM (including aluminium alloys): Aluminium alloy or non-magnetic stainless
steel, except that cadmium plated steel fastenings may be used, but only in protected situations and
subject to approval.
FASTENINGS TO STAINLESS STEEL: Appropriate stainless steel materials only. Use stainless steel
grade to match the components to be fastened. Passivate the threads of threaded fastenings.
FASTENINGS TO GALVANISED STEEL: Galvanised steel fixings. Generally do not use stainless steel
fixings externally for fastenings to galvanised steel. If stainless steel fixings, brackets or the like are
specified for external use in contact with zinc-coated (galvanised) or aluminium/zinc coated (Zincalume)
steel components, use an approved method to prevent electrolytic contact between the dissimilar
metals.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.17
METALWORK
FASTENINGS TO WEATHERING STEEL: Appropriate stainless steel materials only. Use stainless steel
grade to match the components to be fastened. Passivate the threads of threaded fastenings.
RIVETS: Blind rivets where available in the metal as required and, if applicable, compatible with the
metals to be joined.
MASONRY ANCHORS: Proprietary types comprising screws or bolts in self-expanding sockets in the
required metal.
MASONRY PLUGS: Screw in purpose-made resilient plastic sockets.
G.3.03 WELDING
STEEL WELDING: To AS/NZS 1554.1.
ALUMINIUM WELDING: To AS/NZS 1665.
STAINLESS STEEL WELDING: To AS/NZS 1554.6
WEATHERING STEEL WELDING: Use special low hydrogen electrodes (F70xx) designed for this grade
of steel for close colour matching of weathering oxidisation of both weld and plate. Refer also to
Welding Institute of Australia's Technical Note No.1 (Group 5 materials). Thoroughly remove all slag
on completion.
Weld Type/Size: 6 mm neat raised fillet welds to match approved sample. Do NOT grind smooth on
completion.
FINISHING WELDS:
Generally (except to weathering steel): Provide finished welds that are free of surface and internal
cracks, slag inclusion, and porosity.
Stainless steel: Grind visible welds smooth to match the finish of the adjacent surfaces. Where
electropolishing to stainless steel is not performed, pickle welds as recommended by the manufacturer
as the final step in the welding procedure to remove signs of oxidation and contaminants and restore
the passive chromium oxide layer. Passivate components after fabrication and finishing.
APPROVAL: Do not commence welded fabrication until weld sample has been approved.
G.3.04 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Prevent direct contact and avoid water drainage, run-off and the like between
electrolytically incompatible metals, metallic coatings and other materials. Select and install materials
with due regard for their electrolytic compatibilities.
SEPARATION LAYER: Separate contact surfaces permanently with an approved polymer or durable
bituminous felt separation layer or appropriate approved equivalent suitable for the intended
application.
G.4 PREPARATION & FINISHES
G.4.01 PRE-FINISHES AND/OR SELF-FINISHES GENERALLY
DAMAGE: Where decorative or protective factory pre-finishes and/or self-finishes are or become
damaged or discoloured, remove and replace the damaged item unless the surface can be satisfactorily
restored to its specified condition.
Repair hot dipped zinc coatings by power tool cleaning the affected area to AS 1627.2 and applying a
Type 2 two-pack zinc rich epoxy primer to AS/NZS 3750.9 (not applicable where galvanised
coating is the final selected architectural finish).
TEMPORARY COATINGS & COVERS: On or before Practical Completion of the Works, or before joining
up to other surfaces, remove all traces of any temporary coating or covers used as a means of
protection.
G.4.02 PREPARATION OF WEATHERING STEEL (INCLUDING PRE-WEATHERING)
PREPARATION: Complete welding, cutting, drilling and other fabrication. Remove loose mill scale,
loose rust, oil, grease, wax, chalk, paint, dirt, globules of weld metal, weld slag, burrs and other foreign
matter. Dry abrasive blast clean all surfaces to AS 1627.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.18
METALWORK
PRE-WEATHERING: Pre-weather fabricated steel elements evenly on all faces by controlled system of
alternate wetting and drying for at least one month after completing surface preparation and prior to
delivery to site. Ensure all surfaces designed to be visible exposed are included in the pre-weathering
treatment.
DO NOT USE ACID OR OTHER CHEMICAL AGENTS TO PROMOTE PRE-WEATHERING
PROCESS.
Method statement: Provide statement of proposed method/system of pre-weathering weathering steel
panels.
G.4.03 PREPARATION FOR COATING
REQUIREMENT: Before applying decorative or protective coatings to metalwork, complete welding,
cutting, drilling and other fabrication. Remove loose mill scale, loose rust, oil, grease, wax, chalk,
paint, dirt, globules of weld metal, weld slag, burrs and other foreign matter. Dry abrasive blast clean
all surfaces to AS 1627.
G.4.04 GALVANISED COATINGS
GALVANISING:
Surface preparation (general articles): Pickle to AS 1627 Part 5.
General ferrous articles: To AS/NZS 4680.
•
Minimum coating thickness for hollow sections and general articles: To AS/NZS 4680. The
composition of zinc in the galvanising bath shall be not less than 98% zinc.
Coating class (sheet):
•
General INTERIOR use: Z200 (minimum) unless otherwise specified for the particular item.
•
General EXTERIOR use: Z600 (minimum) including self- finished or painted items exposed to
weather or built in to masonry.
Coating class (hollow sections, fabricated & general articles exterior exposed or built in to masonry
wall):
•
Z600 (minimum) unless otherwise specified for the particular item.
Coating class (door frames): As specified in STEEL DOOR FRAMES - METALWORK
Coatings on steel wire: To AS/NZS 4534.
•
Coating type for wire (minimum): Class W10Z, unless otherwise specified for the particular item or
component.
Threaded fasteners: To AS 1214.
Architectural finish (post-fabrication galvanising): Where galvanising on articles is used as
a visually exposed self-finish or is nominated to receive a paint finish, the surface finish of
the galvanised coating shall be free from runs, dags, spikes, uneven surfaces and excessive
roughness.
Control samples: Provide control samples for approval of architectural galvanised finish on each type of
steel substrate.
G.4.05 ELECTROPLATED COATINGS
CHROMIUM PLATING: To AS 1192. Minimum thickness number 2. Extend the plating around exposed
edges and on to concealed surfaces.
Finish: Satin Finish
ZINC PLATING ON STEEL: To AS 1789. Minimum thickness number 2.
G.4.06 ANODISING
ANODISED COATINGS ON ALUMINIUM: To AS 1231.
SIGNIFICANT SURFACE FINISH: Chemical etched.
COLOUR: As indicated on the approved design documents.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.19
METALWORK
COATING THICKNESS CLASS:
Interior applications: Class AA20 unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
Exterior applications: Class AA25 unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
Aluminium windows and doors (if applicable): Treat all surfaces, components and accessories and
trims of aluminium windows and doors for installation in the external perimeter wall of the building
envelope as for ‘exterior applications’.
ANODIC COATING TESTS: Carry out tests to AS 1231 throughout production. Unless otherwise
directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit test certificates to the Superintendent before
installation of the components in the Works.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion):
•
Anodic coating (external exposed): Ten (10) years
•
Anodic coating (internal): Seven (7) years
G.4.07 THERMOSET POLYESTER POWDER COATING
STANDARDS: To AS 3715 or AS/NZS 4506, as appropriate.
FINISH: Full gloss unless otherwise specified.
COLOUR: As indicated on the approved design documents.
FILM THICKNESS:
Polyester powder coating: 85 microns minimum spot film thickness and 90 microns minimum average
film thickness for both interior and exterior applications.
Aluminium windows and door frames (if applicable): Treat all surfaces, components and accessories
and trims of aluminium windows and door frames for installation in the external perimeter wall of the
building envelope and nominated for thermoset polyester powdercoat finish as for ‘materials – fully or
partially exposed exterior applications’, hereinafter.
MATERIALS (Fully protected interior applications only):
Proprietary item: INTERPON 610 or equal approved.
Performance standards: Meet or exceed AAMA 2603
MATERIALS (Fully or partially exposed exterior applications):
Proprietary item: INTERPON D2015 ULTRIVA or equal approved
Performance standards: Meet or exceed AAMA 2604
PREPARATION:
General: Use chemical pre-treatments. If recommended, provide conversion coatings. If surface
contamination has occurred or is suspected, clean surface with proprietary solvent/detergent designed
for pre-cleaning prior to powder application.
Aluminium: Pre-treat as recommended in AS 3715 Appendix B, including the application of a
conversion coating.
Galvanised steel: Apply powder coating within 12 hours of galvanising. Do not store galvanised item
outside or allow surfaces to be wetted. Clean by immersing in a suitable alkaline or acidic solution,
apply a zinc phosphate chemical conversion coating, rinse and degas.
Unprotected steel: Remove rust by abrasive blast cleaning to AS 1627.4 Class 2½, clean by immersing
in trichloroethylene or an alkaline solution, and apply a coat of iron phosphate.
APPLICATION: Apply powder using an electrostatic spray gun or fluidised bed such that no dust
particles or other impurities blemish the final product.
BAKING: After application, bake the film in an oven accurately controlled to the temperature
recommended by the powder manufacturer. Check for correct paint cure by solvent testing. Adjust
pre-heat and line speed to ensure full cure.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.20
METALWORK
COATING TESTS: Carry out tests to AS/NZS 1580 throughout production. Unless otherwise directed or
accepted by the Superintendent, submit test certificates to the Superintendent before installation of the
components in the Works.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Film integrity & colour:
•
Interior applications only: Ten (10) years
•
Exterior applications: Fifteen (15) years
G.4.08 ZINC-RICH EPOXY PRIMER
SURFACE PREPARATION (Otherwise untreated ferrous surfaces): Abrasive blast clean the metalwork,
Class 2.5 to AS 1627.4 to remove scale and rust then apply Type 2 2-pack zinc rich epoxy primer to
AS/NZS 3750.9.
Proprietary Item: DULUX ZINCANODE 402 or equal approved.
Dry film thickness (minimum): 75 microns.
DAMAGED COATINGS: Repair damaged coating areas by power tool cleaning to AS 1627 Part 2 and
applying the specified zinc rich epoxy primer to provide protection equal to the original coating.
G.4.09 HIGH BUILD RECOATABLE POLYURETHANE (FACTORY/SITE APPLIED)
LOCATION: Factory applied primer and site applied finish to all exposed and visible exterior and
interior structural steel unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
REQUIREMENT: Clean, prepare and pre-treat and pre-prime prior to delivery to site in accordance with
paint system manufacturer's recommendations. Finish on-site with appropriate paint system as
specified.
Structural steelwork shall be prepared and prime coats applied at the factory PRIOR TO
DELIVERY TO SITE. Ensure suitable precautions are taken to prevent damage during
delivery, handling and erection of pre-primed steelwork or arising from other work on site.
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Refer to INTERIOR & EXTERIOR NON-GALVANISED STRUCTURAL STEEL
- HIGH BUILD FULL GLOSS RE-COATABLE POLYURETHANE (FACTORY/SITE APPLIED), SECTION Z PAINTING.
G.4.10 ELECTROPOLISHED STAINLESS STEEL
ELECTROPOLISHING: Where electropolishing is specified on:
•
mill finished stainless steel bar, tube or pipe, grind the visible surfaces to produce a linished finish
using progressively finer aluminium oxide abrasive grit papers culminating in grade 800, then
passivate to remove surface contaminants and electropolish to a No. 7 finish.
•
“Prepol” finished stainless steel tube, electropolish the material to a No. 7 finish.
•
stainless steel sheet, fabricate the item using No. 4 (satin) finished stainless steel and electropolish
it to a No. 7 finish.
SAMPLES: Submit samples of electropolished materials to the Superintendent for approval before
commencing fabrication.
WELDS: Grind smooth and pickle to remove signs of oxidation or contaminants prior to polishing
stainless steel to the required finish.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.21
METALWORK
G.5 CURTAIN WALL FACADES
G.5.01 CURTAIN WALL FACADES GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: Design, fabricate and install the curtain wall façade system to withstand gravity, wind,
impact, maintenance, seismic and thermal loads. The preliminary design shows generic design
principles and design intent only
SCOPE OF WORK: The supply and installation of continuous and discontinuous (as applicable)
structurally engineered window or window-and-spandrel assemblies, custom designed to form part of
the building facades, and including the following (as applicable):
•
Shop drawings and structurally engineered computations
•
Framing for vision and spandrel panels and other components.
•
Pre-finishing for aluminium and other metals.
•
Structural glass and glazing forming part of the system.
•
Operable or opening sashes and associated hardware
•
Spandrel panels of glass or other materials.
•
Associated cover plates, cladding panels and fascia panels forming part of the system.
•
Associated ventilation grilles and exterior sun control devices.
•
Doors in the curtain wall facade.
•
Insulation, vapour barriers and fire and smoke barriers.
•
Provision for meeting performance criteria.
•
Provision for cleaning and maintenance
•
Closure and sealing at parapets, soffits, and other terminations.
•
Installation accessories and structural accessories necessary for the satisfactory functioning of the
whole assembly, including anchors, brackets, attachments and similar fixings, sealants, caulking,
weather-stripping and flashing.
•
Cleaning down on completion.
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The curtain wall façades shall be fabricated and installed
by the approved specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this class of work for the
applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL –
METALWORK.
WIND LOADING: The curtain wall façade, including framing, glass, glazing methods, glass
retention, glazing materials, louvres, fastenings and all other components intended for
inclusion in the exterior building envelope shall be designed, selected and installed so that
they remain intact, draughtproof and waterproof when subjected to the wind pressure,
impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and the methods employed for their installation comply with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety, the wind pressure,
impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings before commencing fabrication fully describing the glazed
curtain wall installation as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS – METALWORK and clearly
showing but not limited to the following information for each window and structural opening type:
•
layout (sectional plan and elevation) of the window assembly;
•
structurally engineered computations;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.22
METALWORK
•
full size sections of members (including manufacturer’s code/reference numbers for all
components), including but not limited to junctions, abutments, window heads, jambs, sills,
mullions, transoms, door heads, jambs, rails, thresholds, cover plates and trim to adjoining
surfaces;
•
methods of assembly;
•
methods of installation, including fixings, caulking, flashings;
•
provisions for vertical and horizontal expansion;
•
provisions for drainage of assembled sections;
•
provisions for wind, water and weather-sealing;
•
provisions for electrolytic separation;
•
provisions for cleaning and maintenance;
•
conduit provisions for electrically operated locks and the like;
•
smoke seals, where applicable;
•
hardware, fittings and accessories;
•
glass thicknesses and types;
•
glazing details including method, tolerances, rebate depths, edge restraint, and the like.
•
Builder’s work.
SPECIAL EXTRUSIONS OR FABRICATIONS: Provide detail drawings and specifications of any proposed
special extrusions or fabrications for review prior to manufacture and samples of manufactured items
for subsequent approval.
Test Certification: Provide independent test certification to demonstrate special extrusions or
fabrications conform to performance requirements set out in the applicable Australian Standards and
this Specification.
MOVEMENT GENERALLY: Provide for deflections, displacements and other movements within the
curtain wall, or between the curtain wall and the building (including fire stop and smoke flashing
connections). These movements may be caused by ambient temperature changes, wind loads, design
dead and live loads and shrinkage. Accommodate these movements silently and without permanent
deformation, reduction of performance, or other detrimental effects such as:
•
damage to undue stress on structural elements, fixings, glass and spandrel panels;
•
failure of joint seals, and
•
loss of normal function in operable elements such as doors and windows.
Ambient temperature range: 0°C to 55°C.
BUILDING MOVEMENTS: Provide for differential movement between the glazed curtain wall and the
building caused by building movements, including:
•
edge beam or slab deflections under designed dead and live loads;
•
column or frame shortening (elastic, creep, shrinkage etc.); and
•
lateral deflection under wind load.
•
temperature effects, both vertically and horizontally.
CURTAIN WALL MOVEMENTS:
Wind load: Design the glazed curtain wall to meet the performance criteria as specified in
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) – METALWORK.
Dead load: The vertical deflection of a structural member under dead load shall not
•
reduce the glass bite below 75% of the design dimension;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.23
METALWORK
•
reduce below 3 mm the clearance between the member and a non structural member (glass,
spandrel panel or the like) immediately below; or
•
reduce below 3 mm the clearance between the member and operable elements such as windows
and doors.
EARTHQUAKE LOAD: Design the curtain wall and its anchorage in accordance with AS 1170.4 to resist
local earthquake forces and the other applicable forces designated in AS 1170.4.
DISPLACEMENT LIMITS: Restrict the member displacements and maximum deflection/span ratios of
structural members subject to the above loads to the "acceptable performance criteria" limits of AS/NZS
4284, except that
•
where the deflection of a structural member may cause bending in a masonry, cement rendered or
similar panel, restrict the deflection/span ratio of the member to a maximum of 1:360; and
•
restrict the deflection of the cantilevered end of a cantilevered structural member of cantilever
length L to a maximum of 2L/240. Restrict the compression or extension of sealant joints affected
by the cantilever deflection to a maximum of half of the sealant depth.
BUILDING MAINTENANCE SYSTEM: Design and construct glazed curtain wall system to support human
live loads (eg. from maintenance personnel) that may reasonably be anticipated as the result of such
an installation and that are capable of supporting such loads without permanent distortion, failure of
seals or fastenings, or other damage.
FIXING BRACKETS: Provide durable corrosion-resistant anchors and other methods of attachment of
the curtain wall to the structure which
•
provide for 3-way adjustment to accommodate fabrication and construction tolerances;
•
fix the curtain wall in its correct position whilst making provision for building and curtain wall
movements; and
•
are structurally adequate to carry the design loads.
CONTAINMENT DEVICES: Provide devices, including pressure equalised drained joints, gutters and
troughs, which contain any water which enters the glazed curtain wall system and divert it harmlessly
to the exterior. Provide drainage or weepholes where water or condensate could otherwise be
entrapped.
Baffles: Where the containment device is not pressure equalised provide mechanical baffles to
drainage outlets such as weepholes and slots.
Inaccessible seals: Where the seal of a containment device is inaccessible in the system as installed,
provide a seal which will remain effective for the service life of the glazed curtain wall system.
Drainage: Provide nominal 6 mm slotted weepholes where necessary and to approval to avoid
entrapment of water and condensate. Form weepholes prior to application of specified aluminium
finish.
Site drilling of weepholes shall not be permitted.
WINDOW DESIGN: To AS 2047.
WINDOW RATING: To AS 2047.1, N3 rating
PANEL REPLACEMENT:
removed and replaced.
Design and detail the curtain wall system to allow individual panels to be
GLAZING: Refer SECTION Y – GLAZING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
CYCLONE RESISTANT GLASS: Glass, glazing methods, glass retention and all glazing
materials intended for inclusion in the exterior building envelope and/or other exterior
locations shall be designed, selected, fabricated and installed strictly in compliance with
the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins
of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.24
METALWORK
ALUMINIUM FINISH:
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Interior use only: INTERPON 610 or equal approved
Exterior use generally: INTERPON D2015 ULTRIVA or equal approved.
Coating thickness: 85 microns minimum spot film thickness and 90 microns minimum average film
thickness for both interior and exterior applications
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Interior use only: AA10
Exterior use generally: AA25
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
PROTECTION: Protect glazing and aluminium components until Practical Completion of the Contract
Works as necessary to prevent damage and defacement.
Temporary coatings: Provide finished surfaces of aluminium alloys with a temporary coating before
installation, and remove all traces upon Practical Completion of the Contract Works.
FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING: Where fire stops, smoke flashings and the like are placed between inner
faces of the curtain wall and building elements (such as beam, slab or column faces), provide materials
and methods of fabrication, installation and sealing which meet the fire test requirements.
INSTALLATION:
Requirement: Install the windows so that the frames
•
are plumb, level, straight and true within acceptable building tolerances;
•
are adequately fixed or anchored to the building structure; and
•
will not carry any building loads, including loads caused by short or long term structural deflection
or shortening.
WINDOW FILM: As specified in WINDOW FILM, SECTION Y – GLAZING.
SAFETY MOTIF: Where transparent glass is used in doors and side panels which may be mistaken for a
doorway or unimpeded path of travel, mark the glass by adhesive fixing an approved pattern white
motif to indicate its presence as specified in SAFETY MOTIF, SECTION Y – GLAZING.
Sample (safety motif): Provide sample to Superintendent for approval
USER MANUALS: Provide technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual as specified in USER MANUALS – METALWORK
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
G.5.02 GLAZED CURTAIN WALL
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to CURTAIN WALLING GENERALLY – METALWORK and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary continuous curtain wall assembly consisting of structural silicone butt
jointed glass panels, glass fin mullions, perimeter concealed inset aluminium glazing channels,
swing/pivot frameless glass doors and spider-type structural support brackets at first floor level and all
other additional components as required to complete the installation.
PROPRIETARY ITEM: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
PERIMETER GLAZING CHANNEL: To be selected in accordance with structural requirements and to
match approved sample.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.25
METALWORK
GLASS FIN MULLIONS (if applicable): To be selected in accordance with structural requirements and to
match approved sample.
DOORS: As specified in ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED DOORS – METALWORK.
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
G.6 WINDOWS, DOORS, FRAMES & OPENINGS
G.6.01 ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED WINDOWS & DOORS GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: Design, fabricate, deliver, install and glaze the aluminium windows and doors. The
preliminary design shows generic design principles and design intent only
INTERPRETATION: The term 'window' used herein shall be deemed to include 'sliding, casement or
awning sash & metal louvred windows', 'sliding glazed door' or 'aluminium framed & glazed doors' as
applicable.
GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS: Refer to subsection CURTAIN WALL FACADES – METALWORK and comply
with all the requirements thereof.
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The aluminium framed and glazed windows and doors
shall be fabricated and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor experienced in this class of
work for the applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS &
PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
PROGRAMME:
thereof
Refer to clause PROGRAMME – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements
WIND LOADING: The aluminium framed and glazed and/or louvred windows and doors,
including glass, glazing methods, glass retention, glazing materials, louvres, fastenings
and all other components intended for inclusion in the exterior building envelope shall be
designed, selected and installed so that they remain intact, draughtproof and waterproof
when subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and the methods employed for their installation comply with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety, the wind pressure,
impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings before commencing fabrication fully describing the
aluminium window and door installation as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS –
METALWORK and clearly showing but not limited to the following information for each window and
structural opening type:
•
layout (sectional plan and elevation) of the window assembly & installation;
•
structurally engineered computations;
•
full size sections of members (including manufacturer’s code/reference numbers for all
components), including but not limited to junctions, abutments, window heads, jambs, sills,
mullions, transoms, door heads, jambs, rails, thresholds, cover plates and trim to adjoining
surfaces;
•
methods of assembly;
•
methods of installation, including fixings, caulking, flashings;
•
provisions for vertical and horizontal expansion;
•
provisions for drainage of assembled sections;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.26
METALWORK
•
provisions for wind, water and weather-sealing;
•
provisions for electrolytic separation;
•
conduit provisions for electrically operated locks and the like;
•
provisions for insect/security screens (if applicable);
•
smoke seals, where applicable;
•
hardware, fittings and accessories;
•
glass thicknesses and types;
•
glazing details including method, tolerances, rebate depths, edge restraint, and the like.
•
Builder’s work.
SPECIAL EXTRUSIONS OR FABRICATIONS: Provide detail drawings and specifications of any proposed
special extrusions or fabrications for review prior to manufacture and samples of manufactured items
for subsequent approval.
Test Certification: Provide independent test certification as required to demonstrate special extrusions
or fabrications conform to performance requirements set out in the applicable Australian Standards and
this Specification.
TYPE TESTS: Provide satisfactory evidence in the form of a report from an independent testing
authority that windows of each type specified:
•
have passed the tests applicable to that type in compliance with AS 2047;
•
comply with the requirements for weather infiltration in compliance with AS 2047;
•
comply with the requirements for wind loading (AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
•
comply with the requirements for impact resistance (AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
•
comply with the requirements for acoustic performance, if applicable;
•
are finished with specified coatings of not less than the specified thickness.
WINDOW DESIGN: To AS 2047.
WINDOW RATING: To AS 2047.1, N3 rating
WINDOW MARKING: To AS 2047 Section 6
CERTIFICATE: To AS 2047 clause 8.3.
DIMENSIONS: For units to be installed in prepared openings, verify dimensions on site and adjust
finished frame sizes to suit tolerances for building in. Notify the Superintendent of major discrepancies
between the approved design documents and site dimensions before proceeding.
Site dimensions: The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for obtaining accurate site dimensions of
structural openings and the manufacture of window and door units to suitable dimensions to accurately
fit the intended opening.
Units installed with excessive joint width to the structural opening shall be rejected and
replaced with new units.
ALUMINIUM FINISH:
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Interior use only: INTERPON 610 or equal approved
Exterior use generally (including all exterior and interior surfaces of aluminium window & door
panels & frames in external perimeter walls): INTERPON D2015 ULTRIVA or equal approved.
Coating thickness: 85 microns minimum spot film thickness and 90 microns minimum average film
thickness for both interior and exterior applications
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.27
METALWORK
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Interior use only: AA10
Exterior use generally (including all exterior and interior surfaces of aluminium window & door
panels & frames in external perimeter walls): AA25
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
PROTECTION: Protect glazing and aluminium components until Practical Completion of the Contract
Works as necessary to prevent damage and defacement.
Temporary coatings: Provide finished surfaces of aluminium alloys with a temporary coating before
installation, and remove all traces upon Practical Completion of the Contract Works.
FABRICATION:
Joints: Make junctions so that no fixings such as pins, screws, adhesives and the like are visible on
exposed surfaces.
Operation: Provide moving parts which operate freely and smoothly, without binding or sticking, at
correct tensions or operating forces.
Opening units: Opening units shall operate freely and smoothly and shall be watertight and draughtproof when in the closed position.
ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS: Install conduit during fabrication to door rails and stiles where required to
accommodate power provisions to electrically operated locks and the like where indicated on the
approved design documents. Indicate conduit on shop drawings and provide samples for approval.
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Perimeter junctions: Provide a permanent and durable method of weather proofing perimeter junctions
of window units with the adjoining building surfaces or structure to prevent entry of water, draughts or
vermin into the building or the next layer of construction towards the interior of the building. The
means of weatherproofing shall provide at least two levels of sealing incorporating a primary
permanent mechanical barrier and a secondary externally renewable weather seal of durable caulking,
refer CAULKING.
Alternative methods of weatherproofing shall be permitted only at the
Superintendent's sole discretion.
Opening units: Opening units shall operate freely and smoothly and shall be watertight and draughtproof when in the closed position.
Operating Mechanisms: Operating mechanisms, winders, closers, stays, gas struts and the like, for
opening and closing window and door units shall be fit for the intended purpose and shall function
freely and smoothly and provide positive control at correct tensions and operating forces without play
or free movement, binding or sticking of the mechanism or the moving parts and shall allow normal
operation and hold the unit in the fully open, intermediate and fully closed positions in all anticipated
climatic conditions without creep or loss of position.
Thermal movement: Allow for thermal movement in the length of frame members.
Drainage: Provide neatly cut slotted weepholes, minimum 6 x 10mm, where necessary and to approval
to avoid entrapment of water and condensate. Form weepholes prior to application of specified
aluminium finish.
Site drilling of weepholes shall not be permitted.
Boxed transom and head members: Use for pivot hung doors. Depth of members shall be suitable to
receive transom closers.
OPERABLE WINDOW SASHES: As specified in OPERABLE WINDOW SASHES – METALWORK
COVER MOULDS & TRIM: Fabricate from 1.6 mm thick A5005 aluminium alloy sheet finished to match
frames. Provide and fix angle trim, corner moulds, cover moulds and the like.
EXPOSED FIXINGS: Where exposed fixings are unavoidable and permitted by the Superintendent, they
shall be colour matched to frame components.
Exposed fixings (e.g., pop-rivets) shall generally not be permitted.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.28
METALWORK
ANGLE TRIMS: Shop drawings shall clearly indicate proposed installation methods in accordance with
the required abutment and other details as indicated on the approved design documents.
Use of exposed angle trim and exposed fixings shall generally not be permitted.
CAULKING: Caulk and point the frames to the building structure using permanent imperishable
caulking and pointing materials including flexible polyurethane sealants, mastics, compressible fillers
and the like which are non-hardening, compatible when used together, resistant to ultra-violet radiation
and non-staining to finished surfaces.
Colour (caulking): To match approved samples
DRAUGHT-PROOF DOOR SEALS: Neoprene or equal approved. Provide all round door frames.
GLAZING:
GLAZING.
Supply to site factory pre-glazed wherever practicable as specified in SECTION Y –
CYCLONE RESISTANT GLASS: Glass, glazing methods, glass retention and all glazing
materials intended for inclusion in the exterior building envelope and/or other exterior
locations shall be designed, selected, fabricated and installed strictly in compliance with
the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins
of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Programme: Note the potential extended lead time for the manufacture and supply of the specified
item and programme the work accordingly.
WINDOW FILM: Site-applied as specified in WINDOW FILM, SECTION Y – GLAZING.
SAFETY MOTIF: Where transparent glass is used in doors and side panels which may be mistaken for a
doorway or unimpeded path of travel, mark the glass by adhesive fixing an approved pattern white
motif to indicate its presence as specified in SAFETY MOTIF, SECTION Y – GLAZING.
INSTALLATION:
Requirement: Install the windows so that the frames
•
are plumb, level, straight and true within acceptable building tolerances;
•
are adequately fixed or anchored to the building structure; and
•
will not carry any building loads, including loads caused by short or long term structural deflection
or shortening.
Window frames: Build in as the work proceeds or install to existing prepared openings, as appropriate.
Door and sidelight frames: Build into prepared openings unless otherwise approved.
Anchors and lugs for building in: Non-magnetic stainless steel or hot dip galvanised steel, class Z600,
or cadmium plated steel for wholly internal applications only.
Corrosion protection: To AS 2047 Sections 2 and 4.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
SUB HEADS: Sub heads shall be extruded aluminium, provided by the window manufacturer to match
and be fully compatible with the window frame section.
SUB SILLS: Sub sills shall be extruded aluminium, provided by the window manufacturer to match and
be fully compatible with the window frame section.
FLASHINGS: Flash to sides, sills and heads.
Flashing material: 0.6 mm thick aluminium, 100 mm wide minimum. Fully lap at corners.
WINDOW HARDWARE: Window hardware shall be provided by the window manufacturer to match
approved samples and be fully compatible with the window frame section.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.29
METALWORK
USER MANUALS: Provide technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual as specified in USER MANUALS – METALWORK
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
G.6.02 EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED WINDOWS & DOORS
LOCATION: Aluminium framed windows with fixed glazing, operable sashes, highlights, sidelights and
door frames generally to exterior perimeter walls unless otherwise indicated on approved design
documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED WINDOWS & DOORS GENERALLY
– METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary heavy duty aluminium framed and glazed system consisting of extruded
aluminium channel sections with boxed or two piece coupled mullions or transoms where applicable
and incorporating front glazing adaptors with snap on cover/glazing bead and/or mullions to suit
structural silicone glazing including slotted sub-heads and sub-sills and including all extruded adapters
to suit the specified doors, operable and fixed sashes and louvres and the like and all other additional
components as required to complete the installation.
Section Dimensions: 150 x 50mm as indicated on the approved design documents.
PROPRIETARY ITEM: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
GLAZING: As specified in SECTION Y - GLAZING
WINDOW FILM (if applicable): As specified in SECTION Y - GLAZING
Safety motif: As specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING
ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED DOORS:
GLAZED OR LOUVRED DOORS – METALWORK
As specified in ALUMINIUM FRAMED &
LOUVRED WINDOWS & OPENINGS: As specified in EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & LOUVRED
WINDOWS & OPENINGS – METALWORK
G.6.03 EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & LOUVRED WINDOWS & OPENINGS
LOCATION: Aluminium framed and fixed louvred ventilation windows and openings as indicated on the
approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED WINDOWS & DOORS GENERALLY
– METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ACOUSTIC RATED LOUVRES: Acoustic ventilation louvres are specified in SECTION R – MECHANICAL
SERVICES.
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary system including all extruded adapters to suit the specified ventilation
louvres and other additional components as required to complete the installation.
FRAME: As specified in EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED WINDOWS & DOORS –
METALWORK.
WINDOW LOUVRES: 'Z' profile double throated, weatherproof extruded aluminium louvres, depth
nominal 102mm, finished to match window frames. Supply to site factory pre-installed wherever
practicable. Unless otherwise specified, install complete with vermin mesh.
Louvre Dimensions/Pitch: Nominal 102mm deep, 44% free airflow at 124mm pitch.
Proprietary item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.30
METALWORK
Channel stiffeners: Provide concealed vertical intermediate extruded aluminium stiffener/brackets
behind louvre blades at maximum 1200 mm centres. Continue louvre blades across the face of
stiffeners. Continue louvre blades across the face of stiffeners and fasten louvre blade at each
intersection.
BIRDWIRE: 25 mm square PVC coated galvanised wire netting to back (inside) face of all louvred
openings
Colour: Black.
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
ALUMINIUM FRAMED & LOUVRED DOORS:
LOUVRED DOORS – METALWORK
As specified in ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR
G.6.04 ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED INTERIOR WINDOWS & DOOR/WINDOWS
LOCATIONS: Glazed interior windows, door/window suites, door frames and continuous full height or
part height glazed partitions in interior partition walls as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED WINDOWS & DOORS GENERALLY
– METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary heavy duty slimline system consisting of extruded aluminium channel
sections with boxed or two piece coupled mullions or transoms where applicable including all extruded
adapters to suit the specified doors, operable sashes and the like and other additional components as
required to complete the installation.
Section Dimensions: 45 x 25mm as indicated on the approved design documents.
PROPRIETARY ITEM: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples.
REVEAL TRIMS: Trim reveals as necessary with proprietary flush reveal trim prior to frame installation,
as specified in SECTION U – PLASTERING & CEILINGS
Finishing Caps: EZY-CAP available from STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS (tel: 03 9737 2500) or equal
approved
Finishing trims to reveals: EZY-REVEAL available from STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS (tel: 03 9737
2500) or equal approved
DOOR CLOSERS: Provide internal steel backing plates to suit surface mounted door closers where
these are indicated on the approved design documents.
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
GLAZING: As specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING.
Glass: Min. 10.38 mm thick laminated safety glass comprising two sheets of float glass bonded together
by a 0.38 mm thick polyvinyl butyral interlayer, as indicated on the approved design documents.
STRENGTH AND STABILITY: Provide partitions which under normal conditions of use (including
slamming of doors), remain stable and do not show signs of deflection, permanent deformation, or
rattling.
Head stabilising: Stabilise aluminium framed & glazed partition walls that do not run to the undersides
of slabs or steel structures by provision of diagonal bracing at nominal 1800 mm centres to provide
stability to walls without depending on ceiling framing.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.31
METALWORK
WINDOW FILM (if applicable): As specified in SECTION Y - GLAZING
Safety motif: As specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING
ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED DOORS:
Location: Where indicated on the approved design documents.
Reference: As specified in ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED DOORS – METALWORK
TIMBER DOORS:
Location: Where indicated on the approved design documents.
Reference: Refer TIMBER DOORS, SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
G.6.05 ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED DOORS
LOCATION: Interior and exterior aluminium framed and glazed hinged, pivot and sliding doors
generally as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED WINDOWS & DOORS GENERALLY
– METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Extruded aluminium box sections, 46 mm nominal thickness, horizontal glazing beads
to top and bottom rails, internal face only, no mid-rail.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Door members: Extruded box sections, 50mm nominal thickness.
Stiles (wide type): 115 mm nominal width. Wide door stiles are specified to suit standard backset door
hardware.
Top rail: 115 mm nominal height.
Midrails: 115 mm nominal height.
Bottom rail: 115 mm nominal height.
Glazing beads: To suit single glazing or double glazing, where applicable.
Door closers: Provide internal steel backing plates within top rail to suit surface mounted door closers
where these are indicated on the approved design documents.
Bogies (sliding doors): Heavy duty 75kg capacity nylon double wheel stainless steel bogies, 2 sets per
door
Tension bolts: 10 mm diameter galvanised steel rods and lock nuts. Provide tension bolts through
each rail member (hinged doors) and each mullion and stile (sliding doors).
Alternative proposals for providing for initial and future adjustment of tension of the
assembly are NOT acceptable unless with the Superintendent’s prior approval.
GLAZING:
GLAZING.
Supply to site factory pre-glazed wherever practicable as specified in SECTION Y –
WINDOW FILM: As specified in SECTION Y - GLAZING
Safety motif: As specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING
SMOKE DOORS: Install smoke seals, closers, door selectors, magnetic holders (if applicable) and the
like as scheduled in DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
AUTOMATIC DOORS: As specified in AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRY DOORS – METALWORK.
LOUVRED DOORS: Where indicated on the approved design documents, install 'Z' profile double
throated, weatherproof extruded aluminium louvres, depth nominal 50mm, finished to match door
frames. Unless otherwise specified, install complete with vermin mesh.
Louvre Dimensions/Pitch: Nominal 50mm deep, 44% free airflow at 50mm pitch.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.32
METALWORK
Proprietary item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Channel stiffeners: Provide concealed vertical intermediate extruded aluminium stiffener/brackets
behind louvre blades at maximum 900 mm centres. Continue louvre blades across the face of
stiffeners.
Birdwire: 25 mm square PVC coated galvanised wire netting to back (inside) face of all external
louvred doors, except to combination glazed/louvred doors
Colour: Black.
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
HARDWARE: Refer DOOR HARDWARE – METALWORK
Keying system: Incorporate the door hardware into the approved keying system, refer also to KEYING
SYSTEM, SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
G.6.06 AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRY DOORSETS
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED WINDOWS & DOORS GENERALLY
– METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Single leaf or two leaf bi-parting (single track) automatic sliding doorsets installed
complete with aluminium framed toughened and laminated glass door leaves, door actuator with
bottom guide and with aluminium head and sill and framed highlights and sidelights as applicable.
DOOR LEAVES: As specified in ALUMINIUM FRAMED & GLAZED OR LOUVRED DOORS - METALWORK
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
GLAZING:
GLAZING.
Supply to site factory pre-glazed wherever practicable as specified in SECTION Y –
AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATION: Doors shall be complete with programmable, self calibrating microprocessor controlled heavy duty sliding door operator capable of vibration free, low noise operation.
Standard: To AS 5700. Heavy Duty Class
Proprietary Item:
approved.
DORMA BWN EL 301 LOW PROFILE AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATOR or equal
DOOR TRACK: Replaceable hardened aluminium alloy.
DOOR CARRIAGES: Door carriages shall be tandem carriages (4 wheels per door) equipped with track
rollers with high quality ball bearings and complete with adjustable door hangers.
ACCESS PANELS: Provide access panels to concealed parts of track and operator as required by the
door/operator manufacturer.
WIND LOADING: The doors shall withstand pressure on the surface not less than the design wind
pressure for the adjacent façade (at least 550 Pa unless otherwise specified) without impairment of
functionality or impedance of normal operation under ambient temperature. Provide all stops, guides,
closure housings and the like as necessary to limit excessive angular displacement of the door leaf and
ensure normal operation of doors for the design wind pressure and anticipated wind conditions.
MANUAL OPERATION (Fire command): Doors shall be manually operable, opening to full door width
with a force not exceeding 10kN with or without mains power on.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.33
METALWORK
AUTOMATIC ACTUATION: The operator shall be actuated by surface mounted movement sensors on
each side of the door. The sensors shall be two-way active type and shall not be affected by drift or
indefinite cut-off points and shall not be unduly sensitive to false actuation by environmental
conditions.
Self-calibration: The door operator shall automatically calibrate itself to the open and close positions,
calculating both door weight and reversing sensitively when electric power is switched on. Variations in
power requirements due to wind conditions shall be automatically compensated for during operation.
Photo-electric safety sensors: Fit doors with two pairs of sun-resistant, dual type photo-electric safety
sensors. Sensors shall control the operator to prevent the doors from closing if the threshold area is
obstructed.
Automatic stop: The doors shall stop in both the open and closed door direction if the door is
obstructed, without the need for automatic re-try sequence.
Locking system: The door operator shall incorporate an electrically controlled physical dead lock.
Security Access Control: Provide interface on the operator for connection of security access control
system consisting of status monitor and local swipe card lock control connected to the central access
control system, refer SECTION Q – ELECTRICAL SERVICES.
Operation under mains power failure: The integrated failsafe device shall open the doors from any
position under power failure, as required by the Building Code of Australia and the Australian Safety
Standard. It shall be self resetting when power is restored.
Fire command: Fit doors with a device on the operator which will open the doors upon receiving a
signal from the fire/smoke alarm which will command the doors to open and remain open until the fire
alarm is re-set. Provide a terminal on the operator for connection of the fire/smoke alarm.
WINDOW FILM (if applicable): As specified in WINDOW FILM, SECTION Y – GLAZING.
SAFETY MOTIF: Where transparent glass is used in doors and side panels which may be mistaken for a
doorway or unimpeded path of travel, mark the glass by adhesive fixing an approved pattern white
motif to indicate its presence as specified in SAFETY MOTIF, SECTION Y – GLAZING.
Sample (safety motif): Provide sample to Superintendent for approval
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – METALWORK
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Doors & tracks: Five (5) years
•
Operator & control system: Two (2) years
G.6.07 DOOR HARDWARE
REQUIREMENT: Supply and install all door hardware including but not limited to locks, latches, hinges,
closers, seals, provisions for electrically operated equipment and other hardware for all doors.
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE:
Specified in the DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to match approved samples
G.6.08 PROTECTION
GENERALLY: Protect pre-installed glazing and aluminium frame components and trim during the
course of the Works as necessary to prevent damage and defacement.
TEMPORARY COATINGS: Provide finished surfaces of aluminium alloys with a temporary coating
before installation, and remove all traces upon completion of the Works.
G.6.09 STEEL DOOR FRAMES
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents to openings in liner-board faced steel stud
framed, masonry and concrete walls nominated for steel frames to timber doors unless otherwise
specified or indicated.
DESCRIPTION: Pre-fabricated frames pre-assembled from steel sections, including necessary
accessories such as buffers, strike plates, spreaders, mortar guards, fixing ties and brackets, stud
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.34
METALWORK
fixings, cavity flashings and the like, with suitable provision for fixing specified hardware, prefinished
with protective coatings, built in or fixed to prepared openings to match approved samples and profiles.
MATERIAL: Steel sheet not less than 1.2 mm thick to AS 1397, coating class Z200 galvabond or AZ150
zincalume where exposed to weather and ZF100 zincanneal elsewhere.
SECTIONS: Form by press-brake folding with pencil sharp radii. Incorporate rebates or double rebates
where required for side hung doors or glazed transoms.
Stiles and heads: C sections with return flanges at back.
Transoms: (where required): Box sections.
Standard Profiles: Standard double rebated to suit the wall types and thicknesses. Use 8 times folded
profile for rendered walls, liner board faced metal stud framed walls, dry-lined walls and 10 times
folded for facework. Use plain (non-rebated) profiles for sliding and pivot doors and where jambs only
are required, 6 times folded.
Special profiles: Provide special profile frames (if applicable) where indicated on the approved design
documents.
Profile width: Dimension frame profile overall width to suit the overall wall thickness to which the
frame is to be installed
PROPRIETARY ITEM: FIELDERS STEEL DOOR FRAMES, MM SERIES, or equal approved to match
approved sample profile.
ASSEMBLY: Shop assemble by mitring and continuous welding. Grind the welds smooth and cold
galvanise the welded joints.
Site Assembly: Installation of 'split' or 'multi-part' door frames requiring site assembly
and/or welding shall generally not be permitted except as follows:
•
Door frames with removable mullions to electrical & communications cupboards and
switchboards
The Contractor shall programme and coordinate the work and the fabrication and installation of
associated components such as stud wall frames and the like to obviate the use of site assembled door
frames.
FOUR SIDED FRAMES: Install to access openings in walls and openings with a sill bund. Refer to the
DOOR SCHEDULE for locations
ACCESSORIES: Provide the following as required by the installation:
Brackets and Ties: Brackets and ties as required for fixing/building in frames in openings.
Spreader: Removable rigid spreader bar for frames to be built into masonry construction.
Hardware accessories: Mortar guards, reinforcing plates, stainless steel strike plates and the like for
the specified hardware.
Buffers: Two resilient grommet type buffers for frames to side hung doors.
Cavity flashing: For external frames in cavity masonry or masonry veneer walls.
Glazing beads: (For glazed transom lights): Fabricate from material of the same type as the frame.
Mitre corners. Screw to frames with matching countersunk head screws at 300 mm maximum centres.
HARDWARE: Make suitable provision for fixing the hardware specified for the relevant door in the
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, section L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK, including hinges, closers
and the like, using concealed 4 mm backplates and lugs. Screw fix the hinges into tapped holes in the
backplates.
Mount hinges and strike plates flush with the face of the frame.
INSTALLATION (generally):
Building in to masonry: By means of galvanised rod ties attached to stiles at 400 mm maximum
centres. Build in and grout up solid as specified in BUILDING-IN - MASONRY.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.35
METALWORK
Installing in existing masonry and concrete: To AS/NZS 1905, Part 1, Appendix D, by means of bonded
hairpin anchors.
INSTALLING AND FIXING TO STUD FRAMES: By means of galvanised stud fixing brackets fixed to
frame stiles at 400 mm maximum centres and fastened to the stud frame. Build in during erection of
stud frames or provide structural opening in stud frames of sufficient width to permit insertion and
secure installation of prefabricated doorframe using suitable brackets.
Base brackets: Provide base brackets to all door jambs in metal stud wall framing for fixing into
concrete floor slab. Set bracket into floor to finish flush with structural floor (allowing bottom rail to
stud wall to run over)
Submit details of proposed installation and fixing method for Superintendent's approval
prior to commencing fabrication of door frames or stud wall frames.
FIRE RESISTANCE RATED DOOR FRAMES:
METALWORK
As specified in FIRE RESISTANT DOORS & FRAMES –
G.6.10 FIRE RESISTANT DOORS & FRAMES
LOCATION: Fire resistant single and double leaf hinged doorsets as indicated on the approved design
documents.
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The fire resistant doors and frames shall be fabricated
and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this class of
work as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary fire resistant single or double leaf hinged doors, fixed panels (if applicable)
over, vision panels (if applicable) and frames comprising certified fire resistant doorsets manufactured
and installed in compliance with the BCA and relevant standards.
FIRE RESISTANCE LEVEL: Refer to the approved design documents.
STANDARD: To AS/NZS 1905.1.
Testing: Tested & certified to AS 1530.4 for Fire Resistance.
Testing: Tested & certified to AS 1530.7 for Smoke Leakage.
Evidence of compliance: Submit to the Superintendent, the local authority and the Fire and Rescue
Service of WA evidence of compliance with the Standard, to AS/NZS 1905.1, clause 6.3.
Marking: Each door leaf shall display metal tag as described in AS/NZS 1905.1, clause 6.1
ACOUSTIC RATING: Not less than Rw30
MODIFICATIONS:
Do not modify doors or frames subsequent to manufacture without the
manufacturer’s prior written consent and confirmation that the proposed modifications shall not reduce
the certified fire resistance rating.
DOOR LEAVES & FIXED PANELS (if applicable) OVER:
Internal construction: Inert mineral materials containing no asbestos products or other mineral fibres.
Durability: To AS 1905.1, Appendix A
Timber facings: Resin bonded interior use plywood to AS/NZS 2270, C bond AC grade with fine grained
veneers suitable for painting and manufactured by a member of the Plywood Association of Australia.
Provide 12 mm thick hardwood edge strips on three sides.
Vision panels (if applicable): Fire rated glass as specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING installed by door
product manufacturer to achieve fire resistance rating not less than that of the door in which the vision
panel is installed.
DOOR FRAMES: Generally as specified in STEEL DOOR FRAMES - METALWORK.
Material: Steel sheet, minimum 1.2 mm BMT to AS 1397 coating class Z200 galvabond or AZ150
zincalume where exposed to weather and ZF100 zincanneal elsewhere.
Door seat rebate width: As determined by a fire resistance test, to AS/NZS 1905.1 clause 2.2.1.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.36
METALWORK
DOOR HARDWARE: To AS/NZS 1905.1, Section 2, and clauses 3.5, 4.2.6, 4.3 and clause 5.6, refer to
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE.
INSTALLATION: To AS/NZS 1905.1, Section 5.
Stud framed walls: When installing in fire rated steel stud wall system clad with liner board-faced
plasterboard, ensure continuity of fire rating of partition wall at openings in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations and pack heads and jambs of frames with fire stopping insulation as
detailed in the sheet manufacturer's installation manual.
FIRE STOPPING: Refer to FIRE STOPPING – METALWORK.
G.6.11 METAL CLAD SECURITY DOORS & FRAMES
LOCATION: Metal clad single and/or double leaf hinged security doorsets as indicated on the approved
design documents.
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary metal clad single or double leaf, hinged, low-maintenance security doors,
including vision panels (if applicable) and frames comprising exterior grade security doorsets consisting
of a steel SHS perimeter subframe and solid polystyrene core sheeted all round with the selected preprimed metal cladding with close interlocking seams, rivet-free construction and specified edge
treatment, pre-hung in the selected proprietary metal door frame to suit the installation location and
requirements.
MODIFICATIONS:
Do not modify doors or frames subsequent to manufacture without the
manufacturer’s prior written consent and confirmation that the proposed modifications shall not reduce
the security or weather resistance of the doorset.
DOORS:
Door leaves: Pre-primed metal-cladding with close interlocking seams and solid polystyrene core with
timber blocks to suit scheduled hardware and supplied as pre-hung doorset with door frame and heavy
duty stainless steel hinges.
Metal cladding: 1.15 mm BMT G300 AZ150 zincalume coated steel, pre-primed for site-applied paint
finish.
Edge treatment: Square
Thickness: 40mm
Door frame: 1.6mm G300 AZ150 zincalume coated steel, pre-primed for site-applied paint finish.
PROPRIETARY ITEM: LIETZKE SECURITY 1 SQUARELINE DOORSET pre-hung on stainless steel heavy
duty hinges in a LIETZKE BW METAL DOOR FRAME or equal approved
INSTALLATION: Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
G.6.12 DUCT & CEILING ACCESS PANELS/HATCHES
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
Confirm location of any and all duct and/or ceiling access panels with Superintendent prior
to commencing ceiling construction.
TYPE: Proprietary access panel consisting of metal faced door/hatch side hung to a steel frame,
inclusive of the necessary hardware and accessories including safety chain (ceiling hatches), anti-warp
bracing, hinges (min 2No.) and lock and lugs or other suitable means for installation. Hatch panels
over 530 x 530mm shall be suspended independently from the ceiling.
Dimensions: 600 x 600mm unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
PROPRIETARY ITEM:
Standard acoustic access panel:
approved
RONDO PANTHER SRAP30 ACOUSTIC ACCESS PANEL, or equal
1-Hr FR access panel: RONDO PANTHER FRAP1H 60/60/60 FRL ACCESS PANEL, or equal approved
2-Hr FR access panel: RONDO PANTHER FRAP2H 120/120/120 FRL ACCESS PANEL, or equal approved
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.37
METALWORK
Door leaf facings: Flush faces and edges pressed from hot dipped metal sheet to AS 1397, welded at
joints. Apply zinc-rich primer to welds.
Evidence of compliance (FR panels assemblies): Submit to the Superintendent, the local authority and
the Fire and Rescue Service of WA evidence of compliance with the Standard, to AS/NZS 1905.1,
clause 6.3.
Marking: To AS/NZS 1905.1, clause 6.1
FINISH: Factory-applied finish consisting of one coat zinc phosphate etch and one coat zinc chromate
primer. Paint finish as specified in SECTION Z – PAINTING.
INSULATION: Ceiling and/or wall thermal and/or acoustic insulation as specified in SECTION I –
INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Cut insulation to conform to perimeter of access panel and adhere to reverse face of panel.
KEYING: Incorporate lock in master key system, refer DOOR HARDWARE, SECTION L – WOODWORK
& CABINETWORK
G.6.13 DOOR RELIEF GRILLES
LOCATION: To Mechanical Services requirements.
DESCRIPTION:
sides.
Extruded aluminium inverted V type with concealed fixings and flange plates both
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Refer Section R - MECHANICAL SERVICES
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
G.7 WALL FRAMES
G.7.01 DAMP-PROOFING
MATERIAL: Bitumen coated 0.45 mm thick aluminium.
LOCATION:
External Walls: Under metal stud framed walls built off concrete floor slab supporting external
cladding and inner framed leaf of brick veneer external walls, where applicable.
Internal Walls: Under metal stud framed partition walls built off concrete floor slab to ‘wet’ areas,
such as to Ensuites, Toilets, Showers, and WC’s.
INSTALLATION: Lay in long lengths, lap full width at angles and intersections and 150 mm at joints.
Turn up 150 mm on both sides of plate (or inner face only for metal framed stud walls supporting
external cladding) and fix to studs.
G.7.02 METAL WALL FRAMES GENERALLY
STRUCTURALLY ENGINEERED STEEL FRAMING:
STRUCTURAL design documents.
As specified and detailed on the approved
GENERAL USE FRAMING: As specified hereinafter
Standard: AS 3623 – 1993, AS 4600 – 2005.
LIMIT STATE DESIGN CRITERIA: The metal wall frame system shall be designed and certified by the
manufacturer to meet the requirements of the relevant Australian Standards for limit state design of
strength, stability and serviceability.
Provide partitions which under normal conditions of use (including slamming of doors), remain stable
and do not show signs of deflection, permanent deformation, looseness or rattling.
Provide structural bracing sections as required above ceiling level and within partition walls to stabilise
framed partition walls in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. In all cases fix ceiling
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.38
METALWORK
systems to the framed partition walling in accordance with manufacturer’s requirements. All framed
partition walling shall be designed for the load codes by a certified practising engineer.
Allow in the bracing for the height difference between the top of the framed partition walling and
roof/slab structures over.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate the bracing requirements to the tops of framed partition walls with
mechanical and other above ceiling services
HEAD STABILISING: Stabilise stud walls that do not run to the undersides of slabs or steel structures
by provision of diagonal bracing at maximum 1800 mm centres to provide stability to walls without
depending on ceiling framing.
Provide boxed studs at points of attachment of lateral bracing within ceiling void.
SUBMISSIONS: The Contractor shall submit proposed details of the various metal wall frame systems to
the Superintendent for review prior to commencement of works, including certification by a suitably
qualified structural engineer (eligible for membership of IEAust).
G.7.03 METAL WALL FRAMES (NON-LOADBEARING AND NON- CYCLONIC)
LOCATION: Metal stud framed walls generally as indicated on the approved design documents, except
structurally engineered loadbearing or cyclonic wall frames (if applicable) which are specified and
detailed in the approved STRUCTURAL design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to METAL WALL FRAMES GENERALLY – METALWORK and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Frame up walls shown on the approved design documents with a proprietary steel
stud wall system consisting of studs, bottom & top plates, noggings and bracing manufactured from
minimum grade G300 and Z275 zinc coated steel in accordance with AS 1397 – 2002.
Stud Dimensions:
51, 64, 76, 92 or 150 x 32 mm studs as indicated on the approved design
documents
Metal thickness: 0.75 mm BMT or thicker, selected to suit partition height & type and the applicable
structural requirements in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Wall configurations: Single leaf, double leaf and ‘staggered stud’ walls, fire-resistance rated,
continuous and discontinuous acoustic rated installations as indicated on the approved design
documents.
FABRICATION: Fabricate frames using either nesting channels or one size channels with crimped ends.
STUD SPACING:
•
Plasterboard linings: Maximum 600 mm centres.
•
Fibre reinforced cement linings: Maximum 450 mm centres (only where FRC linings are directly
fixed to stud wall frames).
•
“Staggered stud” acoustic walls: Maximum 600 mm centres to each leaf unless otherwise
indicated on the approved design documents.
Space studs at not more than 300mm centres to walls curved on plan and 100mm centres at control
joints unless otherwise noted on the approved design documents.
FLOOR & HEAD TRACKS: Provide notched floor & head tracks to suit partition walls curved on plan.
BOXED STUDS: Provide boxed studs where recommended by the metal wall framing system
manufacturer and as follows:
•
jambs to both sides of door and window frames;
•
to structural columns within framed walls (refer to the approved STRUCTURAL design documents
for locations);
•
at locations where wall framing is intended to support:
)
wall-mounted plumbing fixtures such as basins and the like;
)
wall-mounted cabinetwork and other substantial fixtures and fittings;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.39
METALWORK
•
points of attachment of lateral bracing within ceiling void.
NOGGINGS: Provide 2 rows of noggings located at third points in frames and at intervals not
exceeding 1200 mm centres. Provide noggings to support long edges of fibre reinforced cement
(Villaboard) linings and liner-board faced gypsum (plasterboard) linings if installed horizontally. Provide
additional rows of noggings in accordance with manufacturer's requirements or as otherwise indicated
on the approved design documents.
ANGLE TRIM: Provide 75 x 75 x 1.2 mm angle trim at corner studs and end studs in frames
intersecting other frames for solid bearing at edges of lining sheets.
OPENINGS: Provide boxed studs at jambs to openings.
hereinbefore.
Refer also to paragraph “Boxed studs”,
DOOR FRAMES: Refer STEEL DOOR FRAMES – METALWORK for details of installation options and
fixing door frames.
STUB COLUMNS: Where the metal frame wall system cannot achieve the limit state design criteria in
long runs of part height partitions with windows over, the Contractor shall provide steel SHS stub
columns fixed to concrete floor slab and extending within the wall frame to sill height (typically 1100 or
1300mm AFFL) for stability. Base plates shall be installed flush with concrete floor slab. The stub
columns shall be designed and certified by a suitably qualified structural engineer engaged by the
Contractor.
STRUCTURAL WALL BRACING: Where structural steel bracing members are positioned within metal
framed walls the wall framing shall be discontinuous either side of the bracing member. Refer to the
approved STRUCTURAL design documents for location and size of bracing members.
JOINING: Join frame components together by welding or wafer head self drilling, self tapping screws
in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and details on the approved design documents: After
welding, clean the weld and apply one coat of a zinc-rich paint system to AS/NZS 3750.15.
Frames intersecting at right angles: Minimum 3 fixings in each flange (at top, bottom and at each
nogging level). fixings may be either 15 mm fillet welds on each side of studs or No. 10 x 16 mm wafer
head self drilling, self tapping screws.
Frames in run of wall: Minimum 3 fixings through webs of studs (at top, bottom and at each nogging
level). fixings may be either 15 mm fillet welds on each side of studs or M12 bolts.
PROVISION FOR MOVEMENT:
General: Except where deflection head assemblies are required, cut studs to finish 6 – 10 mm clear of
both head and base tracks. Leave stud/track junctions unfixed to form a sliding joint.
Deflection head assemblies: Provide deflection head assemblies where partitions are to be erected
between floors and undersides of structural beams and slabs. Form the assembly using a 50 mm deep
ceiling track of width to overlap studs at head. Cut studs to finish 6 – 10 mm clear of base track and
20 mm clear of head tracks and leave unfixed to form a sliding joint..
HEAD STABILISING: Stabilise stud walls that do not run to the undersides of slabs or steel structures
by provision of diagonal bracing at nominal 1800 mm centres to provide stability to walls without
depending on ceiling framing. Refer also METAL WALL FRAMES GENERALLY – METALWORK.
TRIMMERS AND ADDITIONAL NOGGINGS: Provide and securely fix additional studs, boxed studs,
noggings, trimmers, brackets and plates wherever necessary for support of wall-mounted plumbing
fixtures such as basins and the like and/ or cabinetwork and other substantial wall-mounted fixtures
and fittings indicated on the approved design documents or otherwise specified. Refer to METAL WALL
FRAMES – ADDITIONAL NOGGINGS & TRIMMERS FOR WALL MOUNTED PLUMBING FIXTURES AND/OR
CABINETWORK – METALWORK
Locations: The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating its work with the work of
subsequent trades and ensuring correct location and provision of additional support studs,
boxed studs, brackets, plates, trimmers and noggings where required.
FIXING (generally):
All fixings shall be in accordance with manufacturer specifications but not less than the following:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.40
METALWORK
•
Fix bottom wall plates to concrete floors using M10 masonry anchors as close as practicable to
studs at spacing not exceeding 450 mm apart in the length of walls supporting external cladding
and not exceeding 600 mm apart in the length of walls elsewhere.
•
Provide 2 additional fasteners at ends of each wall panel, each side of openings in walls and at
termination of wall bracing.
•
At both ends of bracing panels use 2 Hilti Hit-C100-HAS M10 anchors or equal approved.
•
Fix to adjacent masonry walls with M10 masonry anchors fixed at maximum 450mm centres
horizontally and 600mm centres vertically.
•
Fix to structural steelwork with M10 bolts nuts and washers at maximum 450mm centres
horizontally and 600mm centres vertically unless otherwise required by the structural engineer.
DAMP PROOFING: Bottoms of wall frames shall be protected by installing bitumen coated 0.45 mm
thick aluminium sheet, refer to DAMP PROOFING – METALWORK
SERVICES PROVISIONS:
•
Holes for electrical services shall be 25 mm maximum diameter fit grommets or bushes to holes.
•
Holes for plumbing shall be either 25 mm maximum dia plain hole or 33 mm maximum dia flanged
hole with 5 mm minimum flanges.
•
Separate pipes from steel framing by lagging or other suitable methods.
EARTHING: Temporarily earth frame during erection.
Permanently earth frame on completion of erection.
COMPLETION: Clean out debris from bottom wall plate prior to installation of linings.
REFLECTIVE WALL SARKING: Refer to REFLECTIVE WALL SARKING, SECTION I - INSULATION AND
BARRIERS.
Location: Outer face of externally exposed metal stud framed walls irrespective of finish or cladding
(except ventilation grilles and the like) and outer face of metal stud framed inner leaf of externally
exposed precast concrete and masonry veneer walls.
INSULATION AND/OR SARKING: Refer to Section I – INSULATION & BARRIERS
LININGS: Refer to Section U- PLASTERING & CEILINGS
G.7.04 METAL WALL FRAMES – ADDITIONAL NOGGINGS & TRIMMERS FOR WALL-MOUNTED
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND/OR CABINETWORK
REQUIREMENT: Provide and securely fix additional studs, boxed studs, noggings, trimmers, brackets
and plates wherever necessary for support of wall-mounted fixtures such as basins and the like and/ or
cabinetwork and other substantial wall-mounted fixtures and fittings indicated on the approved design
documents or otherwise specified.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating its work with the work of subsequent
trades and ensuring correct location and provision of additional support studs, boxed
studs, brackets, plates, trimmers and noggings wherever applicable.
METAL WALL FRAMES: Metal wall frames and boxed studs to wall-mounted fixture locations are as
specified in METAL WALL FRAMES – METALWORK.
WALL-MOUNTED FIXTURES SUPPORT: Minimum 300mm high x 19mm thick exterior quality plywood
plate to AS/NZS 2271, bond type A, screw fixed to 50 x 50 x 2mm thick galvanised steel angle
brackets, 300mm length, using at least 3 No. screws each side. Securely screw fix steel angle supports
to boxed studs using at least 3 No. self-threading screws on each side.
WALL-MOUNTED HANDBASINS SUPPORT: Galvanised steel plate on galvanised steel angle brackets as
specified in SECTION P – HYDRAULIC SERVICES.
WALL-MOUNTED CABINETWORK SUPPORT: Minimum 75 x 50mm non-CCA treated F5 radiata pine,
securely screw fixed to boxed studs on each side.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.41
METALWORK
G.8 EXTERIOR LOUVRED WALLS, SCREENS & DOORS
G.8.01 EXTERIOR LOUVRED WALLS, SCREENS & DOORS GENERALLY
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The exterior louvred walls, screens & doors shall be
fabricated and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this
class of work for the applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS,
SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
PROGRAMME:
thereof.
Refer to clause PROGRAMME – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements
WIND LOADING: The exterior louvred walls, screens & doors and secondary framing,
including louvre blades, frames, retention methods, fastenings and all other components
intended for inclusion in the exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations
shall be designed, selected and installed so that they remain intact when subjected to the
wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS
1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and/or other exterior locations and the methods employed for their installation comply
with the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate
margins of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings before commencing fabrication fully describing the exterior
louvred walls, screens & doors installation as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS –
METALWORK and clearly showing but not limited to the following information:
•
layout (sectional plan and elevation) of the exterior louvred walls, screens & doors assembly;
•
structural engineered computations
•
full size sections of components, including but not limited to junctions, abutments, heads, jambs,
sills, cover plates and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
details and schedules of all components required to complete the system;
•
methods of assembly;
•
methods of installation, including joints, fixings, caulking, flashings, margins and trim;
•
provisions for drainage;
•
provisions for vertical and horizontal expansion;
•
junctions and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
Builder’s work.
TYPE TESTS: Provide satisfactory evidence in the form of a report from an independent testing
authority that the exterior louvred walls, screens & doors installation:
•
complies with the requirements for wind loading (AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
•
complies with the requirements for impact resistance (AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
•
complies with the requirements for dead loads and any live loads (such as access for cleaning and
maintenance)
•
is finished with specified coatings of not less than the specified thickness.
•
achieves the required acoustic performance rating (if applicable)
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.42
METALWORK
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Five (5) years
G.8.02 EXTERIOR ALUMINIUM FRAMED & LOUVRED WALLS, SCREENS & DOORS
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
REFERENCE: Refer to EXTERIOR LOUVRED WALLS, SCREENS & DOORS GENERALLY – METALWORK
and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary system consisting of continuous single stage, lipped Z profile, press-folded
aluminium louvre blades, 50 mm nominal depth, mounted in perimeter aluminium channel frame and
with nominal 38 mm wide concealed aluminium vertical supports at centres not exceeding 900 mm to
structural support substrate to provide an unbroken line over the louvre blade length, able to withstand
the design wind pressure (AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D) at that location without failure or
permanent distortion of members, and without blade flutter. Install complete with birdwire and head,
sill and jamb flashings.
Louvre dimensions: Nominally 50 mm deep and as indicated on the approved design documents.
Confirm dimensions on site prior to ordering
Proprietary item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples.
ALUMINIUM FINISH:
Thermoset powder coat finish (exterior use generally) as specified in
THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK. Colour as specified or indicated on the approved
design documents to match approved samples.
BIRDWIRE: 25 mm square black PVC coated galvanised wire mesh.
HINGED DOORS: Provide hinged fully louvred door panels flush and aligned continuous with adjacent
louvre panels as indicated on the approved design documents.
DOOR HARDWARE: As specified in DOOR HARDWARE, SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
INSTALLATION: Install as recommended by the manufacturer.
G.9 EXTERIOR WALL PANEL CLADDING
G.9.01 EXTERIOR WALL PANEL CLADDING GENERALLY
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The exterior wall panel cladding and secondary support
framing shall be fabricated and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and its personnel
experienced in this class of work for the applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST
SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
SECONDARY SUPPORT/FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – METALWORK.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
WIND LOADING: The exterior wall panel cladding and secondary framing, including
panels, retention methods, fastenings and all other components intended for inclusion in
the exterior building envelope shall be designed, selected and installed so that they remain
intact, draughtproof and waterproof when subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like
cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region
D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and the methods employed for their installation comply with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety, the wind pressure,
impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings before commencing fabrication fully describing the exterior
wall panel cladding and secondary support framing installation as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS &
COMPUTATIONS – METALWORK and clearly showing but not limited to the following information:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.43
METALWORK
•
layout (sectional plan and elevation) of the cladding assembly and secondary support framing;
•
structural engineered computations
•
full size sections of components, including but not limited to junctions, abutments, heads, jambs,
sills, cover plates and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
secondary support framing, including provisions for adjustment to achieve required line and level;
•
details and schedules of all components required to complete the system;
•
methods of assembly;
•
methods of installation, including joints, fixings, caulking, flashings, margins and trim;
•
provisions for wind and weather-sealing;
•
provisions for drainage;
•
provisions for vertical and horizontal expansion;
•
junctions and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
Builder’s work.
PROTOTYPES: Provide prototype installation of each type of exterior wall panel cladding and
secondary framing installation for approval as specified in MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE
INSTALLATIONS – METALWORK.
TYPE TESTS: Provide satisfactory evidence in the form of a report from an independent testing
authority that the specified wall cladding:
•
complies with the requirements for wind loading (AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
•
complies with the requirements for impact resistance (AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
•
complies with the requirements for dead loads and any live loads (such as access for cleaning and
maintenance)
•
complies with the requirements for weather infiltration;
•
is finished with specified coatings of not less than the specified thickness.
•
achieves the required fire resistance rating (if applicable);
•
achieves the required acoustic performance rating (if applicable)
FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING (if applicable): Provide fire and smoke stopping between fire compartments
(e.g., floor to floor within the façade framing zone) as specified in FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING, SECTION
I – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
INSTALLATION TOLERANCES: Fabricate, construct and install the base structure and the secondary
framing to accommodate the installation of the exterior wall panel cladding within the installation
tolerances as specified in the following TOLERANCES TABLE:
TOLERANCES TABLE
Property
Tolerance criteria: Permitted deviation
Spacing of supporting members
± 5 mm on the nominated support member spacing
Vertical or horizontal misalignment at the
abutting ends of cladding
Deviation from plumb, level or
dimensioned angle
Deviation from theoretical position on plan
or elevation, including deviation from
plumb, level or dimensioned angle
≤ 2 mm
1 mm per 2 m of length of any member to a maximum
3 mm in any total run in any line
3 mm total at any location
Change in deviation
3 mm for any 6 m run in any direction
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.44
METALWORK
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – METALWORK.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Five (5) years
G.9.02 EXTERIOR WALL PANEL CLADDING – COMPOSITE STEEL-FACED INSULATED PANELS
LOCATION: Exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced insulated panels as indicated on the
approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to EXTERIOR & INTERIOR WALL, FASCIA & SOFFIT CLADDING GENERALLY –
METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: A proprietary exterior wall panel cladding system including secondary support framing
where necessary consisting of self-finished and self-spanning composite interlocking steel-faced
insulated panels installed on a vapour barrier on structural steel trusses or column and girt framing and
including all components and materials required to complete the cladding system all as recommended
by the product manufacturer and supplier and set out as indicated on the approved design documents.
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The exterior wall panel cladding – composite steel-faced
insulated panels shall be fabricated and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and its
personnel experienced in this class of work for the applicable design wind loading as specified in
SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
STRUCTURAL SUBSTRATE:
Walls & fascias: Steel girts, structural steel truss or metal stud framed substrate as indicated on the
approved design documents.
VAPOUR BARRIER (NON-PERMEABLE): Install reflective foil vapour non-permeable sarking as specified
in SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS to outer face of support framing prior to installation of
panels.
COMPOSITE STEEL-FACED INSULATED PANELS
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary self-spanning composite interlocking steel-faced insulated panels consisting
of two Colorbond pre-finished 0.8mm thick galvanised steel cover sheets permanently bonded to each
face of a non-combustible structural mineral insulation filled core, factory pre-cut into the panel sizes
required to suit the layout shown on the approved design documents and approved shop drawings.
Proprietary Item: Refer to SCHEDULES.
MOVEMENT/CONTROL JOINTS: Provide approved movement and control joints in accordance with the
layout indicated on the approved design documents and at centres not exceeding the manufacturer’s
recommendations and to coincide with structural control, isolation or movement joints in the
substructure.
ABUTMENT JOINTS: Provide approved movement joints at inside corners and perimeter abutments in
accordance with product manufacturer’s recommendations and to match approved prototype
installation, colour to match face material and approved sample.
EDGE TRIMS, FLASHINGS, WEATHERINGS & CAPPINGS: G300 AZ150 zincalume coated steel, 0.8 mm
BMT (unless otherwise noted on the approved design documents), pre-coated Colorbond finish to
match wall cladding and to profile indicated on the approved design documents or the approved shop
drawings.
INSTALLATION. Install dry in dry conditions. Commence installation at base of wall to suit the layout
shown on the approved design documents and the approved shop drawings.
Fixing: Approved corrosion resistant mechanical fasteners for concealed fixing as recommended by the
manufacturer to achieve an accurate plane and level outer face as specified.
WARRANTY: Ten (10) years (material and installation) from the date of Practical Completion.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.45
METALWORK
G.10 SUN CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS
G.10.01 SUN CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS GENERALLY
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The sun control & other shades & screens and secondary
support framing shall be fabricated and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and its
personnel experienced in this class of work for the applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST
SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
SECONDARY SUPPORT/FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – METALWORK.
PROGRAMME:
thereof.
Refer to clause PROGRAMME – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings before commencing fabrication fully describing the sun
control & other shades & screens and secondary support framing installation as specified in SHOP
DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS – METALWORK and clearly showing but not limited to the following
information:
•
layout (sectional plan and elevation) of the installation and secondary support framing;
•
structural engineered computations
•
full size sections of components, including but not limited to junctions, abutments, heads, jambs,
sills, cover plates and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
secondary support framing, including provisions for adjustment to achieve required line and level;
•
details and schedules of all components required to complete the system;
•
methods of assembly;
•
methods of installation, including joints, fixings, caulking, flashings, margins and trim;
•
provisions for wind and weather-sealing;
•
provisions for drainage;
•
provisions for vertical and horizontal expansion;
•
junctions and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
Builder’s work.
WIND LOADING: The exterior sun control & other shades & screens and secondary support
framing, including louvres, panels, retention methods, fastenings and all other components
intended for inclusion in the exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations
shall be designed, selected and installed so that they remain intact, draughtproof and
waterproof when subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions
determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and/or other exterior locations and the methods employed for their installation comply
with the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate
margins of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
PROTOTYPES: Provide prototype installation of each type of sun control & other shades & screens and
secondary support framing installation for approval as specified in MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE
INSTALLATIONS – METALWORK.
TYPE TESTS: Provide satisfactory evidence in the form of a report from an independent testing
authority that the specified sun control & other shades & screens:
•
comply with the requirements for wind loading (AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
•
comply with the requirements for impact resistance (AS/NZS 1170.2 – 2002, Cyclonic Region D);
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.46
METALWORK
•
complies with the requirements for dead loads and any live loads (such as access for cleaning and
maintenance)
•
are finished with specified coatings of not less than the specified thickness.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – METALWORK
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Five (5) years
G.10.02 EXTERIOR LASER-CUT PERFORATED WEATHERING STEEL (SIGNAGE) SCREENS
LOCATION: Exterior fixed weathering steel signage screens as indicated on the approved design
documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to SUN CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS GENERALLY – METALWORK and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Featured fixed and sliding screen panels with laser-cut perforations to required
patterns consisting of exposed weathering hot-rolled steel plate fixed to frame cleats via stainless steel
M12 bolts and nuts, approved welded joints (if applicable) and panels fabricated, prepared and partially
pre-weathered off-site and delivered to site for final assembly and installation on galvanised and
painted RHS structural steel support subframes.
STRUCTURAL STEEL SUBFRAME: Paint finished galvanised RHS steel fixed and sliding subframes, as
indicated on the approved design documents.
Acoustic Requirements: Design, fabricate and install to minimise operational noises such as squeaking,
rattles or drumming.
Protective Treatment: Hot dip galvanised after fabrication as specified in GALVANISED COATINGS METALWORK.
Coating class: Z600
Finish (steel subframe): Recoatable polyurethane paint finish as specified in EXTERIOR GALVANISED
FERROUS METALWORK – RECOATABLE POLYURETHANE (FACTORY APPLIED PRE-FINISH).
MATERIALS (weathering steel panels):
Standard: To AS/NZS 1594
Proprietary Item: XLER COIL PLATE HW350 by BLUESCOPE STEEL AUSTRALIA or equal approved.
Edge condition: Trimmed.
Panel width & length: Maximum 1200mm trimmed width x length as indicated on the approved design
documents with accurately trimmed continuous straight edges. Actual dimensions required as indicated
on the approved design documents.
Thickness: 5 mm
SAMPLES: Provide samples for approval as specified in CONTROL SAMPLES – METALWORK
SHOP DRAWINGS:
METALWORK.
As specified in SUN CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS GENERALLY –
PROGRAMME: Note the potential extended lead time required for the manufacture and supply of
weathering steel materials and products and programme the work accordingly. As specified in SUN
CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS GENERALLY – METALWORK
FABRICATION: Fabricate panels off-site under controlled conditions.
Laser-cut perforations: To match approved sample and patterns provided as suitable electronic files.
Welding (if applicable): As specified in WELDING – WEATHERING STEEL.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.47
METALWORK
PREPARATION & PRE-WEATHERING:
As specified in PREPARATION OF WEATHERING STEEL
(INCLUDING PRE-WEATHERING) – METALWORK.
PROTOTYPES: Provide prototypes for approval as specified in MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE
INSTALLATIONS - METALWORK
HANDLING OF WEATHERING STEEL: As for the normal structural steels (such as AS/NZS 3678-250)
care should be exercised in the handling of the weathering steels. These steels must be kept free from
oil, chalk marks, paint, concrete splatter and similar staining by other construction materials. Any
foreign matter adhering to the steel must be removed promptly.
DO NOT APPLY PAINT, PRIMER OR THE LIKE TO ANY SURFACES OF WEATHERING STEEL PANELS.
Field connections: After completing the connection, prepare the surface of the connection, adjacent
surfaces and surfaces damaged during erection.
INSTALLATION: Install the weathering steel screen panels on the prepared and finished structural
support framework and using stainless steel bolt fixings, nuts and washers to meet the required
installation tolerances. Exercise care in handling weathering steel panels as specified above.
Joints: Maintain accurate joints between panels.
PROTECTION: These surfaces are designed to display weathering. Ensure weathering steel screens
both pre-installation and post-installation are suitably protected from damage and contamination by
paint or other materials.
After installation, temporarily protect during construction whenever there is a likelihood of overspray,
splatter or other contact of adjacent applied paint finishes and the like due to subsequent trades.
Remove protection once danger is past to permit continuing natural weathering to take place.
G.10.03 HORIZONTAL COMPOSITE ALUMINIUM PANEL SUNSHADES
LOCATION: Above windows as indicated on the approved design documents
REFERENCE: Refer to SUN CONTROL & OTHER SHADES & SCREENS GENERALLY – METALWORK and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Design, fabricate and install proprietary sunshade system using composite proprietary
panel cladding consisting of two aluminium cover sheets with mineral filled core, concealed aluminium
framing and concealed fixing provisions.
Dimensions:
Nominal 750 mm wide x 70 mm thick, length as indicated on the approved design
documents.
Proprietary Item: ALPOLIC "FR" FLAT BLADE SUNSHADES or equal approved
Finish: 80% gloss
Colour: To be selected from manufacturer's standard range. Refer also to COLOUR & MATERIALS
SCHEDULE.
STRUCTURAL DESIGN: Proprietary system manufacturer shall provide certification of the structural
adequacy of the composite aluminium panel sunshade system for the purpose intended and installation
location.
PROGRAMME: Note the potential extended lead time for the manufacture and supply of the specified
proprietary system and program the work accordingly.
INSTALLATION: In accordance with system manufacturer's recommendations.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.48
METALWORK
G.11 FLOORS
G.11.01 DOOR THRESHOLDS & WEATHER BARS
REQUIREMENT: All external door thresholds shall be designed and installed to prevent water
penetration taking into account the location, orientation and prevailing weather conditions and shall
comply with AS 1428.
LOCATION: All external hinged door thresholds
DESCRIPTION: Chequerplate pattern 3 mm thick aluminium strip, proprietary aluminium extrusion or
minimum 3 mm thick stainless steel strip or angle as appropriate and as selected and approved
according to the location, maximum 13 mm high and dimensioned to suit the opening and/or door
frame in which it is to be installed. A proprietary item shall be selected to accommodate the abutting
floor finishes and edge condition according to the installed location. Refer to door schedule.
Proprietary Item: RAVEN RP77 or equal approved
ALUMINIUM FINISH: Clear anodised as specified in ANODISING - METALWORK'
INSTALLATION: Bed solidly in suitable silicone sealant and screw fix to substrate using countersunk
head stainless steel screws.
G.11.02 MOVEMENT (STRUCTURAL ISOLATION) JOINTS
REQUIREMENT (if applicable): Provide proprietary movement (structural isolation) joints (if any) where
indicated on the approved design documents.
TYPE: Heavy duty pedestrian/vehicular trafficable (as applicable) proprietary joint systems as detailed
on the approved design documents.
Proprietary item: Selected from MISKA range or equal approved to Structural Engineer’s approval
Material: Stainless steel unless otherwise indicated
Depth of joint: Right through substrate.
Depth of elastomeric sealant (where applicable): One half the joint width, or 6 mm, whichever is the
greater.
Fire stopping: Provide proprietary fire stopping/compressible sealant as indicated on the approved
design documents as integral part of selected proprietary system
INSTALLATION: Install strictly in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations to achieve the
required range of movement and fire rating and as indicated on the approved design documents
G.11.03 ANODISED ALUMINIUM SKIRTINGS
REQUIREMENT: Provide clear anodised aluminium skirtings where indicated on the approved design
documents.
TYPE 1 – CLEAR ANODISED:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents
Description: 100mm high x 1.6mm thick clear anodised aluminium skirting to match approved sample
adhesive bonded to background.
TYPE 2 – CLEAR ANODISED (CUSTOM PROFILE):
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents
Description: As for Type 1 except custom profile as required to suit background conditions.
INSTALLATION: Install in long lengths to accurate line and level using an approved, permanent, lowVOC adhesive.
Make accurate hairline joins at internal and external corners wherever possible. Where joins in the
main run of skirtings cannot be avoided make accurate, inconspicuous perpendicular hairline joins.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.49
METALWORK
G.12 BARRIERS, FENCES & GATES
G.12.01 FABRICATED BARRIERS, FENCES & GATES GENERALLY
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The fabricated barriers, fences and gates shall be
fabricated and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this
class of work as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL –
METALWORK.
PROGRAMME:
thereof
Refer to clause PROGRAMME – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements
WIND LOADING: The exterior barriers, fences and gates, including support brackets, posts
and footings, retention methods, fastenings and all other components intended for exterior
locations shall be designed, selected and installed so that they remain intact when
subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in exterior locations and the
methods employed for their installation comply with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety, the wind pressure,
impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings fully describing the fabricated barriers, fences and gates and
secondary support framing as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS – METALWORK and
clearly showing but not limited to the following information:
•
layout (sectional plan and elevation) of the balustrade installation;
•
structural engineered computations
•
full size sections of components, including but not limited to junctions, abutments, rails, supporting
frames, brackets, posts, cover plates and trims to adjoining surfaces & all other components,
fittings and accessories;
•
methods of assembly;
•
methods of installation, including fixings;
•
all operating mechanisms, tracks and hardware;
•
protective and decorative finishes
•
Builder’s work.
SAFETY CLEARANCES: Install gates to maintain minimum 30mm safety clearance between
jambs & stiles and between meeting stiles. The gap between the pavement and the
bottom rail of the gate shall be not less than 50mm when in the closed position and not
less than 30mm during the movement of the gate leaf.
TYPE TESTS: Provide satisfactory evidence in the form of a report from an independent testing
authority that the fabricated barriers, fences & gates:
•
are finished with specified coatings of not less than the specified thickness.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
PROTECTIVE TREATMENT (steel):
METALWORK.
Hot dip galvanised as specified in GALVANISED COATINGS -
FINISH (steel): Paint finish as specified in SECTION Z – PAINTING.
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As specified or indicated on the approved design documents.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.50
METALWORK
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As specified or indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Five (5) years
G.12.02 FABRICATED STEEL HINGED GATES
LOCATION: Personnel security gates as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to FABRICATED BARRIERS, FENCES & GATES GENERALLY – METALWORK and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Fabricate and install manually operated hinged fabricated single and double (paired)
gates as indicated on the approved design documents, using steel members mitred where necessary
and fully welded together, including components and hardware as necessary to complete the
installation.
Opening dimensions: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Frame: As indicated on the approved design documents
PROTECTIVE TREATMENT:
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
PANELS: As indicated on the approved design documents.
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As specified or indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As specified or indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
Fixing: Fix perforated sheet to steel frame using stainless steel self-drilling screws at max 300mm
centres to perimeter and intermediate supporting members.
INSTALLATION: Install to maintain minimum 30 mm safety clearance between meeting stiles and
between face of sliding gate leaves and jambs of structural opening.
Hinges: Proprietary extra heavy duty ball bearing galvanised hinges fully welded to hinge stile and
jamb post.
Proprietary item: TUFF BALL BEARING HINGES or equal approved.
LOCKING (manually operated gates): 12 mm diameter galvanised steel shoot bolt, suitable for
attachment of a padlock, and galvanised tubular keep set in concrete.
Padlocks: Included in door hardware specified in SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
Incorporate into master key system.
G.12.03 SECURITY CHAINWIRE FENCE & GATES
LOCATION: To secure enclosures as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to FABRICATED BARRIERS, FENCES & GATES GENERALLY – METALWORK and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
Standard: To AS 1725
FENCE TYPE: Rail-less chainwire, braced and strained taut with tension wires at top, centre and
bottom, fixed to capped tubular posts in concrete footings to AS 1725 unless otherwise specified.
CHAINWIRE:
Nominal mesh size: 50 mm.
Selvedges (on fence): Twisted and barbed.
Selvedges (on gates): Twisted and barbed at top, knuckles at bottom.
Nominal diameter of wire: 3.15 mm.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.51
METALWORK
Protective coating: Galvanised core to AS/NZS 4534, coating class W02Z with PVC coating.
PVC coating colour: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples (confirm with Superintendent prior to ordering)
Roll width: 2700mm
FENCE HEIGHT: To suit standard chainwire roll width.
CHAINWIRE SUPPORT (TENSION) CABLES: Two strands of 3.15 mm diameter wire, Type B
(standard) galvanised to AS 2423, with PVC coating, twisted together at top, centre and
bottom of chainwire fence.
POSTS, BRACING STAYS & BACK STAYS: Galvanised steel tubes with tightly fitted galvanised steel
caps and powdercoat finish in concrete footings
Colour: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to match
approved samples (confirm with Superintendent prior to ordering)
Size and spacing: Designed, selected and installed so that the fence & gates remain intact when
subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with
AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D
FOOTINGS: Finish flush with finished ground level at perimeter and trowel to a 25 mm high crown at
centre.
LACING AND TIE WIRE: 2 mm diameter steel wire PVC coated to match chainwire.
INSTALLATION: Attach chainwire support cables to posts at top, centre and bottom of the fence on
the outside of the enclosure. Lace chainwire to end posts and gate posts with lacing wire. Tie
chainwire to support cables, corner posts and intermediate posts with tie wires spaced not more than
500 mm apart. Fix chainwire to the outside of the enclosure.
GATES: Tubular steel framed, hinged, clad with chainwire to match fence to AS 1725 unless otherwise
specified.
Safety clearances: Install gates to maintain minimum 25 mm safety clearance between posts & stiles
and between meeting stiles. The gap between the pavement and the underside of the gate shall be 50
mm when in the closed position and not less than 30 mm during the movement of the gate leaf.
Hinges: Two part or strap type galvanised hinges with collar attachment. Weld a bearing surface to
gate frame for bottom hinge.
Bolts: Provide a pair of galvanised drop bolts welded to the inner face of gates adjacent meeting stiles
(double gates) or latch stile (single gates).
Keepers: Galvanised steel tube to suit drop bolts. Set into 300 mm x 150 mm diameter concrete
bases. Finish top of base level with top of pavement base. Finish tube level with top of pavement.
Provide a set of keepers to both open and closed gate positions.
Locking provisions: Weld on a pair of 5 mm galvanised MS cleats to meeting stiles (double gates) or to
latch stile and post (single gate) at nominally 1000mm AFFL with aligned apertures suitable for
attachment of a padlock. Note that locking methods such as by chain and padlock shall NOT be
acceptable.
Padlocks: Included in door hardware specified in SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
Incorporate padlocks into master key system.
Touch up: Apply two coats of zinc rich grey priming paint to damaged galvanised coating areas.
G.12.04 PROPRIETARY STEEL FENCE & GATES
LOCATION: Perimeter non-climbable fencing between buildings and enclosing external areas as
indicated on the approved design documents
REFERENCE: Refer to FABRICATED BARRIERS, FENCES & GATES GENERALLY – METALWORK and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
FENCE TYPE: Selected non-climbable colour powdercoat finished galvanised square tubular posts, rails
and uprights, complete with matching gates.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.52
METALWORK
Proprietary item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Pattern: Non-climbable pattern
Height: 2100mm o/a
Finish: Paint finish as specified in Section Z - PAINTING
G.12.05 RETRACTABLE RIBBON QUEUE CONTROL BARRIERS
LOCATION: Check-in queuing areas as indicated on the approved design documents
DESCRIPTION: Tensioned retractable ribbon barrier and tamper-proof, removable, impact absorbing
stainless steel posts with 4-way ribbon tamper-proof attachment located via separate in-floor stainless
steel sleeves with flush caps (when not in use).
SHOP DRAWINGS: Provide shop drawings for approval fully describing the retractable ribbon queue
control barrier system as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS – METALWORK and clearly
showing but not limited to the following information:
•
layout of the barrier systems;
•
details and schedules of components required to complete the system;
•
methods of installation;
•
Builder’s work.
RIBBON: Minimum 2100mm extension.
Colour: Black.
POST: Grade 304 stainless steel, 950mm high, 63.5mm dia x 1.6mm thick tube with tamper-proof
easily demountable connection to in-ground sleeve and shock-absorbent design.
Weight: Nominal 3.2kg
Spacing: Nominal 2m centres (recommended max)
IN-FLOOR SLEEVE: Grade 304 stainless steel. Installed with permanent epoxy resin adhesive in drilled
35mm x 60mm deep hole. With posts removed floor is left flushed and capped.
WALL-MOUNTS: Grade 304 stainless steel. As required to complete the approved system installation.
SIGN-HOLDER: As required to complete the approved system installation.
PROPRIETARY ITEM: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
G.13 TOILET FIXTURES & FITTINGS
G.13.01 TOILET FIXTURES & FITTINGS GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: Supply and install all toilet fixtures & fittings in their respective locations as indicated
on the approved design documents.
LOCKING: All proprietary lockable toilet fixtures & fittings shall be keyed alike.
STANDARD: All items listed for disabled application shall conform to the requirements of AS1428.1.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – METALWORK and comply with all the requirements
thereof
PROPRIETARY ITEMS: The brand of toilet fixture or fitting specified herein is intended to reflect the
nature and quality of the items required for this project. If an alternative to the specified brand is
proposed, this must be submitted for the Superintendent’s written approval not less than 28 days
before the toilet fixtures & fittings are required, identifying the proposed alternative brand and
providing full details of each proposed alternative item.
No change of brand or specific item shall be permitted without the Superintendent’s prior
written approval.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.53
METALWORK
NO COMBINATIONS: If an alternative brand of toilet fixtures & fittings is proposed, it is a condition of
acceptance that all the toilet fixtures and fittings are of the same brand and supplier. Combinations of
toilet fixtures & fittings from different manufacturers shall not be acceptable unless otherwise approved
by the Superintendent.
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – METALWORK
G.13.02 DOOR HARDWARE –TOILET PARTITIONS
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Door hardware including hinges, indicator bolt and buffer/coat hook as
specified in TOILET & SHOWER PARTITIONS, SECTION L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
G.14 STAINLESS STEEL FIXTURES, FITTINGS & EQUIPMENT
G.14.01 STAINLESS STEEL FIXTURES, FITTINGS & EQUIPMENT GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: Supply and install stainless steel fixtures, fittings & equipment in their respective
locations and as indicated on the approved design documents.
DESCRIPTION: Custom fabricated stainless steel benches, sinks, shelves and associated support
framing and incorporating Principal supplied equipment as indicated on the approved design
documents.
SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTOR & PERSONNEL: The stainless steel fixtures, fittings & equipment shall
be fabricated, supplied, installed and commissioned by an approved specialist subcontractor and its
personnel experienced in this class of work as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS
& PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings of the sinks and drainers showing the relevant details of
each assembly, component and connection, together with information relative to fabrication, materials,
surface treatment and installation. Refer to SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS – METALWORK.
PROTOTYPES: Provide representative mock-up and/or prototype example of each generic type of
bench, sink, drainer, shelf, framing installation, joint and component such as foot, fixing bracket and
the like for approval as specified in MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS – METALWORK.
BENCH TOPS, SINKS, DRAINERS, AND SHELVES: Stainless steel, grade 304 (except where grade 316
is specified or otherwise indicated on the approved design documents), 1.2 mm thick generally, 1.6 mm
thick for bowls, surface finish No. 4 (satin). Fabricate with lips, dishes, upstands, sink bowls and flat or
graded drainers as indicated. Provide solid backing behind upstands, bench tops and shelves. Form
joggled edge to top of flashing upstands and drill holes for taps and outlets. Refer to the approved
Hydraulic Services design documents for number and location of tapholes (if applicable) and outlets.
Backing: 2.0 mm thick galvanised steel plate sheet welded to 30 x 30 x 3mm galvanised steel angle
frame where necessary or indicated on the approved design documents. Adhesive fix stainless steel to
backing. Finish mild steel work with two coats of zinc rich paint. Spray apply 1.5mm thick sound
absorbent compound on the underside.
Support framing (stainless steel): 32 x 32 x 1.2 mm wall thickness, welded, tubular stainless steel
hollow sections, Grade 304, surface finish No. 4 (satin), complete with cleats, plates, cleats, brackets
and flanged adjustable stainless steel feet. Scribe or mitre frame members at joints and fully weld
together. Grind and buff visible welds.
Installation: Fix to walls with M10 stainless steel screws.
OVERBENCH SHELVES: Stainless steel, grade 304 (except where grade 316 is specified or otherwise
indicated on the approved design documents), 1.2 mm thick glued to all sides and ends of 25mm HMR
medium density fibreboard core.
Support framing (stainless steel): 6 x 25mm wide stainless steel plate welded to 25 x 25 x 1.2 mm wall
thickness, welded, tubular stainless steel hollow sections, Grade 304, surface finish No. 4 (satin),
gallows brackets fully capped and at centres not exceeding 900mm. Scribe or mitre frame members at
joints where appropriate and fully weld together. Grind and buff visible welds. Check plate into MDF
shelf core and countersunk screw fix.
Installation: Fix to walls with M10 stainless steel screws.
WASTE OUTLETS: Fit a waste outlet to each sink bowl, refer SECTION P – HYDRAULIC SERVICES.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.54
METALWORK
CONDENSATE WASTE LINES: Where applicable, provide condensate waste lines from the equipment
and benches up to floor tundishes.
SERVICES CONNECTIONS: Make connections to services then commission the equipment.
COORDINATION & LIAISON: The Contractor shall coordinate the work between trades and ensure
adequate liaison between trades to establish final locations and requirements for services provisions
and connections prior to the installation of such provisions and connections. The location of equipment
and services provisions and connections as indicated on the approved mechanical, electrical and
hydraulics services design documents are indicative only and subject to confirmation of exact final
location. The cost of relocation or replacement of services provisions and connections incorrectly
located to suit the equipment requirements shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Sum.
COMPLETION: Upon completion:
•
Remove protective coverings, and clean, buff and polish stainless steel items and equipment
•
Lubricate and ease hinges, catches and moving parts.
•
Commission and adjust the equipment as necessary.
•
Leave the installation suitable for operation.
•
Hand over manufacturer’s warranties, guarantees and instructions
•
Hand over User Manuals.
PROPRIETARY SINK/DRAINER UNITS & TROUGHS:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Reference: Refer to Section P – HYDRAULIC SERVICES.
CABINETWORK: Coordinate and integrate stainless steel fixtures and fittings as required with the
manufacture and installation of cabinetwork as specified in SECTION L – WOODWORK &
CABINETWORK.
G.14.02 MATERIALS
STAINLESS STEEL SHEET: Grade 304 (except where grade 316 is specified or otherwise indicated on
the approved design documents), with No. 4 (satin) finish
STAINLESS STEEL TUBING: Grade 304 with No.4 (satin) finish.
ALUMINIUM: Aluminium sheet and extrusions shall be of alloy grade suitable for the purpose.
Aluminium finish: Clear anodised, minimum coating thickness Class AA20.
GALVANISED SHEET STEEL: Zinc coated to AS/NZS 1397, grade to suit the purpose of drawing, folding
or bending.
GALVANISING: Finish fabricated steelwork by hot dip galvanising.
PIPEWORK AND FITTINGS: Where exposed to view pipework and fittings shall be chromium plated.
Otherwise pipework and fittings shall be copper or brass, labelled and painted in accordance with the
specified requirements.
CHROMIUM PLATING: Materials to be chromium plated shall be first copper plated, then nickel plated
and finally coated with chromium to AS 1192
ADHESIVES: Adhesives for bonding stainless steel to metal backings shall be contact type, bonded
under pressure and suitable to withstand thermal movement, cold temperatures and prolonged
exposure to a temperature of 100°C.
MASONRY ANCHORS: Masonry anchors used for fixing to masonry and concrete shall be cadmium
plated Loxins, Terrier or Rawlbolt inserted into holes drilled with suitable tools and expanded correctly.
When installed the anchors shall be capable of holding the loads of the equipment with a safety factor
of not less than five.
SEALANTS: Durable resilient, mould resistant, neutral cure silicone. The sealant shall remain flexible,
resistant to damage under normal commercial environment, shall not discolour nor support the growth
of bacteria or mould. Refer SEALANTS – METALWORK.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.55
METALWORK
Application: Apply sealant to form a neat smooth sanitary surface without drips, runs or defects.
Sealant peel strength: Minimum 100 kPa.
G.14.03 WORKMANSHIP
GENERAL: Assemble metalwork items accurately, true to shape and size and free from sharp edges,
burrs, warps, hammer marks, distortion and other imperfections. Completely fill weld joints, grind off
and buff smooth to match surrounding surfaces.
SANITARY CONSTRUCTION: All exposed and non-exposed surfaces of benches, sinks,
drainers, shelves, framing, joints, components and the like shall be, designed, fabricated
and finished to achieve smooth continuous sealed surfaces without open joints, gaps,
cavities, crevices, unnecessary voids and like traps for dirt, bacteria or mould to provide a
fully sealed and continuous construction, installation and finish easily accessible for
thorough cleaning and sanitisation.
Voids: Pack all voids with glass fibre anti-vermin insulation, refer to INSULATION FOR VERMIN
PROTECTION, SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Tube ends: Seal off the visible ends of steel tubing and ends where water or vermin entry is possible
by fully welding fixed end closures using material matching the tube.
Edges and surfaces: Keep clean, neat and free from burrs and indentations.
Remove sharp edges from all metallic items prior to finishing and without excessive
radiusing.
JOINTS: Fit joints accurately. Finish visible metalwork joints made by welding, brazing or soldering by
grinding, buffing or the like methods. Grind welds and buff to a uniform No. 4 (satin) finish.
DAMAGE: Take care to avoid damage to fittings and to adjoining walls, floors and ceiling surfaces.
Replace or repair to the original appearance and finish, fittings and surfaces scratched or otherwise
damaged. Protect surfaces from damage until Practical Completion.
SHEETING: Securely fix or bond sheeting to the framing or core materials free from belly or spring and
in the case of the work top, in one piece complete over the full width including front margins and rear
skirtings where shown. Completely bond stainless steel worktops, benches and shelves to galvanised
sheet steel backing cores.
WELDING STAINLESS STEEL: Welding shall be electric seamless using low carbon filler rod with noncarbonaceous flux. Rods shall contain sufficient chromium and nickel to ensure that the deposited
metal has the same composition as the welded parts. Joints to be welded, whether in the workshop or
on the site shall be properly jigged to ensure that the finished joint is aligned flush. Use full butt welds
at butt joints. Do not use backing strips and solder fill nor puddle welds. Exposed welds shall be
continuous.
ADHESIVE BONDING: Ensure no cavities or crevices occur in joints where sheet metals are joined
together by adhesive bonding.
SUPPORT FRAMING (stainless steel): Scribe or mitre frame members at joints where appropriate and
fully weld together. Polish to No.4 (satin) finish.
BENCH TOPS, SINKS, SHELVES: Fabricate with lips, dishes, upstands and sink bowls. Form joggled
edge to top of flashing upstands and drill holes for taps and outlets as required.
Backing: Adhesive fix stainless steel to backing.
WALL HUNG SHELVES: Fix shelves to support brackets so that they can be easily removed.
DRAINERS: Grade drainers down to drain towards the centre of the sink bowls. Ensure dishwasher
feeding and unloading benches drain towards and are incorporated with the dishwasher.
SINK & TROUGH BOWLS: Fabricate from 1.6 mm thick stainless steel, entirely seamless and jointless,
with rounded corners, tapered sides and holed for outlets. Weld sinks into drainers. Grind welds and
buff to a uniform No. 4 (satin) finish. Finish under bench outside front face of sink bowls to a No. 4
(satin) finish.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.56
METALWORK
G.15 SIGNAGE
G.15.01 BUILDING SIGNAGE (PROVISIONAL SUM)
LOCATIONS: As indicated on the approved design documents.
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The building signage shall be fabricated and installed by
the approved specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this class of work for the
applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL –
METALWORK.
PROVISIONAL SUM: The amount as applicable for
•
WAYFINDING SIGNAGE
•
STATUTORY SIGNAGE
•
FEATURE SIGNAGE
Is for the fabrication, supply and installation of internal and external statutory, safety and directory
signage, building signage and support frames.
Inclusions: The provisional sum includes for:
•
Detailed shop drawings and visual schedule for approval
•
Structural calculations (if applicable for large cantilevered building signs)
•
Manufacture, delivery, handling & installation
•
Statutory, safety & like signage in conformance with applicable codes, standards or statutory
regulations.
•
Safety signage to Laboratories to achieve compliance with the applicable standards and legislation
•
Statutory signage to Fire Doors, Hydrants and fixed Fire Safety Equipment (except portable fire
extinguishers and blankets)
•
Signage to mechanical, electrical, communications, lift and other plant or equipment access doors.
•
Signage indicating height restrictions where applicable
•
Room door signage and room asset numbering (on door frames) using selected systems
•
Internal & external directory signage
•
External entry statement, feature & building signs (refer also to EXTERIOR LASER-CUT
PERFORATED WEATHERING STEEL (SIGNAGE) SCREENS – METALWORK and comply with all the
requirements thereof)
Exclusions: The provisional sum does not include for:
•
Statutory signage for portable fire extinguishers and blankets as specified in FIRE PROTECTION
SYSTEMS – METALWORK.
•
illuminated emergency exit signs (if any). Refer to Section Q – ELECTRICAL SERVICES.
all of which are specified elsewhere for supply and installation by the Contractor.
REQUIREMENT: Supply and install signs and signage to comply with the Building Code of Australia, the
relevant sections of AS1428.1, and such other relevant codes and standards and requirements of the
relevant authorities to enable issue of the Building Classification Certificate.
TYPE: Adhesive fixed accessible signs with raised tactile upper case letters or numerals in 50 mm high
Helvetica Medium and Braille set out centrally in the width of the door panel at height above floor level
in accordance with AS1428.1.
Proprietary item: All sign surfaces shall be BRAILLIANT TOUCH ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SYSTEMS or
equal approved.
ALUMINIUM FINISH: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Powder coat finish: As specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING – METALWORK.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.57
METALWORK
Anodised finish: As specified in ANODISING – METALWORK.
Colour: As indicated on the approved design documents to match approved samples.
G.16 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
G.16.01 FIRE STOPPING
GENERAL: Where a joint occurs in an element of construction required to have a fire resistant rating,
construct the joint, using suitable fire stopping materials such as intumescent sealants, so that the fire
resistance rating of the element is not reduced.
STANDARD: AS 4072.1.
Joint filling: Fill joints flush with fire grade mastic.
Proprietary item (mastic): FYREGUARD NULLIFIRE M-701 or equal approved.
G.16.02 PORTABLE FIRE EQUIPMENT
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The portable fire equipment shall be selected, located
and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this class of
work as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
LOCATION: As required by the Building Code of Australia (BCA), subject to the Superintendent’s final
approval.
DESCRIPTION: Commercial quality stored pressure type, portable, hand operated, colour coded,
having a metal body, hanging bracket, instructions for use and, where applicable, a discharge hose.
STANDARD: AS/NZS 1841 (set), AS 2444 (selection & signage)
Head Assembly: Metal (brass)
Indicator: Each extinguisher shall incorporate either a pressure gauge or a device indicating whether
or not the extinguisher has been operated
Proprietary item: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS by WORMALD AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or CHUBB FIRE SAFETY
LTD (formerly QUELL FIRE & SAFETY) or equal approved
INSTALLATION: Mount each extinguisher on a proprietary heavy duty mounting bracket in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
EXTINGUISHER SIGNS: To indicate the location, type and recommended usage of each extinguisher.
Requirement: Supply and install signage to comply with the requirements of the relevant authorities,
FESA and as required to comply with relevant codes and standards.
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – METALWORK
WARRANTY: The fire extinguishers shall be fully warranted by the manufacturer against defects in
materials and workmanship from the Date for Practical Completion.
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion): Six (6) years
FIRE BLANKETS
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents, subject to the Superintendent’s final
approval.
DESCRIPTION: Woven glass fibre fire blanket with wall mounted holder and signs.
STANDARD: AS/NZS 3504
Size: 1.8 x 1.8m.
Proprietary item: FIRE BLANKET by WORMALD AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or CHUBB FIRE SAFETY LTD
(formerly QUELL FIRE & SAFETY) or equal approved.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
G.58
METALWORK
I INSULATION & BARRIERS
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
I.1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................. I.1
I.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS .......................................................................................... I.1
I.1.02 REFERENCES ..................................................................................................... I.1
I.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) ............................................ I.2
I.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) .................................................... I.2
I.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES............................................................................................ I.3
I.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS ..................................................................................... I.3
I.1.07 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES............................................................................. I.3
I.1.08 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS............................................................................ I.4
I.1.09 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)................................................. I.4
I.1.10 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION .................... I.4
I.1.11 PROGRAMME ..................................................................................................... I.4
I.1.12 HOLD POINTS.................................................................................................... I.5
I.1.13 TESTS............................................................................................................... I.5
I.1.14 CERTIFICATION................................................................................................. I.5
I.1.15 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS.......................................................................... I.6
I.1.16 WARRANTIES .................................................................................................... I.6
I.1.17 SECONDARY SUPPORT ....................................................................................... I.6
I.1.18 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH .......................................................................... I.7
I.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS ................................................................................................. I.7
I.2.01 GENERALLY ....................................................................................................... I.7
I.2.02 INSULATION & BARRIER MATERIALS ................................................................... I.8
I.2.03 HANDLING INSULATION ................................................................................... I.11
I.2.04 SEALANTS ....................................................................................................... I.11
I.2.05 BACKING MATERIALS ....................................................................................... I.12
I.3 MESH SUPPORT & PROTECTIVE LININGS .................................................................................. I.12
I.3.01 SARKING AND INSULATION SUPPORT/SAFETY MESH .......................................... I.12
I.3.02 WIRE NETTING SUPPORT MESH ........................................................................ I.13
I.4 EXECUTION............................................................................................................................ I.13
I.4.01 INSTALLATION GENERALLY............................................................................... I.13
I.4.02 PRESERVATION OF INSULATION PROPERTIES .................................................... I.14
I.4.03 INSPECTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION............................................................. I.14
I.5 INSULATION & BARRIER SYSTEMS ........................................................................................... I.14
I.5.01 THERMAL BREAK INSULATION TAPE .................................................................. I.14
I.5.02 REFLECTIVE WALL SARKING ............................................................................. I.15
I.5.03 COMBINED VAPOUR BARRIER/PLIABLE CELLULAR PLASTICS INSULATION & RADIANT
BARRIER .................................................................................................................. I.15
I.5.04 METAL ROOF INSULATION – ANTI-CONDENSATION ............................................ I.16
I.5.05 CEILING INSULATION....................................................................................... I.17
I.5.06 WALL & FASCIA INSULATION ............................................................................ I.18
I.5.07 FLOOR SOFFIT INSULATION ............................................................................. I.19
I.5.08 INSULATION FOR VERMIN PROTECTION ............................................................ I.20
I.5.09 FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING................................................................................. I.20
I.5.10 INSULATION TO COVERED AREAS ..................................................................... I.20
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
INSULATION & BARRIERS
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
INSULATION & BARRIERS
I INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.1 GENERAL
I.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
I.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS/NZS 1170.0
AS/NZS 1170.2
AS 1191
AS 1366.1
AS 1366.2
AS 1366.3
AS 1366.4
AS 1530.1
AS 1530.2
AS/NZS 1530.3
AS 1530.4
AS/NZS 2107
AS 2309
AS/NZS 2312
AS 2498.0
AS 2498.1
AS 2498.2
AS 2498.3
AS 2498.4
2002 Structural design actions – General principles
2002 Structural design actions - Wind actions
2002 Acoustics – Method for laboratory measurement of airborne sound
transmission insulation of building elements
1992 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polyurethane (RC/PUR)
1992 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polyisocyanurate (RC/PIR)
1992 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polystyrene – Moulded (RC/PS – M)
1989 Rigid cellular plastics sheets for thermal insulation – Rigid cellular
polystyrene – Extruded (RC/PS – E)
1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Combustibility test for materials
1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures Test for flammability of materials
1999 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and
smoke release
2005 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Fire-resistant tests of elements of building construction
2000 Acoustics - Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for
building interiors
2008 Durability of galvanized and electrogalvanized zinc coatings for the
protection of steel in structural applications - Atmospheric
2002 Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by
the use of protective coatings
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics - General introduction and list of
methods
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Sampling and conditioning
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Determination of linear
dimensions
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Determination of compressive
stress
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Determination of cross-breaking
strength
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.1
INSULATION & BARRIERS
AS 2498.5
AS 2498.6
AS 2498.7
AS 2498.8
AS 3999
AS 4072.1
AS/NZS 4200.1
AS/NZS 4200.2
AS/NZS 4201.0
AS/NZS 4201.1
AS/NZS 4201.2
AS/NZS 4201.3
AS/NZS 4201.4
AS/NZS 4201.5
AS/NZS 4201.6
AS 4312
AS/NZS 4389
AS/NZS 4534
AS/NZS 4680
AS/NZS 4801
AS/NZS 4859.1
AS/NZS ISO 717.1
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Determination of water vapour
transmission rate
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Determination of dimensional
stability
1993 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Determination of volume
percentage of open and closed cells
1991 Methods of testing rigid cellular plastics – Determination of water
absorption
1992 Thermal insulation of dwellings – Bulk insulation – Installation
requirements
2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant separating
elements – Service penetrations and control joints
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Materials
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Installation requirements
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays - Methods of test - General
introduction and list of methods
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays - Methods of test - Resistance to
dry delamination
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays - Methods of test - Resistance to
wet delamination
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays - Methods of test - Shrinkage
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays - Methods of test - Resistance to
water penetration
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays - Methods of test - Emittance
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays - Methods of test - Surface water
absorbency
2008 Atmospheric corrosivity zones in Australia
1996 Safety mesh
2006 Zinc and zinc/aluminium-alloy coatings on steel wire
2006 Hot-dip galvanised (zinc) coatings on fabricated ferrous articles
2001 Occupational health and safety management systems - Specification with
guidance for use
2002 Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings – General criteria and
technical provisions
2004 Acoustics – Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements – Airborne sound insulation
ASTM E408-71
2008 Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using
Inspection-Meter Techniques
ASTM E96/E96M-10 2010 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
Worksafe Code of Practice: Prevention of falls in the workplaces (2004)
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres [NOHSC:2006(1990)]
I.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
I.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection GENERAL, clause PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.2
INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
insulation, laminated foil backed insulation, acoustic pipe lagging, fire & smoke stopping, combined
vapour barrier/insulation/thermal break, reflective wall sarking and reflective foil vapour barrier:
Samples of each selected material – Not less than 600 x 600mm
•
jointing tape: Roll in sealed manufacturer’s packaging
•
thermal break insulation tape: Roll in sealed manufacturer’s packaging
•
support/safety mesh: Samples of each selected material – Not less than 1200 x 1200mm
•
wire netting: Samples of each selected material – Not less than 1200 x 1200mm
•
fire & smoke stopping: Samples of each selected material and/or system – Not less than 600mm
length
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
I.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
I.1.07 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
insulation, laminated foil backed insulation, acoustic box gutter lagging, acoustic pipe lagging,
acoustic loaded vinyl, fire & smoke stopping, penetrations to walls and ceilings, combined vapour
barrier/insulation/thermal break, thermal break insulation tape, reflective wall sarking and
reflective foil vapour barrier, including support/safety mesh and wire netting where applicable,
comprising each system specified herein, prior to covering up or concealing with next layer of
construction;
•
acoustic septum in ceiling void (Refer also to SECTION U – PLASTERING & CEILINGS)
•
fire and smoke stopping.
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.3
INSULATION & BARRIERS
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
I.1.08 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples;
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
technical specifications for each proprietary product, material and/or system specified including
where relevant manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for application in this project in
respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical, fire resistant and acoustic properties as applicable;
)
vapour and/or water permeability as applicable;
)
installation including method of support, fixing, sealing and jointing method as applicable;
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care and maintenance requirements of the installed product,
both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
•
type and/or field test results;
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
I.1.09 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
I.1.10 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
I.1.11 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.4
INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.1.12 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
•
Product data prior to ordering;
•
Control samples submitted for approval;
•
Methods statements submitted for approval;
•
First completed examples ready for inspection prior to covering up or concealment;
•
Fire & smoke stopping prior to covering up or concealment;
•
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests;
•
Certificates of compliance.
I.1.13 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
•
The composite wall and ceiling insulation and/or barrier systems specified, when installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, comply with the specification and the
applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
fire resistance rating;
)
acoustic performance.
)
suitability for the climatic conditions and wind pressure particular to the locality;
The fire & smoke stopping materials, products and/or composite systems, when installed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, comply with the specification and the
applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
level of smoke inhibition and/or fire resistance rating, as applicable;
SITE TESTS: Use instruments calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
I.1.14 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.5
INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.1.15 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
I.1.16 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
•
with respect to insulation and barriers generally:
)
loss of resilient, smoke stopping, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties;
)
structural failure, physical deterioration, deformation and/or displacement of materials or
components;
)
failure or partial failure of fixings;
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
)
vermin infestation;
)
mould or bacterial contamination;
and additionally with respect to water/vapour barriers:
)
•
vapour or water penetration,
and additionally with respect to sealants:
)
loss of resilient, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other physical deterioration
)
mould or bacterial contamination
TRADE WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide a trade
warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Insulation generally unless otherwise specified: Ten (10) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted
by the Superintendent, provide a product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved
form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Insulation materials & components: Ten (10) years
•
Sealants: Ten (10) years
I.1.17 SECONDARY SUPPORT
DEFINITION: The term secondary support shall be deemed, in respect of insulation and/or barriers,
to include all necessary framing, fixings, netting, mesh and other supports, fasteners and/or spacers
between the primary structure and the design line and location of the insulation and/or barrier and
shall include all additional framing, fixings, netting, mesh and other supports and/or spacers
necessary to offset the insulation and/or barrier from the primary structure and achieve
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.6
INSULATION & BARRIERS
the design line and location of the insulation and/or barrier indicated on the approved
design documents.
DEEMED TO BE INCLUDED: The Contractor shall be deemed to have included at the time of its tender
a sufficient allowance for all material and labour costs and a sufficient allocation of time in its
construction programme for the provision and installation of all necessary secondary supports as
defined hereinbefore, whether or not indicated in the preliminary design and the Principal’s project
requirements.
I.1.18 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
I.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
I.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose (including but not limited to cyclonic
climatic conditions) and consistent with the design intent;
•
structurally adequate;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
DESIGN INTENT: The Works have been designed to achieve thermal performance as
specified in the Environmentally Sustainable Design (ESD) section of the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS – volume 3 to exceed the minimum compliance with the Building Code of
Australia (BCA) Section J and to meet the required acoustic performance.
Reference: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
SEALING (VAPOUR BARRIERS): The Contractor shall ensure all vapour barriers are
carefully and completely sealed at all lap joints, perimeter abutments and penetrations of
structural elements, services and like discontinuities and shall keep a comprehensive
photographic log of all such locations on completion of sealing as evidence of compliance
with this requirement.
ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE: Supply and install acoustic insulation as required to meet the minimum
requirements as set out in Herring Storer Acoustic Design Report June 2012 included in the TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4
THERMAL/ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE: Confirm product manufacturer’s certification of thermal and/or
acoustic performance specifications of all insulation and thermal/acoustic barrier materials and
construction methodologies proposed for installation in the Works and submit to Superintendent for
approval prior to ordering and delivery to site.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.7
INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.2.02 INSULATION & BARRIER MATERIALS
BULK INSULATION & BARRIER MATERIALS GENERALLY:
For insulation materials generally, which may include but not be limited to:
•
Glass fibre batts and blankets
•
Mineral wool batts and blankets
•
Polyester wool batts and blankets
•
Rigid cellular plastics sheets and reflective foil for thermal insulation
•
Pliable cellular plastics and reflective foil material for thermal insulation
The following minimum criteria shall apply and where the requirements of the Environmentally
Sustainable Design section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 exceed the minimum
standards, the ESD requirements shall apply:
THERMAL PERFORMANCE & GENERAL CRITERIA: To AS/NZS 4859.1
FLAMMABILITY:
•
Flammability index to AS 1530.2: Low ≤ 5.
•
Early fire hazard indices to AS 1530.3:
)
Ignitability:
0
)
Flame spread:
0
)
Heat evolved:
0
)
Smoke developed:
≤1
ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) PROPERTIES:
Ozone depletion potential (ODP): Nil
Volatile organic compounds (VOC) post manufacture content: Nil
SARKING-TYPE MATERIAL & VAPOUR BARRIER MATERIALS GENERALLY:
For sarking-type and vapour barrier materials generally, which may include but not be limited to
perforated, micro-perforated or non-perforated:
•
Reflective foils and sarkings;
•
Non-woven polyester (e.g. Tyvek);
•
Building ‘Kraft’-type paper sarkings and the like
The following minimum criteria shall apply and where the requirements of the Environmentally
Sustainable Design section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 exceed the minimum
standards, the ESD requirements shall apply:
GENERAL CRITERIA: To AS/NZS 4200.1
THERMAL PERFORMANCE: To AS/NZS 4859.1
INSTALLATION GENERALLY: To AS/NZS 4200.2
MATERIAL PROPERTIES:
Edge tear resistance to AS/NZS 4200.1 (min. lateral resistance): > 500N
Dry Delamination to AS/NZS 4201.1: Pass
Wet Delamination to AS/NZS 4201.2: Pass
Shrinkage to AS/NZS 4201.3: ≤ 0.5%
FLAMMABILITY:
•
Flammability index to AS 1530.2: Low ≤ 5.
•
Early fire hazard indices to AS 1530.3:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.8
INSULATION & BARRIERS
)
Ignitability:
0
)
Flame spread:
0
)
Heat evolved:
0
)
Smoke developed:
≤1
ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) PROPERTIES:
Ozone depletion potential (ODP): Nil
Volatile organic compounds (VOC) post manufacture content: Nil
PERMEABILITY:
Resistance to water penetration to AS/NZS 4201.4: High resistance
Water absorbency to AS/NZS 4201.6: Nil
Rate of vapour transmission to ASTM E96/E96M-10 (unperforated/non-permeable): Nil
Rate of vapour transmission to ASTM E96/E96M-10 (perforated/permeable): Medium
FOIL REFLECTIVITY:
Reflective face: > 97%
Anti-glare face: > 95%
FOIL EMITTANCE (to ASTM-E408):
Reflective face: < E0.03
Anti-glare face: < E0.10
COMBINED VAPOUR BARRIER/RIGID EXPANDED CELLULAR PLASTICS INSULATION
BOARD & RADIANT BARRIER MATERIALS:
For combined vapour barriers/rigid insulation materials generally, which may include but not be limited
to:
•
Rigid moulded and/or extruded expanded cellular plastics boards laminated on one or both sides
with reflective foil or like vapour barrier.
The following minimum criteria shall apply and where the requirements of the Environmentally
Sustainable Design section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 exceed the minimum
standards, the ESD requirements shall apply:
GENERAL CRITERIA (insulation core):
•
Rigid cellular polyurethane (RC/PUR): To AS 1366.1
•
Rigid cellular polyisocyanurate (RC/PIR): To AS 1366.2
•
Rigid cellular polystyrene – Moulded (RC/PS – M): To AS 1366.3
•
Rigid cellular polystyrene – Extruded (RC/PS – E): To AS 1366.4
THERMAL PERFORMANCE: To AS/NZS 4859.1
MATERIAL PROPERTIES:
Dry Delamination to AS/NZS 4201.1: Pass
Wet Delamination to AS/NZS 4201.2: Pass
Shrinkage to AS/NZS 4201.3: ≤ 0.5%
FLAMMABILITY:
•
Flammability index to AS 1530.2: Low ≤ 5.
•
Early fire hazard indices to AS 1530.3:
)
Ignitability:
0
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.9
INSULATION & BARRIERS
)
Flame spread:
0
)
Heat evolved:
0
)
Smoke developed:
≤1
ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) PROPERTIES:
Ozone depletion potential (ODP): Nil
Volatile organic compounds (VOC) post manufacture content: Nil
PERMEABILITY:
Rate of vapour transmission to AS 2498.5: Nil
Rate of water absorption to AS 2498.8: Nil
FOIL REFLECTIVITY:
Reflective face: > 97%
Anti-glare face: > 95%
FOIL EMITTANCE (to ASTM-E408):
Reflective face: < E0.03
Anti-glare face: < E0.10
COMBINED VAPOUR BARRIER/PLIABLE CELLULAR PLASTICS INSULATION & RADIANT
BARRIER SHEET MATERIALS
For combined vapour barriers/pliable insulation materials generally, which may include but not be
limited to:
•
Pliable cellular plastics sheet laminated on one or both sides with reflective foil or like vapour
barrier.
The following minimum criteria shall apply and where the requirements of the Environmentally
Sustainable Design section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 exceed the minimum
standards, the ESD requirements shall apply:
GENERAL CRITERIA: To AS/NZS 4200.1
THERMAL PERFORMANCE: To AS/NZS 4859.1
INSTALLATION GENERALLY: To AS/NZS 4200.2
MATERIAL PROPERTIES:
Edge tear resistance to AS/NZS 4200.1 (min. lateral resistance): > 500N
Dry Delamination to AS/NZS 4201.1: Pass
Wet Delamination to AS/NZS 4201.2: Pass
Shrinkage to AS/NZS 4201.3: ≤ 0.5%
FLAMMABILITY:
•
Flammability index to AS 1530.2: Low ≤ 5.
•
Early fire hazard indices to AS 1530.3:
)
Ignitability:
0
)
Flame spread:
0
)
Heat evolved:
0
)
Smoke developed:
≤1
ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) PROPERTIES:
Ozone depletion potential (ODP): Nil
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.10
INSULATION & BARRIERS
Volatile organic compounds (VOC) post manufacture content: Nil
PERMEABILITY:
Resistance to water penetration to AS/NZS 4201.4: High resistance
Water absorbency to AS/NZS 4201.6: Nil
Rate of vapour transmission to ASTM E96/E96M-10: Nil
FOIL REFLECTIVITY:
Reflective face: > 97%
Anti-glare face: > 95%
FOIL EMITTANCE (to ASTM-E408):
Reflective face: < E0.03
Anti-glare face: < E0.10
FASTENERS AND SUPPORTS:
Material: Galvanised steel, unless otherwise specified or recommended by the insulation manufacturer.
I.2.03 HANDLING INSULATION
REQUIREMENT: The method used for installing insulation shall comply with the National Code of
Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres - as approved by the Department of Occupational
Health, Safety and Welfare.
I.2.04 SEALANTS
GENERALLY: Use only sealants that are certified by the manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
SEALANT SELECTION: Confirm with the manufacturer the compatibility of all proposed materials
intended to be in contact with the sealant prior to commencing installation.
SEALANT – TYPE 1:
Locations: General internal and external construction use and penetrations in non fire-rated
elements including but not limited to:
•
Acoustic-rated pipe penetrations into ducts and through walls;
Material: Low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1400kg/m3.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–CONSTRUCTION or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 2 (FIRE RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION):
Locations: General construction use for joints, penetrations into ducts and through walls occurring
in fire resistance rated construction.
Material: Fire grade intumescent mastic.
Fire resistance rating: Minimum 4 hours.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKA FIRERATE or equal approved
INSTALLATION:
Sealant depth: Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer, depth of sealant shall be:
•
for joints in non-fire rated walls: 0.67 – 1.0 times joint width.
•
for joint widths exceeding 40mm: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer
•
for joints in fire rated walls: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer to maintain the fire
resistance level of the wall.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.11
INSULATION & BARRIERS
Joint preparation: Prepare joints in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
Confirm joint profile complies with the design requirements. Clear extraneous matter such as grout
and dust from the joint and leave the joint clear of movement-restricting material.
Backing materials (if required): Install backing rod to correct depth to control sealant depth as
specified in BACKING MATERIALS – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Priming: Unless primer is not recommended by the jointing material manufacturer, apply the sealant
manufacturer’s recommended primer to the cleaned joint edges in contact with jointing materials to
achieve maximum adhesion of sealant. Avoid applying primer to the face of the backing rod.
Filling and sealing: Fill the joint completely, tooling the sealant with a spatula and not the applicator
nozzle or thumb, resulting in the sealant to be pressed firmly onto the contact surfaces of the joint to
achieve the maximum bond. Finish sealant neatly, smooth and flush with surface. Do not overfill.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
I.2.05 BACKING MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: Use compatible sealant and bond breaking backing materials which are certified as
compatible with the materials and products with which they are intended to be in contact.
MATERIALS (in compressible foamed fillers and backing rods): Closed-cell or impregnated types which
do not absorb water.
Bond Breaking: Back-up materials for sealants, including backing rods and the like, shall not adhere to
the sealant, or shall be faced with a non-adhering material.
BACKING MATERIAL – TYPE 1:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents, unless otherwise specified.
Profile:
•
Circular section rod: Joints width < 40mm (max. joint size for the 50mm dia backing rod)
•
Rectangular section rod: Joints width > 40mm (section dimensions determined by compression
requirements – refer installation, below).
Proprietary item: TREMCO FOAM SEALANT BACKING ROD, CFC free, or equal approved.
Installation: Backing materials shall be inserted into the gap of the joint to be sealed to a depth so as
to control the depth of the applied sealant. Backer rods shall be compressed 20-25% of their initial
diameter (or width in the case of rectangular shaped materials) to fit the joint width.
I.3 MESH SUPPORT & PROTECTIVE LININGS
I.3.01 SARKING AND INSULATION SUPPORT/SAFETY MESH
REQUIREMENT: Provide safety mesh and/or insulation support as indicated on the approved design
documents, including:
•
As support to anti-condensation insulation under metal sheet roofing
•
As safety mesh below translucent sheet roofing
MATERIAL: Welded steel wire reinforcing mesh to AS/NZS 4389, and the following:
Diameter of
wire in mesh:
Tensile
strength of
wire (min):
2.00 mm
450 MPa
Spacing of longitudinal
wires
Spacing of transverse
wires
Min:
Max:
Min:
Max:
Minimum mass
of zinc coating
to AS/NZS 4534
145 mm
155 mm
295 mm
305 mm
35 g/m2
INSTALLATION:
As safety mesh/support to anti-condensation insulation below metal roof cladding: Fix sufficiently
tautly below anti-condensation insulation to metal roof cladding to ensure continuous contact of the
insulation with the underside of the roof sheeting and with only sufficient slack to allow the
insulation to recover its thickness between fixings in accordance with the insulation
manufacturer's installation recommendations.
Secure to roof structure with galvanised
fastenings at not more than 450 mm centres.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.12
INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.3.02 WIRE NETTING SUPPORT MESH
LOCATION: To support insulation to column & girt perimeter walls or to ceiling soffits or wherever
secondary support is necessary or required unless safety mesh is otherwise specified.
MATERIAL: Woven galvanised medium duty general purpose wire netting (birdwire).
Size: Nominal 30mm opening size, 0.9mm wire.
INSTALLATION (generally): Install tautly with only sufficient slack to allow insulation to recover its
required depth and resilience between fixings. Tie long edges of wire mesh together with loops of 3.15
mm diameter galvanised tie wire at not more than 450 mm centres. If applicable, take care to protect
foil insulation backing from damage during installation and ensure ties are not left with sharp points.
Installation (ceiling soffits, etc): Install over insulation sharing same fixings (e.g. SPEEDCLIPS).
Installation (column & girt walls): Secure to face of girts with galvanised fastenings at not more than
450 mm centres.
SECONDARY SUPPORT: Refer to SECONDARY FRAMING – INSULATION & BARRIERS and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
I.4 EXECUTION
I.4.01 INSTALLATION GENERALLY
BULK INSULATION:
Standard: To AS 3999.
Batts & semi-rigid sheets: Fit tightly between framing members without gaps. Provide suitable support
as necessary to maintain insulation in required position.
Blankets & pliable sheets: Lay continuously including over framing members without gaps. Provide
suitable support as necessary to maintain insulation in required position.
Recessed light fittings: Cut insulation around all recessed light fittings. Do not allow
ceiling insulation to abut, overlay or otherwise come into contact with light fittings.
Refer also to SECTION U – PLASTERING & CEILINGS
Ceiling access panels: Cut insulation to conform to perimeter of access panel and adhere
to reverse face of panel.
Refer also to SECTION U – PLASTERING & CEILINGS
SARKING-TYPE MATERIAL: Including reflective foil laminate or combined vapour barrier/insulation &
radiant barrier material (as specified hereinafter):
Standard: To AS/NZS 4200.2.
WALL SARKING:
Locations: Provide vapour non-permeable sarking under cladding including (where applicable):
•
Profiled metal sheet wall cladding fixed horizontally, vertically or diagonally
•
To outer face of inner stud framed leaf in masonry veneer cavity wall construction (if applicable);
Locations: Provide vapour permeable sarking under cladding including (where applicable):
•
Compressed fibre cement panel cladding (e.g. EXOTEC, VITRAPANEL & the like);
•
Timber panel cladding;
•
Weatherboards irrespective of material;
•
Unpainted or unsealed (potentially vapour-permeable) cladding irrespective of material.
Installation (generally): Fix to the frame members with broad-head clouts, staples, screws or double
sided pressure sensitive adhesive tape or proprietary fixings as recommended by the sarking
manufacturer to be applicable for background, spaced at 300 mm maximum centres. Apply to outer
face of external stud walls and inner stud framed leaf of masonry veneer cavity walls from bottom plate
up, over flashings. Lap and seal all joints. At the top, seal across the wall cavity.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.13
INSULATION & BARRIERS
Overlap (minimum):
adhesion.
300mm and adhesive tape fix.
Roll laps & joints firmly to ensure maximum
SECONDARY SUPPORT: Refer to SECONDARY FRAMING – INSULATION & BARRIERS and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
I.4.02 PRESERVATION OF INSULATION PROPERTIES
PRESERVATION OF INSULATION PROPERTIES: Preserve the required thermal, anti-condensation
and/or sound reduction properties of the specified insulation, barriers and sarking using appropriate
installation techniques and practices, including but not limited to the following:
•
Install the specified insulation and sarking materials in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations and guidelines
•
Fit insulation tightly between framing members (batt type insulation) or continuously over framing
members (blanket type insulation and/or sarking) without gaps;
•
Provide suitable support as necessary to maintain insulation and/or sarking in required position;
•
Rectify or replace displaced or damaged insulation and/or sarking prior to concealment;
•
Keep insulation dry. Store on site and install in dry conditions. Do not install prematurely or leave
unprotected in adverse conditions;
•
Install insulation uncompressed retaining its full thickness unless otherwise specified;
•
Avoid thermal bridging by ensuring continuity of insulation and/or sarking stratum using
appropriate techniques where interrupted by structural elements, box gutters, penetrations and the
like;
•
Overlap and fully seal joints and penetrations in sarking to provide an effective moisture barrier.
Roll laps & joints firmly to ensure maximum adhesion.
I.4.03 INSPECTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENT:
The Contractor shall closely supervise insulation installation techniques and
workmanship and to inspect and record completed stages of construction prior to concealment to verify
‘deemed to satisfy’ and documented construction requirements for fire resistance rated and acoustic
rated works have been achieved, including but not limited to inspection and recording of:
•
fire and smoke stopping provisions prior to covering up or concealment
•
fire-resistance rated and acoustic rated barriers prior to covering up or concealment within ducts
and ceiling voids
•
acoustic pipe lagging prior to covering up or concealment within ducts and ceiling voids
•
sealing of pipe and other penetrations in walls, floors, ceilings, duct and ceiling voids
I.5 INSULATION & BARRIER SYSTEMS
I.5.01 THERMAL BREAK INSULATION TAPE
LOCATIONS: Outer contact surfaces of metal stud wall framing prior to installation of sarking/wall
cladding sheets which would otherwise be in direct contact with sarking/wall cladding material, to
provide thermal break in compliance with the Building Code of Australia (BCA), unless otherwise
specified or provided (such as by provision of a combined vapour barrier/pliable cellular plastics
insulation & radiant barrier as indicated on the approved design documents and/or specified
hereinafter).
DESCRIPTION: Self-adhesive polyethylene foam thermal break insulation tape.
Thickness: Nominal 10mm
Width: Nominal 30mm
R-Value: R0.2
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.14
INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.5.02 REFLECTIVE WALL SARKING
STANDARD:
Materials: To AS/NZS 4200.1
Installation: To AS/NZS 4200.2
VAPOUR NON-PERMEABLE TYPE WALL SARKING:
LOCATIONS: Outer face of externally exposed stud framed walls, gables and fascias clad with metal
wall cladding including composite steel-faced insulated cladding and outer face of stud framed inner
leaf of all externally exposed masonry veneer walls (if applicable) unless otherwise specified or
indicated on the approved design documents.
INTENT: An effective permanent and durable water and water vapour barrier to prevent ingress of
water and water vapour into the building or the next layer of construction towards the interior of the
building.
MATERIAL: Extra heavy duty double-sided reflective foil laminate with one anti-glare surface facing
outwards
INSTALLATION
THERMAL BREAK INSULATION TAPE: Where applicable (such as to outer surfaces of metal stud wall
framing which would otherwise be in direct contact with sarking/wall cladding material), apply thermal
break insulation tape prior to installation of sarking, as specified in THERMAL BREAK INSULATION TAPE
– INSULATION & BARRIERS.
SEQUENCE OF WORK: Install sarking in a timely manner prior to the next layer of construction. Do
not install sarking prematurely and take all necessary precautions to prevent mechanical damage or
damage by adverse weather prior to covering up or completion of next outer layer of construction.
Prior to covering up, replace and re-install damaged areas of sarking or where permitted by the
Superintendent, repair damaged sarking with matching foil self-adhesive permanent tape provided for
the purpose by the sarking manufacturer to the Superintendent’s approval.
Do not use ‘duct tape’ for repairs.
INSTALLATION: Tape and fully seal joints. Apply from the bottom plate up, over the flashing, lapping
higher sheets over lower sheets by at least 300mm. Fully seal all laps, penetrations and abutments. At
the top, seal across the wall cavity.
Metal stud framed walls: Apply to the outer face of external stud walls prior to installation of wall
cladding
FIXING: Fix in accordance with the sarking manufacturer’s recommendations applicable for the
background.
To steel or aluminium: Double sided pressure sensitive adhesive tape.
SUPPORT: Span of reflective wall sarking between supports shall not exceed 1200mm centres in any
one direction.
Where no adequate support is provided (such as to perimeter column & girt walls or other primary
structural steel framing) provide support mesh as specified in WIRE NETTING SUPPORT MESH –
INSULATION & BARRIERS
SECONDARY SUPPORT: Refer to SECONDARY FRAMING – INSULATION & BARRIERS and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
I.5.03 COMBINED VAPOUR BARRIER/PLIABLE CELLULAR PLASTICS INSULATION & RADIANT
BARRIER
REQUIREMENT: Provide an effective permanently sealed water and water vapour barrier in the form of
a combined vapour barrier/pliable cellular plastics insulation & radiant barrier as specified herein to
prevent transfer of water and water vapour into the next layer of construction, typically installed as
sisalation/thermal break only or as a component of a composite system together with bulk thermal
insulation as specified hereinafter and as indicated on the approved design documents.
STANDARDS: AS/NZS 4859.1, AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.15
INSULATION & BARRIERS
MATERIAL: Reflective combined vapour barrier/thermal insulation and radiant barrier consisting of
extra-heavy duty, durable, low-flammability, fire-retarded, non-allergenic, closed-cell foamed
polyethylene bonded on each surface with a reflective aluminium foil.
SEQUENCE OF WORK: Prior to covering up, replace and re-install damaged areas of combined vapour
barrier/pliable cellular plastics insulation & radiant barrier or where permitted by the Superintendent,
repair damaged combined vapour barrier/pliable cellular plastics insulation & radiant barrier with
matching foil self-adhesive permanent tape provided for the purpose by the manufacturer to the
Superintendent’s approval. Do not use ‘duct tape’ for repairs.
INSTALLATION:
Walls: Apply from the bottom of wall upwards, lapping higher sheets over lower sheets by at least
150mm. Tape and fully seal all laps, penetrations and abutments.
Soffits: Apply from the highest point of raking soffits downwards, lapping lower sheets under higher
sheets by at least 300mm. Tape and fully seal all laps, penetrations and abutments.
FIXING: Fix in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations applicable for the background.
SUPPORT: Span of combined vapour barrier/pliable cellular plastics insulation & radiant barrier
between supports shall not exceed 1200mm centres in any one direction.
Where no adequate support is provided (such as to perimeter column & girt walls or other primary
structural steel framing) provide support mesh as specified in WIRE NETTING SUPPORT MESH –
INSULATION & BARRIERS
SECONDARY SUPPORT: Refer to SECONDARY FRAMING – INSULATION & BARRIERS and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
I.5.04 METAL ROOF INSULATION – ANTI-CONDENSATION
LOCATION (roofs): Provide continuous anti-condensation insulation over insulation support/safety
mesh under the metal roof sheeting to entire metal sheeted roofs throughout including under metal
roof sheeting to exterior eaves, canopies, walkways and the like with lined soffits, ensuring continuity
with perimeter wall vapour barrier/insulation.
ANTI-CONDENSATION INSULATION - TYPE 1 (ENCLOSED AREAS):
LOCATIONS: Under the metal roof sheeting to entire metal sheeted roofs throughout OVER ENCLOSED
AREAS, except where otherwise specified or indicated on the approved design documents.
MATERIAL: Composite system consisting of (in descending order of position commencing with
uppermost layer):
•
Double-sided reflective foil sarking immediately below metal roof sheeting as specified in
REFLECTIVE FOIL LAMINATE – (NON-PERFORATED), hereinafter {Install last – prior to installation
of roof sheeting}
•
Resin bonded glass fibre insulation blanket faced on underside with selected double sided reflective
NON-PERFORATED foil laminate as specified in REFLECTIVE FOIL LAMINATE – (NONPERFORATED), hereinafter, fully adhered to the insulation blanket and supported on insulation
support/safety mesh {Install second on safety mesh foil side down}
•
Insulation support/safety mesh {Install first}
•
Combined vapour barrier/pliable cellular plastics insulation & radiant barrier material fixed to
underside of purlins {Installation not dependent on rest of the composite system – install from
below}
Note: The practical sequence of installation of the above system components is suggested within
brackets {}.
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents to achieve the required thermal/acoustic
performance.
Density (bulk glass fibre): Minimum 11 kg/m3.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.16
INSULATION & BARRIERS
Combined vapour barrier/pliable cellular plastics insulation & radiant barrier: As specified in COMBINED
VAPOUR BARRIER/PLIABLE CELLULAR PLASTICS INSULATION & RADIANT BARRIER – INSULATION &
BARRIERS.
ANTI-CONDENSATION INSULATION - TYPE 2 (NON-ENCLOSED AREAS):
LOCATIONS: Under the metal roof sheeting to entire metal sheeted roofs throughout OVER NONENCLOSED AREAS, canopies, verandahs, walkways and the like with lined soffits except where
otherwise specified or indicated on the approved design documents.
MATERIAL: Composite system consisting of (in descending order of position commencing with
uppermost layer):
•
Double-sided reflective foil sarking immediately below metal roof sheeting as specified in
REFLECTIVE FOIL LAMINATE – (NON-PERFORATED), hereinafter {Install last – prior to installation
of roof sheeting}
•
Resin bonded glass fibre insulation blanket faced on underside with selected double sided reflective
NON-PERFORATED foil laminate as specified in REFLECTIVE FOIL LAMINATE – (NONPERFORATED), hereinafter, fully adhered to the insulation blanket and supported on insulation
support/safety mesh {Install second on safety mesh foil side down}
•
Insulation support/safety mesh {Install first}
Note: The practical sequence of installation of the above system components is suggested within
brackets {}.
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents to achieve the required thermal/acoustic
performance.
Density (bulk glass fibre): Minimum 11 kg/m3.
REFLECTIVE FOIL LAMINATE – (NON-PERFORATED):
LOCATIONS: Generally except where otherwise specified and as vapour barrier (sarking) component
ABOVE glass fibre blanket comprising ANTI-CONDENSATION INSULATION - TYPE 1 (COMPOSITE
SYSTEM), specified hereinbefore.
MATERIAL:
outwards
Heavy duty double-sided reflective foil laminate with one anti-glare surface facing
INSTALLATION
GENERALLY: Project edges of facing 300 mm on two sides to form laps at joints. Lay with foil face
down on galvanised support mesh, unless otherwise specified. Ensure insulation material is installed
with only sufficient slack to allow the insulation to recover its thickness between support framing and in
continuous contact with the underside of roofing and wall cladding, without gaps or ‘thermal bridging’.
SUPPORT/SAFETY MESH:
INSULATION & BARRIERS
As specified in SARKING AND INSULATION SUPPORT/SAFETY MESH –
I.5.05 CEILING INSULATION
THERMAL/ACOUSTIC INSULATION: Provide bulk thermal/acoustic insulation generally over all ceilings
and soffits below roofs.
INSTALLATION: As specified in CEILING INSULATION – INSTALLATION hereinafter.
CEILING INSULATION – (BULK THERMAL/ACOUSTIC):
LOCATION: Provide bulk thermal/acoustic insulation over
•
Plain and perforated linerboard-faced gypsum plasterboard lined ceilings
•
Perforated metal strip acoustic ceilings
•
Perforated corrugated aluminium lined exterior soffits
including utility and 'wet' areas such as stores, toilets and the like and as indicated on the approved
design documents.
MATERIAL: Resin bonded glass fibre ceiling batts.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.17
INSULATION & BARRIERS
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents to achieve the required thermal/acoustic
performance.
Density: Minimum 11 kg/m3.
Black Fabric: Insulation to perforated ceilings that would otherwise be visible from below
shall have black dyed non-woven glass fibre fabric adhered to the underside with a
resinous binder.
INSTALLATION
GENERALLY: Install batts between the ceiling framing members. Fit snugly within framing and tightly
butt joints.
MAINTAIN INTEGRITY: Maintain integrity of insulation whether specified for its thermal or its acoustic
properties. Avoid gaps or local reduction of specified thickness or density.
Recessed light fittings: Cut insulation around all recessed light fittings. Do not allow
ceiling insulation to abut, overlay or otherwise come into contact with light fittings.
Refer also to SECTION U – PLASTERING & CEILINGS
Ceiling access panels: Cut insulation to conform to perimeter of access panel and adhere
to reverse face of panel.
Refer also to SECTION U – PLASTERING & CEILINGS
I.5.06 WALL & FASCIA INSULATION
THERMAL/ACOUSTIC INSULATION: Provide bulk thermal/acoustic insulation typically throughout to
inner metal stud framed leaf and on wire support netting to girts (where applicable) of externally
exposed perimeter walls & fascias and as indicated on the approved design documents.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION: Provide acoustic insulation to metal stud framed leaf of all interior metal stud
framed walls unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents. If thermal insulation is
specified or indicated on the approved design documents for the same area no additional acoustic
insulation is required.
INSTALLATION: As specified in WALL INSULATION – INSTALLATION hereinafter.
SECONDARY SUPPORT (if applicable): Where no adequate support is provided (such as to perimeter
column & girt walls or other primary structural steel framing) provide support mesh as specified in
WIRE NETTING SUPPORT MESH – INSULATION & BARRIERS
WALL INSULATION TYPE 1 – COMPOSITE STEEL-FACED INSULATED CLADDING
PERIMETER WALLS & FASCIAS (COMPOSITE SYSTEM):
LOCATION: Provide reflective VAPOUR NON-PERMEABLE wall sarking to outer face of externally
exposed structural or metal stud framed perimeter walls nominated to be clad with composite steelfaced insulated cladding and bulk thermal/acoustic insulation full height within structural or metal stud
framed inner leaf and as indicated on the approved design documents.
WALL SARKING: VAPOUR NON-PERMEABLE WALL SARKING to outer face of structural or metal stud
framing as specified in REFLECTIVE WALL SARKING – INSULATION & BARRIERS
BULK THERMAL/ACOUSTIC INSULATION: Install bulk glass fibre insulation within structural or metal
stud wall framing as specified in WALL INSULATION TYPE 2 (BULK THERMAL/ACOUSTIC) – PERIMETER
WALLS hereinafter.
WALL INSULATION TYPE 2 (BULK THERMAL/ACOUSTIC) – PERIMETER WALLS & FASCIAS:
LOCATION: Provide thermal insulation full height to structural and/or metal stud framed leaf of
perimeter walls & fascias throughout as indicated on the approved design documents.
MATERIAL: Resin bonded glass fibre wall batts, specially stiffened and treated with water repellent for
use in walls.
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents to achieve the required thermal/acoustic
performance.
Density: Minimum 11 kg/m3.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.18
INSULATION & BARRIERS
SECONDARY SUPPORT: Where no adequate support is provided (such as to perimeter column & girt
walls or other primary structural steel framing) provide support mesh as specified in WIRE NETTING
SUPPORT MESH – INSULATION & BARRIERS
WALL INSULATION TYPE 3 (ACOUSTIC) – INTERNAL STUD FRAMED PARTITION WALLS &
ACOUSTIC SEPTUMS:
LOCATION: Provide acoustic insulation to the cavity between facings of internal metal stud framed
partition walls and acoustic ceiling septums generally.
MATERIAL (Partition walls generally): Resin bonded glass fibre acoustic insulation batts or blankets.
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents to achieve the required thermal/acoustic
performance.
Density: Minimum 11 kg/m3.
INSTALLATION:
Fit bulk insulation tightly between framing members without gaps. Tightly butt joints. If support is not
otherwise provided, provide adequate support in accordance with product manufacturer's
recommendations.
Full height acoustic walls: As above but ensure insulation extends to full height of wall without gaps.
‘Staggered Stud' Wall Frames: Fit between framing members without gaps. Overlap joints. If support
is not otherwise provided, provide adequate support to manufacturer's recommendations. Install
blanket ‘weaved’ continuously through gap between staggered studs and inner face of linings.
MAINTAIN INTEGRITY: Maintain integrity of insulation whether specified for its thermal or its acoustic
properties. Avoid gaps or local reduction of specified thickness or density.
SECONDARY SUPPORT (if applicable): Where no adequate support is provided (such as to perimeter
column & girt walls or other primary structural steel framing) provide support mesh as specified in
WIRE NETTING SUPPORT MESH – INSULATION & BARRIERS
I.5.07 FLOOR SOFFIT INSULATION
LOCATION: Provide continuous foil-faced thermal/anti-condensation insulation below floor soffits not
otherwise thermally insulated and where the floor soffit is externally exposed or exposed to an enclosed
sub-floor space as indicated on the approved design documents.
DESCRIPTION: Resin bonded glass fibre insulation blankets faced on one side with selected double
sided reflective foil laminate fully adhered to the insulation blanket.
ANTI-CONDENSATION INSULATION:
Proprietary Item: GLASSWOOL ANTICON 75 ROOFING BLANKET by CSR BRADFORD INSULATION or
equal approved
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents to achieve the required thermal/acoustic
performance.
Density: Minimum 11 kg/m3.
Reflective foil laminate: Non-perforated as specified hereinbefore.
MESH SUPPORT: As specified in WIRE NETTING SUPPORT MESH – INSULATION & BARRIERS
INSTALLATION: Install dry in dry conditions.
Project edges of facing 150 mm on two sides to form laps at joints. Install to floor soffit with foil face
down supported from below on wire netting support mesh. Ensure insulation material is installed tightly
and continuously against floor soffit to the extent indicated on the approved design documents, without
gaps or ‘thermal bridging’ and is completely encapsulated by the reflective foil laminate and sealing
tape.
Fix support mesh and anti-condensation insulation directly to floor soffit using approved proprietary
insulation fasteners comprising 50mm diameter nylon ‘cartwheel’ insulation retention washers on epoxy
adhered “spikes”. Provide fixings in a regular staggered grid pattern at nominal 600mm centres.
Tighten fixings sufficiently to securely support and hold the insulation against floor soffit without unduly
reducing its effective thickness.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.19
INSULATION & BARRIERS
WORKMANSHIP: Securely fix in corners and along abutting edges. Tightly butt and seal all joints.
Turn face of laminate facing material over free edges and butt joints and seal. Fold laminate over to
rear of insulation and adhesive fix. Tape and seal all lap joints and edges using approved permanent
durable tape to prevent ingress of moisture.
I.5.08 INSULATION FOR VERMIN PROTECTION
REQUIREMENT (Cabinetwork, benches & fixtures): Provide general purpose glass fibre insulation
material not less than 25mm thick. Pack and compress to completely fill all enclosed voids and gaps
between cabinetwork, benches and fixtures and the adjoining walls, floors and soffits not normally
accessible for cleaning.
Material: Resin bonded glass fibre batts, specially stiffened and treated with water repellent.
Thickness: Nominal 25, 50 or 75mm thick to suit location. Provide thicker or additional layers of
insulation if necessary to completely fill all voids as indicated on the approved design documents
Density: Minimum 11 kg/m3.
I.5.09 FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING
FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING – TYPE 1:
INTENT/LOCATION: To provide a continuous seal to gap between fire rated wall and underside of roof
sheeting (where applicable) and as indicated on the approved design documents.
MATERIAL: Provide nominal 100mm thick mineral fibre batts with stepped end sections for butt
jointing between the tops of fire rated walls and smoke barrier walls and the underside of roof
sheeting.
INSTALLATION: Install in accordance with the product manufacturer's recommendations to preserve
the required fire resistance rating of walls.
FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING – TYPE 2:
INTENT/LOCATION: To completely fill all voids in door frames installed in fire rated framed partition
walls and smoke barrier framed partition walls (where applicable) and as indicated on the approved
design documents.
MATERIAL: Provide general purpose resin bonded glass fibre batts or blanket insulation.
INSTALLATION: Install to completely fill all voids to preserve the required fire resistance rating and/or
smoke impedance of walls/door frames.
I.5.10 INSULATION TO COVERED AREAS
MATERIAL: 50mm glasswool with black scrim to the underside.
R-Value: TBA
ACOUSTIC INSULATION
REQUIREMENT: Supply and install acoustic insulation as required to meet the minimum requirements
as set out in Herring Storer Acoustics Acoustic Design Report May 2012 included in the Specification
Appendices.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
I.20
INSULATION & BARRIERS
L WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
L.1 GENERAL.................................................................................................................................L.1
L.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS ..........................................................................................L.1
L.1.02 REFERENCES .....................................................................................................L.1
L.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) ............................................L.4
L.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) ....................................................L.4
L.1.05 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL...................................L.4
L.1.06 CONTROL SAMPLES ...........................................................................................L.4
L.1.07 METHODS STATEMENTS.....................................................................................L.5
L.1.08 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS.................................................L.5
L.1.09 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES ............................................................................L.6
L.1.10 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS ...........................................................................L.6
L.1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS ..................................................................L.7
L.1.12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) ................................................L.7
L.1.13 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN...................................................L.7
L.1.14 TIMBER PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT...................................................................L.7
L.1.15 SLIP RESISTANCE ..............................................................................................L.7
L.1.16 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY ......................................L.7
L.1.17 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION....................L.7
L.1.18 PROGRAMME.....................................................................................................L.7
L.1.19 HOLD POINTS ...................................................................................................L.7
L.1.20 TESTS ..............................................................................................................L.8
L.1.21 CERTIFICATION ................................................................................................L.8
L.1.22 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................L.9
L.1.23 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS .........................................................................L.9
L.1.24 WARRANTIES ....................................................................................................L.9
L.1.25 SECONDARY FRAMING ..................................................................................... L.10
L.1.26 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH ........................................................................ L.10
L.2 MATERIALS............................................................................................................................ L.11
L.2.01 GENERALLY..................................................................................................... L.11
L.2.02 MOISTURE CONTENT ....................................................................................... L.11
L.2.03 TIMBER GRADES ............................................................................................. L.11
L.2.04 TIMBER SPECIES & SUSTAINABILITY................................................................. L.11
L.2.05 TIMBER IDENTIFICATION................................................................................. L.12
L.2.06 VISIBLE WORK ................................................................................................ L.12
L.2.07 PROTECTION .................................................................................................. L.12
L.2.08 FIRE RESISTANCE - FABRICS ............................................................................ L.12
L.2.09 DIMENSIONS .................................................................................................. L.12
L.2.10 SEALANTS....................................................................................................... L.13
L.2.11 BACKING MATERIALS....................................................................................... L.14
L.3 PANEL AND SHEET PRODUCTS ................................................................................................ L.14
L.3.01 FIBRE REINFORCED CEMENT (FRC) SHEET ........................................................ L.14
L.3.02 COMPRESSED FIBRE CEMENT (CFC) SHEET........................................................ L.15
L.3.03 PLYWOOD....................................................................................................... L.15
L.3.04 FIBRE BUILDING BOARDS ................................................................................ L.15
L.3.05 PARTICLEBOARD ............................................................................................. L.16
L.3.06 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBREBOARD........................................................................ L.16
L.3.07 VENEERS ........................................................................................................ L.16
L.3.08 LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET ............................................................................. L.16
L.3.09 POLYESTER SOLID SURFACING......................................................................... L.17
L.3.10 RECONSTITUTED STONE.................................................................................. L.18
L.3.11 NATURAL STONE ............................................................................................. L.18
L.4 WORKMANSHIP...................................................................................................................... L.18
L.4.01 WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY ............................................................................. L.18
L.4.01 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION ............................................................................ L.18
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.5 STRUCTURE ...........................................................................................................................L.19
L.5.01 FASTENINGS ...................................................................................................L.19
L.5.02 ADHESIVES .....................................................................................................L.19
L.5.03 TIGHTENING ...................................................................................................L.20
L.6 FLOORS.................................................................................................................................L.20
L.6.01 STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD FLOORING ..................................................................L.20
L.6.02 COMPRESSED FIBRE CEMENT (CFC) FLOORING ..................................................L.20
L.7 PARTITIONS & SCREENS .........................................................................................................L.20
L.7.01 COMPACT LAMINATE TOILET PARTITIONS .........................................................L.20
L.8 TIMBER DOORS......................................................................................................................L.21
L.8.01 TIMBER DOORS GENERALLY .............................................................................L.21
L.8.02 SOLID CORE FLUSH DOORS..............................................................................L.22
L.8.03 HOLLOW CORE FLUSH DOORS ..........................................................................L.23
L.8.04 GLAZED VIEWING PANELS IN FLUSH DOORS ......................................................L.23
L.8.05 ADDITIONAL DOOR FACINGS............................................................................L.24
L.8.06 NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACINGS ...........................................................................L.24
L.8.07 DOOR RELIEF GRILLES .....................................................................................L.24
L.8.08 DOOR SEALS ...................................................................................................L.24
L.8.09 DOOR BUFFERS ...............................................................................................L.24
L.8.10 STAINLESS STEEL KICKPLATES .........................................................................L.24
L.9 DOOR HARDWARE..................................................................................................................L.25
L.9.01 DOOR HARDWARE ...........................................................................................L.25
L.9.02 DOOR HARDWARE CERTIFICATION ...................................................................L.25
L.9.03 KEYS GENERALLY.............................................................................................L.25
L.9.04 MASTER KEYING SCHEDULE .............................................................................L.26
L.9.05 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE...........................................................................L.26
L.10 TIMBER JOINERY & TRIM ......................................................................................................L.26
L.10.01 MDF WINDOW SILLS & REVEAL LININGS, BOXING & TRIMS...............................L.26
L.11 CABINETWORK.....................................................................................................................L.27
L.11.01 CABINETWORK GENERALLY ............................................................................L.27
L.11.02 BENCHES, CUPBOARDS & SHELVING................................................................L.28
L.11.03 GLASS IN CABINETS .......................................................................................L.34
L.11.04 RESERVE MATERIALS .....................................................................................L.34
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.1 GENERAL
L.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
L.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS 1074
AS 1080
AS/NZS 1080.1
AS 1111.1
AS 1111.2
AS/NZS 1170.0
AS/NZS 1170.1
AS/NZS 1170.2
AS 1170.4
AS 1214
AS 1237.1
AS 1237.2
AS 1288
AS 1288 Supp 1
AS/NZS 1328.1
AS/NZS 1328.2
AS/NZS 1393
AS 1428(set)
AS 1428.1
AS 1428.2
AS 1428.3
AS/NZS 1428.4.1
AS 1530.1
AS 1530.2
1989 Steel tubes and tubulars for ordinary service
Methods of testing timber (List)
1997 - Moisture content
2000 ISO metric hexagon bolts and screws – Product grade C - Bolts
2000 ISO metric hexagon bolts and screws – Product grade C - Screws
2002 Structural design actions – General principles
2002 Structural design actions - Permanent, imposed and other actions
2002 Structural design actions - Wind actions
2007 Structural design actions - Earthquake loads
1983 Hot-dip galvanised coatings on threaded fasteners (ISO metric coarse
thread series)
2002 Plain washers for metric bolts, screws and nuts for general purposes –
General plan
2002 Plain washers for metric bolts, screws and nuts for general purposes –
Tolerances
2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation
2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation (Supplement to AS 12882006)
1998 Glued-laminated structural timber – Performance requirements and
minimum production requirements.
1998 Glued-laminated structural timber – Guidelines for selection, production
and installation
1996 Coach screws – Metric series with ISO hexagon heads
2010 Design for access and mobility
2009 Design for access and mobility - General requirements for access – New
building work
1992 Design for access and mobility - Enhanced and additional requirements –
Buildings and facilities
1992 Design for access and mobility - Requirements for children and
adolescents with physical disabilities
2009 Design for access and mobility - Means to assist the orientation of people
with vision impairment - Tactile ground surface indicators
1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Combustibility test for materials
1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures Test for flammability of materials
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.1
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
AS/NZS 1530.3
AS 1530.4
AS 1530.7
AS 1604.1
AS/NZS 1604.2
AS/NZS 1604.3
AS/NZS 1604.4
AS/NZS 1604.5
AS 1649
AS 1684
AS 1720.1
AS 1720.2
AS 1720.4
AS/NZS 1748.1
AS/NZS 1748.2:
AS/NZS 1859.1
AS/NZS 1859.2
AS/NZS 1859.3
AS/NZS 1859.4
AS/NZS 1860.1
AS 1860.2
AS/NZS 1866
AS/NZS 1867
AS/NZS 1873.1
AS/NZS 1873.2
AS/NZS 1873.3
AS/NZS 1873.4
AS 2047
AS 2082
AS/NZS 2107
AS/NZS 2208
AS/NZS 2269.0
AS/NZS 2269.1
AS/NZS 2269.2
AS/NZS 2270
AS/NZS 2271
AS/NZS 2272
AS 2334
AS 2688
AS 2689
1999 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and
smoke release
2005 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Fire-resistant tests of elements of building construction
2007 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Smoke control assemblies – Ambient and medium temperature leakage test
procedure
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Sawn and round timber
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Reconstituted wood-based
products
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Plywood
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Laminated veneer lumber (LVL)
2010 Specification for preservative treatment – Glued laminated timber products
2001 Timber – Methods of test for mechanical fasteners and connectors – Basic
working loads and characteristic strengths
1999 Residential timber-framed construction (set) (formerly National Timber
Framing Code)
2010 Timber structures - Design methods
2006 Timber structures - Timber properties
2006 Timber structures - Fire resistance for structural adequacy of timber
members
2011 Timber - Solid - Stress-graded for structural purposes - General
requirements
2011 Timber - Solid - Stress-graded for structural purposes - Qualification of
grading method
2004 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Particleboard
2004 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Dry-processed
fibreboard
2005 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Decorative overlaid
wood panels
2004 Reconstituted wood-based panels - Specifications - Wet-processed
fibreboard
2002 Particleboard flooring - Specifications
2006 Particleboard flooring - Installation
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Extruded rod, bar, solid and hollow
shapes
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Drawn tubes
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools – Selection, operation and
maintenance
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools – Design and construction
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools - Charges
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools - Fasteners
1999 Windows in buildings – Selection and installation
2007 Timber – Hardwood – Visually stress graded for structural purposes
2000 Acoustics - Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for
building interiors
1996 Safety glazing materials in buildings
2004 Plywood – Structural – Specifications
2004 Plywood – Structural – Determination of structural properties – Test
methods
2004 Plywood – Structural – Determination of structural properties – Evaluation
methods
2006 Plywood and blockboard for interior use
2004 Plywood and blockboard for exterior use
2006 Plywood – Marine
1980 Steel nails – Metric series
1984 Timber doors
1984 Timber doorsets
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.2
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
AS 2796.1
AS 2796.2
AS 2796.3
AS 2858
AS/NZS 2904
AS/NZS 2908.2
AS/NZS 2924.1
AS/NZS 2924.2
AS 3519
AS 3566.1
AS 3566.2
AS 3660 (set)
AS 4145.1
AS 4145.2
AS 4145.3
AS 4145.4
AS 4145.5
AS 4178
AS/NZS 4200.1
AS/NZS 4200.2
AS/NZS 4266 (set)
AS 4312
AS 4349.3
AS/NZS 4364
AS/NZS 4386.1
AS/NZS 4386.2
AS 4506
AS/NZS 4680
AS 4707
AS 4708
AS 4785.1
AS 4785.2
AS 4785.3
AS 4786.2
AS/NZS 4801
AS
AS
AS
AS
5068
5069
5605
6905
1999 Timber - Hardwood – Sawn and milled products - Product specification
2006 Timber - Hardwood – Sawn and milled products - Grade description
1999 Timber - Hardwood – Sawn and milled products - Timber for furniture
components
2008 Timber – Softwood - Visually stress-graded for structural purposes
1995 Damp-proof courses and flashings
2000 Cellulose-cement products - Flat sheets
1998 High-pressure decorative laminates - Sheets made from thermosetting
Resins - Classifications and specifications
1998 High-pressure decorative laminates - Sheets made from thermosetting
Resins - Determination of properties
2005 Timber – Machine proof-grading
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - General
requirements and mechanical properties
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - Corrosion
resistance requirements
Termite management
2008 Locksets and hardware for doors and windows - Glossary of terms and
rating system
2008 Locksets and hardware for doors and windows - Mechanical locksets for
doors and windows in buildings
2001 Locksets - Mechanical locksets for windows in buildings
2002 Locksets - Padlocks
2011 Locksets and hardware for doors and windows - Controlled door closing
devices (EN 1154:1997, MOD)
1994 Electromagnetic door holders
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Materials
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Installation requirements
2004 Reconstituted wood-based panels – Methods of test
2008 Atmospheric corrosivity zones in Australia
2010 Inspection of buildings - Timber pest inspections
2010 Timber – Bond performance of structural adhesives
1996 Domestic kitchen assemblies - Kitchen units
1996 Domestic kitchen assemblies - Installation
2005 Metal finishing – Thermoset powder coatings
2006 Hot-dip galvanised (zinc) coatings on fabricated ferrous articles
2006 Chain of custody for certified wood and forest products
2007 Forest management - Economic, social, environmental and cultural criteria
and requirements for wood production (known as The Australian Forestry
Standard)
2002 Timber – Softwood – Sawn and milled products – Product specification
2002 Timber – Softwood – Sawn and milled products – Grade description
2002 Timber – Softwood – Sawn and milled products – Timber for furniture
components
2005 Timber flooring - Sanding and finishing
2001 Occupational health and safety management systems - Specification with
guidance for use
2006 Timber – Finger joints in structural products – Production requirements
2006 Timber - Finger joints in non-structural products - Production requirements
2007 Guide to the safe use of preservative-treated timber
2007 Smoke doors
HANDBOOKS: The following Handbooks and Guides are referenced in the Specification:
HB 125
HB 164
2007 The glass and glazing handbook (including guide to AS 1288, Glass in
buildings - Selection and installation)
2002 Wood and wood preservation - A complete guide to the AS/NZS 1604
Standards Series
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.3
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres [NOHSC:2006(1990)]
Worksafe Code of Practice: Prevention of falls in the workplaces (2004)
SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS:
Metal Finishes
Fire resistant doors & frames
Door Relief Grilles:
Display Surfaces
Sarking & Insulation
Mirrors
Applied Finishes
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
I – INSULATION & BARRIERS
Y – GLAZING
Z – PAINTING
L.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection GENERAL, clause PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.05 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL
REFERENCE: In respect of the following parts of the works, refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,
subsection GENERAL, clause SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL and comply
with all the requirements thereof:
•
Toilet and shower partitions
•
Cabinetwork
L.1.06 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
Dressed, clear polyurethane finished samples of timber specified to be clear polyurethane finished:
Samples of each type – Not less than 200 mm long ex 100 x 25 mm dressed, showing the
extremes and average range of colour and grain.
•
Fine sawn timber samples of timber specified to be sawn finished visible timbers: Samples of each
type – Not less than 100 x 50 x 300 mm long showing the textured surface proposed for sawn
finished visible timbers.
•
MDF and timber profiled trim including but not limited to skirtings and window sills and reveal
linings
•
Clear polyurethane finished panel or veneered panel product samples of timber panel product
specified to be clear polyurethane finished: Samples of each type – Not less than 600mm x
600mm showing the extremes and average range of colour and grain.
•
Toilet & shower partitions, hardware & components
•
Door hardware: Samples of each component type & finish of door hardware whether intended to
be visible or concealed
•
Cabinetwork – Not less than 300 x 300mm samples of each finish type, colour, texture and
selection including but not limited to:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.4
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
•
)
reconstituted and/or natural stone benchtop;
)
selected colour and finish of plastic laminate and polyester solid surfacing;
)
selected timber veneer including clear finish as specified;
Cabinetwork – sample of each component type and finish and/or proprietary item selection
including but not limited to:
)
High gloss acrylic splashbacks
)
metal or other type of trim specified
)
hinges, handles, locks and the like hardware
)
proprietary drawer & shelf runners
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
L.1.07 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
L.1.08 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, completed and finished
mock-ups and/or prototype installations of:
•
each type of cabinetwork installation, including benches, cupboards and shelves
Include samples of joints, provisions for movement, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin
and trim.
LOCATION: Prior to commencing work, confirm with the Superintendent the location selected for each
mock-up and/or prototype installation.
TRIAL SETOUT: All strip, tile or panel modular products with expressed joints are subject
to the Superintendent’s approval of trial setouts for each area to be finished.
TESTING: Mock-ups and/or prototype installations may be required to be made available for testing as
required by the Superintendent. Confirm requirements with the Superintendent prior to commencing
tests.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by mock-ups and/or prototype installations until the
mock-ups and/or prototype installations have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved mock-ups
and/or prototype installations shall be rejected.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.5
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.1.09 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
Toilet & shower partitions;
•
Each type of door installed complete with hardware, seals etc;
•
Each type of door with additional claddings;
•
Door drilled through width of core for electrical provisions;
•
Cabinetwork (typical installation);
•
Fire & smoke stopping.
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
L.1.10 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples;
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
shop drawings & computations (where applicable);
•
written evidence of relevant experience and expertise of specialist Subcontractor’s and/or
personnel, including references and details of previous work of equivalent type and scope to the
part or parts of the Works for which their engagement is proposed;
•
technical specifications for each proprietary product, material and/or system specified including
where relevant manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for application in this project in
respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical, fire resistant and acoustic properties as applicable, including resistance to wear,
indentation, chemicals, UV light, colour fastness, dimensional stability and the like;
)
installation including secondary framing requirements (where applicable), fixing, sealing and
jointing method;
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care, cleaning and maintenance requirements of the installed
product, both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.6
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
•
master keying schedule;
•
type and/or field test results;
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
L.1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclauses SHOP DRAWINGS and ENGINEERING COMPUTATIONS &
CERTIFICATION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval comprehensive installation details and shop drawings and computations
(where applicable) for items, components and composite systems including but not limited to the
following:
•
Toilet & shower partitions;
•
Cabinetwork.
L.1.12 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
L.1.13 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.14 TIMBER PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
TIMBER PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.15 SLIP RESISTANCE
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
SLIP RESISTANCE and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.16 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.17 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.18 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
L.1.19 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
•
Control samples submitted for approval
•
Methods statements submitted for approval;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.7
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
•
Mock-ups/prototype installations ready for inspection;
•
Shop drawings submitted for approval
•
Completion of support framing and/or secondary support framing prior to installation of
cladding/linings
•
First completed examples ready for inspection
•
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests
•
Door hardware installed and adjusted
•
Certificates of compliance.
L.1.20 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
•
Timber doors and frames when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations,
comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
comply with the design acoustic performance requirements (where applicable – doors and
frames, inclusive of seals)
)
were prepared prior to application of coatings and coated with the specified coatings of not
less than the specified thickness in accordance with the specification and the applicable
standards and codes of practice for the method and conditions of application;
)
were glazed in accordance with the specification and schedules and with the applicable
standards and codes of practice (where applicable).
Applied finishes and pre-finishes comply with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
preparation and priming (if applicable) of substrate prior to application of coatings;
)
method and conditions of application;
)
compliance with preparation, priming, coating and recoating time windows;
)
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat.
SITE TESTS: Use instruments calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
Requirement: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
Finishes comply with the specification and the coating manufacturer’s recommendations and the
applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) or coating thickness.
L.1.21 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.8
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
L.1.22 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause USER MANUALS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual, including but not limited to the following:
•
Toilet & shower partitions;
•
Door hardware;
•
Cabinetwork & equipment;
L.1.23 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
L.1.24 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
•
with respect to woodwork, joinery and cabinetwork, generally:
)
loss of fire-resistant, impact-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
water penetration,
)
air infiltration,
)
structural failure, physical deterioration, deformation and/or displacement of materials or
components
)
undue deterioration, distortion or failure of materials and surface finishes
)
undue chalking, colour fading or wear of pre-finished materials
)
faulty operation or operational failure of operable products and components
)
failure or partial failure of fixings
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other physical deterioration
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
deterioration or corrosion by chemicals or cleaning agents where use of such materials has not
been specifically excluded by product manufacturer;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or the
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
)
vermin infestation
)
mould or bacterial contamination
and additionally with respect to sealants and glazing gaskets:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.9
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
)
loss of resilient, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other physical deterioration
)
mould or bacterial contamination
TRADE WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide a trade
warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Woodwork generally including claddings unless otherwise specified: Five (5) years
•
Toilet & Shower partitions: Ten (10) years
•
Cabinetwork generally unless otherwise specified: Five (5) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted
by the Superintendent, provide a product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved
form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Toilet & Shower partitions: Seven (7) years
•
Timber Doors: Two (2) years
•
Door Hardware: Two (2) years
•
Sealants & glazing gaskets: Ten (10) years
L.1.25 SECONDARY FRAMING
DEFINITION: The term secondary framing shall be deemed to include all necessary framing, fixing
grounds and other supports between the primary structure indicated on the approved STRUCTURAL
design documents and the design line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component and shall include both the required system of grounds for fixing such finishes and
also all additional framing, studs, struts, hangers and the like supports and/or spacers
necessary to offset the fixing grounds from the primary structure and achieve the design
line and level of the outermost finish indicated on the approved design documents and,
where applicable, its structural design and certification by the Contractor.
DEEMED TO BE INCLUDED: The Contractor shall be deemed to have included at the time of its tender
a sufficient allowance for all material and labour costs and a sufficient allocation of time in its
construction programme for the provision and installation of all necessary secondary framing, fixing
grounds and supports as defined hereinbefore, whether or not indicated in the preliminary design or
the Principal’s project requirements, including the means for its levelling, packing or other adjustment
as necessary to achieve the required line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component within the required tolerances.
CYCLONE RESISTANCE: The Contractor shall be deemed to have determined configuration, member
sizes, sections and spans and fixings in respect of the secondary framing to meet or exceed the
structural criteria for the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
L.1.26 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.10
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.2 MATERIALS
L.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose and consistent with the design intent;
•
structurally adequate;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
L.2.02 MOISTURE CONTENT
REQUIREMENT: Make milled or dressed products from timbers seasoned, when tested to AS 1080.1:
•
to within 3% of the equilibrium moisture content (EMC) appropriate to the timber and its intended
conditions of use;
•
to not greater than 15% nor less than 10% moisture content; and
•
with no more than 3% difference between any two pieces in any one group.
EVIDENCE: Submit evidence of moisture content if requested.
L.2.03 TIMBER GRADES
STANDARDS: The grades of timber specified shall be as defined in Australian standards where
applicable, and unless otherwise specified shall be those normally used in the type of work for which
the timber is intended.
STRUCTURAL TIMBERS: Appearance grade if exposed to view in the finished work. Otherwise stud
grade or lintel grade, as appropriate.
STRUCTURAL TIMBER GRADING STANDARDS:
Hardwood – visually stress graded: To AS 2082.
Softwood – visually stress graded: To AS 2858.
Mechanical stress grading: To AS/NZS 1748.
Machine proof grading: To AS 3519.
MILLED PRODUCTS:
Hardwood: To AS 2796 and, unless otherwise specified:
•
Hardwood for transparent finishes: Select grade.
•
Hardwood for opaque finishes: Standard grade.
Milled products from radiata pine: To AS 4785.1, AS 4785.2, AS 4785.3, as applicable.
L.2.04 TIMBER SPECIES & SUSTAINABILITY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
TIMBER SUSTAINABILITY and comply with all the requirements thereof.
CHAIN OF CUSTODY: Australian Forest Standard (AFS) certification providing Chain of Custody
certification to AS4707 and Australian Forest Management Certification to AS 4708 shall be required for
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.11
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
all timber, timber veneers, plywood and like composite timber products used throughout the Works to
ensure an unbroken, traceable chain from a certified, sustainable forest source through to the
customer.
L.2.05 TIMBER IDENTIFICATION
METHOD: Identify structural timber using branding, certification or both.
Branding: Brand structural timber, under the authority of a recognised product certification program
applicable to the product. Locate the brand mark on faces or edges which will be concealed in the
works. Include the following data:
•
Stress grade
•
Method of grading
•
"Seasoned" or "s"
•
The certification mark of the product certification program.
•
The applicable standard.
Recognised product certification programs:
•
Pine framing: Pine Australia Quality Control Scheme.
•
Glued-laminated timber: Glued Laminated Timber Association of Australia (GLTAA) Product
Certification Scheme.
•
Laminated veneer lumber: Plywood Association of Australia (PAA) Quality Control and Product
Certification Scheme.
•
Finger jointed structural timber: Pine Australia Quality Control Scheme.
L.2.06 VISIBLE WORK
REQUIREMENT: Where timber, including sawn timber, is required for visible work having clear or
stained finishes, keep the visible faces, edges and corners clean and free of visible blemishes and
marks which will be visible in the finished work.
Sample: Provide samples of timbers proposed for visible for approval as specified in CONTROL
SAMPLES – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.2.07 PROTECTION
REQUIREMENT: Protect timber and timber products stored on site from moisture and weather. For
milled, pre-finished and prefabricated elements which are protected in the final structure, provide
temporary weather protection until the permanent covering is in place.
L.2.08 FIRE RESISTANCE - FABRICS
REQUIREMENT: Provide fire-retardant treatment to AS 1530.3. Materials shall be a fire resistant grade
having:
•
a Spread of Flame Index of "0"
•
a Smoke Developed Index not exceeding "4"
CERTIFICATION: Copies of test certificates shall be provided to the Superintendent prior to installation.
L.2.09 DIMENSIONS
TOLERANCES: Unless otherwise specified, the actual cross-sectional dimensions of timbers may vary
from the dimensions stated herein or shown on the approved design documents by the tolerances (if
any) permitted in relevant Australian standards.
Framing timbers: Tolerances to AS 1684.
FINISHED SIZES: Use dressed or milled timbers with actual dimensions which are not less than the
stated dimensions, except for dimensions qualified by a term such as "nominal" or "ex" or equivalent,
to which normal machining and shrinkage tolerances shall apply.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.12
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.2.10 SEALANTS
GENERALLY: Use only sealants that are certified by the manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
SEALANT SELECTION: Confirm with the manufacturer the compatibility of all proposed materials
intended to be in contact with the sealant prior to commencing installation.
SEALANT – TYPE 1:
Locations: General internal and external construction use and penetrations in non fire-rated
elements including but not limited to:
•
Wall and ceiling expansion, movement & control joints generally in painted or concealed work;
•
Stud framed wall, abutment of deflection head to soffit of concrete slab over;
•
Stud framed ‘discontinuous’ acoustic wall, end abutments to other building elements;
•
Acoustic-rated pipe penetrations into ducts and through walls;
Material: Low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1400kg/m3.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–CONSTRUCTION or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 2:
Locations: General construction use for visibly exposed weatherproof joints and the like where a
high quality, self-coloured finish is required including but not limited to:
•
External aluminium and timber framed window and door frame elements in facework and the
like (excluding structural glazed joints);
•
External wall, soffit & fascia cladding;
Material: High performance, low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1250kg/m3.
Colour: Selected from standard range according to location or as directed (generally unpainted).
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–PRO or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 3 (FIRE RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION):
Locations: General construction use for joints, penetrations into ducts and through walls occurring
in fire resistance rated construction.
Material: Fire grade intumescent mastic.
Fire resistance rating: Minimum 4 hours.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKA FIRERATE or equal approved
SEALANT – TYPE 4:
Locations: Internal use generally for gap sealing including but not limited to:
•
Cabinetwork/wall joints and the like
Material: Durable resilient, mould resistant, neutral cure silicone.
Colour: White (non-paintable).
Proprietary item: SIKASIL–C or equal approved.
INSTALLATION:
Sealant depth: Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer, depth of sealant shall be:
•
for joints in non-fire rated walls: 0.67 – 1.0 times joint width.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.13
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
•
for joint widths exceeding 40mm: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer
•
for joints in fire rated walls: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer to maintain the fire
resistance level of the wall.
Joint preparation: Prepare joints in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
Confirm joint profile complies with the design requirements. Clear extraneous matter such as grout
and dust from the joint and leave the joint clear of movement-restricting material.
Backing materials (if required): Install backing rod to correct depth to control sealant depth as
specified in BACKING MATERIALS – WATERPROOFING.
Priming: Unless primer is not recommended by the jointing material manufacturer, apply the sealant
manufacturer’s recommended primer to the cleaned joint edges in contact with jointing materials to
achieve maximum adhesion of sealant. Avoid applying primer to the face of the backing rod.
Filling and sealing: Fill the joint completely, tooling the sealant with a spatula and not the applicator
nozzle or thumb, resulting in the sealant to be pressed firmly onto the contact surfaces of the joint to
achieve the maximum bond. Finish sealant neatly, smooth and flush with surface. Do not overfill.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
L.2.11 BACKING MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: Use compatible sealant and bond breaking backing materials which are certified as
compatible with the materials and products with which they are intended to be in contact.
MATERIALS (in compressible foamed fillers and backing rods): Closed-cell or impregnated types which
do not absorb water.
Bond Breaking: Back-up materials for sealants, including backing rods and the like, shall not adhere to
the sealant, or shall be faced with a non-adhering material.
BACKING MATERIAL – TYPE 1:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents, unless otherwise specified.
Profile:
•
Circular section rod: Joints width < 40mm (max. joint size for the 50mm dia backing rod)
•
Rectangular section rod: Joints width > 40mm (section dimensions determined by compression
requirements – refer installation, below).
Proprietary item: TREMCO FOAM SEALANT BACKING ROD, CFC free, or equal approved.
Installation: Backing materials shall be inserted into the gap of the joint to be sealed to a depth so as
to control the depth of the applied sealant. Backer rods shall be compressed 20-25% of their initial
diameter (or width in the case of rectangular shaped materials) to fit the joint width.
L.3 PANEL AND SHEET PRODUCTS
L.3.01 FIBRE REINFORCED CEMENT (FRC) SHEET
DESCRIPTION: Proprietary autoclaved fibre reinforced cement flat sheet, smooth sanded with recessed
rebated long edges for flush jointing or square edges for butt jointing as required.
TYPE 1 – SQUARE EDGE LININGS - BUTT JOINTS:
Standard: AS/NZS 2908.2, Type B Category 2
Thickness: 6 mm, unless other specified or indicated on the approved design documents
Edges: Square bevelled
Proprietary Item: HARDIES VERSILUX or equal approved
TYPE 2 – RECESSED EDGE LININGS – FLUSH JOINTED:
Standard: AS/NZS 2908.2, Type B Category 2
Thickness: 9 mm, unless other specified or indicated on the approved design documents
Edges: Recessed long edges for flush jointing
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.14
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Proprietary Item: HARDIES VILLABOARD or equal approved
L.3.02 COMPRESSED FIBRE CEMENT (CFC) SHEET
DESCRIPTION: Autoclaved high density compressed fibre cement sheet, smooth sanded, double faced,
with smooth even edges free of imperfections such as chips.
Standard: AS/NZS 2908.2, Type A Category 4
TYPE 1 – CLADDING & LININGS:
Thickness: 9 mm, unless other specified or indicated on the approved design documents
Edges: Square
Proprietary Item: HARDIES EXOTEC or equal approved
NOTE: HARDIES EXOTEC and the like factory PRE-PRIMED & SEALED compressed fibre cement (CFC)
panels are not recommended by the manufacturer as substrates for tile finishes and are deemed to be
NOT SUITABLE SUBSTRATES for adhesive fixed ceramic or stone tiles.
TYPE 2 – ROOFS, FLOORS & DECKS:
Thickness: 18 mm, unless other specified or indicated on the approved design documents
Edges: Square
Proprietary Item: HARDIES COMPRESSED SHEET or equal approved
L.3.03 PLYWOOD
MANUFACTURER: To be a member of the Plywood Association of Australia.
CHAIN OF CUSTODY: Australian Forest Standard (AFS) certification providing Chain of Custody
certification to AS4707 and Australian Forest Management Certification to AS 4708 shall be required for
all timber, timber veneers, plywood and like composite timber products used throughout the Works to
ensure an unbroken, traceable chain from a certified, sustainable forest source through to the
customer.
INTERIOR USE PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2270, bond type C, unless otherwise specified
EXTERIOR AND WET AREA USE PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2271, bond type A.
GRADES: Unless otherwise specified:
Decorative: For clear finishes. Veneer specified in VENEERS - WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
Select: For opaque paint finishes.
General purpose: For cupboard backs, internal divisions and the like.
STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2269, bond type A.
Surface grade: CC
Stress grade: F11
MARINE PLYWOOD: To AS 2272.
L.3.04 FIBRE BUILDING BOARDS
HARDBOARDS (MASONITE): To AS/NZS 1859.4.
Classification: Use grades as follows:
•
Interior use generally: Standard hardboard Type GP, 4.8mm thick unless otherwise specified or
indicated on the approved design documents.
•
Floor underlay: Standard hardboard Type RD, 5.5mm thick
•
Floor (wearing) surface: Tempered Hardboard Type MR, 4.8mm or 6.4mm thick as specified or
indicated on the approved design documents. Condition hardboard prior to use in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
VENEERED HARDBOARD: Type GP hardboard with a timber face veneer bonded to one side only.
INSULATING FIBREBOARD: Organic fibre insulating board to AS/NZS 1859.4.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.15
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.3.05 PARTICLEBOARD
STANDARD: To AS/NZS 1859.1.
CLASSIFICATIONS: Use standard classification for interior use in dry locations only. HMR (highly
moisture resistant) type for all other uses except flooring. Use flooring class 1 for flooring.
MELAMINE SURFACED PARTICLEBOARD:
melamine, to AS 1859.3.
Particleboard faced on both sides with low pressure
L.3.06 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBREBOARD
STANDARD: To AS/NZS 1859.2.
REQUIREMENT (low-VOC): All MDF products including where incorporated in other proprietary
products or systems shall be certified low-VOC.
Proprietary Item (low-VOC):
approved
TRADE ESSENTIAL CRAFTWOOD MR EO MDF by LAMINEX or equal
CLASSIFICATIONS: Use standard classification for interior use in dry locations only.
moisture resistant) classification for all other uses.
HMR (highly
MELAMINE SURFACED MEDIUM DENSITY FIBREBOARD (MDF): MDF faced on both sides with low
pressure melamine, to AS/NZS 1859.3.
L.3.07 VENEERS
VENEER QUALITY: To AS/NZS 2270 and AS/NZS 2271 and as follows, unless otherwise specified:
Veneer quality A: Use on visible surfaces to have opaque finishes. Veneer timber species shall be
rotary pink.
Veneer quality B: Use on non-visible surfaces.
Veneer quality C or D: Back veneers to plywood having A, B or S quality front veneers, except where
A, B or S quality veneers are required on both sides.
Decorative quality S: As selected
SUSTAINABILITY: Timber veneers shall be FSC certified
L.3.08 LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET
STANDARD: To AS/NZS 2924.
REQUIREMENT (low-VOC): All plastic laminate and MDF products including where incorporated in
other proprietary products or systems shall be certified low-VOC.
LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET (generally): General purpose, post-forming, chemical resistant, magnetic
as applicable.
Thickness: Unless otherwise specified:
•
For horizontal surfaces fixed to a continuous background: 1.2 mm.
•
For top horizontal surfaces of shelves: 0.8 mm.
•
For vertical surfaces fixed to a continuous background: 0.8 mm.
•
For post formed laminated surfaces fixed to a continuous substrate: 0.8 mm.
GRAPHIC PRINTED LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET (if applicable): Custom printed graphics to graphic
pattern to be supplied. Apply to the Superintendent for details of the graphic pattern selected.
CHEMICAL RESISTANT LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET: Purpose manufactured chemical resistant high
pressure plastic laminate, suitable for post-forming and resistant to degradation by most solvents,
acids, alkalis, reagents, dyes and other chemicals likely to be encountered in commercial facilities.
POST-FORMING LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET: Comply strictly with manufacturer’s instructions when
post-forming suitable grades of plastic laminates.
FIXING (laminated plastic sheet): Fix to continuous backgrounds with spray applied, low odour, low
solvent contact cement containing a heat resistant additive to AS 2131. For small areas (e.g. edges)
hand applied adhesives as above may be used.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.16
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
IMPACT RESISTANT COMPACT LAMINATE SHEET: A proprietary self supporting, high pressure
decorative laminate flat panel, highly resistant to wear, scratch, graffiti, moisture and impact and
composed of thermosetting resins, homogeneously reinforced with cellulose fibres and manufactured
under high pressure and temperature with an integrated, decorative melamine surface to both faces.
Thickness (generally): 13mm unless otherwise specified.
MAGNETIC LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET: A proprietary purpose manufactured magnetic high pressure
plastic laminate.
VINYL WRAP (if applicable): Proprietary melamine finish vacuum formed to MDF substrate, routed to
required profile.
COLOURS AND TEXTURES (Deferred selection): To be selected.
PROGRAMME: Note the potential extended lead time for the manufacture and supply of the specified
items. Place order for selected colour and texture well in advance and ensure sufficient supplies are
available prior to commencing the work and programme the work accordingly.
L.3.09 POLYESTER SOLID SURFACING
MATERIAL: Homogeneous non-porous solid filled acrylic polymer sheet material adhesively joined with
inconspicuous seams, complete with all brackets, trims and fixings.
Thickness, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the approved design documents:
Cabinetwork tops, benching, self-supporting partitioning and the like: Nominal 12mm
Interior wall lining, generally: Nominal 6mm.
Exterior wall, fascia & soffit cladding: Nominal 12mm.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Finish: Matt (5-15% gloss)
BACKING/UNDERLAYER (if applicable): Where specified, adhere to medium density HMR backing.
SEAMS: Inconspicuous non-porous hardseamed intermediate butt joints between movement joints
and/or abutments and to all salient corners using adhesive recommended by the product manufacturer.
MOVEMENT JOINTS: Provide 10mm half lap movement joints to hardseamed material not exceeding
the lengths recommended by the product manufacturer and indicated as a guide in the following table
for the anticipated ambient temperature range at the installed location:
Anticipated Temp
Change (oC)
Guide Length Limit
(m)
+6
20
+9
14
+ 12
10
+ 15
8
+ 18
7
+ 21
6
+ 24
5
INSIDE CORNERS & ALL ABUTMENTS: Provide silicone-filled movement joints at inside corners and
floor, wall and ceiling/soffit abutments in accordance with product manufacturer’s recommendations
and to match approved prototype installation, colour to match face material and approved sample.
ACCLIMATISATION: Acclimatise the building and materials (arranged to allow full air circulation) to the
anticipated median design temperature for at least 48 hours prior to installation.
ADHESIVES: Low odour, low solvent adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.17
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.3.10 RECONSTITUTED STONE
MATERIAL: Homogeneous solid filled sheet material of resin bonded stone chips adhesively joined with
inconspicuous seams, complete with all brackets, trims and fixings.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Backing/underlayer: Where specified, adhere to structural plywood backing as specified in PLYWOOD –
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
Adhesives: Low odour, low solvent adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer.
L.3.11 NATURAL STONE
MATERIAL: Selected natural stone adhesively joined with inconspicuous seams, complete with all
brackets, trims and fixings.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Backing/underlayer: Where specified or recommended by the supplier, adhere to structural plywood
backing as specified in PLYWOOD – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
Adhesives: Low odour, low solvent adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer.
L.4 WORKMANSHIP
L.4.01 WORKMANSHIP GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: Perform necessary operations and provide the accessories necessary for the
completion of woodwork items. Ease and adjust moving parts, lubricate hardware, and leave the
completed work in a sound, clean, working condition.
UNSEASONED TIMBER: Where unseasoned timber is used, or variations in moisture are likely, make
allowance for shrinkage, swelling and differential movement.
PLOUGHING: Back plough boards liable to warp (eg if exposed externally on one face). Make the
width, depth, number and distribution of ploughs appropriate to the dimensions of the board and
degree of exposure.
JOINTS: Use timber in single lengths whenever possible. If joints are necessary, set out timbers so
that they are continuous over at least two spans and make joints over supports.
EDGES: Remove arrises from work to receive paint or similar coatings. Round off visible edges to
approval.
PRIMING: Where woodwork is to be painted, prime the hidden surfaces before assembly.
FRAMING: Trim where necessary for openings, including those required by other trades.
JOINERY:
Joints: Scribe internal and mitre external joints.
Fastenings: Where fastenings are unavoidable on visible joinery faces, sink the heads below the
surface and fill the sinking flush with a material compatible with surface finish. In surfaces which are to
have clear or tinted finish use matching wood plugs showing face grain (not end grain). In surfaces
which are to have melamine finish conceal fastenings or, where unavoidable, use proprietary screws
and caps finished to match.
MATCHING: For surfaces which are to have clear or tinted finish, arrange adjacent pieces to match the
grain and colour.
L.4.01 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Prevent direct contact and avoid water drainage, run-off and the like between
electrolytically incompatible metals, metallic coatings and other materials. Select and install materials
with due regard for their electrolytic compatibilities.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.18
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
SEPARATION LAYER: Separate contact surfaces permanently with an approved polymer or durable
bituminous felt separation layer or appropriate approved equivalent suitable for the intended
application.
L.5 STRUCTURE
L.5.01 FASTENINGS
GENERALLY: Provide fixings and fastenings as necessary to transmit the loads imposed and to ensure
the rigidity of the assembly.
FASTENINGS FOR TIMBER ENGINEERING PURPOSES: To AS 1720.1.
NAILS: Use types appropriate for the purpose, or as recommended by the manufacturer for the fixing
of building boards or other manufactured sheets.
Steel nails and decking spikes: To AS 2334.
Nail length for fixing cladding, lining and the like: Not less than 2½ times the thickness of the member
or members the nail is being used to secure, and not less than 4 times if the member is plywood or
building board less than 10 mm thick.
Nailing in frames: To AS 1684, Section 6.
Nailing in nail plate connectors: Use ten 2.8 mm diameter x 30 mm long annular ringed galvanised flat
head nails per connector.
NAIL PLATE CONNECTORS (framing anchors): Galvabond coated 1.2 mm thick pressed steel anchor
plates purpose-made for connecting timbers by nailing.
Proprietary item:
approved.
STANDARD TECO TRIP-L-GRIP by TIMBER ENGINEERING CO PTY LTD or equal
SELF DRILLING SCREWS: To AS 3566
COACH SCREWS: To AS/NZS 1393.
BOLTS: To AS/NZS 1111.
WASHERS: To AS 1237. Provide washers to the heads and nuts of bolts and coach screws.
MASONRY ANCHORS: Purpose-made proprietary expansion or chemical types.
PLUGS IN MASONRY: Purpose-made plastic.
POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS: To AS/NZS 1873.
Superintendent’s prior written approval.
Use only where specified or with the
Do not use powder actuated, explosive or percussion type anchors without the
Superintendent’s prior written approval
ZINC COATED STEEL STRAPS: 25 x 1.2 mm, coating class Z275.
GALVANISED FIXINGS: Galvanise steel fastenings to AS 1214 or AS/NZS 4680 as appropriate where
exposed to weather.
Coating: Before placing galvanised bolts in contact with CCA treated timber, coat the bolt in a heavy
bodied grease or bituminous coating.
STAINLESS STEEL FIXINGS: Use Grade 316 equivalent stainless steel nails, spikes, screws, bolts,
anchors, connector plates, straps, brackets and the like fixings exclusively where:
•
externally exposed to weather; or
•
in external timbers such as weatherboards, sheeting, decking and marine structures; or
•
in contact with chemically treated timber.
L.5.02 ADHESIVES
TYPES: Use adhesives of the types appropriate to their purpose, and apply them so that they transmit
the loads imposed and ensure the rigidity of the assembly without causing discolouration of finished
surfaces.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.19
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
REQUIREMENT: All adhesives used in this project shall be low/zero ODP & low-VOC.
L.5.03 TIGHTENING
FIXINGS: Tighten bolts, screws and other fixings so that joints and anchorages are secure at Practical
Completion.
L.6 FLOORS
L.6.01 STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD FLOORING
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2269.
Stress grade: F11
Veneer quality: CD.
Bond type: A.
Thickness: 22mm
EDGE FINISH: Tongued and grooved along two sides.
INSTALLATION: To AS 1684 Clause 3.9.5.
L.6.02 COMPRESSED FIBRE CEMENT (CFC) FLOORING
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
CFC Sheet: AS/NZS 2908.2, Type A Category 4
Thickness: 18 mm, unless other specified or indicated on approved design documents
Edges: Square
Proprietary Item: HARDIES COMPRESSED SHEET or equal approved
INSTALLATION: Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
L.7 PARTITIONS & SCREENS
L.7.01 COMPACT LAMINATE TOILET PARTITIONS
LOCATION: To Toilets generally as indicated on the approved design documents.
SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTOR: The toilet partitions shall be fabricated and installed by the approved
specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this class of work as specified in SPECIALIST
SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings before commencing fabrication fully describing the toilet
partitions installation as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS & COMPUTATIONS – WOODWORK &
CABINETWORK and clearly showing but not limited to the following information:
•
layout of graphics or printed panels (if applicable);
•
layout (sectional plan and elevation) of the installation assembly;
•
full size sections of components, including but not limited to junctions, abutments, heads, jambs,
cover plates and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
provisions for adjustment to achieve required line and level;
•
details and schedules of all components required to complete the system;
•
methods of assembly;
•
methods of installation, including fixings, caulking and sealing;
•
provisions for sanitary sealing of assembled sections;
•
junctions and trim to adjoining surfaces;
•
Builder’s work.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.20
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
DESCRIPTION: Purpose fabricated proprietary heavy duty floor mounted toilet partition system
consisting of division panels, pilasters, nibs, door panels, aluminium head rails and trim, designed to
maximise resistance to water, graffiti, vandalism and impact and fixed directly to floor for maximum
strength and durability, including fixed bench seats to combined shower/changing cubicles, 3No. hold
open spring hinges per door lift-off for emergency access, indicator turn bolt set, clear anodised
aluminium components and all the necessary fixings and hardware to complete the installation and
installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as indicated on the approved
design documents.
PANELS: Divisions, pilasters, nibs and doors shall be manufactured from an approved proprietary
13mm thick self-supporting wear, scratch, graffiti, moisture and impact resistant compact laminate
sheet as specified in IMPACT RESISTANT COMPACT LAMINATE SHEET – WOODWORK & JOINERY,
colours to be selected.
PROPRIETARY ITEM: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Height: 2000mm
DOOR HARDWARE: Toilet partition system shall include all necessary hardware to match approved
samples/prototype, including coat hook/bumper, indicator and turn bolt set with three (3) throughbolted safety lift off spring hinges per door to allow lift off of door in closed position in satin chrome
plate.
SUPPORT CHANNELS: Square profile clear anodised aluminium to suit 13mm board.
FINISH (aluminium): Clear anodised as specified in CLEAR ANODISING, SECTION G – METALWORK.
TOILET ACCESSORIES: Supply and install toilet accessories as applicable as specified in TOILET
ACCESSORIES, SECTION G – METALWORK.
SAMPLES: Provide samples of all components for approval as specified in CONTROL SAMPLES –
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
DIMENSIONS (toilet cubicles): Refer to the approved design documents.
DISABLED/AMBULATORY PERSONS CUBICLES: Comply with the provisions of the current issue of AS
1428 – Design for access and mobility (set). Refer to DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS &
MOBILITY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
INSTALLATION: All cubicles shall be installed straight, plumb and level in accordance with the
manufacturer’s installation instructions to provide a rigid and durable installation to the
superintendent’s entire satisfaction.
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Seven (7) years
L.8 TIMBER DOORS
L.8.01 TIMBER DOORS GENERALLY
STANDARD: To AS 2688 unless otherwise specified.
DOOR SIZES & TYPES: Sizes nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE or specified are door leaf
dimensions. Make frames to fit doors and to accommodate each door type, including but not limited to
hinged, pivot and/or sliding doors. Where doors and frames are to be built into existing structural
openings, adjust the door sizes as necessary to suit the openings and finished frame sizes.
Check door sizes prior to ordering and refer major discrepancies to the Superintendent.
METAL DOOR FRAMES: Refer to DOOR SCHEDULE for door frame types.
METALWORK for aluminium and steel door frames.
Refer to SECTION G -
FIRE RESISTANT DOORS: Refer to FIRE RESISTANT DOORS & FRAMES, SECTION G – METALWORK.
TIMBER ACOUSTIC DOORS & FRAMES: Obtain certification to verify that the timber acoustic doors and
frames have passed type tests for acoustic performance (doors and frames, inclusive of seals).
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.21
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Acoustic door performance:
Minimum Rw38 unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents
DOOR SEALS: Refer to the DOOR & DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULES for doors requiring seals and the
types of seals required.
DOOR RELIEF GRILLES: As specified in DOOR RELIEF GRILLES - METALWORK.
WARRANTY PERIOD (timber doors): Two (2) years from the date for Practical Completion.
L.8.02 SOLID CORE FLUSH DOORS
LOCATION: General use throughout the works, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the
approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to TIMBER DOORS GENERALLY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
STANDARD: To AS 2688 unless otherwise specified.
DOOR THICKNESS (minimum): 40 mm unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE:
Minimum Rw38 unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents
EDGE STRIPS: Hardwood, nominal 12 mm thickness generally, 40 mm thick for rebated meeting stiles
having acoustic seals, 20 mm thick for rebated meeting stiles without seals. Fix to top rail and stiles.
Mitre at corners. Nail and bond to door edges after trimming facings. Finish flush with facings
Rebated edge strips: Provide to double doors, multiple panel (bifolding/stacking) doors and doors with
fixed panels over where these are nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE.
Edge strips (clear finish veneered doors): As specified above but to match species, colour and grain of
facings.
EXTERIOR SOLID CORE DOORS:
Location: Exterior exposed solid core doors throughout unless otherwise indicated on the
approved design documents
Core: Blockboard.
Facings: 4 mm thick plywood, exterior use quality.
Bond type and veneer grade: Specified in PLYWOOD – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
INTERIOR SOLID CORE DOORS:
Location: Interior solid core doors throughout unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents
Core: Blockboard or particleboard.
Frame (for particleboard core doors only):
•
Stiles: Minimum 65 mm wide.
•
Top and bottom rails: Minimum 85 mm wide.
Joints between stiles and rails: Mortise and tenon.
Facings (for painting): 4.8 mm thick standard type GP hardboard, interior pre-primed. Trim flush
with framing.
Facings (for clear finishing):
interior use quality.
4 mm thick decorative veneer faced medium density fibreboard,
Veneer grade: Specified in VENEERS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
FIXED PANELS OVER (if applicable): Fixed panel with rebated bottom edge and concealed fixings.
Provide first completed example for approval as specified in FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES –
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
Materials: Solid core to match associated door
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.22
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Fixing: Approved concealed fixings.
ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS: Accurately drill through width of core where required to accommodate
power provisions to electrically operated locks and the like where specified or indicated on the
approved design documents. Provide first example of door with drilled core for approval as specified in
FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACINGS: Refer NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACINGS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
FIRE RESISTANCE RATED DOORS: Proprietary doorsets as specified in FIRE RESISTANT DOORS &
FRAMES, SECTION G – METALWORK.
L.8.03 HOLLOW CORE FLUSH DOORS
LOCATION: Interior use only where specified or indicated on the approved design documents.
HOLLOW CORE DOORS GENERALLY NOT PERMITTED except in some cabinetwork
applications. Use elsewhere only where approved by the Superintendent in writing.
STANDARD: To AS 2688 unless otherwise specified.
REFERENCE: Refer to TIMBER DOORS GENERALLY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
DOOR THICKNESS (minimum): 40 mm unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
INTERNAL FRAMING:
•
Stiles: Minimum 40 mm wide. Increase lock stile width as required for fixing push plates and D
handles if such hardware is nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE.
•
Top and bottom rails: Minimum 60 mm wide. Increase top rail width as required for fixing door
closers if closers are nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE.
Lock block: 600 mm long x width to accept the hardware. Centre lock block 1000 mm above door
bottom. Mark position on stile edges.
Infill core: First quality cellular paper infill with 32 mm cell size.
EDGE STRIPS: 12 mm nominal thickness to match species, colour and grain of facings.. Fix to top rail
and stiles. Mitre at corners. Nail and bond to door edges after trimming facings. Finish flush with
facings.
Rebated edge strips: Form rebates on edges of doors, if nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE, in solid
matching edge strips.
Edge strips (clear finish veneered doors): As specified above but to match species, colour and grain of
facings.
INTERIOR HOLLOW CORE DOORS:
Facings (for painting): 4.8 mm thick standard type GP hardboard, interior pre-primed. Trim flush with
framing.
Facings (for clear finishing): 4 mm thick decorative veneer faced medium density fibreboard, interior
use quality.
NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACINGS: Refer NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACINGS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.8.04 GLAZED VIEWING PANELS IN FLUSH DOORS
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
CUT OUTS: Make cut outs not closer than 120 mm to the edges of the doors.
FRAMING: Provide a subframe of 25 mm minimum width timber around openings for glazing.
GLAZING: Laminated safety glass as nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE.
Laminated safety glass: All vision panels shall be minimum 10.38mm thick comprising two layers of
5mm thick clear float glass bonded together by a clear polyvinyl butyral interlayer as specified in
SECTION Y – GLAZING. Finish with mitred splayed matching beads each side, to finish flush with
facing.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.23
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Vision panels to FR rated doors: Fire rated glass as specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING installed by
door manufacturer to achieve fire resistance rating not less than that of the door in which the vision
panel is installed. Refer to FIRE RESISTANT DOORS & FRAMES – SECTION G – METALWORK
L.8.05 ADDITIONAL DOOR FACINGS
LOCATION: Refer to DOOR SCHEDULE and as indicated on the approved design documents.
NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACING: Refer NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACINGS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
STEEL FACINGS: For doors nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE to be clad with steel sheeting, use
ZF100 zincanneal coated 0.8 mm thick steel sheet. Pressure bond the sheeting to the doors using
suitable approved adhesive. Fix at sides and top and bottom edges with adhesive and countersunk
head brass screws. Turn the sheeting into the rebates at meeting stiles.
L.8.06 NON-COMBUSTIBLE FACINGS
LOCATION: To internal face of all doors to electrical cupboards and switchboards and as indicated on
the approved design documents
DESCRIPTION: Line internal face of doors within cupboard only, with 6 mm thick fibre cement
sheeting. Set fibre cement sheeting in from edge of door head and stiles sufficiently only to
accommodate width of frame stops.
Proprietary item (fibre cement sheeting): HARDIES VERSILUX or equal approved
L.8.07 DOOR RELIEF GRILLES
INSTALLATION: Form and trim openings as required and install air relief grilles to doors where
nominated on the DOOR SCHEDULE.
CUT OUTS: Make cut outs not closer than 120 mm to the edges of the doors.
FRAMING: Provide a subframe of 25 mm minimum width timber around openings for grilles.
GRILLES: Specified in DOOR RELIEF GRILLES - METALWORK.
L.8.08 DOOR SEALS
LOCATION: Refer to the DOOR & DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULES for doors requiring seals and the
types of seals required generally.
L.8.09 DOOR BUFFERS
WALLS: Provide and fix white dome type self adhesive door buffers to walls where door handles would
otherwise strike walls.
FLOORS: Provide and fix proprietary door stops to floors where doors would otherwise strike walls on
the hinge side of door frames when fully opened.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
L.8.10 STAINLESS STEEL KICKPLATES
LOCATION: To doors only where indicated on the approved design documents
DESCRIPTION: Supply and install stainless steel kick plates to faces of doors only where indicated on
the approved design documents. Set kickplates in from edge of door stiles sufficiently only to
accommodate width of frame stops.
Stainless steel: Grade 304 stainless steel, No.4 (satin) finished, 0.9mm thick x 200mm high x width to
suit door and sit within frame stops.
INSTALLATION: Glue and screw fix using approved stainless steel wafer head screws at max. 200mm
centres.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.24
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
L.9 DOOR HARDWARE
L.9.01 DOOR HARDWARE
REQUIREMENT: Provide and install the door hardware of the type and quantity set out on the DOOR
HARDWARE SCHEDULE – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Refer to SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS –
VOLUME 4 and comply with all the requirements thereof.
CABINETWORK HARDWARE: As specified in CABINETWORK – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
MOUNTING HEIGHTS: Unless otherwise shown on the approved design documents or specified, mount
locks and latches so that the centreline of the door knob or lever spindle, if there is one, is 1000 mm
above finished floor, and mount other locks and latches at the same height.
MASTER KEYING SYSTEM:
CABINETWORK
As specified in MASTER KEYING SCHEDULE – WOODWORK &
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
WARRANTY PERIOD: Two (2) years from the date for Practical Completion.
L.9.02 DOOR HARDWARE CERTIFICATION
REQUIREMENT: The Contractor shall arrange for an inspection of the final door hardware installation
by the Door Hardware Scheduler/Supplier to ensure that all scheduled hardware has been supplied and
installed correctly as scheduled, in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and to suit site
conditions and is properly adjusted to suit the required function and to provide written Certification of
same. The Contractor shall facilitate any required adjustments, modifications, replacements and the like
as required to underwrite Certification, all prior to the Practical Completion inspection of the Contract
Works.
RECTIFICATION: If any hardware has been incorrectly scheduled and is not fit-for-purpose, the
Contractor shall notify the Superintendent and request/confirm an alternative an example of which shall
be provided by the Certifier. The Superintendent shall determine any variation in respect of any
difference in cost between the scheduled and the substituted items.
L.9.03 KEYS GENERALLY
KEYS: Supply keys to all locks.
Stamping: Code stamp keys and lock cylinders.
Labelling: Provide each key with a durable plastic or metal tag legibly marked to identify the key,
attached to the key with a metal ring.
GROUP KEYING: Refer to MASTER KEYING SCHEDULE – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Records: Obtain from the lock manufacturer, and furnish to the Proprietor, the lock manufacturer's
record of the key coding system showing each lock type, type and number of key supplied, key number
for re-ordering, and name of supplier.
CONSTRUCTION KEYING: Immediately before Practical Completion of the Contract Works, or at such
other times as may be directed, cylinders to which the Contractor, its subcontractors and employees
and other personnel under the direction of the Contractor have had key access during construction with
cylinders configured to the final key configuration which permanently excludes construction keys.
Waiver: Replacement may be waived only if written approval is given to an alternative method of
rendering the construction keys permanently inoperative.
NUMBER OF KEYS: Supply keys in the following quantities:
Great grandmaster keys:
4 keys
Grandmaster keys:
8 keys
Master keys:
4 keys per code group
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.25
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Locks keyed to differ:
4 keys per lock.
Locks keyed alike: For each 'keyed alike' code:
Number of locks
Number of keys:
in code group:
2
4
3 - 10
6
11 – 40
10
41 and over
1 key to 4 locks or part thereof
DELIVERY: Great grandmaster, grandmaster, and master keys: Arrange for the manufacturer or
supplier to deliver direct to the Principal or his authorised representative.
ALL OTHER KEYS: Verify quantities against key records and deliver to the Principal upon Practical
Completion.
L.9.04 MASTER KEYING SCHEDULE
REQUIREMENT: All keys and locks, including padlocks, shall be Grand Master keyed, master keyed,
sub-master keyed, keyed alike and keyed to differ according to the approved Master Keying Schedule.
PREPARATION OF KEYING SCHEDULE: Allow for the preparation of a master keying schedule for the
nominated Grand Master Keying System in accordance with the Principal’s requirements, including
direct liaison with the Principal’s nominated representative and preparation of a draft schedule for
approval.
RECORDS: Obtain from the lock manufacturer, and furnish to the Proprietor, the lock manufacturer's
record of the key coding system showing each lock type, type and number of key supplied, key number
for re-ordering, and name of supplier.
L.9.05 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
REQUIREMENT: The Contractor shall be deemed to have allowed in the Contract Sum for preparation
of the door hardware schedule in compliance with the approved design documents and/or the
Principal’s project requirements and the supply, delivery, handling and fixing costs for the door
hardware supplied in accordance therewith.
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Refer to SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
MASTER KEYING SYSTEM: Refer also to MASTER KEYING SCHEDULE – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
INCLUSIONS: Allow for provision of keys to cylinder locks, padlocks and the like included elsewhere in
this Specification but not necessarily included in the DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, such as but not
limited to those included with the supply of:
•
Padlocks to gates, secured services compounds or enclosures or other external secured elements;
•
Padlocks to Height Safety System ladders, roof access hatches and the like;
•
Electrical switchboards, Communications and other lockable services cupboards.
•
Cabinetwork doors drawers and cupboards. Refer also to LOCKS, CABINETWORK – WOODWORK
& CABINETWORK.
All locks and keys to be included in the master keying schedule.
L.10 TIMBER JOINERY & TRIM
L.10.01 MDF WINDOW SILLS & REVEAL LININGS, BOXING & TRIMS
MATERIAL: High moisture resistant (HMR) medium density fibreboard (MDF), unless otherwise
specified.
Size: 20 mm thick x width & depth to suit location
Projection (window sills): 20mm beyond finished face of internal wall leaf, with expressed negative
joint as detailed.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.26
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Profile: Square edge with pencil rounded arrises to match approved sample.
LOCATION AND WORKMANSHIP: To boxing, blind box top linings, trims to ends of partitions where
these meet window mullions (provide acoustically sealed installation), window sills, jambs and heads
where indicated on the approved design documents. Screw fix to wall plugs in masonry and stud wall
noggings as indicated on the approved design documents. Seal all junctions and gaps.
FINISH: Conceal all fixings with MDF plugs and paint finish as specified in SECTION Z – PAINTING.
L.11 CABINETWORK
L.11.01 CABINETWORK GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: Provide & install cabinetwork, fixtures and furniture strictly in accordance with the
approved design documents without any deviations from the works as documented.
The rectification of any deviations or discrepancies from the documented works shall be
entirely the responsibility and at the expense of the Contractor.
SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTOR: The cabinetwork shall be fabricated and installed by the approved
specialist subcontractor and its personnel experienced in this class of work as specified in SPECIALIST
SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Supply shop drawings of the cabinetwork installation showing the relevant details
of each assembly, component and connection, together with information relative to fabrication,
materials, surface treatment, abutments, integration with other work, Builder’s Work and installation.
Refer to SHOP DRAWINGS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
COORDINATION: Coordinate design, fabrication and installation of cabinetwork with other trades
including but not limited to:
)
Principal-supplied white goods, equipment, fixtures & fittings;
)
Building services;
)
Master keying system;
PRINCIPAL SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT: Give adequate notice, programme and coordinate receipt and
installation of new and/or relocated items of equipment to be supplied by the Principal.
Reference: Refer to ‘WHITE GOODS’ (FIXTURES & FITTINGS) – SECTION G – METALWORK and the
approved design documents.
SANITARY CONSTRUCTION: All exposed and non-exposed surfaces of benches, sinks,
drainers, shelves, framing, joints, components and the like shall be, designed, fabricated
and finished to achieve smooth continuous sealed surfaces without open joints, gaps,
cavities, crevices, unnecessary voids and like traps for dirt, bacteria or mould to provide a
fully sealed and continuous construction, installation and finish easily accessible for
thorough cleaning and sanitisation.
Voids: Pack all voids with glass fibre anti-vermin insulation, refer to INSULATION FOR VERMIN
PROTECTION, SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Tube ends: Seal off the visible ends of steel tubing and ends where water or vermin entry is possible
by fully welding fixed end closures using material matching the tube.
Edges and surfaces: Keep clean, neat and free from burrs and indentations.
Remove sharp edges from all metallic items prior to finishing and without excessive
radiusing.
INSTALLATION: Install the fixtures in the positions shown. Obtain accurate site dimensions prior to
manufacture. Construct cabinets accurately to close tolerances to minimise gaps to walls. Scribe or
otherwise trim to fit against abutting finished surfaces.
Cabinetwork units displaying excessive gaps to abutting finished surfaces shall be rejected
pending remanufacture at the Contractor’s expense.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.27
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Fixing: Attach fixtures to the building structure with screws into metal framing or masonry anchors.
Sealing Gaps: Seal all gaps with non-hardening, bacteria and mould resistant, white silicone sealant.
INSULATION FOR VERMIN PROTECTION: Completely fill all voids between fixed cabinetwork and the
adjoining walls, floors and soffits to Kitchen areas with general purpose insulation as specified in
INSULATION FOR VERMIN PROTECTION, SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
SERVICES PROVISIONS: Coordinate trades, locate accurately and incorporate hydraulic and electrical
provisions neatly concealed within cabinetwork. Refer also to SECTION P – HYDRAULIC SERVICES and
SECTION Q – ELECTRICAL SERVICES and the approved design documents.
CONNECTION & COMPLETION: Connect cabinetwork to building services as required, adjust hardware,
ease locks and latches and complete commissioning of electrical items and other services prior to
completion.
LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET:
CABINETWORK.
As specified in LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET – WOODWORK &
Balancing Veneer: Provide plastic laminate balancing veneer or fully seal underside surface of all
benchtops to Superintendent’s approval.
WHITE GOODS, EQUIPMENT, STAINLESS STEEL & OTHER FIXTURES: Coordinate and accurately
integrate cabinetwork as required with the supply & installation of the white goods, equipment and
stainless steel sinks, troughs, basins and the like fixtures and fittings as specified.
CUT OUTS: Coordinate and provide cut-outs for inset sinks, basins and the like.
WET AREAS: Cabinetwork installed in Toilets/Showers, Ensuites, Laundries, Tea Preps, Kitchens,
Wash-ups and the like ‘wet’ areas and other areas where nominated on the approved design
documents shall be constructed from moisture resistant (HMR) grade medium density fibreboard.
COLOURS & VENEERS: As selected in the COLOUR & MATERIALS SCHEDULE.
CUPBOARD DOOR FRAMES:
INTERNAL DOOR FRAMES.
Where doors are in wall openings, provide frames as specified in
DOOR BUFFERS: Provide and fix white dome type self adhesive door buffers to walls where door
handles would otherwise strike walls.
USER MANUAL: Provide user manual and instructions for operation, care, maintenance & repair as
specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
DISPLAY SURFACES: As specified in SECTION G – METALWORK.
L.11.02 BENCHES, CUPBOARDS & SHELVING
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
REFERENCE: Refer to CABINETWORK GENERALLY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
FRAMING, CARCASES & SHELVING:
NON VENEER-FACED CABINETS:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
•
Fabricate cabinet carcases using WHITE melamine faced 18 mm thick medium density fibreboard
with matching rigid 2mm ABS edge stripping, chamfered edge to visible edges. Use solid framing
timbers where necessary.
•
Visible external carcase panels: Use selected colour plastic laminate faced 18 mm thick medium
density fibreboard as indicated on the approved design documents with matching rigid 2mm ABS
edge stripping, chamfered edge to visible edges.
•
Graphic printed laminated plastic sheet (if applicable): As specified in LAMINATED PLASTIC SHEET
– WOODWORK & CABINETWORK. Custom printed graphics to graphic pattern to be supplied.
Apply to the Superintendent for details of the graphic pattern selected.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.28
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
VENEER-FACED CABINETS:
•
Fabricate cabinet carcases using BLACK melamine faced 18 mm thick medium density fibreboard
with matching rigid 2mm ABS edge stripping, chamfered edge to visible edges. Use solid framing
timbers where necessary
•
Visible external carcase panels: Use selected, quarter cut, book matched selected decorative
veneer-faced 18 mm thick medium density fibreboard with 3 mm thick solid timber edge strips to
visible edges to match decorative face veneer.
PLUGS & CAPS: Do not use exposed fixings and fixing plugs or caps to outside visible surfaces of
carcases.
WET AREAS: To ‘wet’ areas including to laboratories, kitchens, laundries, toilets, ensuites and
bathrooms, use moisture resistant (HMR) grade medium density fibreboard.
BACK LINING: Medium density fibreboard (HMR to wet areas), melamine, plastic laminate or timber
veneered finish as indicated on the approved design documents.
Thickness: 12 mm thick for floor mounted cupboards, 18 mm thick for cupboards mounted on walls.
PLINTH: Frame up to support cupboards using solid timber. Face with 18 mm thick HMR medium
density fibreboard with selected plastic laminate finish. Bed facing to floor on silicone bead. Except
where coved vinyl skirtings are specified to finish up the face of cupboard plinths, finish visible faces of
plinths in material to match doors.
ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
DESCRIPTION: Provide to cupboards where indicated using white melamine faced 18 mm thick
medium density fibreboard unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents. Drill and
bush end panels and division panels at 32 mm pitch. Provide four shelf support pins and ferrules per
shelf.
SHELVING SPANS: Unless shelves are shown on the approved design documents to be stiffened by
additional members such as supporting battens, the following conditions shall apply to the provision of
shelving in cabinetwork:
Shelving type:
Adjustable shelving:
Fixed shelving supported
at back and ends:
Thickness (excluding
decorative surfacing):
18 mm
25 mm
18 mm
25 mm
Maximum span:
650 mm
900 mm
900 mm
1200 mm
Superintendent's instructions: Where the approved design documents show shelving spanning
distances greater than the limits specified above, refer to the Superintendent for instructions.
EDGE FINISH: Finish all visible edges of shelves including concealed edges of adjustable shelves with
matching rigid 2mm ABS edge stripping, chamfered edge to visible edges to match the finish as
specified for top surface of shelf.
SUPPORTS (Adjustable shelving): Drill and bush end panels and division panels at 75 mm pitch.
Provide four brass shelf support pins and ferrules per shelf.
Proprietary item: HÄFELE CAT No. 282.01.505/ 282.50.508 or equal approved
WET AREAS: Use moisture resistant (HMR) grade medium density fibreboard as specified in
CABINETWORK GENERALLY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
COLOURS & VENEERS: As selected in the COLOUR & MATERIALS SCHEDULE.
GLASS SHELVING: As specified in GLASS IN CABINETS – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.29
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
PLASTIC LAMINATE BENCHTOPS
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
CONSTRUCTION:
Square edge: Frame up as necessary and cover with 18 mm thick HMR medium density fibreboard
overfaced on the top side with plastic laminate. Build up visible edges to 30 mm thick and finish with
matching rigid 2mm ABS edge stripping, chamfered edge to visible edges, chamfered edge to visible
edges.
Post-formed edge: Frame up as necessary and cover with 18 mm thick HMR medium density
fibreboard machined to the minimum radius permitted by the manufacturer of plastic laminate sheet
which shall be post formed to the top side and down-turned or bullnosed edges as indicated on the
approved design documents. Where free ends of bench tops occur provide 75 x 75 mm splayed
corners and apply matching plastic laminate vertically to the splayed surfaces. Carry the radiused edge
and post forming over the end.
BALANCING VENEER: Provide plastic laminate balancing veneer or fully seal underside surface of all
benchtops.
TIMBER FRONT RAIL: Plastic laminate finish.
REFERENCE: Refer to PLASTIC LAMINATE – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
WET AREAS: Use moisture resistant (HMR) grade medium density fibreboard as specified in
CABINETWORK GENERALLY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
COLOURS: As selected in the COLOUR & MATERIALS SCHEDULE.
POLYESTER SOLID SURFACING BENCH TOPS
Location (if applicable): As indicated on the approved design documents.
Description:
Homogeneous solid filled acrylic polymer sheet material adhesively joined with
inconspicuous seams, complete with all brackets, trims and fixings. Build up visible edges to required
thickness and form cutouts and edge profiles as indicated on the approved design documents all with
inconspicuous filled and smoothly finished joints.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Colour: To be selected to match approved sample
Reference: Refer to POLYESTER SOLID SURFACING – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
RECONSTITUTED STONE BENCHTOPS
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Description: Homogeneous solid filled sheet of resin bonded stone chips adhesively joined with
inconspicuous seams, complete with all brackets, trims and fixings. Form cutouts and edge profiles as
indicated on the approved design documents all with inconspicuous filled and smoothly finished joints.
Colour: To be selected to match approved sample
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents
Reference: Refer to RECONSTITUTED STONE – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
NATURAL STONE BENCHTOPS
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Construction: Selected natural stone. Form bullnosed and downstand edges as indicated on the
approved design documents all with inconspicuous filled and smoothly finished joints.
Colour: To be selected to match approved sample
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents
Reference: Refer to NATURAL STONE – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.30
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
HIGH GLOSS ACRYLIC SPLASHBACKS
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Construction: High gloss acrylic.
Colour: To be selected to match approved sample
Thickness: As indicated on the approved design documents
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
Warranty: Ten (10) years from the date of Practical Completion.
VANITY UNITS
Description: Generally as for BENCH TOPS, as indicated on the approved design documents
End panels: Provide to free ends of units, to match front aprons.
Gallows brackets: Galvanised mild steel fabricated from 6 mm thick plate and fully concealed within
the depth of the unit and located each side of inset basin. Fix to walls with two M10 galvanised bolts
into masonry anchors or screw fix to noggings in stud walls as applicable.
DOORS
DOORS (not exceeding 2040 mm high x 620 mm wide):
Laminated Plastic finish: 18 mm thick HMR medium density fibreboard faced on both sides with
laminated plastic sheet. Apply matching colour rigid 2mm PVC edge stripping, chamfered edge to all
edges.
Veneered timber finish: Nom 18 mm thick decorative veneered HMR plywood to AS/NZS 2271, bond
type A, veneer species to be selected. Apply solid timber edge stripping to match face veneer. Clear
finish as specified.
Finish (timber veneer): Clear finished.
DOOR PULLS:
Integrated pull: Provide proprietary integrated extruded silver anodised aluminium door pull typically to
top edge of door front to floor mounted cabinets to match approved sample.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
DOORS (exceeding 2040 mm high x 620 mm wide): As specified in clause SOLID CORE FLUSH DOORS
– WOODWORK & CABINETWORK except doors shall finish 35mm thick.
WET AREAS: Use moisture resistant (HMR) grade medium density fibreboard as specified in
CABINETWORK GENERALLY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
COLOURS & VENEERS: As selected in the COLOUR & MATERIALS SCHEDULE.
DOOR HINGES: Proprietary fully adjustable, heavy duty, nickel-plated steel, self-closing, soft-closing
damping device, hold closed, snap-on concealed cup hinges.
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE METALLAMAT-ESC SERIES (SOFT-CLOSING) – CAT No. 311.60.xxx (110o) or
equal approved
HINGES PER DOOR (No. off):
Doors not exceeding 900mm high x 500mm wide: 2 hinges per leaf.
Doors exceeding 900mm high but not exceeding 1600mm high x 500mm wide: 3 hinges per leaf.
Doors exceeding 1600mm high but not exceeding 2000mm high x 500mm wide: 4 hinges per leaf.
Doors exceeding 2000mm high but not exceeding 2400mm high x 500mm wide: 5 hinges per leaf.
Doors exceeding 2700mm high x 600mm wide:
manufacturer.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Provide hinges as recommended by the hinge
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.31
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
RETRACTABLE DOORS: Proprietary fully adjustable sliding pivot door mechanisms for door weights up
to 50kg for in-front and door in wall recess applications as indicated on the approved design
documents.
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE HAWA CONCEPTA 50 – CAT No. 408.30.xxx or equal approved
SLIDING & HINGED GLASS DOORS:
CABINETWORK.
As specified in GLASS IN CABINETS – WOODWORK &
DRAWERS
DRAWER CARCASE: Pre-finished melamine faced 12mm thick medium density fibreboard (HMR to wet
areas) carcase sides and ends. Plough for 6 mm thick pre-finished melamine faced plywood bottom.
Dove-tail front corners and stop-house sides for backs.
DRAWER FRONTS:
Laminated Plastic finish: 18 mm thick HMR medium density fibreboard faced on both sides with
laminated plastic sheet. Apply matching colour rigid 2mm PVC edge stripping, chamfered edge to all
edges.
Veneered timber finish: Nom 18 mm thick decorative veneered HMR plywood to AS/NZS 2271, bond
type A, veneer species to be selected. Apply solid timber edge stripping to match face veneer. Clear
finish as specified.
Finish (timber veneer): Clear finished.
WET AREAS: Use moisture resistant (HMR) grade medium density fibreboard as specified in
CABINETWORK GENERALLY – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
COLOURS & VENEERS: As selected in the COLOUR & MATERIALS SCHEDULE.
DRAWER PULLS:
Integrated pull: Provide proprietary integrated extruded silver anodised aluminium drawer pull typically
to top edge of drawer front to floor mounted cabinets to match approved sample.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
DRAWER SLIDES (Generally): Powder-coated, self-aligning, single extension, base mounted, light to
medium duty, sliding steel drawer slides with soft synthetic tyres and steel friction bearings.
Provide with soft-closing device to all drawers as specified hereinafter.
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE ECONO SOFT ROLLER – CAT No. 423.37.xxx or equal approved
Maximum capacity: 30kg/pair
Colour: White or black to match carcassing colour.
DRAWER SLIDES (File drawers): Powder-coated, self-aligning, full/over-extension, base mounted,
medium to heavy duty, sliding steel drawer slides with soft synthetic tyres and steel friction bearings.
Provide with soft-closing device to all drawers as specified hereinafter.
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE FORTE SOFT ROLLER – CAT No. 423.46.xxx or equal approved
Maximum capacity: 50kg/pair
Colour: White or black to match carcassing colour.
SOFT-CLOSING DEVICE: Proprietary soft-closing damper kit, plastic construction.
Proprietary Item: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples
CUTLERY DIVISIONS: Moulded white plastic. Insert to top drawer.
Location: 1 No. to each Tea Prep and as indicated on the approved design documents
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE Cat. No. 556.51.761 or equal approved
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.32
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
LOCKS
LOCKS TO FACE FIXED DOORS AND DRAWERS:
approved design documents.
Pin tumbler cabinet locks where shown on the
Type: Pin tumbler cupboard locks.
Proprietary item: TYPE 690 CUPBOARD LOCKS by LOCKWOOD or equal approved
SLIDING GLASS DOOR LOCKS: Key operated plunger type.
Proprietary item: COWDROY F607 or equal approved.
HINGED GLASS DOOR LOCKS: Glass door pin locks 2No. per door panel.
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE Cat. No. 233.05.600 or equal approved
KEYING: Generally all locks in one room or suite of associated rooms shall be keyed alike. Master keys
shall be required and shall conform to existing systems if required.
Prepare keying schedule and submit to Superintendent for approval not less than 14 days prior to
commencing fabrication of cabinetwork.
Reference: Refer also to DOOR HARDWARE – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
PUSH-TO-OPEN CATCHES
Location (if applicable): As indicated on the approved design documents.
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE CAT No 245.54.701, MINI-LATCH, automatic spring catch, or equal approved
TUBULAR STEEL FRAMING
GENERAL: Electric resistance welded steel sections complete with rails, cleats, brackets and flanged
adjustable feet. Fit joints accurately to a fine hairline. Grind and buff visible welds.
SIZE: 32 x 32 x 1.6 mm wall thickness, unless otherwise shown on the approved design documents.
FINISH: Polyester powder coating as specified in THERMOSET POWDER COATING - METALWORK.
Colour: To be selected
FINISH TO CABINETS
VENEER-FACED CABINETS (if applicable): Pre-finish interior and exterior surfaces of veneer-faced
cabinets including carcases, end panels, undersides of wall hung cupboards, divisions, tops, shelves,
backs, trims, drawer fronts and both sides of doors with clear satin finish (30% gloss) two pack
polyurethane lacquer. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
DAMAGE REPAIRS: Note that site finishing, re-finishing or repair to finish of pre-finished
timber veneered cabinetwork panels shall not be permitted.
MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES
TEA TOWEL RAIL: Two chromium plated steel towel arms on a single glide out frame with three nylon
ball bearing runners in aluminium track with stops both ends. Fix inside bench cupboard recess where
shown on the approved design documents.
Location: 1 No. to each Tea Prep and as indicated on the approved design documents
Proprietary item: Type JAI-1 by HOWARD SILVERS or equal approved
WASTE BIN: Proprietary 2 x 35 litre capacity grey plastic removable waste bin mounted behind drawer
front and supported in powdercoated steel frame and slides on slides with soft-closing function and
spring assisted tilting lid mechanism.
Location: 1 No. to each Tea Prep and as indicated on the approved design documents
Proprietary item: WASTE BIN CAT NO. 502.73.922 by HÄFELE or equal approved
CABLE ENTRY CAPS: 60 mm diameter plastic, colour to match benchtop. Install in bench tops at each
under bench top GPO location or group of services outlets or as indicated on the approved design
documents.
Proprietary item: HÄFELE CABLE OUTLETS CAT No. 631.11.xxx. or equal approved
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.33
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
FOLDED WIRE MESH CABLE TRAYS: Nominal 250mm wide under-bench white PVC-coated wire mesh
cable trays supported on powdercoated underslung brackets at maximum 450mm centres
Finish (brackets): Thermoset powdercoated, colour to be selected.
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
L.11.03 GLASS IN CABINETS
GENERALLY: Generally minimum 6mm thick clear toughened glass with flat polished edges and
polished arrises.
SLIDING GLASS DOORS:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Glass (generally): 6 mm thick clear toughened glass unless otherwise indicated with flat polished
edges and polished arrises.
Hardware: Fit Cowdroy TT415A ball bearing track, Cowdroy TT20 aluminium head guide, a key
operated locking device and chromium plated ring pulls. Provide a key operated Cowdroy F607 locking
device to the end doors or equal approved.
HINGED GLASS DOORS:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Glass (generally): 6 mm thick clear toughened glass unless otherwise indicated with flat polished
edges and polished arrises. Install on polished chrome hinges, 1 pair per door.
Proprietary Item: HÄFELE CAT NO. 361.49.201 or equal approved.
ADJUSTABLE GLASS SHELVES:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Glass: 6mm thick clear toughened glass shelving with flat polished edges and polished chamfered
arrises.
Span: Not exceeding 900mm.
Supports: Drill and bush end panels and division panels at 50 mm pitch. Provide matt black anodised
aluminium glazing clips with black rubber glass rests with brass sleeve inserts. Minimum 4No. supports
per shelf
Proprietary Item: VITRACLIP or equal approved
L.11.04 RESERVE MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: For each type of cabinetwork handle, pull, lock, drawer runner and hinge, supply an
additional quantity of reserve items from the same batch, in the proportion specified. Label the reserve
material appropriately, including the location of each corresponding installed item. Securely and
separately package each batch in a suitable wrapping and deliver to the Works.
PROPORTION OF RESERVE MATERIALS:
Each type of cabinetwork handle, pull, lock, drawer runner and hinge: 2No. of each item
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
L.34
WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
N ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
N.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... N.1
N.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................ N.1
N.1.02 REFERENCES ................................................................................................... N.1
N.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) .......................................... N.2
N.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) .................................................. N.2
N.1.05 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL ................................. N.3
N.1.06 CONTROL SAMPLES.......................................................................................... N.3
N.1.07 METHODS STATEMENTS ................................................................................... N.3
N.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES........................................................................... N.3
N.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS.......................................................................... N.4
N.1.10 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)............................................... N.4
N.1.11 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN ................................................. N.4
N.1.12 PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... N.4
N.1.13 HOLD POINTS.................................................................................................. N.5
N.1.14 TESTS ............................................................................................................. N.5
N.1.15 CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................... N.6
N.1.16 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS..................................................................... N.6
N.1.17 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS........................................................................ N.6
N.1.18 WARRANTIES .................................................................................................. N.6
N.1.19 SECONDARY FRAMING...................................................................................... N.7
N.1.20 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH ........................................................................ N.7
N.2 MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP ................................................................................................. N.8
N.2.01 GENERALLY ..................................................................................................... N.8
N.2.02 ROOF & WALL CLADDINGS, LININGS & PLUMBING GENERALLY ............................ N.8
N.2.03 WATERPROOFING ............................................................................................ N.8
N.2.04 PROTECTION................................................................................................... N.9
N.2.05 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION............................................................................. N.9
N.2.06 FASTENINGS ................................................................................................... N.9
N.2.07 TRIMMERS .................................................................................................... N.10
N.2.08 THERMAL MOVEMENT .................................................................................... N.10
N.2.09 SARKING, INSULATION & SUPPORT/SAFETY MESH............................................ N.10
N.2.10 HANDLING INSULATION ................................................................................. N.10
N.2.11 SEALANTS ..................................................................................................... N.10
N.2.12 BACKING MATERIALS ..................................................................................... N.11
N.2.13 COMPRESSED FIBRE CEMENT (CFC) SHEET ...................................................... N.11
N.2.14 PLYWOOD ..................................................................................................... N.12
N.3 METAL ROOFING .................................................................................................................. N.12
N.3.01 PROFILED METAL ROOFING ............................................................................ N.12
N.4 METAL WALL CLADDING AND WALL & SOFFIT LININGS............................................................ N.14
N.4.01 PROFILED METAL WALL CLADDING AND WALL & SOFFIT LININGS ..................... N.14
N.5 ROOF PLUMBING .................................................................................................................. N.16
N.5.01 RAINWATER GOODS....................................................................................... N.16
N.5.02 JOINTING SHEET METALS ............................................................................... N.17
N.5.03 FLASHINGS, WEATHERINGS & CAPPINGS ......................................................... N.17
N.6 TESTING.............................................................................................................................. N.18
N.6.01 WATER TESTS ............................................................................................... N.18
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
Blank
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
N ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
N.1 GENERAL
N.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
N.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS 1167.1
AS 1167.2
AS/NZS 1170.0
AS/NZS 1170.1
AS/NZS 1170.2
AS 1170.4
AS 1397
AS 1445
AS/NZS 1554 (set)
AS 1562.1
AS/NZS 2179.1
AS/NZS 2271
AS/NZS 2272
AS 2309
AS/NZS 2312
AS/NZS 2728
AS/NZS 2904
AS/NZS 2908.2
AS/NZS 3500.3
AS 3500.3.1
AS 3566.1
AS 3566.2
AS/NZS 3679.1
AS 4040.0
AS 4040.1
2005 Welding and brazing - filler metals - Filler metal for brazing and braze
welding
1999 Welding and brazing - filler metals - Filler metal for welding
2002 Structural design actions – General principles
2002 Structural design actions - Permanent, imposed and other actions
2002 Structural design actions - Wind actions
2007 Structural design actions - Earthquake loads
2011 Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel sheet and strip - Coatings of zinc
and zinc alloyed with aluminium and magnesium
1986 Hot-dipped zinc-coated or aluminium/zinc-coated steel sheet – 76 mm
pitch corrugated
2011 Structural steel welding
1992 Design and installation of sheet roof and wall cladding - Metal
1994 Specifications for rainwater goods, accessories and fasteners - Metal shape
of sheet rainwater goods, and metal accessories and fasteners
2004 Plywood and blockboard for exterior use
2006 Plywood – Marine
2008 Durability of galvanized and electrogalvanized zinc coatings for the
protection of steel in structural applications - Atmospheric
2002 Guide to the protection of structural steel against atmospheric corrosion by
the use of protective coatings
2007 Prefinished/prepainted sheet metal products for interior/exterior building
applications – Performance requirements.
1995 Damp-proof courses and flashings
2000 Cellulose-cement products - Flat sheets
2003 Plumbing and Drainage - Stormwater drainage
1998 Plumbing and Drainage - Stormwater drainage – Performance
requirements
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - General
requirements and mechanical properties
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - Corrosion
resistance requirements
2010 Structural steel – Hot-rolled bars and sections
1992 Methods of testing sheet roof and wall cladding - Introduction, list of
methods and general requirements
1992 Methods of testing sheet roof and wall cladding - Resistance to
concentrated loads
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.1
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
AS 4040.2
AS 4040.4
AS/NZS 4040.5
AS 4100
AS/NZS 4200.1
AS/NZS 4200.2
AS 4312
AS/NZS 4389
AS/NZS 4534
AS/NZS 4600
AS/NZS 4680
AS 4707
AS 4708
AS/NZS 4801
AS/NZS 4859.1
AS/NZS 4994.1
AS/NZS 4994.2
AS/NZS 4994.3
1992 Methods of testing sheet roof and wall cladding - Resistance to wind
pressures for non-cyclone regions
2006 Methods of testing sheet roof and wall cladding - Resistance to impact
(sandbag) - Sheet roof materials
1996 Methods of testing sheet roof and wall cladding - Resistance to impact
(sandbag) for wall boards methods and general requirements
1998 Steel structures
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Materials
1994 Pliable building membranes and underlays – Installation requirements
2008 Atmospheric corrosivity zones in Australia
1996 Safety mesh
2006 Zinc and zinc/aluminium-alloy coatings on steel wire
2005 Cold-formed steel structures
2006 Hot-dip galvanised (zinc) coatings on fabricated ferrous articles
2006 Chain of custody for certified wood and forest products
2007 Forest management - Economic, social, environmental and cultural criteria
and requirements for wood production (known as The Australian Forestry
Standard)
2001 Occupational health and safety management systems - Specification with
guidance for use
2002 Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings – General criteria and
technical provisions
2009 Temporary edge protection - General requirements
2009 Temporary edge protection - Roof edge protection - Installation and
dismantling
2010 Temporary edge protection - Installation and dismantling for edges other
than roof edges
HANDBOOKS: The following Handbooks and Guides are referenced in the Specification:
HB 39
HB 114
1997
1998
Installation code for metal roof and wall cladding
Guidelines for the design of eaves and box gutters
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres [NOHSC:2006(1990)]
Worksafe Code of Practice: Prevention of falls in the workplaces (2004)
SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS:
Building Maintenance & Height Safety
Access ladders
Insulation Support/ Roof Safety Mesh
Insulation – Anti-Condensation
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
I – INSULATION & BARRIERS
I – INSULATION & BARRIERS
N.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
N.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection GENERAL, clause PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.2
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
N.1.05 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL
REFERENCE: In respect of the following parts of the works, refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,
subsection GENERAL, clause SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL and comply
with all the requirements thereof:
•
Metal roof sheeting and wall cladding installation (installation by sheeting/cladding manufacturer
approved installation contractor)
•
Building maintenance & height safety systems & components (Worksafe Accredited Contractor) as
specified in SECTION G – METALWORK (if applicable).
N.1.06 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
roof sheeting & wall cladding – Not less than 600mm length
•
flashing, weathering and capping – Not less than 600mm length
•
secondary metal framing components (where applicable) – Not less than 600mm lengths
•
Roof mounted height safety and building maintenance system components. Refer also to SECTION
G – METALWORK;
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
N.1.07 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
N.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
Profiled roof & wall cladding systems including all components comprising composite systems;
•
Roof penetrations;
•
Flashings, weatherings and cappings
•
Roof mounted height safety and building maintenance system installed. Refer also to SECTION G
– METALWORK;
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.3
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
N.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples;
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
written evidence of relevant experience and expertise of specialist subcontractor and/or personnel,
including references and details of previous work of equivalent type and scope to the part or parts
of the Works for which their engagement is proposed;
•
technical specifications for each proprietary product, material and/or system specified including
where relevant manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for application in this project in
respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical properties, including resistance to weathering, chemicals, UV light, colour fastness,
dimensional stability and the like;
)
installation including secondary framing requirements (if applicable) fixing, weatherproofing,
sealing and jointing method;
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care, cleaning and maintenance requirements of the installed
product, both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
•
type and/or field test results;
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
N.1.10 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
N.1.11 INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
INFESTATION BY INSECTS, PESTS AND VERMIN and comply with all the requirements thereof.
N.1.12 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.4
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
N.1.13 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
•
Control samples submitted for approval;
•
Methods statements submitted for approval;
•
Roof supports and those parts of the roofing, sarking, insulation and roof plumbing installation
(typical example of each system), which will be covered up or concealed;
•
First completed examples ready for inspection;
•
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests;
•
Each completed installation, after cleaning;
•
Certificates of compliance.
N.1.14 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
•
•
The composite roof & wall cladding systems and the roof window systems specified, when installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, comply with the specification and the
applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
thermal performance;
)
acoustic performance;
)
the specified design wind pressure and impact resistance (AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic
Region D);
Applied finishes and pre-finishes comply with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
preparation and priming (if applicable) of substrate prior to application of coatings;
)
method and conditions of application;
)
compliance with preparation, priming, coating and recoating time windows;
)
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat.
All special extrusions and fabrications: Provide certification that all special extrusions and
fabrications comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of practice.
SITE TESTS: Use instruments calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
Requirement: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
Finishes comply with the specification and the coating manufacturer’s recommendations and the
applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
•
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) or coating thickness.
Water test completed roof & roof plumbing installation.
WATER TESTS: As specified in this section, WATER TESTS – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.5
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
N.1.15 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
N.1.16 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause USER MANUALS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual, including but not limited to the following:
•
Roof cladding installations, components and plumbing;
•
Wall cladding installations, components and plumbing;
N.1.17 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
N.1.18 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
with respect to all roofs, roof elements, wall cladding, plumbing and trim:
)
water penetration,
)
air infiltration,
)
undue chalking, colour fading or wear of pre-finished materials
)
structural failure, physical deterioration, deformation and/or displacement of materials or
components;
)
failure of adhesive or cohesive bond in composite materials and/or joints including moisture
penetration between and/or within laminations of laminated materials;
)
adhesive or cohesive failure of joints as applicable;
)
failure or partial failure of fixings
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.6
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
•
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
deterioration or corrosion by chemicals or cleaning agents where use of such materials has not
been specifically excluded by product manufacturer;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
)
vermin infestation
and with respect to sealants:
)
loss of resilient, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other undue physical deterioration
)
mould or bacterial contamination
TRADE WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide a trade
warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Roofing & roof plumbing generally unless otherwise specified: Ten (10) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Provide a product manufacturer’s
and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section,
as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Metal roofing & roof plumbing: Ten (10) years
•
Metal wall cladding & plumbing: Ten (10) years
•
Sealants: Ten (10) years
N.1.19 SECONDARY FRAMING
DEFINITION: The term secondary framing shall be deemed to include all necessary framing, fixing
grounds and other supports between the primary structure indicated on the approved STRUCTURAL
design documents and the design line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component and shall include both the required system of grounds for fixing such finishes and
also all additional framing, studs, struts, hangers and the like supports and/or spacers
necessary to offset the fixing grounds from the primary structure and achieve the design
line and level of the outermost finish indicated on the approved design documents and,
where applicable, its structural design and certification by the Contractor.
DEEMED TO BE INCLUDED: The Contractor shall be deemed to have included at the time of its tender
a sufficient allowance for all material and labour costs and a sufficient allocation of time in its
construction programme for the provision and installation of all necessary secondary framing, fixing
grounds and supports as defined hereinbefore, whether or not indicated in the preliminary design and
the Principal’s project requirements, including the means for its levelling, packing or other adjustment
as necessary to achieve the required line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component within the required tolerances.
CYCLONE RESISTANCE: The Contractor shall be deemed to have determined configuration, member
sizes, sections and spans and fixings in respect of the secondary framing to meet or exceed the
structural criteria for the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
N.1.20 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.7
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
N.2 MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP
N.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose (including but not limited to cyclonic
climatic conditions) and consistent with the design intent;
•
structurally adequate;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
N.2.02 ROOF & WALL CLADDINGS, LININGS & PLUMBING GENERALLY
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL/SUBCONTRACTOR: The roof & wall claddings, linings & plumbing shall be
supplied and installed by the approved specialist subcontractor and/or personnel experienced in this
class of work for the applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS,
SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
SECONDARY FRAMING:
PLUMBING.
As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – ROOFING & ROOF
FIXING: Fix all the roof & wall claddings, linings & plumbing generally in compliance with the relevant
standards and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
WIND LOADING: The roof & wall claddings, linings & plumbing including sheet fasteners,
secondary framing, flashings, cappings, trims and all other components intended for
inclusion in the exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations shall be
designed, selected and installed so that they remain intact, draughtproof and waterproof
when subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and/or other exterior locations and the methods employed for their installation comply
with the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate
margins of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
N.2.03 WATERPROOFING
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY: The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the effective
waterproofing and general watertightness of the Works subsequent to Practical Completion and until
issue of the Final Certificate.
DEFECTS RECTIFICATION: The Contractor shall promptly amend, rectify, repair and restore any part
of the Works that permits or has permitted the entry of water or damp.
RECTIFICATION COSTS: The Contractor shall bear the entire cost of the rectification of the defective
part of the Contract Works that permits or has permitted the entry of water or damp, including the
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.8
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
rectification of any consequential damage to other parts of the Works resulting from the entry of water
or damp.
N.2.04 PROTECTION
GENERALLY: Keep the roofing and rainwater system clean and free of swarf, construction waste and
other debris and loose material, clean down daily during construction and leave them clean and
unobstructed on completion. Replace damaged items and components or, where permitted by the
Superintendent, repair damage to the roofing and rainwater system in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
CUTTING SHEETS: Unless it is not practicable to do so, cut sheets on the ground and not over other
coated materials. Place sheets face down on padded supports and adequately protect adjacent
materials and finishes during cutting operations. Use suitable metal cutting blades in power saws, not
carborundum discs, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
TOUCH UP: Not generally permitted unless otherwise approved by the Superintendent.
If permitted to touch up minor damage to pre-painted metal roofing, use a method recommended by
the manufacturer and which prevents overspray onto undamaged surfaces.
N.2.05 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Prevent direct contact and avoid water drainage, run-off and the like between
electrolytically incompatible metals, metallic coatings and other materials. Select and install materials
with due regard for their electrolytic compatibilities.
SEPARATION LAYER: Separate contact surfaces permanently with an approved polymer or durable
bituminous felt separation layer or appropriate approved equivalent suitable for the intended
application.
N.2.06 FASTENINGS
FASTENINGS GENERALLY: Provide fastenings, including bolts, anchors, screws, rivets and welds.
•
sufficient to ensure the rigidity of the assembly; and
•
of types appropriate to the work; and
•
in materials of mechanical strength and corrosion resistance at least equal to that of the highest
resistant metal joined; and
•
capable of transmitting the loads and stresses imposed; and
•
installed so as to prevent galvanic corrosion.
CYCLONE RESISTANT FASTENINGS: All fastenings, anchorages and retentions to products,
materials, composite systems and all other components intended for inclusion in the
exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations shall be designed, selected and
installed in a pattern and frequency strictly in compliance with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety, the wind pressure,
impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
Fastener types, sizes, locations: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a fixing system using
fastenings of types, sizes and in locations as necessary to withstand, with the appropriate margins of
safety, forces not less than the design forces determined in compliance with AS 1170.2 – 2002 and the
information specified in PERFORMANCE CRITERIA – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
Fastenings to stainless steel: Appropriate stainless steel materials only. Use stainless steel grade to
match the components to be fastened. Passivate the threads of threaded fastenings.
Fastenings to galvanised steel: Galvanised steel fixings generally. Do not use stainless steel fixings
externally for fastenings to galvanised steel. If stainless steel fixings, brackets or the like are specified
for external use in contact with zinc-coated (galvanised) or aluminium/zinc coated (Zincalume) steel
components, use an approved method to prevent electrolytic contact between the dissimilar metals.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.9
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
Rivets: Blind rivets where available in the metal as required, compatible with the metals to be joined.
Masonry anchors:
required metal.
Proprietary types comprising screws or bolts in self-expanding sockets in the
PROFILED ROOF & WALL SHEET FASTENINGS GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: To AS 1562 Clause 2.2. Do not use sheet fastenings which consist of metals or are
coated with materials incompatible with any other material with which they may be in contact.
FASTENINGS: Self drilling steel screws, with a protective coating having Class 3 corrosion resistance to
AS 3566.
Proprietary item: BUILDEX ZACS 3 or equal approved.
Fixing to metal members: Thread forming or thread cutting screws as appropriate.
Fastenings to timber battens: Use fastenings just long enough to penetrate the thickness of the batten
without piercing the underside.
Crest located roof sheet fastenings: Not permitted.
Valley located wall sheet fastenings: Fit with seals.
Side lap fasteners: For purlin spacings in excess of 900mm and girt spacings in excess of 1200mm,
provide side lap fasteners at mid-span points using colour-matched 10-12 x 20mm needle point selfdrilling stitching screws in accordance with the sheeting manufacturer’s recommendations.
Fastenings for colour pre-finished sheeting: Oven baked polymer paint pre-finished heads and washers
coloured to match sheeting.
CONCEALED CLIP-FIXED ROOFS:
USE PROPRIETARY CONCEALED CLIP FASTENING
SYSTEM ONLY, DO NOT PIERCE SHEETS.
KINGKLIP 700 ROOF SHEET CONCEALED CLIP FASTENINGS
CONCEALED CLIP FASTENINGS: Fix KINGKLIP 700 profile roof sheeting using proprietary concealed
clip system only, do not pierce sheets.
PROPRIETARY SYSTEM: Concealed full width KINGKLIP KK700 clips by FIELDERS or equal approved.
INSTALLATION: Install strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
N.2.07 TRIMMERS
SUPPORTS TO ENDS OF CUT SHEETS: Provide the necessary support trimmers to give a fixing
background to all unsupported edges and ends of metal roof, eaves, soffits and wall cladding sheets
including but not limited to roof penetrations and where roof sheeting is cut on an angle such as at hip
roof junctions, roof penetrations or box gutters. Trimmers shall be cold formed angles of zinc coated
steel sheet nominal size 75 x 75 x 1.6 mm thick.
N.2.08 THERMAL MOVEMENT
PROVISION: Provide for thermal movement in the roof installation and the structure, including
movement in joints and fastenings.
N.2.09 SARKING, INSULATION & SUPPORT/SAFETY MESH
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: As specified in SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS
N.2.10 HANDLING INSULATION
REQUIREMENT: The method used for installing the insulation shall comply with the National Code of
Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres - as approved by the Department of Occupational
Health, Safety and Welfare.
N.2.11 SEALANTS
GENERALLY: Use only sealants that are certified by the manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
SEALANT SELECTION: Confirm with the manufacturer the compatibility of all proposed materials
intended to be in contact with the sealant prior to commencing installation.
SEALANT – TYPE 1:
Locations: External use for general waterproofing including but not limited to:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.10
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
•
Roofs, canopies, cappings and flashings and the like;
Material: Durable resilient, mould resistant, neutral cure silicone.
Colour: Transparent typically or black or grey according to location or as directed (non-paintable).
Proprietary item: SIKASIL–C or equal approved.
INSTALLATION:
Sealant depth: Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer, depth of sealant shall be:
•
for joints in non-fire rated walls: 0.67 – 1.0 times joint width.
•
for joint widths exceeding 40mm: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer
•
for joints in fire rated walls: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer to maintain the
fire resistance level of the wall.
Joint preparation: Prepare joints in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
Confirm joint profile complies with the design requirements. Clear extraneous matter such as grout
and dust from the joint and leave the joint clear of movement-restricting material.
Backing materials (if required): Install backing rod to correct depth to control sealant depth as
specified in BACKING MATERIALS – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
Priming: Unless primer is not recommended by the jointing material manufacturer, apply the sealant
manufacturer’s recommended primer to the cleaned joint edges in contact with jointing materials to
achieve maximum adhesion of sealant. Avoid applying primer to the face of the backing rod.
Filling and sealing: Fill the joint completely, tooling the sealant with a spatula and not the applicator
nozzle or thumb, resulting in the sealant to be pressed firmly onto the contact surfaces of the joint to
achieve the maximum bond. Finish sealant neatly, smooth and flush with surface. Do not overfill.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
N.2.12 BACKING MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: Use compatible sealant and bond breaking backing materials which are certified as
compatible with the materials and products with which they are intended to be in contact.
MATERIALS (in compressible foamed fillers and backing rods): Closed-cell or impregnated types which
do not absorb water.
Bond Breaking: Back-up materials for sealants, including backing rods and the like, shall not adhere to
the sealant, or shall be faced with a non-adhering material.
BACKING MATERIAL – TYPE 1:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents, unless otherwise specified.
Profile:
•
Circular section rod: Joints width < 40mm (max. joint size for the 50mm dia backing rod)
•
Rectangular section rod: Joints width > 40mm (section dimensions determined by compression
requirements – refer installation, below).
Proprietary item: TREMCO FOAM SEALANT BACKING ROD, CFC free, or equal approved.
Installation: Backing materials shall be inserted into the gap of the joint to be sealed to a depth so as
to control the depth of the applied sealant. Backer rods shall be compressed 20-25% of their initial
diameter (or width in the case of rectangular shaped materials) to fit the joint width.
N.2.13 COMPRESSED FIBRE CEMENT (CFC) SHEET
DESCRIPTION: Autoclaved high density compressed fibre cement sheet, smooth sanded, double faced,
with smooth even edges free of imperfections such as chips.
Standard: AS/NZS 2908.2, Type A Category 4
TYPE 1 – GENERAL PURPOSE (except where trafficable):
Thickness: 9 mm, unless other specified or indicated on approved design documents
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.11
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
Edges: Square
Proprietary Item: HARDIES EXOTEC or equal approved
TYPE 2 – ROOFS & DECKS (where trafficable):
Thickness: 18 mm, unless other specified or indicated on approved design documents
Edges: Square
Proprietary Item: HARDIES COMPRESSED SHEET or equal approved
N.2.14 PLYWOOD
MANUFACTURER: To be a member of the Plywood Association of Australia.
CHAIN OF CUSTODY: Australian Forest Standard (AFS) certification providing Chain of Custody
certification to AS4707 and Australian Forest Management Certification to AS 4708 shall be required for
all timber, timber veneers, plywood and like composite timber products used throughout the Works to
ensure an unbroken, traceable chain from a certified, sustainable forest source through to the
customer.
EXTERIOR AND WET AREA USE PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2271, bond type A.
STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2269, bond type A.
Surface grade: CC
Stress grade: F11
MARINE PLYWOOD: To AS 2272.
N.3 METAL ROOFING
N.3.01 PROFILED METAL ROOFING
DESCRIPTION: Preformed, pre-finished profiled sheet and purpose made accessories, forming part of
an approved proprietary metal roofing system.
STANDARD: Manufactured to AS 1397 and AS 2728. Installed to AS 1445, AS 1562 and HB 39
SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTOR: The metal roof cladding shall be installed by the specialist installation
subcontractor and its personnel approved by the sheeting manufacturer and experienced in this class of
work for the applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS &
PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS:
Comply strictly with the sheeting manufacturer’s
recommendations in respect of installation methods and details. Keep a copy of the sheeting
manufacturer’s current installation manual on site for reference.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
PROFILED METAL ROOFING – TYPE 1
Locations: Metal roof sheeting generally as indicated on the approved design documents.
PROFILE: KINGKLIP 700 by FIELDER’S ROOFING or equal approved.
Grade: G550 AZ150 zincalume coated steel to AS 1397.
Base metal thickness (BMT): 0.48mm
FINISH: COLORBOND XRW
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Single long length sheets, rolled on site using roofing sheet
product manufacturer’s mobile site rolling/crank curving facility.
Availability of roofing sheet product manufacturer’s mobile site rolling/crank curving
facilities are limited and subject to long lead times. Note the potential extended lead time,
ensure timely arrangements are made with roofing sheet product manufacturer to access
mobile facility and programme the work accordingly.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.12
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
FIXING METHOD: Proprietary full width zincalume coated steel concealed interlocking clip fasteners at
centres as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application and location. Install fixing
clips over anti-condensation insulation. DO NOT PIERCE SHEETS.
Proprietary item (concealed clips): Concealed KINGKLIP CLIPS by FIELDER’S ROOFING or equal
approved as specified in FASTENINGS – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
PROFILED METAL ROOFING – INSTALLATION
SEALING SIDE LAPS: Seal side laps of corrugated profile sheets with a continuous bead of clear neutral
cured silicone sealant formulated for the purpose in the following locations:
•
adjacent tray flashings (to parapets & verges)
•
where roof pitch < 3o
•
where sheets are rolled to a radius (if applicable – to full extent of radiused area)
•
where recommended by sheet manufacturer
ACCESSORIES: Fabricate accessories of material and finish to match roofing sheets.
Finish: . COLORBOND XRW or equal approved
RIDGES AND EAVES: Treat ends of sheets as follows:
•
Turn pans of sheets up at tops and turn down into gutters by mechanical means.
•
Provide pre-cut notched eaves flashing and birdproofing where necessary.
•
Project sheets 50 mm into gutters.
•
Provide purpose-made ridge eaves and ridge fillers of acrylic impregnated open cell polyurethane
foam.
RIDGE AND BARGE CAPPING: Finish off along ridge and verge lines with purpose made ridge and
barge capping.
SINGLE LENGTH SHEETS: Fix sheets in single lengths.
Obtain the Superintendent’s prior approval before commencing installation of sheets other
than in single lengths.
END LAPS (between sheets laid at the same roof pitch): Not permitted
EXPANSION (STEPPED) JOINTS: Not permitted
TRIMMERS: Support ends and edges of sheets not otherwise supported with trimmers as specified in
TRIMMERS – ROOFING.
SECONDARY FRAMING:
PLUMBING.
As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – ROOFING & ROOF
FASTENINGS GENERALLY: Fix sheets in accordance with the sheet manufacturer's recommendations
and as specified in FASTENINGS – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
Fastener types, sizes, locations: Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide a fixing
system using fastenings of types, sizes and in locations as necessary to withstand, with the appropriate
margins of safety, forces not less than the design forces derived from AS 1170.2 – 2002 (Cyclonic
Region D) and the information specified in PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) – ROOFING
& ROOF PLUMBING.
Fixing to metal members: Thread forming or thread cutting screws as appropriate.
Fixing pierced sheets: Bear heads of fasteners on purpose-made washers to form a weatherproof seal.
Fastenings for colour pre-finished sheeting: Oven baked polymer paint pre-finished heads and washers
coloured to match sheeting.
Concealed clip-fixed roofs: Use proprietary concealed clip fastening system only, do not
pierce sheets.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.13
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
STRIP SEALANT:
Material: 25 mm wide open cell polyurethane foam strip cut or preformed to match the roof sheeting
profile as necessary to suit the installed location and impregnated with acrylic polymer.
Location: Install strip sealant in a continuous line in the following locations:
•
at junctions between roof sheeting and transverse flashings and cappings;
•
at end laps between flashing and upper roof sheet to expansion joints (if applicable);
•
over purlins supporting roof sheeting above the external wall line;
•
over underflashings at roof sheet junctions with gutters and like terminations and/or abutments.
ANTI-CONDENSATION INSULATION & SUPPORT MESH:
specified in SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS
Provide to all metal roof cladding. As
WARRANTY: Materials & workmanship from the Date of Practical Completion:
Generally: Ten (10) years.
N.4 METAL WALL CLADDING AND WALL & SOFFIT LININGS
N.4.01 PROFILED METAL WALL CLADDING AND WALL & SOFFIT LININGS
DESCRIPTION: Preformed, prefinished profiled metal sheet and purpose made accessories, forming
part of an approved proprietary metal wall cladding system direct fixed to substructure purlin & girt
and/or metal studwork framing and/or fixed via top hat section battens fixed to structural framing as a
levelling and fixing medium.
STANDARD: Manufactured to AS 1397 and AS 2728. Installed to AS 1445, AS 1562 and HB 39
SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTOR: The metal wall cladding shall be installed by the specialist installation
subcontractor and its personnel approved by the sheeting manufacturer and experienced in this class of
work for the applicable wind loading as specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS &
PERSONNEL – METALWORK.
MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS:
Comply strictly with the sheeting manufacturer’s
recommendations in respect of installation methods and details. Keep a copy of the sheeting
manufacturer’s current installation manual on site for reference.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
TOP HATS (if applicable):
Location: Generally as fixing and levelling medium to walls and soffits.
Selection: Top hat size selected according to the location and/or structural requirements, to comply
with the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety,
the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
Description: Top hat sections, cold formed from G550 AZ150 zincalume coated steel strip to AS 1397.
Set out (top hats): Set out top hats vertically at maximum centres specified hereinafter and so that
where adjacent to and parallel with wall ends or return walls, top hats are centred at not more than
60 mm from wall ends or return walls.
Spacing: Maximum 900 mm horizontal centres or closer if necessary to comply with the product
manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate margins of safety, the wind
pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002,
Cyclonic Region D.
Fixing: 2No. self drilling and tapping fixing screws through top hat lips at each purlin or girt
intersection in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
EDGE SUPPORT: Provide support to all sheet edges.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.14
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
PROFILED METAL WALL CLADDING – TYPE 1
LOCATIONS: Metal wall cladding only where indicated on the approved design documents.
Profile: S-RIB CORRUGATED by FIELDERS ROOFING or CUSTOM ORB by BLUESCOPE LYSAGHT
BUILDING PRODUCTS or equal approved.
Grade: G550 AZ150 zincalume coated steel to AS 1397.
Base metal thickness (BMT): 0.48mm
FINISH: COLORBOND XRW or equal approved
RIB ORIENTATION:
Ribs set vertically, horizontally or raking as indicated on the approved design
documents
PITCH: 90o (vertical) or raking as indicated on the approved design documents
Fixing Method: Valley fasteners (cyclonic region)
PROFILED METAL WALL CLADDING AND WALL & SOFFIT LININGS – INSTALLATION
SET-OUT: Set out cladding and linings from the base of the wall unless otherwise indicated on the
approved design documents.
INSTALLATION: Install cladding & linings strictly in accordance with the sheet manufacturer's
recommendations. Do not allow sand fill, soil, mulch or any other material not specifically
permitted by the sheet manufacturer to contact any part of the installed metal wall cladding, lining or
Colorbond trims. Obtain the Superintendent's written approval prior to proceeding with any departure
from the manufacturer's installation recommendations.
Minimum clearance above ground (to allow for 50mm mulch and the like): 75 mm
Minimum clearance above paving or finished ground or mulch: 25 mm
SIDE LAPS (corrugated sheets):
1½ corrugations overlap generally in accordance with the
manufacturer’s installation recommendations. Where ribs to corrugated profile sheet wall cladding and
linings are orientated at a raking angle or horizontally, upper sheet shall overlap lower sheet.
SEALING SIDE LAPS: Seal all side laps of all corrugated profile sheet wall cladding and linings with a
continuous bead of clear neutral cured silicone sealant formulated for the purpose in the following
locations:
Finish: COLORBOND XRW or equal approved in selected colour to match profiled roofing and wall
cladding.
SINGLE LENGTH SHEETS: Fix sheets in single lengths.
Obtain the Superintendent’s prior approval before commencing installation of sheets other
than in single lengths.
END LAPS: Not permitted
FASTENINGS GENERALLY: Fix sheets through valley corrugations in accordance with the sheet
manufacturer's recommendations (AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D) and as specified in
FASTENINGS – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
Fixing to metal members: Thread forming or thread cutting screws as appropriate.
Fixing pierced sheets: Bear heads of fasteners on purpose-made washers to form a weatherproof seal.
Fastenings for colour pre-finished sheeting: Oven baked polymer paint pre-finished heads and washers
coloured to match sheeting.
STRIP SEALANT:
Material: 25 mm wide open cell polyurethane foam strip cut to match the wall cladding profile and
impregnated with acrylic polymer.
Location: Install profiled strip sealant in a continuous line in the following locations:
•
At junction between framing and top & bottom ends of sheets including at window & door
openings and the like.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.15
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
•
Between ends of sheets and trims at junctions between panels of horizontally ribbed sheets and
panels of vertically ribbed sheets and/or flashing (if applicable)
METAL TRIMS: Finish sheets at visually expressed junctions between profiled sheets as indicated on
the approved design documents and at internal and external angle junctions, openings and
terminations with trims prefabricated from COLORBOND XRW pre-painted zincalume coated steel sheet,
0.6 mm BMT to profile as indicated on the approved design documents.
Finish: COLORBOND XRW or equal approved pre-coated to match cladding sheets.
TRIMMERS: Support ends and edges of sheets not otherwise supported with trimmers as specified in
TRIMMERS – ROOFING.
SECONDARY FRAMING:
PLUMBING.
As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – ROOFING & ROOF
REFLECTIVE WALL SARKING AND INSULATION:
BARRIERS.
As specified in SECTION I – INSULATION &
WARRANTY: Materials & workmanship from the Date of Practical Completion:
Generally: Ten (10) years.
N.5 ROOF PLUMBING
N.5.01 RAINWATER GOODS
GENERAL: Provide the flashings, cappings, gutters, outlets, downpipes, and the like necessary to
complete the roof system.
STANDARD: To AS/NZS 3500.3
MATERIALS:
Flashings & sheet roofing accessories: Proprietary COLORBOND XRW or equal approved pre-painted
zincalume sheet to match roof sheeting and/or wall cladding and/or eaves soffit lining as specified in
FLASHINGS, WEATHERINGS & CAPPINGS – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
Stainless steel: Austenitic grade 316, No.4 (satin) finished, with the visible surfaces ground using
aluminium oxide abrasive grit papers culminating in grade 320 to produce a linished finish with a
transverse surface roughness (Ra) of less than 0.5 micrometres, then passivated after fabrication to
remove surface contaminants.
Passivating & cleaning stainless steel surfaces: Passivate after fabrication and finishing to remove
surface contaminants. Use nitric acid based products only. Do not use or permit contact with
hydrochloric acid or products containing hydrochloric acid.
Aluminium extrusions: Alloy B6063.
Aluminium sheet: Alloy A5005.
GALVANISING: As specified in GALVANISED COATINGS, SECTION G – METALWORK.
PROFILES & SHAPE:
Metal rainwater goods: To AS 2179.1.
SUPPORTS: Provide the necessary supports and fixings for flashings, cappings and the like.
FASTENINGS: As specified in FASTENINGS – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
THERMAL MOVEMENT: Make provision for thermal movements in joints and fastenings.
WARRANTY: Ten (10) years (material and installation) from the date of Practical Completion.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.16
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
N.5.02 JOINTING SHEET METALS
REQUIREMENT: Join materials comprising the roof plumbing using suitable methods and materials to
provide neat, durable and completely watertight joints.
BUTT JOINTS: Where materials are not suitable for lapping, make butt joints over a 100 mm long
backing strip of the same material.
LAP JOINTS: Where materials are suitably profiled (joggled) for lap joints, overlap the material by 100
mm and in the direction which shields the joint favourably from the direction of the prevailing wind.
SEALING (Sheet materials generally): Seal fasteners and mechanically fastened joints. Fill the holes of
blind rivets with neutral-cured silicone sealant.
WELDING: Stainless steel and aluminium rainwater goods shall be factory prefabricated prior to
delivery to site by welding in longest practicable single lengths by continuous welding to form neat
permanent watertight joints.
Other jointing methods shall only be used with the Superintendents prior approval
Specification Reference: As specified in WELDING, SECTION G – METALWORK.
Steel Welding: To AS/NZS 1554.1
Aluminium Welding: To AS 1665.
Stainless steel welding: To AS/NZS 1554.6
FINISHING WELDS:
Generally:
porosity.
Provide finished welds that are free of surface and internal cracks, slag inclusion, and
Stainless steel: Grind visible welds smooth to match the finish of the adjacent surfaces. Where
electropolishing to stainless steel is not performed, pickle welds as recommended by the manufacturer
as the final step in the welding procedure to remove signs of oxidation and contaminants and restore
the passive chromium oxide layer. Passivate components after fabrication.
N.5.03 FLASHINGS, WEATHERINGS & CAPPINGS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
•
Prefabricate linear flashings, weatherings and cappings in long lengths preformed to the required
shape as indicated on the approved design documents by roll forming;
•
Ensure all joints are lapped and sealed watertight;
•
Ensure flashings, weatherings and cappings are adequately supported;
•
Finish off along ridge, hip and verge lines with purpose made ridge and barge capping
•
Flash roof junctions, upstands, abutments, and projections through the roof;
•
Preform flashings, weatherings and cappings to the required shape wherever possible;
•
Notch, scribe, flute or dress down flashings, weatherings and cappings as necessary to follow the
profile of adjacent surfaces;
•
Mitre angles and lap joints in running lengths by 150mm;
•
Provide matching expansion joints in metal flashings at 6m maximum intervals.
RESPONSIBILITY: The Contractor shall be deemed responsible for trimming around all openings,
flashing around all penetrations, including all trays, soakers, underflashings and the like and the
general watertightness of the whole roof, roof plumbing and wall cladding.
FLASHINGS (profiled metal roof): To AS 2904.
Material:
Generally <450mm wide: G300 AZ150 zincalume coated steel, 0.55 mm BMT (unless otherwise
noted on approved design documents) for cover and base flashings, pre-coated to match preformed
roofing sheets or wall cladding, as specified hereinafter.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.17
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
Flashings >450mm wide: G300 AZ150 zincalume coated steel, 0.8 mm BMT (unless otherwise noted
on approved design documents) for flashings >450mm wide, pre-coated to match preformed roofing
sheets or wall cladding as specified hereinafter.
Finish: COLORBOND XRW or equal approved in selected colour to match preformed roofing sheets,
as follows:
Colour (roof trim): To match adjacent roof sheeting.
Colour (wall trims & cappings): To match adjacent wall cladding unless otherwise selected on
approved design documents.
FASTENINGS GENERALLY: Fix flashings, cappings and trim securely in accordance with the sheet
manufacturer's recommendations for the design wind pressures and as specified in FASTENINGS –
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
UPSTANDS & PROJECTIONS: Flash projections above or through the roof with two-part flashings,
consisting of a base flashing and a cover flashing, with not less than 100 mm vertical overlap. Provide
for independent movement between the roof and the projection.
Fixing to masonry or concrete: Turn 25 mm into joints or grooves, wedge at 200 mm centres with
compatible material, and point up. Step in courses to the roof slope. Interleave with damp-proof
course, if any.
Fixing to pipes and the like: Seal with neutral-cured silicone rubber and secure with a clamping ring or
use a proprietary flexible clamping shoe with attached metal surround flashing.
Thickness: 9 mm
PLYWOOD SUPPORTS: Provide additional support to wide (>300mm width) base flashings, tapered hip
cappings and the like to roofs as indicated on the approved design documents, consisting of waterproof
exterior grade or marine grade 9mm thick plywood panels screw fixed to roof structure, packed to
required level and with 5 mm wide movement joints between panels.
Standard: Structural grade plywood to AS/NZS 2271, bond type A or marine grade plywood to AS 2272
Thickness: 9 mm
Factory pre-treatment: Factory applied H3 LOSP preservative treatment to all faces and edges prior to
installation.
EXPANSION JOINTS: Fold the flashing back 40 mm each side of the joint leaving a 10 mm gap.
Interleave an expansion cap of the same material with the folds, and welt the whole to the profile of
the flashing. Set the joint in a mastic sealant. Do not use fastenings, or fasten one side of the joint
only.
N.6 TESTING
N.6.01 WATER TESTS
REQUIREMENT: Test the entire roof and roof plumbing and wall cladding installation in the presence of
and to the satisfaction of the Superintendent.
INSPECTION & RECTIFICATION: Check for leaks, structural failure, undue deformation and/or
displacement of materials or like defects. Remedy defects and retest.
CERTIFICATION: Provide certification the required tests have been completed satisfactorily.
WARRANTY: As specified in WARRANTIES – ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
N.18
ROOFING & ROOF PLUMBING
U WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
U.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... U.1
U.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................ U.1
U.1.02 REFERENCES ................................................................................................... U.1
U.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) .......................................... U.2
U.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)................................................... U.2
U.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES .......................................................................................... U.3
U.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS ................................................................................... U.3
U.1.07 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS ............................................... U.3
U.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES........................................................................... U.4
U.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS.......................................................................... U.4
U.1.10 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)............................................... U.5
U.1.11 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION .................. U.5
U.1.12 PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... U.5
U.1.13 HOLD POINTS.................................................................................................. U.5
U.1.14 TESTS ............................................................................................................. U.5
U.1.15 CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................... U.6
U.1.16 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... U.6
U.1.17 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS........................................................................ U.7
U.1.18 WARRANTIES .................................................................................................. U.7
U.1.19 SECONDARY FRAMING...................................................................................... U.8
U.1.20 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH ........................................................................ U.8
U.2 LININGS & TRIM GENERALLY ................................................................................................... U.8
U.2.01 GENERALLY ..................................................................................................... U.8
U.2.02 LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY ...................................... U.8
U.2.03 PLASTERBOARD (PB) LININGS........................................................................... U.9
U.2.04 PLYWOOD ..................................................................................................... U.11
U.2.05 FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION.......................................................................... U.11
U.2.06 ACOUSTIC RATED CONSTRUCTION.................................................................. U.12
U.2.07 FINISH.......................................................................................................... U.13
U.2.08 EDGE FINISHES ............................................................................................. U.13
U.2.09 CORNER FINISHES ......................................................................................... U.13
U.2.10 METAL TRIM.................................................................................................. U.13
U.2.11 METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS (FLUSH FINISHED) ........................................ U.14
U.2.12 CONTROL JOINTS .......................................................................................... U.14
U.2.13 SEALANTS ..................................................................................................... U.15
U.2.14 BACKING MATERIALS ..................................................................................... U.16
U.2.15 SERVICE PENETRATIONS ................................................................................ U.17
U.2.16 FLUSH CEILING ACCESS PANELS ..................................................................... U.17
U.2.17 SECURE ACCESS PANELS/HATCHES.................................................................. U.17
U.2.18 HANDLING INSULATION ................................................................................. U.18
U.2.19 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION........................................................................... U.18
U.3 WALL LININGS ..................................................................................................................... U.18
U.3.01 DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY ................................................. U.18
U.3.02 FLUSH PLASTERBOARD LININGS FIXED TO METAL STUD WALL FRAMES ............. U.20
U.3.03 ACOUSTIC (CEILING) SEPTUM – PLASTERBOARD LINED .................................... U.21
U.3.04 FLUSH PLASTERBOARD LININGS FIXED TO FURRING CHANNELS OR TOP HATS ... U.21
U.3.05 VENEERED SLOTTED PLYWOOD ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS ................................. U.22
U.4 DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS & SOFFITS....................................................................................... U.23
U.4.01 DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS & SOFFITS GENERALLY .............................................. U.23
U.4.02 FLUSH PLASTERBOARD DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS .............................................. U.25
U.4.03 ‘CORULINE’ STRIP CEILINGS & SOFFITS........................................................... U.26
U.5 SUSPENDED CEILINGS .......................................................................................................... U.27
U.5.01 SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY .................................................................. U.27
U.5.02 SUSPENDED TILE, STRIP & PANEL CEILINGS GENERALLY .................................. U.29
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.5.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS GENERALLY ................................................................. U.29
U.5.04 CONCEALED GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM .......................................................... U.31
U.5.05 PLAIN FLUSH PLASTERBOARD CEILINGS & MARGINS......................................... U.31
U.5.06 PERFORATED PLASTERBOARD ACOUSTIC CEILINGS .......................................... U.32
U.5.07 PERFORATED METAL STRIP ACOUSTIC CEILINGS .............................................. U.33
U.5.08 RESERVE MATERIALS...................................................................................... U.34
U.6 COMPLETION ....................................................................................................................... U.34
U.6.01 ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING, MAKING GOOD....................................................... U.34
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.1 GENERAL
U.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
U.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS/NZS 1170.0
AS/NZS 1170.1
AS/NZS 1170.2
AS 1170.4
AS 1191
AS 1288
AS 1288 Supp 1
AS 1397
AS 1478.1
AS 1478.2
AS 1530.1
AS 1530.2
AS/NZS 1530.3
AS 1530.4
AS 1530.7
AS 1672.1.
AS/NZS 1866
AS/NZS 1873.1
AS/NZS
AS/NZS
AS/NZS
AS/NZS
1873.2
1873.3
1873.4
2107
2002 Structural design actions – General principles
2002 Structural design actions - Permanent, imposed and other actions
2002 Structural design actions - Wind actions
2007 Structural design actions - Earthquake loads
2002 Acoustics – Method for laboratory measurement of airborne sound
transmission insulation of building elements
2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation
2006 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation (Supplement to AS 12882006)
2011 Continuous hot-dip metallic coated steel sheet and strip - Coatings of zinc
and zinc alloyed with aluminium and magnesium
2000 Chemical admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout - Admixtures for
concrete
2005 Chemical admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout - Methods of sampling
and testing admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout
1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Combustibility test for materials
1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures Test for flammability of materials
1999 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and
smoke release
2005 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Fire-resistant tests of elements of building construction
2007 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Smoke control assemblies – Ambient and medium temperature leakage test
procedure
1997 Limes and limestones – Limes for building
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Extruded rod, bar, solid and hollow
shapes
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools – Selection, operation and
maintenance
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools – Design and construction
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools - Charges
2003 Powder-actuated (PA) hand-held fastening tools - Fasteners
2000 Acoustics - Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for
building interiors
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.1
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
AS/NZS 2270
AS/NZS 2271
AS/NZS 2588
AS/NZS 2589
AS 2758.0
AS 2758.1
AS/NZS 2785
AS/NZS 2908.2
AS/NZS 2946
AS 3566.1
AS 3566.2
AS 3623
AS 3972
AS 4072.1
AS 4506
AS/NZS 4600
AS 4707
AS 4708
AS/NZS 4801
AS/NZS ISO 717.1
AS ISO 717.2
AS CA27 – 1959
2006 Plywood and blockboard for interior use
1999 Plywood and blockboard for exterior use
1998 Gypsum plasterboard
2007 Gypsum linings - Application and finishing
2009 Aggregates and rock for engineering purposes - Definitions and
classification
1998 Aggregates and rock for engineering purposes - Concrete aggregates
2000 Suspended ceilings - Design and installation
2000 Cellulose-cement products - Flat sheets
1991 Suspended ceilings, recessed luminaires and air diffusers - Interface
requirements for physical compatibility
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - General
requirements and mechanical properties
2002 Self drilling screws for the building and construction industries - Corrosion
resistance requirements
1993 Domestic metal framing
2010 General purpose and blended cements
2005 Components for the protection of openings in fire-resistant separating
elements – Service penetrations and control joints
2005 Metal finishing – Thermoset powder coatings
2005 Cold-formed steel structures
2006 Chain of custody for certified wood and forest products
2007 Forest management - Economic, social, environmental and cultural criteria
and requirements for wood production (known as The Australian Forestry
Standard)
2001 Occupational health and safety management systems - Specification with
guidance for use
2004 Acoustics – Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements – Airborne sound insulation
2004 Acoustics – Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements – Impact sound insulation
Code of recommended practice for internal plastering on solid backgrounds
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres [NOHSC:2006(1990)]
Worksafe Code of Practice: Prevention of falls in the workplaces (2004)
SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS:
Metal stud wall framing
Interior glazed aluminium doors & windows
Insulation
Light boxes, troffers, etc
Grilles, diffusers, etc
Glass & Glazing
Applied finishes
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
I – INSULATION & BARRIERS
Q – ELECTRICAL SERVICES
R – MECHANICAL SERVICES
Y – GLAZING
Z – PAINTING
U.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
U.1.04 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection GENERAL, clause PERFORMANCE
CRITERIA (CYCLONIC REGION) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.2
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
wall and ceiling linings
•
Perforated veneered plywood acoustic wall panels
•
metal acoustic panel or strip ceilings
•
ceiling, wall & duct access panels/hatches
•
secondary metal framing components – Not less than 600mm lengths
•
suspension grid system components – Not less than 600mm lengths
•
fixing and levelling components including but not limited to furrings, top hats, mounts, clips and
the like.
Include samples of specified joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
U.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
U.1.07 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, completed and finished
mock-ups and/or prototype installations of:
•
each type of timber veneered acoustic wall panel installed complete with concealed fixing system,
panels and all components and accessories(not less than 4m2)
•
each type of direct fixed or suspended ceiling and/or soffit lining installed complete with fixing and
levelling components and/or suspension grid, lining panels/sheets, all luminaires, grilles, registers
and other soffit fittings (not less than 4m2)
•
each type of suspended panel or strip ceiling installed complete with suspension grid, panels/strips,
all luminaires, grilles, registers and other ceiling fittings (not less than 4m2)
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
LOCATION: Prior to commencing work, confirm with the Superintendent the location selected for each
mock-up and/or prototype installation.
TRIAL SETOUT: All strip, tile or panel modular products with expressed joints are subject
to the Superintendent’s approval of trial setouts for each area to be finished.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.3
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
TESTING: Mock-ups and/or prototype installations may be required to be made available for testing as
required by the Superintendent. Confirm requirements with the Superintendent prior to commencing
tests.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by mock-ups and/or prototype installations until the
mock-ups and/or prototype installations have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved mock-ups
and/or prototype installations shall be rejected.
U.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
plasterboard wall, partition and ceiling lining, edge terminations & trim
•
Perforated veneered plywood acoustic wall panels
•
metal acoustic panel and/or strip ceilings
•
suspension grid system both prior and subsequent to installation of lining or panels
•
secondary metal framing and fixing and levelling systems prior to installation of lining or panels
Include samples of specified joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
U.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples;
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
technical specifications for each proprietary product, material and/or system specified including
where relevant manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for application in this project in
respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical, fire resistant, acoustic and light reflectance properties as applicable, including
resistance to UV light, impact, indentation, moisture, sagging, dimensional stability and the
like;
)
physical properties of secondary framing and/or fixing and levelling system installed prior to
installation of lining or panels, including structural adequacy, durability and methods employed
for meeting or exceeding the design dimensional tolerances;
)
installation including secondary framing, fixing, sealing, jointing and flushing methods (where
applicable);
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.4
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care, cleaning and maintenance requirements of the installed
product, both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
•
type and/or field test results
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
U.1.10 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof
U.1.11 SMOKE BARRIERS, FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
U.1.12 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
U.1.13 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
•
Control samples submitted for approval;
•
Methods statements submitted for approval;
•
Mock-ups/prototype installations ready for inspection;
•
Ceiling and/or soffit suspension system and other ceiling, soffit and/or wall support framing and/or
secondary support framing prior to installation of linings or panels;
•
First completed examples ready for inspection;
•
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests;
•
Certificates of compliance.
U.1.14 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
The composite wall and ceiling systems specified, when installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, comply with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
fire resistance rating;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.5
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
)
•
The composite external soffit systems specified, when installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, comply with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
•
•
acoustic performance.
the specified design wind pressure and impact resistance (AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic
Region D);
Applied finishes and pre-finishes comply with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
preparation and priming (if applicable) of substrate prior to application of coatings;
)
method and conditions of application;
)
compliance with preparation, priming, coating and recoating time windows;
)
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat.
All special extrusions and fabrications: Provide certification that all special extrusions and
fabrications comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of practice.
SITE TESTS: Use instruments calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
Requirement: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
Finishes comply with the specification and the coating manufacturer’s recommendations and the
applicable standards and codes of practice in respect of:
)
meeting or exceeding the required dry film thickness (DFT) or coating thickness.
U.1.15 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
U.1.16 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause USER MANUALS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual, including but not limited to the following:
•
Care, maintenance & cleaning instructions for each type of pre-finished panel and/or strip
suspended ceiling and/or acoustic wall panelling installation, including but not limited to:
)
Ceiling and/ wall panels and/or strips;
)
Visibly exposed suspension and/or secondary fixing system components.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.6
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
•
Recommended repair and re-installation procedures for each type of ceiling and/or wall panelling.
U.1.17 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
U.1.18 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
•
with respect to wall, ceiling and soffit linings:
)
loss of fire-resistant, impact-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
structural failure, physical deterioration, deformation and/or displacement of materials or
components;
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
deterioration or corrosion by chemicals or cleaning agents where use of such materials has not
been specifically excluded by product manufacturer;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
)
vermin infestation
)
mould or bacterial contamination
and additionally with respect to sealants:
)
loss of resilient, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other physical deterioration
)
mould or bacterial contamination
TRADE WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide a trade
warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Dry-lining, partitions and ceilings generally unless otherwise specified: Five (5) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted
by the Superintendent, provide a product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved
form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Dry-lined walls & partitions: Five (5) years
•
Proprietary perforated veneered plywood acoustic wall panelling: Ten (10) years
•
Plasterboard lined ceilings: Five (5) years
•
Ceiling suspension systems: Fifteen (15) years
•
Metal acoustic panel and/or strip ceilings and suspension systems: Fifteen (15) years
•
Sealants: Ten (10) years
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.7
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.1.19 SECONDARY FRAMING
DEFINITION: The term secondary framing shall be deemed to include all necessary framing, fixing
grounds and other supports between the primary structure indicated on the approved STRUCTURAL
design documents and the design line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component and shall include both the required system of grounds for fixing such finishes and
also all additional framing, studs, struts, hangers and the like supports and/or spacers
necessary to offset the fixing grounds from the primary structure and achieve the design
line and level of the outermost finish indicated on the approved design documents and,
where applicable, its structural design and certification by the Contractor.
DEEMED TO BE INCLUDED: The Contractor shall be deemed to have included at the time of its tender
a sufficient allowance for all material and labour costs and a sufficient allocation of time in its
construction programme for the provision and installation of all necessary secondary framing, fixing
grounds and supports as defined hereinbefore, whether or not indicated in the preliminary design and
the Principal’s project requirements, including the means for its levelling, packing or other adjustment
as necessary to achieve the required line and level of the outermost cladding, sheeting, lining or other
finish or component within the required tolerances.
CYCLONE RESISTANCE: The Contractor shall be deemed to have determined configuration, member
sizes, sections and spans and fixings in respect of the secondary framing to meet or exceed the
structural criteria for the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in compliance
with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
U.1.20 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
U.2 LININGS & TRIM GENERALLY
U.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose (including but not limited to cyclonic
climatic conditions) and consistent with the design intent;
•
structurally adequate;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
U.2.02 LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DELIVERY: Deliver materials and components in original, unopened manufacturer’s packages as
applicable. Promptly inspect delivered materials. Remove any damaged materials and components
promptly from site.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.8
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
STORAGE: Store materials and components in a suitable manner that will prevent warpage, water
damage, or damage of any kind. Prevent interference to and/or by other trades and any other adverse
conditions arising from inappropriate storage.
HANDLING: Handle materials and components in a suitable manner that will prevent racking, distortion
or any other physical damage.
INSTALLATION CONDITIONS: Before commencing installation of wall and ceiling linings, secondary
support framing and suspension systems:
•
The building shall be enclosed with all perimeter windows and doors in place and glazed and the
roof watertight, and
•
Interior environmental conditions in applicable areas shall be in the range from 0oC to 40o C and not
exceeding 95% RH, and
•
Services and other work above the system and/or to be otherwise concealed by the installation of
wall and/or ceiling linings shall be complete.
WALL FRAMES: As specified in METAL WALL FRAMES, SECTION G – METALWORK and/or approved
STRUCTURAL design documents.
SECONDARY FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS.
COORDINATION: Coordinate installation of wall and ceiling linings, secondary support framing and
suspension systems with other work above ceilings or in walls, or supported by or penetrating through
ceilings or walls, including mechanical, electrical and hydraulic services work and partition systems.
PARTITION, WALL & CEILING TYPES: Refer to approved design documents for partition, wall & ceiling
types and locations.
WIND LOADING: The exterior soffits, including linings, suspension systems, hangers,
trims, retention methods, fastenings and all other components intended for inclusion in the
exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations shall be designed, selected and
installed so that they remain intact when subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like
cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region
D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and/or other exterior locations and the methods employed for their installation comply
with the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate
margins of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
FIXING METHOD: Use screws or screws and adhesive of types and in locations as recommended by
the sheet manufacturer. Adhesive daubs shall not coincide with mechanical fastening points. Do not
use adhesive in fire resistance rated installations or in wet area or tiled installations. Do not fix into
ceiling and floor tracks in metal stud framed walls.
Fastenings: Fastenings shall not be visible in the finished ceiling and/or wall lining.
METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS: Proprietary metal finishing trims to window reveals and the like are
specified in METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS (flush finished) – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
U.2.03 PLASTERBOARD (PB) LININGS
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
SECONDARY FRAMING:
SOFFIT LININGS
As specified in SECONDARY STRUCTURAL FRAMING – WALL, CEILING &
PLASTERBOARD: Liner board-faced plasterboard. Except for plasterboard with water resistant or fire
resistant cores, plasterboard shall comply with AS/NZS 2588.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.9
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK (or BORAL PLASTERBOARD) product ranges or equal approved
Thickness (each layer):
•
Plain ceiling linings & margins (CSR GYPROCK CD RECESSED EDGE or equal approved): Minimum
13 mm thick
•
Perforated Linings (CSR GYPROCK PERFORATED or equal approved): 13 mm thick, 8.2%
perforated. Refer to approved design documents for details of setout of perforated panels and
luminaires, grilles and other ceiling fittings therein.
•
Wall linings (CSR GYPROCK CD RECESSED EDGE or equal approved): 13 mm thick unless
otherwise specified or indicated on the approved design documents. Used in multiple layers to
achieve required acoustic-rating.
•
Water resistant (CSR AQUACHEK or equal approved) linings: 13 mm thick, to “wet” areas unless
otherwise specified or indicated on the approved design documents
•
Fire-resistant (CSR FYRCHEK or equal approved) Linings: 13 mm or 16 mm as indicated on the
approved design documents or as necessary to achieve the required level of fire resistance and as
indicated on the approved design documents.
•
Water resistant – fire-rated: (CSR FYRCHEK MR or equal approved) linings: 13 mm thick, to “wet”
areas unless otherwise specified or indicated on the approved design documents only as
necessary to achieve the required level of fire resistance.
•
Impact-resistant (CSR IMPACTCHEK or equal approved) linings: 13 mm thick, only where specified
or indicated on the approved design documents.
Edge Type (generally): Recessed edge for flush jointing
Multi-layered linings: Where the linings are to be applied in multiple layers, form joints of each layer on
studs and stagger joints on opposing wall faces and between each layer.
‘WET’ AREAS: Wall & ceiling linings installed in Toilets, Showers, Changing Rooms, Tea Preps,
Kitchens, Wash-ups, light/ventilation shafts below roof vents and the like ‘wet’ areas and other areas
where nominated on the approved design documents shall be water resistant (CSR AQUACHEK or equal
approved) liner board-faced plasterboard.
ACCESSORIES: Fastener type, length, gauge and set out, bedding and topping compounds, and the
like accessories shall be as recommended by the sheet manufacturer.
CONTROL JOINTS: Form where shown on the approved design documents and to details as
recommended by the sheet manufacturer.
INTERNAL CORNER REINFORCEMENT: Reinforce with zinc-coated steel angles.
REVEALS: Return sheeting into reveals of openings.
EDGES AND CORNERS: Finish as specified in EDGE FINISHES - WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
CORNER FINISHES - WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
EDGE SUPPORT: Provide support to all sheet edges.
INSTALLATION GENERALLY:
Wall linings: Align sheets plumb, fix 13 mm above floor and carry above ceiling level or to top of
cornice trims as applicable.
Fixing method: Use screws or screws and adhesive of types and in locations as recommended by the
sheet manufacturer. Adhesive daubs shall not coincide with mechanical fastening points. Do not use
adhesive in fire resistance rated installations or in wet area or tiled installations. Do not fix into ceiling
and floor tracks in metal stud framed walls.
RAKING & CURVED LININGS: Provide adequate bracing and restraints to raking and curved linings and
where necessary to prevent lateral displacement of the wall or ceiling installation in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide radiused beads and perimeter angles as necessary as
specified in METAL TRIMS – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.10
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
FLUSH FINISHING:
All linings: Flush finish recessed heads of fixings. Fill holes. Trowel to provide a smooth, dense, flush
surface in true relationship with the sheet surface. Final flushing not required to plasterboard linings
nominated for ceramic tiled finish.
Linings with recessed long edges for flush jointing: Flush joint with flushing plaster and scrimming or
tape.
Wet Areas: Use only a water resistant taping compound as recommended by the liner-faced
plasterboard manufacturer.
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK WET AREA BASE COAT or equal approved.
U.2.04 PLYWOOD
MANUFACTURER: To be a member of the Plywood Association of Australia.
CHAIN OF CUSTODY: Australian Forest Standard (AFS) certification providing Chain of Custody
certification to AS4707 and Australian Forest Management Certification to AS 4708 shall be required for
all timber, timber veneers, plywood and like composite timber products used throughout the Works to
ensure an unbroken, traceable chain from a certified, sustainable forest source through to the
customer.
INTERIOR USE PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2270, bond type C, unless otherwise specified
EXTERIOR AND WET AREA USE PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2271, bond type A.
GRADES: Unless otherwise specified:
Decorative: For clear finishes. Veneer specified in VENEERS - WOODWORK & CABINETWORK.
Select: For opaque paint finishes.
General purpose: For cupboard backs, internal divisions and the like.
STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD: To AS/NZS 2269, bond type A.
Surface grade: CC
Stress grade: F11
MARINE PLYWOOD: To AS 2272.
U.2.05 FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, section EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REFERENCE: Refer to LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: If the wall, partition or ceiling is required to be fire resistant, provide a wall, partition
or ceiling system which is certified by the lining manufacturer to have attained the required fire
resistance level.
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: If a fire resistance level is required by the building regulatory authority,
furnish satisfactory evidence of that authority's acceptance of the wall, partition or ceiling system.
Modify the installation without extra charge if necessary to satisfy the regulatory authority that the
system complies with the specified level.
PLASTERBOARD: Liner board-faced with fire resistant core.
Thickness (per layer): 13 mm or 16 mm as necessary to achieve the required level of fire resistance.
Proprietary item: CSR FYRCHEK (or CSR FYRCHEK MR to ‘wet’ areas) or equal approved.
CONFIGURATION: One or more layers and edge abutment treatment as required to conform to
plasterboard manufacturer’s technical bulletin to achieve the required fire resistance rating and as
indicated on the approved design documents.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.11
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
INSTALLATION: Comply with the plasterboard manufacturer's technical bulletin, Gyprock GYP500 or
equal approved
PRESERVATION OF FIRE RESISTANT PROPERTIES:
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, section EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Preserve the fire resistance rating of the wall, partition or ceiling and its effectiveness
as a smoke barrier by sealing junctions and gaps during installation, including junctions with other
building surfaces, around doorsets, light fittings, recesses and penetrations for services.
EXTENT: Fire resistance rated metal stud framed walls shall extend full height to the underside of the
roof sheeting or concrete floor slab over unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
MULTI-LAYERED LININGS: Where the linings are to be applied in multiple layers, form joints of first
layer on studs or furrings and stagger joints on opposing wall faces (where applicable) and between
each layer. Flush joints are only required to outermost layer.
FIXING:
Screw fix only. Do not use adhesive fixing to fire resistant rated wall, partition or ceilings.
FLUSH JOINTING: All fire resistance rated systems must be jointed using paper tape.
RECESSED LIGHT FITTINGS:
Provide proprietary acoustic/fire resistant boots with acoustic
performance/fire resistance rating not less than the ceiling in which they are installed. Do not cover
boots with ceiling insulation.
SEALING METHODS: Install plasterboard complete with appropriate compressible backing rods and fire
rated flexible sealant and using methods as recommended by the sheet manufacturer.
DOOR & OTHER OPENINGS (metal stud framed walls): Provide boxed studs and rivet door frames to
same at 300 mm centres. If GYPROCK plasterboard is used, pack heads of frames with BRADFORD
INSULATION FIRESEAL or equal approved, as detailed in the sheet manufacturer's installation manual.
CONTROL JOINTS: Form where shown on the approved design documents and to details as
recommended by the sheet manufacturer.
FIRE/SMOKE STOPPING: Install fire/smoke stopping as specified in FIRE & SMOKE STOPPING,
SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS. Seal all gaps.
FIRE-RATED DAMPERS (if applicable): Fire-rated dampers are specified in Section R – MECHANICAL
SERVICES. Build dampers into framed shaft walls in accordance with technical bulletins to maintain
integrity of fire resistance rating of overall wall, partition or ceiling system.
U.2.06 ACOUSTIC RATED CONSTRUCTION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, section EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
FIRE-RATED & ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REFERENCE: Refer to LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: If the wall, partition or ceiling is required to be acoustically rated, provide a wall,
partition or ceiling system which is certified by the lining manufacturer to have attained the required
sound reduction level.
REGULATORY COMPLIANCE: If a sound reduction level is required by the BCA, furnish satisfactory
evidence that the wall, partition or ceiling system complies with the BCA requirements. Modify the
installation without extra charge if necessary to ensure that the system complies with the BCA
requirements.
PRESERVATION OF SOUND REDUCTION PROPERTIES:
GENERAL: Preserve the sound reduction properties of the wall, partition or ceiling by sealing junctions
and gaps during installation, including junctions with other building surfaces, around doorsets, light
fittings, recesses and penetrations for services.
EXTENT: Acoustically rated metal stud framed walls shall extend full height to the underside of the
roof sheeting or concrete floor slab over unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.12
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
MULTI-LAYERED LININGS: Where the linings are to be applied in multiple layers, form joints of each
layer on studs and stagger joints on opposing wall faces and between each layer.
RECESSED LIGHT FITTINGS:
Provide proprietary acoustic/fire resistant boots with acoustic
performance/fire resistance rating not less than the ceiling in which they are installed. Do not cover
boots with ceiling insulation.
SEALING: Seal all holes, perimeters and other gaps with low modulus, dense, durable, resilient
polyurethane sealant.
Sealants: As specified in SEALANTS – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
Full height stud framed walls: Provide resilient joint at junction of head and floor soffit above. Seal
with approved resilient sealant on resilient backing rod.
ACOUSTIC INSULATION: Provide acoustic insulation to the full extent of the partition as specified in
SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
U.2.07 FINISH
LEVEL 4 FINISH: Prepare wall and ceiling framing and install plasterboard to a Level 4 Finish in
accordance with AS/NZS 2589.1.
U.2.08 EDGE FINISHES
METHODS: Unless otherwise specified, finish terminated edges of plasterboard as follows:
WALL & REVEAL EDGES:
Abutting door & window frames & generally: Finish up to flushed stop bead specified in METAL TRIM WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS: Proprietary metal finishing trims to window reveals and the like are
specified in METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS (flush finished) – PLASTEREING & CEILINGS.
CEILING EDGES:
Generally: Flushed shadowline stop bead specified in METAL TRIM - WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS where indicated on the approved design documents.
Tape & set: Tape and set ceiling edge and wall junctions to non-resilient mounted ceilings in utility
areas, unless otherwise specified.
ABUTTING OTHER FINISHES: Finish up to stop bead specified in METAL TRIM - WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS .
U.2.09 CORNER FINISHES
RE-ENTRANT CORNERS: Finish square.
SALIENT ANGLES (Including Bulkheads):
Reinforcement: Heavy duty corner beads as specified in METAL TRIM - WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS .
U.2.10 METAL TRIM
REQUIREMENT: Provide and fix the necessary proprietary corner beads, stopping beads, control joints
and the like consisting of purpose made metal sections of approved pattern for flush finishing.
Material (interior use): Z275 zinc coated steel, 0.35 mm BMT for internal angle corner beads, 0.40 mm
BMT for external angle corner beads, arch beads, stopping angles and beads and control joints.
Material (exterior use): Grade 316 stainless steel, BMT 0.45mm
PLAIN BEADS & ANGLES (Proprietary Item): Use only where approved:
Casing Beads: RONDO P03 (6mm board), P05 (10mm board), P07 (13mm board), P08 (16mm
board) or equal approved
Shadowline casing beads: P06 (10mm board), P09 (13mm board) or equal approved
FLUSH FINISHED BEADS & ANGLES (Proprietary Item): Provide, fix and flush finish shadowline trims to
wall and ceiling abutments and the like specified hereinafter and/or indicated on the approved design
documents, as follows:
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.13
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
External angle corner beads: RONDO P32 or equal approved
Arch beads: RONDO P30 or equal approved
Internal angle corner beads: RONDO PS17 or equal approved
Stopping angles: RONDO P25 (10mm board), P26 (13mm board), P27 (16mm board) or equal
approved
Stopping beads: RONDO P11 (6mm board), P12 (10mm board), P13 (13mm board), P14 (16mm
board) or equal approved
Shadowline stopping beads: RONDO P50 (10, 13 & 16mm board) RONDO P60 (6mm board) or
equal approved
Wall angle: RONDO Part No. 294 (acoustic tape/bondbreaker to lower face for resilient mounted
acoustic ceilings) or equal approved.
Control joints: RONDO P35 or equal approved
PERIMETER TRIMS (Proprietary Item): Provide and fix perimeter trims to ceiling abutments with walls
and columns as specified hereinafter and/or indicated on the approved design documents, as follows:
Plain steel angle edge trim: 25 x 19 mm cold formed zinc coated steel angle with powdercoat or
baked satin enamel paint prefinish in selected colour.
Proprietary item: Part No. DUO 5 by RONDO or equal approved
Plain aluminium angle edge trim: 22 x 19 mm extruded aluminium angle, powdercoat prefinish in
selected colour.
Proprietary item: Part No. 187 by RONDO (available radiused on request) or equal approved
Shadowline steel angle edge trim: 28 x 24 mm cold formed zinc coated steel shadowline angle
with powdercoat or baked satin enamel paint prefinish in selected colour.
Proprietary item: Part No. DUO 6 by RONDO or equal approved
Shadowline aluminium angle edge trim:
powdercoat prefinish in selected colour
28 x 24 mm shadowline extruded aluminium angle,
Proprietary item: Part No. DUO 7 by RONDO or equal approved
FLUSH FINISHED PERIMETER TRIMS (Proprietary Item): Provide, fix and flush finish shadowline
perimeter trims to ceiling abutments with walls and columns as specified hereinafter and/or indicated
on the approved design documents, as follows:
Shadowline stopping beads: RONDO P50 (10, 13 & 16mm board) RONDO P60 (6mm board) or
equal approved
U.2.11 METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS (FLUSH FINISHED)
REQUIREMENT: Provide, fix and flush finished metal finishing caps and trims to window reveals where
indicated on the approved design documents consisting of purpose made metal sections of approved
pattern for flush finishing.
MATERIAL: Z275 zinc coated steel, 0.8mm BMT.
PROPRIETARY ITEM:
Finishing Caps:
equal approved
EZY-CAP available from STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS (tel: 03 9737 2500) or
Finishing trims to reveals: EZY-REVEAL available from STUDCO BUILDING SYSTEMS (tel: 03 9737
2500) or equal approved
U.2.12 CONTROL JOINTS
WALL CONTROL JOINTS: Finish both edges of the joint up to a metal stop beads forming part of a
proprietary control joint kit.
Joint filling: P35 Rondo Control joint kit or equal approved with removable plastic insert.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.14
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Location: At junction between load-bearing structurally engineered and non load-bearing partitions in
the same plane and elsewhere at 12m maximum centres unless otherwise indicated on the approved
design documents
CEILING CONTROL JOINTS (non-fire rated plasterboard ceilings): Finish both edges of the joint up to
metal stop beads forming part of a proprietary control joint kit.
Joint filling: P35 Rondo Control joint kit or equal approved with removable plastic insert.
Location: At 12m maximum centres in both directions unless otherwise indicated on the approved
design documents
CONTROL JOINTS (fire rated plasterboard ceilings and walls): Provide control joints only between the
sheets of the exposed layer as recommended by the sheet manufacturer at 12 m maximum centres in
both directions.
Finish both edges of the joint up to proprietary metal stop beads.
Gap: 10 mm.
Joint filling: Fill joints flush with fire grade mastic sealant as specified in SEALANTS – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS
U.2.13 SEALANTS
GENERALLY: Use only sealants that are certified by the manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
SEALANT SELECTION: Confirm with the manufacturer the compatibility of all proposed materials
intended to be in contact with the sealant prior to commencing installation.
SEALANT – TYPE 1:
Locations: General internal and external construction use and penetrations in non fire-rated
elements including but not limited to:
•
Wall and ceiling expansion, movement & control joints generally in painted or concealed work;
•
Acoustic rated ceilings (on resilient mounts), abutment of ceiling perimeter to walls
•
Stud framed wall, abutment of deflection head to soffit of concrete slab over;
•
Stud framed ‘discontinuous’ acoustic wall, end abutments to other building elements;
•
Acoustic-rated pipe penetrations into ducts and through walls;
Material: Low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1400kg/m3.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–CONSTRUCTION or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 2 (FIRE RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION):
Locations: General construction use for joints, penetrations into ducts and through walls occurring
in fire resistance rated construction.
Material: Fire grade intumescent mastic.
Fire resistance rating: Minimum 4 hours.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKA FIRERATE or equal approved
SEALANT – TYPE 3:
Locations: Internal use generally for gap sealing including but not limited to:
•
Cabinetwork/wall joints and the like
Material: Durable resilient, mould resistant, neutral cure silicone.
Colour: White (non-paintable).
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.15
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Proprietary item: SIKASIL–C or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 4:
Locations: General construction use for visibly exposed high strength waterproof joints and the
like where a high quality, transparent seal is required including but not limited to:
•
Silicone jointed glazing;
•
Perimeter joints to mirrors
Material: High performance, high strength and adhesion, UV-resistant, dense, durable, 1-part,
acid cure transparent silicone.
Colour: Transparent
Proprietary item: SIKASIL WS-621 or equal approved.
INSTALLATION:
Sealant depth: Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer, depth of sealant shall be:
•
for joints in non-fire rated walls: 0.67 – 1.0 times joint width.
•
for joint widths exceeding 40mm: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer
•
for joints in fire rated walls: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer to maintain the fire
resistance level of the wall.
Joint preparation: Prepare joints in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
Confirm joint profile complies with the design requirements. Clear extraneous matter such as grout
and dust from the joint and leave the joint clear of movement-restricting material.
Backing materials (if required): Install backing rod to correct depth to control sealant depth as
specified in BACKING MATERIALS – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Priming: Unless primer is not recommended by the jointing material manufacturer, apply the sealant
manufacturer’s recommended primer to the cleaned joint edges in contact with jointing materials to
achieve maximum adhesion of sealant. Avoid applying primer to the face of the backing rod.
Filling and sealing: Fill the joint completely, tooling the sealant with a spatula and not the applicator
nozzle or thumb, resulting in the sealant to be pressed firmly onto the contact surfaces of the joint to
achieve the maximum bond. Finish sealant neatly, smooth and flush with surface. Do not overfill.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
U.2.14 BACKING MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: Use compatible sealant and bond breaking backing materials which are certified as
compatible with the materials and products with which they are intended to be in contact.
MATERIALS (in compressible foamed fillers and backing rods): Closed-cell or impregnated types which
do not absorb water.
Bond Breaking: Back-up materials for sealants, including backing rods and the like, shall not adhere to
the sealant, or shall be faced with a non-adhering material.
BACKING MATERIAL – TYPE 1:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents, unless otherwise specified.
Profile:
•
Circular section rod: Joints width < 40mm (max. joint size for the 50mm dia backing rod)
•
Rectangular section rod: Joints width > 40mm (section dimensions determined by compression
requirements – refer installation, below).
Proprietary item: TREMCO FOAM SEALANT BACKING ROD, CFC free, or equal approved.
Installation: Backing materials shall be inserted into the gap of the joint to be sealed to a depth so as
to control the depth of the applied sealant. Backer rods shall be compressed 20-25% of their initial
diameter (or width in the case of rectangular shaped materials) to fit the joint width.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.16
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.2.15 SERVICE PENETRATIONS
REQUIREMENT:
Visibly exposed locations: Provide neatly trimmed and rigid openings for services elements, e.g., light
fittings, ventilation outlets, detectors, sprinklers, and the like as indicated on the approved design
documents.
Concealed locations: Provide sealed openings for services conduits, ducts, pipes and the like through
full height fire resistance-rated and/or acoustic-rated partitions within ceiling void and the like.
SEALING: Seal service penetrations to:
•
fire-resistance rated partitions
•
acoustic-rated partitions (including penetrations through full height partitions within ceiling void
and the like)
Use appropriate sealant maintain integrity according to the partition type. Refer to SEALANTS – WALL,
CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
U.2.16 FLUSH CEILING ACCESS PANELS
DESCRIPTION: Provide air-tight flushed access panels in non-fire rated, non-demountable ceilings of
size and in locations as noted on the approved design documents.
Confirm location of any and all ceiling access panels with Superintendent prior to
commencing ceiling construction.
Dimensions: Minimum 450 x 450mm unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents
PANEL: A drop in panel of 18 mm thick HMR medium density fibreboard
Reinforcement: Reinforce the back of the access panel to prevent warping.
TRIM/SUPPORT: Provide flush finished trim support to access panel.
Air-tight seal: Install durable self-adhesive compressible foam sealing strips to frame perimeter to
achieve air-tight seal.
INSULATION: Ceiling and/or wall thermal and/or acoustic insulation as specified in SECTION I –
INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Cut insulation to conform to perimeter of access panel and adhere to reverse face of panel.
FINISH: Finish access panels to match the appearance of the ceiling.
U.2.17 SECURE ACCESS PANELS/HATCHES
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
Confirm location of any and all access panels/hatches with Superintendent prior to
commencing installation of all wall and ceiling linings.
TYPE: Proprietary access panel consisting of metal faced door/hatch side hung to a steel frame,
inclusive of the necessary hardware and accessories including safety chain (ceiling hatches), anti-warp
bracing, hinges (min 2No.) and lock and lugs or other suitable means for installation. Hatch panels
over 530 x 530mm shall be suspended independently from the ceiling.
Dimensions: 600 x 600mm unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
PROPRIETARY ITEM:
Standard acoustic access panel:
approved
RONDO PANTHER SRAP30 ACOUSTIC ACCESS PANEL, or equal
1-Hr FR access panel: RONDO PANTHER FRAP1H 60/60/60 FRL ACCESS PANEL, or equal approved
2-Hr FR access panel: RONDO PANTHER FRAP2H 120/120/120 FRL ACCESS PANEL, or equal approved
Door leaf facings: Flush faces and edges pressed from hot dipped metal sheet to AS 1397, welded at
joints. Apply zinc-rich primer to welds.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.17
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Evidence of compliance (FR panels assemblies): Submit to the Superintendent, the local authority and
the Fire and Rescue Service of WA evidence of compliance with the Standard, to AS/NZS 1905.1,
clause 6.3.
Marking: To AS/NZS 1905.1, clause 6.1
FINISH: Factory-applied finish consisting of one coat zinc phosphate etch and one coat zinc chromate
primer. Paint finish as specified in SECTION Z – PAINTING.
INSULATION: Ceiling and/or wall thermal and/or acoustic insulation as specified in SECTION I –
INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Cut insulation to conform to perimeter of access panel and adhere to reverse face of panel.
LOCKING SYSTEM: Cylinder lock incorporated into the main building keying system
U.2.18 HANDLING INSULATION
REQUIREMENT: The method used for installing the insulation shall comply with the National Code of
Practice for the Safe Use of Synthetic Mineral Fibres - as approved by the Department of Occupational
Health, Safety and Welfare.
U.2.19 ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Prevent direct contact and avoid water drainage, run-off and the like between
electrolytically incompatible metals, metallic coatings and other materials. Select and install materials
with due regard for their electrolytic compatibilities.
SEPARATION LAYER: Separate contact surfaces permanently with an approved polymer or durable
bituminous felt separation layer or appropriate approved equivalent suitable for the intended
application.
U.3 WALL LININGS
U.3.01 DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
LININGS & TRIM: Refer to subsection LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
WALL FRAMES: As specified in METAL WALL FRAMES, SECTION G – METALWORK and/or approved
STRUCTURAL design documents.
Rigid (structurally engineered) primary steel framing: Fix via lightweight steel furring channels or top
hats or lightweight steel suspension systems (as applicable) as a levelling and fixing medium as
specified hereinafter.
Lightweight steel framing: No secondary framing is required if fixing direct to lightweight steel wall
framing to AS 3623.
SECONDARY FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS
FURRING CHANNELS – TYPE 1 (general use):
Location: Generally for dry-lined walls as indicated on the approved design documents.
Fixing Clips (Proprietary item): BETA-FIX or STSC adjustable fixing clips by RONDO or equal approved
Set out & spacing: Set out fixing clips at maximum 1200 mm centres along length of furring channels
set out in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified hereinafter. Align
clips and fix level.
Furring Channels: Beaded edge type, 38mm wide x 28mm deep x 0.5mm BMT, cold formed from G2
Z275 zinc coated steel strip to AS 1397.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.18
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Proprietary item: Part No. 129 by RONDO or equal approved
Set out (furring channels): Set out furring channels vertically at maximum centres specified hereinafter
and so that where adjacent to and parallel with wall ends or return walls, furring channels are centred
at not more than 60 mm from wall ends or return walls. Provide a horizontal furring channel at the top
and bottom of walls centred at not more than 60 mm from the ceiling and finished floor level
respectively. Provide intermediate horizontal furring channels to support long edges of linings if
installed horizontally.
Spacing (linerboard-faced gypsum plasterboard linings): Not exceeding 600mm horizontal centres
Spacing (flush fibre cement wall linings): Maximum 450 mm horizontal centres
TOP HATS:
Location: Generally as fixing and levelling medium to steel column and purlin or girt walls or other
walls where additional cavity depth is required to accommodate services or spans between structural
supports exceed the maximum spans permitted for furring channels or as indicated on the approved
design documents.
Selection: Top hat size selected according to the location and/or structural requirements, refer to the
approved design documents.
Description: Top hat sections, cold formed from G550 AZ150 zincalume coated steel strip to AS 1397.
Proprietary item – Type 1: TOPSPAN 22 by BLUESCOPE LYSAGHT or equal approved as specified on
the approved STRUCTURAL design documents.
Nominal sectional dimensions/thickness: 63 x 22.5mm x 0.55mm BMT
Proprietary item – Type 2: TOPSPAN 40 by BLUESCOPE LYSAGHT or equal approved as specified on
the approved STRUCTURAL design documents.
Nominal sectional dimensions/thickness: 75 x 40mm x 0.55mm BMT
Proprietary item – Type 3: TOPSPAN 61 by BLUESCOPE LYSAGHT or equal approved as specified on
the approved STRUCTURAL design documents.
Nominal sectional dimensions/thickness: 102.5 x 61mm x 0.75mm BMT
Proprietary item – Type 4: TOPSPAN 120 by BLUESCOPE LYSAGHT or equal approved as specified on
the approved STRUCTURAL design documents.
Nominal sectional dimensions/thickness: 150 x 120mm x 0.70mm BMT
Set out (top hats): Set out top hats vertically at maximum centres specified hereinafter and so that
where adjacent to and parallel with wall ends or return walls, top hats are centred at not more than
60 mm from wall ends or return walls.
Spacing (linerboard-faced gypsum plasterboard linings): Not exceeding 600mm horizontal centres
Spacing (flush fibre cement wall linings): Maximum 450 mm horizontal centres
Fixing: 2No. self drilling and tapping fixing screws through top hat lips at each purlin or girt
intersection in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
EDGE SUPPORT: Provide support to all sheet edges.
INSULATION: Insulation as specified in WALL INSULATION, SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Wire mesh: Support insulation to perimeter structural steel column & girt walls on wire mesh installed
prior to fixing furring channels as specified in WALL INSULATION, SECTION I - INSULATION &
BARRIERS
PRESERVATION OF FIRE RESISTANT & SOUND REDUCTION PROPERTIES: As specified in FIRERATED CONSTRUCTION and ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION, LININGS & TRIM GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
REVEALS: Return sheeting into reveals of openings, unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.19
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS: Proprietary metal finishing trims to window reveals and the like are
specified in METAL FINISHING TRIMS & CAPS (flush finished) – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
EDGES AND CORNERS: Finish as specified in EDGE FINISHES and METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS .
WALL/CEILING ABUTMENT: Where partition walls abut underside of continuous suspended ceilings
ensure abutment is acoustically sealed using a suitable compressed closed cell resilient PVC foam
sealant, not less than 6mm thick (uncompressed) x 10mm wide and adhered in 2 continuous parallel
strips along the top of the partition head track:
Proprietary item: UNIFOAM 2000 by UNISIL/SOUTHCORP AUSTALIA or equal approved.
EDGE SUPPORT: Provide support to all sheet edges.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
FLUSH FINISH: As specified in FLUSH FINISHING, clause PLASTERBOARD LININGS GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Five (5) years.
U.3.02 FLUSH PLASTERBOARD LININGS FIXED TO METAL STUD WALL FRAMES
LOCATION: Generally to lightweight metal stud framed walls and partitions, spandrel panels and the
like and as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
FRAMING: Locate studs at centres not exceeding 600 mm to framed walls nominated for plasterboard
linings. Provide noggings at horizontal sheet joins. Ensure that framing members do not cross
movement joints in the sheeting. Provide a framing member parallel to the movement joint on each
side.
INSULATION: Insulation as specified in WALL INSULATION, SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS.
PLASTERBOARD LININGS: Standard, water resistant or fire resistant linerboard-faced gypsum
plasterboard as indicated on the drawing and schedules fixed direct to wall framing.
Thickness (per layer):
documents.
13 mm or 16 mm according to partition wall type, refer approved design
Number of layers: Single layer unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents. Stagger
joints to alternate layers
Edge type: Recessed edge for flush jointing
INSTALLATION: Align sheets plumb, fix 13 mm above floor and carry above ceiling level or top of
pelmet box or to top of cornice trims as applicable. Fix sheets vertically in single lengths. Form joints
of first layer on studs.
Fixing method: Use screws or screws and adhesive of types and in locations as recommended by the
sheet manufacturer.
Multi-layered linings: Where the linings are to be applied in multiple layers, form joints on studs and
stagger joints on opposing wall faces and between each layer.
FLUSH FINISH: Flush joint with flushing plaster and scrimming or tape. Flush finish recessed heads of
fixings. Fill holes. Trowel to provide a smooth, dense, flush surface in true relationship with the sheet
surface.
Wet Areas: Use only a water resistant taping compound as recommended by the liner-faced
plasterboard manufacturer.
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK WET AREA BASE COAT or equal approved.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.20
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.3.03 ACOUSTIC (CEILING) SEPTUM – PLASTERBOARD LINED
LOCATION: Acoustic-rated septum over acoustic rated walls visibly concealed within the ceiling void
where indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
FRAMING: Locate studs at centres not exceeding 600 mm to framed walls nominated for plasterboard
linings.
INSULATION: Acoustic insulation batts fitted tightly between framing members without gaps as
specified in WALL INSULATION, SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS.
PLASTERBOARD LININGS: Standard linerboard-faced gypsum plasterboard as indicated on the drawing
and schedules direct fixed to metal wall frame.
Thickness (per layer): 13 mm.
Number of layers: Single layer unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
Edge type: Recessed edge for flush jointing
INSTALLATION: Align sheets plumb and carry to full extent of septum above ceiling level. Fix sheets
vertically in single lengths.
Fixing method: Use screws or screws and adhesive of types and in locations as recommended by the
sheet manufacturer. Do not use adhesive in wet area installations.
Multi-layered linings: Where the linings are to be applied in multiple layers, form joints on studs and
stagger joints between each layer.
Fixing liner-board faced plasterboard: Use self drilling plasterboard screws at 300 mm centres in the
body of the sheet and at 200 mm centres at ends of sheets, opposed at joints.
SHEET JOINTING & PERIMETER ABUTMENTS: Apply perforated paper reinforcing tape, embedded in
bedding compound, to joints between sheets and abutments to adjacent structure. Do not use linen
or self-adhesive fibreglass tape. Trowel sufficiently to provide a smooth, dense surface and completely
seal all gaps. No topping coat of bedding cement or flushing of joints required.
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK WET AREA BASE COAT or equal approved.
ACOUSTIC INTEGRITY: Ensure bedding compound is applied or otherwise acoustically seal all joints,
fixings, penetrations, abutments and the like.
U.3.04 FLUSH PLASTERBOARD LININGS FIXED TO FURRING CHANNELS OR TOP HATS
LOCATION: Flush linerboard-faced gypsum plasterboard wall linings to be fixed to walls where
nominated to be fixed via furring channels or top hats as a levelling and fixing medium and as indicated
on the approved design documents
REFERENCE: Refer to DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
INSULATION: Foil-faced bulk insulation batts or blanket 25mm thick fitted tightly against interior face
of concrete panels without gaps and with foil face to interior side prior to installation of furring channels
and linings as specified in WALL INSULATION, SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS.
SECONDARY FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS
FURRING CHANNELS & FIXING CLIPS: As specified in DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
Fixing Clips (Proprietary item): BETA-FIX or STSC adjustable fixing clips by RONDO or equal approved
Set out & spacing: Set out fixing clips at maximum 1200 mm centres along length of furring channels
set out in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified hereinafter. Align
clips and fix level.
Furring Channels: Beaded edge type, 38mm wide x 28mm deep x 0.5mm BMT, cold formed from G2
Z275 zinc coated steel strip to AS 1397.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.21
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Proprietary item: Part No. 129 by RONDO or equal approved
TOP HATS: As specified in DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS.
PLASTERBOARD LININGS: Standard, water resistant or fire resistant linerboard-faced gypsum
plasterboard as indicated on the drawing and schedules fixed via furring channels or top hats as a
levelling and fixing medium to wall framing or girts.
Thickness (per layer):
13 mm or 16 mm according to partition wall type, refer approved design
documents
Number of Layers: Single layer unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
Stagger joints to alternate layers
Edge Type: Recessed edge for flush jointing
INSTALLATION: .
General: Align sheets plumb, fix 13 mm above floor and carry above ceiling level or to top of cornice
trims as applicable. Fix sheets vertically in single lengths.
Fixing method: Use screws or screws and adhesive of types and in locations as recommended by the
sheet manufacturer.
FLUSH FINISH: Flush joint with flushing plaster and scrimming or tape. Flush finish recessed heads of
fixings. Fill holes. Trowel to provide a smooth, dense, flush surface in true relationship with the sheet
surface.
Wet Areas: Use only a water resistant taping compound as recommended by the liner-faced
plasterboard manufacturer.
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK WET AREA BASE COAT or equal approved.
U.3.05 VENEERED SLOTTED PLYWOOD ACOUSTIC WALL PANELS
LOCATION: Perforated veneered plywood acoustic wall panels as indicated on the approved design
documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to DRY-LINED WALLS & PARTITIONS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS and comply with all the relevant requirements thereof.
PLYWOOD: Refer to PLYWOOD – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the relevant
requirements thereof.
DESCRIPTION: Perforated melamine pre-finished moisture resistant slotted plywood wall panelling with
expressed 'v' butt joints fixed to proprietary aluminium concealed fixing and retention system.
VENEERED PLYWOOD PANELLING:
Specification Reference: For specified requirements for plywood, refer to SECTION L – WOODWORK &
CABINETWORK and comply with all the requirements thereof.
Perforated Panels: Proprietary timber veneered pre-finished perforated moisture resistant slotted
plywood wall panels and aluminium concealed fixing and retention system.
Panel Size: Nominal 2400 x 1200 mm.
Finish: Decorative melamine to visible face and factory pre-sealed back face and edges.
Edges: Factory pre-finished black bevelled edge to provide expressed narrow 'v' joint to approved
sample.
PROPRIETARY ITEM:
QUANTUM GRAPHIC ILLUSION ZEBRANO QZ43E PLY by QUANTUM
INNOVATIONS complete with ACOUSTISORB2 150mm thick insulation and QA100 acoustic textile
backing, or equal approved, colour and finish as indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to match approved samples.
SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL: Obtain and submit sample panel complete with specified edge treatment
and fixings for the Superintendent’s approval prior to ordering.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.22
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
CUT-OUTS: Prior to installation provide accurately located and dimensioned cut-outs for luminaires,
air-conditioning and ventilating diffusers and grilles, access panels, detectors, sprinkler heads, speakers
and the like in accordance with the approved design documents and shop details produced by other
trades.
ACCESS PANELS:
Provide matching lift out access panels as indicated on the approved design
documents
MARGINS: Provide plain matching margins, flush and/or differentiated height as required or indicated
on the approved design documents
INSTALLATION:
Installation Conditions: Install pre-finished panels and insulation in a clean moisture free stable
environment having continuous atmospheric conditions in compliance with the design conditions for the
installation area in the finished works. Do not commence installation until the building is completely
watertight, sealed against outside air entry and all wet trades and damp materials have thoroughly
dried.
Installation Procedure: Installers shall wear clean cotton gloves and take adequate precautions to
avoid damage or soiling of panels. The installation programme shall take into account access required
by other trades for installation, commissioning and testing of equipment.
The Contractor shall note that NO on-site rectification or touching up of damaged,
defective or excessively soiled panels shall be permitted and tiles so affected shall be
required to be replaced with new undamaged tiles.
Set out: Set out full size perforated panels to a regular and consistent pattern aligning perforation
groups orthogonally to and equidistant from wall & floor junctions unless otherwise indicated on the
approved design documents. Avoid cutting sheets across perforations.
Alignment: Ensure accurate orthogonal alignment of perforation zones across entire wall & ceiling.
Reveals: Return panelling into reveals of openings, unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents.
Fixing:
Securely conceal fix and retain panels in accordance with the panel manufacturer’s
recommendations using compatible proprietary ‘drop-in’ interlocking aluminium strip system.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
U.4 DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS & SOFFITS
U.4.01 DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS & SOFFITS GENERALLY
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
LININGS & TRIM: Refer to subsection LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
LOADING CRITERIA:
Earthquake Loading: All ceiling fixings and members must comply with the loading requirements of
AS1170.4 Earthquake Loading Code, Section 5 – Non Structural Components.
WIND LOADING: The exterior soffits, including linings, suspension systems, hangers,
trims, retention methods, fastenings and all other components intended for inclusion in the
exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations shall be designed, selected and
installed so that they remain intact when subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.23
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region
D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and/or other exterior locations and the methods employed for their installation comply
with the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate
margins of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
SECONDARY FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS
FURRING CHANNELS:
Location: Generally for dry-lined direct-fixed ceilings & soffits as indicated on the approved design
documents.
Fixing Clips – Concrete soffits (Proprietary item): BETA-FIX or STSC adjustable fixing clips by RONDO
or equal approved.
Fixing Clips – Purlins or framing (Proprietary item): Part No. 226 by RONDO or equal approved.
Set out & spacing: Set out fixing clips at maximum 1200 mm centres along length of furring channels
set out in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as specified hereinafter. Align
clips and fix level.
Furring Channels: Beaded edge type, 38mm wide x 28mm deep x 0.5mm BMT, cold formed from G2
Z275 zinc coated steel strip to AS 1397.
Proprietary item: Part No. 129 by RONDO or equal approved
Set out (furring channels): Set out furring channels at maximum 600 mm centres and so that furring
channels adjacent to and parallel with walls are centred not more than 60 mm from walls. Ensure
adequate support and bracing of all vertical barriers. Do not allow vertical barriers to transfer load to
suspended ceilings.
Installation: Fix transversely to framing with direct fixing clips at intersections. Align clips and fix level.
TOP HATS:
Location: Generally for dry-lined direct-fixed ceilings & soffits as indicated on the approved design
documents.
Selection: Top hat size selected according to the location and/or structural requirements, refer to the
approved design documents.
Description: Top hat sections, cold formed from G550 AZ150 zincalume coated steel strip to AS 1397.
Set out (top hats): Set out top hats at maximum 600 mm centres and so that top hats adjacent to and
parallel with walls are centred not more than 60 mm from walls. Ensure adequate support and bracing
of all vertical barriers. Do not allow vertical barriers to transfer load to suspended ceilings.
Fixing: 2No. self drilling and tapping fixing screws through top hat lips at each purlin or girt
intersection in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
EDGE SUPPORT: Provide support to all sheet edges.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
CEILING HEIGHT: Install ceilings to height nominated on the approved design documents. Ceiling
height shall be measured to the soffit face of the finished ceiling. Where differing ceiling constructions
and/or linings of differing thicknesses abut and the same ceiling height has been nominated, adjust
height of fixings of the secondary ceiling support framing to maintain the nominated ceiling height to
the finished soffit face of the main ceiling.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.24
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
BULKHEADS: Where abutting ceilings have been nominated on the approved design documents to be
different ceiling heights, provide vertical bulkhead transition consistent with the ceiling type in which
the transition occurs. Confirm with the Superintendent prior to installation.
INSULATION: Insulation blanket or batts fitted tightly between framing members without gaps as
specified in CEILING INSULATION, SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Do not allow insulation to abut, overlay or otherwise contact recessed light fittings.
PRESERVATION OF FIRE RESISTANT & SOUND REDUCTION PROPERTIES: As specified in FIRERATED CONSTRUCTION and ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION, LININGS & TRIM GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
REVEALS: Return sheeting into reveals of openings, unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents.
PERIMETER TRIM: Finish as specified hereinafter using components as specified in EDGE FINISHES
and METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
OTHER EDGES & CORNERS: Finish as specified in EDGE FINISHES and METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING
& SOFFIT LININGS .
FLUSH FINISH: As specified in FLUSH FINISHING, clause PLASTERBOARD LININGS GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Five (5) years.
U.4.02 FLUSH PLASTERBOARD DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS
LOCATION: Interior horizontal or raked flush jointed plasterboard lined ceilings where these are direct
fixed to the structural framing using furring channels or top hats as a levelling and fixing medium and
as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS & SOFFITS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
PLASTERBOARD LININGS: Standard, water resistant or fire resistant linerboard-faced gypsum
plasterboard as indicated on the drawing and schedules fixed via furring channels or top hats as a
levelling and fixing medium to purlins.
Thickness (per layer): 13 mm or 16 mm according to ceiling type, refer approved design documents
To 'wet' areas: 13 mm thick water resistant (WR) liner board-faced plasterboard
Number of Layers: Single layer unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
Stagger joints to alternate layers
Edge Type: Recessed edge for flush jointing
INSTALLATION: Fix sheets transversely to furring channels in longest practicable lengths.
Fixing method: Use screws or screws and adhesive of types and in locations as recommended by the
sheet manufacturer. Do not use adhesive in wet area installations.
Fixing linerboard-faced plasterboard: Use self drilling plasterboard screws at 300 mm centres in the
body of the sheet and at 200 mm centres at ends of sheets, opposed at joints.
Fastenings: Fastenings shall not be visible in the finished ceiling.
PERIMETER TRIM:
Generally: Flush finished proprietary metal shadowline edge trim as specified in EDGE FINISHES and
METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
FLUSH FINISH: Flush joint with flushing plaster and scrimming or tape. Flush finish recessed heads of
fixings. Fill holes. Trowel to provide a smooth, dense, flush surface in true relationship with the sheet
surface.
Wet Areas: Use only a water resistant taping compound as recommended by the liner-faced
plasterboard manufacturer.
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK WET AREA BASE COAT or equal approved.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.25
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.4.03 ‘CORULINE’ STRIP CEILINGS & SOFFITS
LOCATION: Horizontal and/or raking direct fixed corrugated strip ceiling/soffit as indicated on the
approved design documents
REFERENCE: Refer to DIRECT FIXED CEILINGS & SOFFITS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
SECONDARY FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS.
DESCRIPTION:
Proprietary powdercoat pre-finished low-profile corrugated aluminium sheet,
perforated and/or unperforated as indicated on the approved design documents, concealed
edge fixing in purpose-rolled long lengths with minimal end joints, installed on proprietary carrier rails
as a fixing and levelling medium in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Perforations: 3 mm dia. perforations at 7 mm centres in approved diagonal pattern, with 40mm
unperforated side border.
PROPRIETARY ITEM: ACS CORULINE SYSTEM (perforated and/or unperforated) or equal approved, as
indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to match approved samples.
INSULATION (Perforated panels only): Nominal 25mm thick minimum 10.8kg/m3 density faced on the
underside with non-woven black scrim facing and bonded to upper face of ceiling sheets.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: Take suitable precautions to avoid damage or soiling of metal strips.
The installation program shall take into account access required by other trades for installation,
commissioning and testing of equipment. In the event of access being necessary after tile installation,
the Contractor shall employ the same measures to prevent damage and soiling as employed during tile
installation.
The Contractor shall note that NO on-site rectification or touching up of damaged,
defective or excessively soiled visible components shall be permitted and components so
affected shall be required to be replaced with new. Refer also subsection COMPLETION –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
INSTALLATION: Install strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Provide ACS P No. 4 black faced universal carrier rails at maximum 1200mm centres and spanning
maximum 1800mm between support hangers. Hangers shall be 25 x 25mm angle compression
hangers screw fixed to purlins and carriers.
Fix Coruline face panels (perforated or unperforated as selected) 160mm wide in continuous long
lengths by means of screws or rivets as recommended by the manufacturer through the fixing flange
on one side of the face panel. Continue to install face panels applying edge pressure on each panel
appropriate to achieve a firm fixing.
ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION OF METALS: Permanently separate incompatible metals by concealed
layers of suitable durable materials of appropriate thicknesses or approved applied coating. Refer also
to ELECTROLYTIC SEPARATION – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
EDGES AND CORNERS: Finish as specified in EDGE FINISHES and METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.26
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.5 SUSPENDED CEILINGS
U.5.01 SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
LININGS & TRIM: Refer to subsection LININGS, FRAMING, COMPONENTS & TRIM GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
LOADING CRITERIA:
Earthquake Loading: All ceiling fixings and members must comply with the loading requirements of
AS1170.4 Earthquake Loading Code, Section 5 – Non Structural Components.
WIND LOADING: The exterior soffits, including linings, suspension systems, hangers,
trims, retention methods, fastenings and all other components intended for inclusion in the
exterior building envelope and/or other exterior locations shall be designed, selected and
installed so that they remain intact when subjected to the wind pressure, impact and like
cyclonic conditions determined in compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region
D.
Certification: Provide certification to verify the installed products, materials, fastenings,
composite systems and all other components installed in the exterior building envelope
and/or other exterior locations and the methods employed for their installation comply
with the product manufacturer’s recommendations to withstand with the appropriate
margins of safety, the wind pressure, impact and like cyclonic conditions determined in
compliance with AS/NZS 1170.2 - 2002, Cyclonic Region D.
SECONDARY FRAMING: As defined and specified in SECONDARY FRAMING – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS
SUSPENSION SYSTEM: As specified in SUSPENSION SYSTEMS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT
LININGS
INSTALLATION:
Generally: Protect existing work from damage during the installation, and make good any such
damage. Erect the ceilings level, on their correct alignments, and firmly fix so that under normal
conditions there is no looseness or rattling of ceiling components. Avoid the faults described in
Appendix B of AS 2785, by providing the relevant features there recommended.
Grid members: Notched grid members at junctions, including junctions with perimeter trim, to provide
flush hairline joints on the underside.
Fastenings: Fastenings shall not be visible in the finished ceiling.
CEILING HEIGHT: Install ceilings to height nominated on the approved design documents. Ceiling
height shall be measured to the soffit face of the finished ceiling.
Where differing ceiling constructions and/or linings of differing thicknesses abut and the same ceiling
height has been nominated, adjust height of suspension system or other fixings of the secondary
ceiling support framing to maintain the nominated ceiling height to the finished soffit face of the main
ceiling.
BULKHEADS: Where abutting ceilings have been nominated on the approved design documents to be
different ceiling heights, provide vertical bulkhead transition consistent with the ceiling type in which
the transition occurs. Confirm bulkhead locations with the Superintendent prior to installation.
SET OUT: Set out ceilings, light fittings, diffusers, grilles and all major and minor ceiling elements and
features in a consistent and regular manner and, unless otherwise indicated, orthogonal to and
equidistant from the main perimeter walls as indicated on the approved design documents.
Avoid cutting sheets or panels across perforations or perforation groups.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.27
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES:
Maximum deviation from true ceiling grid: 3 mm
Maximum deviation from true ceiling plane: 1:360 up to 3 mm.
AIR PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS: Make provision for restraining the suspension systems and for
anchoring of panels, tiles or other materials of the ceilings against the effects of air pressure
fluctuations that are likely to be encountered.
OPENINGS: Form openings and trim as required for light fittings, diffusers, grilles, sprinkler heads,
smoke detectors and the like.
ACCESS PANELS: Co-ordinate location of access panels to suit access to concealed items.
PLENUMS: Where air-handling plenums are specified or indicated on the approved design documents,
install such plenums using air-tight construction. Do not allow plenums to bridge or otherwise reduce
acoustic performance of acoustic rated ceilings.
LIGHT FITTING SUPPORTS: Provide additional hangers where necessary to support light fittings.
Provide trimmers for surface mounted fittings.
RETURN AIR GRILLES: Ceiling mounted return air grilles are included in the Mechanical Services
documentation and shall be installed by the ceiling Subcontractor as part of the ceiling installation.
MAKE-UP CEILING PANELS: Provide where necessary in exposed grid ceilings to suit non-standard
margins, openings, penetrations and the like.
CEILING HEIGHT: Install ceilings to height nominated on the approved design documents. Ceiling
height shall be measured to the soffit face of the finished ceiling. Where differing ceiling constructions
and/or linings of differing thicknesses abut and the same ceiling height has been nominated, adjust
height of fixings of the secondary ceiling support framing to maintain the nominated ceiling height to
the finished soffit face of the main ceiling.
BULKHEADS: Where abutting ceilings have been nominated on the approved design documents to be
different ceiling heights, provide vertical bulkhead transition consistent with the ceiling type in which
the transition occurs. Confirm with the Superintendent prior to installation.
INSULATION: Insulation blanket or batts fitted tightly between framing members without gaps as
specified in CEILING INSULATION, SECTION I - INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Do not allow insulation to abut, overlay or otherwise contact recessed light fittings.
PRESERVATION OF FIRE RESISTANT & SOUND REDUCTION PROPERTIES: As specified in FIRERATED CONSTRUCTION and ACOUSTIC-RATED CONSTRUCTION, LININGS & TRIM GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
REVEALS: Return sheeting into reveals of openings, unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents.
PERIMETER TRIM: Finish as specified hereinafter using components as specified in EDGE FINISHES
and METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
OTHER EDGES & CORNERS: Finish as specified in EDGE FINISHES and METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING
& SOFFIT LININGS .
WALL/CEILING ABUTMENT: Where partition walls abut underside of continuous suspended ceilings
ensure abutment is acoustically sealed using a suitable compressed closed cell resilient PVC foam
sealant, not less than 6mm thick (uncompressed) x 10mm wide and adhered in 2 continuous parallel
strips along the top of the partition head track:
Proprietary item: UNIFOAM 2000 by UNISIL/SOUTHCORP AUSTALIA or equal approved.
EDGE SUPPORT: Provide support to all sheet edges.
FLUSH FINISH: As specified in FLUSH FINISHING, clause PLASTERBOARD LININGS GENERALLY –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Five (5) years.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.28
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.5.02 SUSPENDED TILE, STRIP & PANEL CEILINGS GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
STANDARDS: Ceiling tiles, strips and panels shall conform to Australian Standards.
certification for the Superintendent’s approval prior to ordering the proposed products.
Submit test
ALTERNATIVES: Provide sample tiles, strips and panels and/or suspension components for any
alternative proposed other than the specified selection. In each case where alternative products may
be proposed for approval, allow a minimum of six (6) weeks from the date of submission of
conforming samples for review of the same by the Superintendent, whether or not such alternatives are
ultimately approved.
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
PACKING & STORAGE: The ceiling tiles, strips and panels shall be supplied in manufacturer’s sealed
cartons. Cartons shall provide full all round protection against damage and eliminate moisture entry.
Store cartons prior to installation in a clean moisture free environment having continuous atmospheric
conditions similar to those anticipated in the intended area of installation in the finished works.
INSTALLATION CONDITIONS: Install tiles, strips and panels in a clean moisture free stable
environment having continuous atmospheric conditions in compliance with the design conditions for the
installation area in the finished works. Do not commence installation until the building is completely
watertight, sealed against outside air entry and all wet trades and damp materials have thoroughly
dried.
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE: Installers shall wear clean cotton gloves and take adequate precautions
to avoid damage or soiling of tiles, strips and panels. The installation programme shall take into
account access required by other trades for installation, commissioning and testing of equipment.
The Contractor shall note that NO on-site rectification or touching up of damaged,
defective or excessively soiled tiles, strips and panels shall be permitted and components
so affected shall be required to be replaced with new undamaged components.
Refer also to this section, subsection COMPLETION.
WORKFORCE AND DOHSW REQUIREMENTS: The ceiling panels and the method used for their
installation shall comply with the requirements of the work force and the Department of Occupational
Health, Safety and Welfare.
ACCESS PANELS: Co-ordinate location of access panels to suit access to concealed items.
AIR PRESSURE FLUCTUATIONS: Make provision for restraining the suspension systems and for
anchoring of tiles, strips or other components of the ceilings against the effects of air pressure
fluctuations that are likely to be encountered.
U.5.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
SET OUT (ceilings with exposed grid, tiles, strips or expressed joints): Set out the grid so that opposite
margins are equal, unless otherwise shown on the approved design documents.
BRACING: Provide bracing where necessary to prevent lateral movement.
ACCESSORIES: Include in the suspension system accessories such as brackets, fixing clips, channel
joiners, locking plates and the like.
SUSPENSION CLIPS:
Do not use friction ('banana') suspension clips and the like in the suspension system.
SUPPORT: Suspended ceiling carrier rails shall be supported by a hanger within 200 mm of each end
such that the load is not carried directly by the wall angle.
SAFETY RETENTION PROVISIONS (FIXTURES & FITTINGS): Light fittings, sweep fans or any other
ceiling mounted or in-ceiling fixtures or fittings that are not fixed directly to the building structure and
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.29
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
that have the potential to cause injury to persons should the fixture or fitting fall shall have a retaining
chain or cable fixed from the fixture or fitting directly to the building structure. The purpose of the
retaining chain or cable is to prevent the fixture or fitting falling below the level of the ceiling, at its
finished level, by a distance greater than 300mm.
The retaining chain or cable shall be of adequate strength to support the fixture or fitting independent
of any other fixing and to stop the fall of any fixture or fitting without failing.
This requirement is in addition to any fixing requirements of the manufacturer of the fixture or fitting or
any other industry fixing standards or practices.
BRIDGING: Do not suspend ceiling supports from ductwork, ductwork supports or other services and
their supports. In locations where services obstruct the ceiling supports, provide bridging and
suspension on each side of the services.
ROD HANGERS:
Rods: 6 mm diameter, galvanised, threaded for adjustment and fixings as necessary.
Location: Use rod hangers where required by the plasterboard manufacturer's bulletin for fire resistant
rated plasterboard ceilings and for other interior ceilings where the ceiling level exceeds 600 mm from
the supporting structure.
Do not use rod hangers for exterior ceilings and soffits.
Spacing: Maximum 1200 mm centres generally and maximum 900 mm centres for two hour fire rated
ceilings.
FASTENERS:
Load Requirements: Fasteners shall have a design ultimate strength of not less than 0.5kN or in
accordance with AS/NZS 2785, whichever requirement is the greater.
Proprietary item (suspension rod brackets): Part No 274 by RONDO or equal approved.
Fixing to steel purlins: Form hooks in hangers and suspend from holes in purlin webs. Do not suspend
hangers from purlin flanges.
Fixing to concrete: Insert Terrier or equal approved masonry anchors into soffits and fasten hangers.
Powder Actuated Fasteners: To AS/NZS 1873. Use only where specified or with the Superintendent’s
prior written approval.
Do not use powder actuated, explosive or percussion type anchors without the
Superintendent’s prior written approval
ANGLE/STUD HANGERS:
Interior non-fire rated ceilings: Use 25 x 25 x 0.8 mm thick cold formed Z200 zinc coated steel angle
hangers for interior suspended ceilings where the ceiling level is 600 mm or less from the
supporting structure. Space hangers at maximum 1200 mm centres.
Exterior soffits & eaves: Use rigid 50 X 50 x 1.6 mm thick cold formed Z200 zinc coated steel angle
hangers for exterior suspended soffits & eaves, unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents. Space hangers at maximum 900 mm centres. Brace hangers to the structure to ensure
the suspension system is completely rigid.
RAKING & CURVED CEILINGS: Provide adequate bracing and restraints to raking and curved ceilings
and where necessary to prevent lateral displacement of ceiling installation in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide radiused beads and perimeter angles as necessary as
specified in METAL TRIMS – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.30
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
U.5.04 CONCEALED GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM
LOCATION: Generally to horizontal, raking and other lined ceilings & soffits, bulkheads and margins
that are suspended from the roof structure using a concealed grid suspension system as indicated on
the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to SUSPENSION SYSTEMS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
CONCEALED GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM: A proprietary two-way concealed rollformed grid system
formed from roll formed zincanneal or zinc seal coated sheet and consisting of carrier rails spaced at
1200 mm centres and cross tees at 600 mm centres to support flush jointed plasterboard linings and
the like.
Proprietary Item: DONN DRYWALL GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM by USG INTERIORS AUSTRALASIA or
equal approved compatible system.
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES: As specified in SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS.
COMPONENTS:
MAIN TEES: Cold rollformed Z275 zinc coated 0.75 BMT sheet steel sections nominally 24mm x 38mm
deep.
Spacing: Maximum 1200 mm centres.
End clearance at wall junctions: 6 mm
CROSS TEES: Cold rollformed Z275 zinc coated 0.75 BMT sheet steel sections nominally 38mm x
38mm deep with quick release clip cross tee ends to provide positive locking and removability without
the need for tools.
Additional tees: Provide additional concealed (DRYWALL) cross tees at abutment of margins with main
panel ceiling in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations to support edge of lining.
HANGER CLIPS (to rod hangers): Cold formed Z275 zinc coated steel. Secure to threaded rod hangers
with locking nuts and clip to carrier rails.
HANGER CLIPS (to angle hangers): Cold formed Z275 zinc coated steel. Secure to angle hangers with
5 mm diameter galvanised gutter bolts and clip to carrier rails.
INSTALLATION: Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Accessories: Provide all accessories as required for each location and/or installation criteria to
construct and complete the installation in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
EDGE TRIM:
Wall trim (abutment with walls): Provide steel angle shadowline edge trim finished to match exposed
tees and fixed to perimeter wall at max 600mm centres.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Fifteen (15) years.
U.5.05 PLAIN FLUSH PLASTERBOARD CEILINGS & MARGINS
LOCATION: Horizontal, raking and other plasterboard lined ceilings, margins, bulkheads that are
suspended from the roof structure as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
SUSPENSION SYSTEM: As specified in CONCEALED GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEMS – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS
INSULATION: As specified in CEILING INSULATION, SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
PLASTERBOARD LININGS: Standard, water resistant or fire resistant linerboard-faced gypsum
plasterboard as indicated on the drawing and schedules.
Thickness (per layer): 13 mm or 16 mm according to ceiling type, refer approved design documents
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.31
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Number of Layers: Single layer unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
Stagger joints to alternate layers
Edge Type: Recessed edge for flush jointing
INSTALLATION: Fix sheets transversely to furring channels in the longest practicable lengths. Stagger
end joints, do not align.
Fixing liner board-faced plasterboard: Use self drilling self-embedding tulip-head plasterboard screws
at 300 mm centres in the body of the sheet and at 200 mm centres at ends of sheets, opposed at
joints. Set screw heads below face of plasterboard sheet, stop and flush finish.
Fire resistance rated ceilings: Install in one or more layers as required to achieve the specified fire
resistance rating and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions as specified in
FIRE-RATED CONSTRUCTION – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
PERIMETER TRIM:
Generally: Flush finished proprietary metal shadowline edge trim as specified in EDGE FINISHES and
METAL TRIM – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS .
FLUSH FINISH: Flush joint with flushing plaster and scrimming or tape. Flush finish recessed heads of
fixings. Fill holes. Trowel to provide a smooth, dense, flush surface in true relationship with the sheet
surface.
Wet Areas: Use only a water resistant taping compound as recommended by the liner-faced
plasterboard manufacturer.
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK WET AREA BASE COAT or equal approved.
U.5.06 PERFORATED PLASTERBOARD ACOUSTIC CEILINGS
LOCATION:
Perforated acoustic plasterboard ceilings and plain plasterboard margins (where
applicable) that are suspended from the roof structure as indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
SUSPENSION SYSTEM: As specified in CONCEALED GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEMS – WALL, CEILING &
SOFFIT LININGS
INSULATION: As specified in CEILING INSULATION, SECTION I – INSULATION & BARRIERS.
Black Fabric: Perforated ceiling panels shall have black dyed non-woven fibreglass fabric adhered to
the top side to prevent viewing ceiling support structure or insulation from below through the panel
perforations.
PLASTERBOARD: 13 mm thick linerboard-faced plasterboard perforated in groups and with recessed
edge for flush jointing in locations as indicated on the approved design documents.
Plain margins: 13 mm thick plain linerboard-faced plasterboard with recessed edge for flush jointing in
locations as indicated on the approved design documents and as specified in PLAIN FLUSH
PLASTERBOARD CEILINGS & MARGINS – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
INSTALLATION: Fix sheets transversely to furring channels.
Set out: Set out full size (unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents) perforated
panels to a regular and consistent pattern aligning perforation groups orthogonally to and equidistant
from main perimeter walls with equal plain margins to opposing walls and as indicated on the approved
design documents. Avoid cutting sheets across perforations or perforation groups.
Alignment: Ensure accurate orthogonal alignment of perforation zones across entire ceiling.
Fixing liner board-faced plasterboard: Use self drilling self-embedding tulip-head plasterboard screws
at 300 mm centres in the body of the sheet and at 200 mm centres at ends of sheets, opposed at
joints. Set screw heads below face of plasterboard sheet, stop and flush finish.
FLUSH FINISH: Flush joint with flushing plaster and scrimming or tape. Flush finish recessed heads of
fixings. Fill holes. Trowel to provide a smooth, dense, flush surface in true relationship with the sheet
surface.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.32
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
Proprietary Item: CSR GYPROCK WET AREA BASE COAT or equal approved.
U.5.07 PERFORATED METAL STRIP ACOUSTIC CEILINGS
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
REFERENCE: Refer to SUSPENDED CEILINGS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
SUSPENDED TILE, STRIP & PANEL CEILINGS GENERALLY – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
PRIMARY SUSPENSION SYSTEM:
Ceiling strips at right angles to roof purlins: In locations where line of metal strip panelling is at right
angles to the line of roof purlins, provide and install a primary tee suspension system transversely to
underside of purlins, using tees at 1200 mm centres, to enable fastening of hangers between primary
suspension system and metal strip carrier rails.
Ceiling strips parallel with roof purlins: Where spacing of roof purlins exceeds 1200 mm apart over
locations where purlins are parallel with the line of metal strip panelling, provide and install a primary
tee suspension system transversely to underside of purlins, using tees at 900 mm centres, to enable
fastening of hangers between primary suspension system and metal strip carrier rails. Locate tees of
primary suspension system directly over carrier rails.
CARRIER RAILS: Cold formed top hat sections of 0.5mm thick zinc coated steel, satin black factory
pre-finish, with prongs to provide support to edges of metal strip panelling in standard module.
Location: As required to support ends of metal strip panelling at wall and column junctions and spaced
elsewhere at centres recommended by the panel manufacturer
HANGER CLIPS (to rod hangers): Cold formed zinc coated steel. Secure to threaded rod hangers with
locking nuts and to carrier rails with one 5 mm diameter gutter bolt.
HANGER CLIPS (to angle hangers): Cold formed zinc coated steel. Secure to angle hangers and carrier
rails with gutter bolts or by clipping to carrier rails.
BULKHEADS: Frame up for bulkheads, cover vertical faces with metal strip panelling and finish at top
and bottom with extruded aluminium bulkhead trims with satin baked enamel paint prefinish or cover
with flush jointed liner-board faced plasterboard (if applicable) as indicated on the approved design
documents.
PERFORATED METAL STRIP PANELS: Bridge perforated cold formed sections rolled from 0.30 mm BMT
with proprietary factory-applied polyester powder coat finish to AS 3715.
Dimensions: Panels shall be 84mm wide x 15mm deep with square sides in long lengths.
Setting Out: Set out panels without joints located to suit the building module and as indicated on the
approved design documents.
Proprietary Item: LUXALON 84B with HD COLOR-COTE pre-finish by HUNTER DOUGLAS or equal
approved as indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to match
approved samples.
Colour: As indicated on the schedules.
INSULATION: Black scrim faced acoustic rated insulation blanket laid on top of panels between carriers
Proprietary Item: HUSHPOLY AB30 by HUNTER DOUGLAS or equal approved compatible product.
Thickness: 30mm
INSTALLATION: Install strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Precautions: Take suitable precautions to avoid damage or soiling of metal strips. The installation
program shall take into account access required by other trades for installation, commissioning and
testing of equipment. In the event of access being necessary after tile installation, the Contractor shall
employ the same measures to prevent damage and soiling as employed during tile installation.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.33
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
The Contractor shall note that NO on-site rectification or touching up of damaged,
defective or excessively soiled visible components shall be permitted and components so
affected shall be required to be replaced with new. Refer also subsection COMPLETION –
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
EDGE FINISH: 20mm aluminium angle extrusion, colour to match perforated metal strips
RESERVE MATERIALS: As specified in RESERVE MATERIALS – WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Fifteen (15) years.
U.5.08 RESERVE MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: For each type, colour, design, perforation pattern and batch of the specified metal
panel & strip ceilings, supply an additional quantity of reserve material from the same batch, in the
proportion specified. Label the reserve material appropriately, including the location of the installed
area corresponding to each batch. Securely and separately package each batch in a suitable wrapping
and deliver to the Principal’s nominated store.
PROPORTION OF RESERVE MATERIAL: (minimum % of installed area in manufacturer’s sealed packs):
•
Metal Acoustic Ceiling Strips (incl. acoustic insulation pads): Minimum 2.5% of installed area in
manufacturer’s sealed packs
U.6 COMPLETION
U.6.01 ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING, MAKING GOOD
ADJUSTMENTS: Check fastenings and suspensions and adjust to line and level. Adjust joints.
CLEANING: Clean ceilings and walls to remove dirt and dust. Do not use harsh chemicals or abrasive
compounds to clean finished surfaces. Remove all residue of cleaning agents and chemicals on
completion.
MAKING GOOD: Making good of painted surfaces shall result in a repair that is not visually discernible
in the prevailing light conditions. In the event that, in the opinion of the Superintendent, localised
rectification results in discernible blemishes of colour, texture or gloss level relative to the surface in
which it occurs, the entire surface or other designated area may be required to be re-finished or
replaced at the sole discretion of the Superintendent and such re-finishing or replacement shall be
deemed to be included in the Contract Sum.
Pre-finished visible components: Generally replace pre-finished visible components where pre-finished
visibly exposed surfaces are damaged. Rectification of damage by touching up with paint shall not be
acceptable.
Other Surfaces. Touch up damaged pre-painted surfaces with paint to match original colour, gloss
level and texture. Ensure application of paint is consistent with original method of application.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
U.34
WALL, CEILING & SOFFIT LININGS
V NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
V.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... V.1
V.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS......................................................................................... V.1
V.1.02 REFERENCES ................................................................................................... V.1
V.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)........................................... V.2
V.1.04 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL ................................. V.2
V.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES .......................................................................................... V.2
V.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS ................................................................................... V.3
V.1.07 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS ............................................... V.3
V.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES ........................................................................... V.4
V.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS .......................................................................... V.4
V.1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS ............................................................................................. V.5
V.1.11 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) ............................................... V.5
V.1.12 SLIP RESISTANCE............................................................................................. V.5
V.1.13 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY ..................................... V.5
V.1.14 PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... V.5
V.1.15 HOLD POINTS .................................................................................................. V.5
V.1.16 TESTS ............................................................................................................. V.6
V.1.17 CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................... V.6
V.1.18 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... V.7
V.1.19 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................ V.7
V.1.20 WARRANTIES................................................................................................... V.7
V.1.21 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH......................................................................... V.8
V.2 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................ V.8
V.2.01 GENERALLY ..................................................................................................... V.8
V.2.02 MORTAR.......................................................................................................... V.8
V.2.03 ALUMINIUM..................................................................................................... V.8
V.2.04 TILES & ACCESSORIES GENERALLY.................................................................... V.8
V.2.05 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES ................................................................................ V.9
V.2.06 CERAMIC WALL & FLOOR TILES........................................................................V.10
V.2.07 FLOOR WASTES ..............................................................................................V.10
V.2.08 GROUT...........................................................................................................V.11
V.2.09 GROUT SEALER ...............................................................................................V.11
V.2.10 SEALANTS ......................................................................................................V.12
V.2.11 BACKING MATERIALS ......................................................................................V.12
V.2.12 RESERVE MATERIALS.......................................................................................V.13
V.3 SUBSTRATES & PREPARATION ................................................................................................V.13
V.3.01 SUBSTRATES & PREPARATION GENERALLY........................................................V.13
V.3.02 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION ..............................................................................V.14
V.3.03 FALLS & LEVELS ..............................................................................................V.14
V.3.04 BEDDING SCREEDS .........................................................................................V.15
V.3.05 CURING..........................................................................................................V.15
V.3.06 LEVELLING COMPOUND ...................................................................................V.16
V.3.07 WATERPROOFING ...........................................................................................V.16
V.4 POLISHED INSITU CONCRETE FLOORS ....................................................................................V.17
V.4.01 POLISHED CONCRETE GENERALLY....................................................................V.17
V.4.02 CONCRETE .....................................................................................................V.18
V.4.03 CONTROL JOINTS ...........................................................................................V.18
V.4.04 FLOOR POLISHING ..........................................................................................V.18
V.4.05 HARDENER & SEALANT ....................................................................................V.19
V.5 TILING – EXECUTION.............................................................................................................V.19
V.5.01 DOOR CLEARANCES.........................................................................................V.19
V.5.02 TILING GENERALLY .........................................................................................V.19
V.5.03 SETTING OUT .................................................................................................V.20
V.5.04 ADHESIVE BEDDING GENERALLY ......................................................................V.21
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.5.05 WALL TILING ................................................................................................. V.21
V.5.06 FLOOR & SKIRTING TILING ............................................................................. V.22
V.5.07 WATER TESTS................................................................................................ V.22
V.5.08 PROTECTION ................................................................................................. V.23
V.6 JOINTS, ACCESSORIES & TRIM............................................................................................... V.23
V.6.01 MOVEMENT (STRUCTURAL ISOLATION) JOINTS ................................................ V.23
V.6.02 MOVEMENT JOINTS (NON-RESILIENT FINISHES)............................................... V.23
V.6.03 GROUTED JOINTS .......................................................................................... V.23
V.6.04 CAULKED JOINTS ........................................................................................... V.24
V.6.05 FLOOR FINISH JUNCTIONS.............................................................................. V.24
V.7 COMPLETION........................................................................................................................ V.24
V.7.01 PROTECTION ................................................................................................. V.24
V.7.02 COMPLETION ................................................................................................. V.24
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.1 GENERAL
V.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
V.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS 1191
AS
AS
AS
AS
1316
1379
1428(set)
1428.1
AS 1428.2
AS 1428.3
AS/NZS 1428.4.1
AS 1478.1
AS 1478.2
AS 1530.1
AS 1530.2
AS 1589
AS/NZS 1866
AS 2358
AS 2701
AS 2758.0
AS 2758.1
AS 3600
AS 3740
AS 3799
AS/NZS 3879
AS 3958.1
AS 3958.2
AS 3972
2002 Acoustics – Method for laboratory measurement of airborne sound
transmission insulation of building elements
2003 Masonry cement
2007 Specification and supply of concrete
2010 Design for access and mobility
2009 Design for access and mobility - General requirements for access – New
building work
1992 Design for access and mobility - Enhanced and additional requirements –
Buildings and facilities
1992 Design for access and mobility - Requirements for children and
adolescents with physical disabilities
2009 Design for access and mobility - Means to assist the orientation of people
with vision impairment - Tactile ground surface indicators
2000 Chemical admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout - Admixtures for
concrete
2005 Chemical admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout - Methods of sampling
and testing admixtures for concrete, mortar and grout
1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Combustibility test for materials
1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures Test for flammability of materials
2001 Copper and copper alloy waste fittings
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Extruded rod, bar, solid and hollow
shapes
1990 Adhesives - For fixing ceramic tiles
2001 Methods of sampling and testing mortar for masonry constructions
2009 Aggregates and rock for engineering purposes - Definitions and
classification
1998 Aggregates and rock for engineering purposes - Concrete aggregates
2009 Concrete structures
2010 Waterproofing of domestic wet areas
1998 Liquid membrane-forming curing compounds for concrete
2011 Solvent cements and priming fluids for PVC (PVC-U and PVC-M) and ABS
and ASA pipes and fittings
2007 Ceramic tiles - Guide to the installation of ceramic tiles
1992 Ceramic tiles - Guide to the selection of a ceramic tiling system
2010 General purpose and blended cements
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.1
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
AS/NZS 4586
AS 4662
AS/NZS 4663
AS/NZS 4858
AS 4992.1
AS 4992.2
AS 4992.3
AS 4992.4
AS ISO 717.2
2004 Slip resistance classification of new pedestrian surface materials
2003 Ceramic tiles - Definitions, classification, characteristics and marking
2004 Slip resistance measurement of existing pedestrian surfaces
2004 Wet area membranes
2006 Ceramic tiles - Grouts and adhesives - Terms, definitions and specifications
for adhesives
2006 Ceramic tiles - Grouts and adhesives - Test methods for adhesives (ISO
13007-2:2005, MOD)
2004 Ceramic tiles: Products for installation - Grouts: Definitions and
specifications
2004 Ceramic tiles: Products for installation - Grouts: Test methods
2004 Acoustics – Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements – Impact sound insulation
HANDBOOKS: The following Handbooks and Guides are referenced in the Specification:
HB 64
HB 67
HB 161
HB 197
2002
1995
2005
1999
Guide to concrete construction
Concrete practice on building sites
Guide to Plastering
An introductory guide to the slip resistance of pedestrian surface materials
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
NOHSC Code of Practice for the Control of Workplace Hazardous Substances [NOHSC:2007(1994)]
SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS:
Toilet Accessories
Movement (structural isolation) joints
Tactile ground surface indicators (TGSI)
Cabinetwork
Glass mirrors
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
L – WOODWORK & CABINETWORK
Y – GLAZING
V.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
V.1.04 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL
REFERENCE: In respect of the following parts of the works, refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,
subsection GENERAL, clause SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL and comply
with all the requirements thereof:
•
Installation of ceramic floor & wall tiles;
•
Polished insitu concrete floors
V.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
selected ceramic floor & wall tiles – full size units
•
grout – for colour selection
•
joint accessories – Not less than 600mm length
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.2
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
•
at least 3No. 450 x 450mm samples of polished concrete for each mix design & finish, using
selected aggregate mix and finished with specified sealer, representing the range of variation
available, at least 6 weeks prior to the programmed commencement of placing.
•
floor wastes & grates
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
Where non-resilient finishes are subject to variations in colour, pattern or texture as seen in the
finished work, submit samples showing the limits of the range of variation and other properties.
All non-resilient finishes shall be from the same colour batch to closely match the approved
sample range of variations.
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
SORTING & SELECTION COSTS: All additional costs and/or delays to the progress of the Contract
Works for additional on-site or off-site sorting or selection of ceramic or other tiles arising as a result of
the delivered tiles not closely conforming to the range of variations defined by the approved
representative control samples shall be borne by the Contractor without adjustment to the Contract
Sum or the due date for Practical Completion of the Contract.
V.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
V.1.07 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, completed and finished
mock-ups and/or prototype installations of:
•
each type of ceramic tile finish specified (not less than 2m2)
•
prototype ceramic tile adhesive fixings (refer CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES – NONRESILIENT FINISHES)
•
each approved mix & finish for polished concrete floor finish both prior and subsequent to sealing
(not less than 2m2).
Include samples of specified tapware, sanitary ware, floor wastes, joining, fixing and retention details
and trim as applicable.
LOCATION: Prior to commencing work, confirm with the Superintendent the location selected for each
mock-up and/or prototype installation.
TRIAL SETOUT: All strip, tile or panel modular products with expressed joints are subject
to the Superintendent’s approval of trial setouts for each area to be finished.
TESTING: Mock-ups and/or prototype installations may be required to be made available for testing as
required by the Superintendent. Confirm requirements with the Superintendent prior to commencing
tests.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.3
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by mock-ups and/or prototype installations until the
mock-ups and/or prototype installations have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved mock-ups
and/or prototype installations shall be rejected.
V.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
Prepared substrate ready to receive resilient floor finish;
•
Waterproofing installed prior to tiling;
•
ceramic wall and floor tiles installed complete with selected grout;
•
each approved mix & finish for polished concrete floor finish both prior and subsequent to sealing.
•
salient corner in each non-resilient finish;
•
floor waste installed;
•
TGSI installed.
Include samples of specified tapware, sanitary ware, floor wastes, joints, penetrations, fixing and
retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
V.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
shop drawings (and floor tiling plans, where applicable);
•
written evidence of relevant experience and expertise of specialist subcontractor and/or personnel,
including references and details of previous work of equivalent type and scope to the part or parts
of the Works for which their engagement is proposed;
•
technical specifications for each proprietary product, material and/or system specified including
where relevant product manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for installation in this
project in respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical, fire resistant and acoustic properties as applicable, including resistance to wear,
moisture, chemicals, UV light, colour fastness, dimensional stability and the like;
)
installation including fixing and recommended adhesives, sealing and jointing methods;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.4
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care, cleaning and maintenance requirements of the installed
product, both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
•
type and/or field test results
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE: For each location of a non-resilient finish to be installed provide:
•
the non-resilient finish installation subcontractor's written statement certifying that the substrate is
satisfactory and has been prepared for installation of the selected non-resilient finish in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
V.1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause SHOP DRAWINGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval comprehensive installation details and shop drawings for items, components
and composite systems including but not limited to the following:
FLOOR & WALL TILING PLAN: Provide a floor & wall tiling layout plan for approval of the proposed
areas to be tiled, prior to commencing tiling including but not limited to:
•
Joint set out;
•
Tiling orientation & pattern;
•
Abutments to floor, walls, columns and/or other elements;
•
Location of control joints.
V.1.11 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
V.1.12 SLIP RESISTANCE
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
SLIP RESISTANCE and comply with all the requirements thereof.
V.1.13 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY and comply with all the requirements thereof.
V.1.14 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
V.1.15 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.5
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
•
Control samples submitted for approval
•
Methods statements submitted for approval;
•
Mock-ups/prototype installations ready for inspection
•
Shop drawings/tile set out submitted for approval
•
Waterproofing prior to installation of tiling
•
Substrate prepared to receive the non-resilient finish;
•
First completed examples ready for inspection
•
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests
•
Certificates of compliance.
V.1.16 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
The flooring complies with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of practice in
respect of:
)
Slip resistance to AS/NZS 4586.
SITE TESTS: Use instruments calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
Requirement: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
Determination of suitability of all substrates and proposed adhesive selections for
fixing selected ceramic floor & wall tiles by means of suitable approved test
methodology prior to commencing installation;
•
Tiled and other non-resilient floors to falls (if applicable): Flood and check for correct drainage
function across entire floor without localised pooling.
•
Insitu polished concrete floors comply with the specification and the applicable standards and
codes of practice in respect of:
)
Slip resistance to AS/NZS 4586.
V.1.17 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.6
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.1.18 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause USER MANUALS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual, including but not limited to the following:
•
Care, maintenance & cleaning instructions for each type of non-resilient finish;
•
Recommended repair and/or re-application procedures for each type of non-resilient finish
V.1.19 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
V.1.20 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
•
•
with respect to beddings and toppings:
)
failure of adhesive bond
)
cohesive failure of bedding/topping
)
excessive shrinkage or cracking
)
failure of waterproofing
with respect to non-resilient floor & wall finishes:
)
adhesive bond failure
)
adhesive and cohesive failure of grout and expansion joints
)
failure of waterproofing
)
deterioration or corrosion by chemicals or cleaning agents where use of such materials has not
been specifically excluded by product manufacturer;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
and additionally with respect to sealants:
)
loss of resilient, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other physical deterioration
)
mould or bacterial contamination
TRADE WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide a trade
warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Non-resilient finishes and their installation generally unless otherwise specified: Five (5) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted
by the Superintendent, provide a product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved
form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.7
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
•
Ceramic floor & wall tiles, grouting & installation: Five (5) years
•
Grout, generally: Five (5) years
•
Waterproofing (floor & wall tiling): Ten (10) years
•
Polished insitu concrete floors: Five (5) years
•
Sealants: Ten (10) years
V.1.21 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
V.2 MATERIALS
V.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose and consistent with the design intent;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
V.2.02 MORTAR
SAND: To AS CA27, graded to Table 1 of the Appendix to that code.
CEMENT: To AS 3972, type GP general purpose Portland cement.
WHITE CEMENT: To AS 3972, Type GP, with iron salts not exceeding 1%.
WATER: Clean, and of drinking quality to AS CA27.
MIXING: To AS CA27, from cement and sand with minimum water containing a liquid polymer.
Proportioning: Select proportions by volume from the range 1:3 to 1:4 cement:sand to obtain
satisfactory adhesion. Mix the liquid polymer with the water in the proportions by volume 1:3 liquid
polymer:water.
REINFORCEMENT: To AS 3600 clause 19.2.
V.2.03 ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM EXTRUSIONS: Alloy B6063.
V.2.04 TILES & ACCESSORIES GENERALLY
GENERALLY: Supply and install selected wall and floor tiles and accessories for their respective
locations as nominated and to the extent shown on the approved design documents.
IDENTIFICATION: Deliver materials to the site in the manufacturer's original closed or sealed
containers or packages legibly marked with the following information where applicable:
•
Product manufacturer's identification, brand name, product type, reference code and batch number
•
Date of manufacture
•
Handling and installation instructions.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.8
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
SUBSTRATES: Substrates may include rendered masonry, off form concrete, fibre reinforced cement
(FRC) and/or liner board-face gypsum plasterboard.
SUBSTRATES & ADHESIVES: Determine suitability of all substrates and proposed adhesive
selections for fixing selected ceramic floor & wall tiles using prototypes test methods as
specified herein or other suitable approved test methodology prior to commencing
installation.
Refer to CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
Note: HARDIES EXOTEC and the like factory pre-primed & sealed compressed fibre cement
(CFC) panels are not recommended by the manufacturer as substrates for tile finishes and
are deemed to be NOT SUITABLE SUBSTRATES for adhesive fixed ceramic tiles.
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): Refer PROGRAMME – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
and comply with all the requirements thereof.
INCLUSIONS: Include for materials and labour for supply, delivery & handling of tiles, accessories &
materials, bedding, levelling of floors, preparatory work, installation, jointing, cleaning and all other
work and materials necessary to comply with this specification.
ACCESSORIES: Provide tile accessories such as round edge tiles, cove tiles, tactile tiles, step treads,
nosings, skirtings, sills, copings, tile vents and the like, matching the surrounding tiles as to
composition, colour and finish unless otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
Coves, nosings and skirtings: Where necessary include matching stop ends, internal and external angle
tiles, and the like, moulded for that purpose.
SLIP RESISTANCE: Not less than indicated for the relevant area and anticipated usage in SLIP
RESISTANCE – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
SPARE TILES: Include spare tiles in the quantities specified in clause RESERVE MATERIALS – NONRESILIENT FINISHES
V.2.05 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES
REQUIREMENT: Use only low-VOC solvent based adhesives recommended by the non-resilient finish
and accessory manufacturers, compatible with the covering material and suitable for bonding it to the
applicable floor or wall substrate.
Wherever practicable, use low odour, low-VOC, solvent-free products where consistent with the product
manufacturer’s recommendations for the substrate, service and installation conditions and where such
use will not reduce durability and service life.
STANDARD: To AS 2358.
TYPE: Use adhesives compatible with the substrates, materials and surfaces to be adhered, and in
accordance with the adhesive manufacturer's recommendations for the conditions of use.
PVA based adhesives: Do not use in wet areas or externally.
USING ADHESIVES: Provide adequate ventilation to minimise fumes and odour in occupied areas and
take necessary fire precautions.
PROTOTYPE ADHESIVE FIXINGS:
REQUIREMENT: Test the proposed adhesive fixing option prior to installation commencing on site to
establish and confirm its suitability for the particular ceramic tile product and the substrate to which it
is intended to be installed.
The following adhesives are intended as a guide only and alternatives may be proposed for
approval in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, condition and type of
substrate, environmental and installation conditions.
The final adhesive system selected for each ceramic tile product type shall be subject to
the Superintendent’s approval and details of the system used shall be included in the asconstructed documentation.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.9
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
CERTIFICATION: Obtain certification from the product manufacturer that proposed primers and
adhesives for each product conform to the product manufacturer’s recommendations for the proposed
substrate, ceramic tile selection, installation and intended service conditions.
ADHESIVE OPTION 1:
STANDARD CURE TIME ADHESIVE WITH HIGH SLUMP (NOT FOR MOISTURE SENSITIVE TILES):
Install tiles using ARDEX STS8 (or equal approved) adhesive mixed with 1 part clean cool water and 1
part ARDEX E90 (or equal approved) improver. Apply the adhesive using a 10mm notched trowel and
ensure minimum dry bed of 3mm is achieved with 100% adhesive coverage.
ADHESIVE OPTION 2:
STANDARD CURE TIME ADHESIVE WITH HIGH SLUMP (FOR MOISTURE SENSITIVE TILES):
Install tiles using ARDEX-ABA TILESET (or equal approved) mixed with ARDEX-ABA ABALASTIC
FLEXIBLE ADDITIVE (or equal approved). Apply the adhesive using a 10mm notched trowel and
ensure minimum dry bed of 3mm is achieved with 100% adhesive coverage.
ADHESIVE OPTION 3:
RAPID CURE TIME ADHESIVE (FOR MOISTURE SENSITIVE TILES OR WHERE RAPID TRAFFICABILITY
IS REQUIRED):
Install tiles using ARDEX ABA QUICKBOND (or equal approved) mixed with ARDEX – ABA ABALASTIC
FLEXIBLE ADDITIVE (or equal approved). Apply the adhesive using a 10mm notched trowel and
ensure minimum dry bed of 3mm is achieved with 100% adhesive coverage.
APPLICATION:
Prime substrate and apply the adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations using
a 3-4mm notched trowel and ensure minimum dry bed of 3mm is achieved with 100% adhesive
coverage.
V.2.06 CERAMIC WALL & FLOOR TILES
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
REFERENCE: Refer to TILES & ACCESSORIES GENERALLY – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and comply
with all the requirements thereof.
GENERALLY: Tiles shall be even and regular in size, true to plane, free of warps, cracks, crazing,
discolouration or defects, and shall have undamaged arrises.
TILE SELECTION: As indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4 to
match approved samples.
EXPOSED EDGES: In positions where the edge is exposed, provide purpose-made border tiles with the
exposed edge (whether round, square or cushion) glazed to match the tile face. If such tiles are not
available, partly mitre rear edge of tiles on external corners leaving a blunt square edge nominally
2 mm thick.
Do not leave sharp edges to any cut tiles.
SUBSTRATES: Substrates may include rendered masonry, off form concrete, fibre reinforced cement
(FRC) and/or liner board-face gypsum plasterboard.
SUBSTRATES & ADHESIVES: Determine suitability of all substrates and proposed adhesive
selections for fixing ceramic tiles using prototypes or other suitable approved test
methodology prior to commencing installation.
Refer to CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
SPARE TILES: Include spare tiles in the quantities specified in clause RESERVE MATERIALS – NONRESILIENT FINISHES
V.2.07 FLOOR WASTES
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
STANDARD: To AS 1589
TYPE: Approved nickel bronze brass grates and frames with anti-slip surface finish.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.10
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
Proprietary item: Selected from GALVINS HEALTHCARE RANGE or equal approved to suit location and
application.
INSTALLATION: Install to finish flush with finished floor level. Make watertight connection and
discharge via internal drainage system, refer SECTION P – HYDRAULIC SERVICES.
V.2.08 GROUT
TYPE: Mildew and bacteria resistant, proprietary type installed strictly in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations and appropriate for the substrate type and circumstance.
GROUT – TYPE 1: Cement based proprietary sanitised type with compatible waterproof additive.
Location: Wall tiling generally unless epoxy grout required or specified.
GROUT – TYPE 2 (epoxy grout): Proprietary washable 3-part epoxy grout
Location: Floor tiling generally and wall tiling in exterior applications
PREPARATION: Use minimum water consistent with workability.
Cement based proprietary grout: Mix with water. Fine sand may be added as a filler in wider joints.
Portland cement based grout: Mix with fine sand. Provide minimum water consistent with workability.
•
For joints < 3 mm: 1:2 cement:sand.
•
For joints ≥ 3 mm: 1:3 cement:sand.
Epoxy grout: Prepare and install strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions
SELECTION: Confirm grout type and colour with Superintendent prior to commencing tiling.
PIGMENTS (Coloured Grout): Provide factory pre-pigmented grout using colourfast fillers compatible
with the grout material to ensure consistency of colour. For cement based grouts, provide lime-proof
natural or synthetic metallic oxides compatible with cement.
Pigment proportion: In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Colour: To be selected to match approved samples
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Five (5) years.
V.2.09 GROUT SEALER
LOCATION: To all grout to all ceramic wall & floor tiles throughout.
TYPE: Waterborne hard acrylic polymer trafficable satin finish grout sealer providing a clear,
transparent, non-silicone water repellent coating resistant to water damage, UV light, staining and/or
disfigurement by airborne pollutants and cleaning agents and incorporating an effective biocide to
inhibit the growth of fungi, algae and lichens.
Proprietary item: GROUT SEALER by CROMMELIN or equal approved.
PREPARATION:
•
Clean surfaces of all contaminants such as efflorescence, mould, lichen and the like
•
Remove all grease, dust and dirt
•
Scrub surface with water, rinse and allow to dry thoroughly
Test for compatibility: Assess product on a small sample area prior to application to confirm
compatibility with selected tiles and/or grout.
APPLICATION: Apply by brush or roller applicator in accordance with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations in two (2) coats. Allow recoat time of at least two (2) hours between coats. Provide
good ventilation.
Wipe excess sealer completely off the surface of ceramic tiles before it dries.
Curing: Allow at least 7 days to cure. Do not permit traffic on the treated floor surfaces until cured.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.11
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.2.10 SEALANTS
GENERALLY: Use only sealants that are certified by the product manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
SEALANT SELECTION: Confirm with the product manufacturer the compatibility of all proposed
materials intended to be in contact with the sealant prior to commencing installation.
SEALANT – TYPE 1:
Locations: General internal and external construction use for joints and penetrations in non firerated elements including but not limited to:
•
Wall and floor expansion, movement & control joints generally;
•
At abutments of tiled surfaces with other building elements such as window and door frames.
•
Pipe penetrations into ducts and through walls;
Material: Low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1400kg/m3.
Colour: As approved, to closely match non-resilient finish.
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–CONSTRUCTION or equal approved.
INSTALLATION:
Sealant depth: Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant product manufacturer, depth of sealant
shall be:
•
for joints in non-fire rated walls: 0.67 – 1.0 times joint width.
•
for joint widths exceeding 40mm: As recommended by the sealant product manufacturer
•
for joints in fire rated walls: As recommended by the sealant product manufacturer to maintain the
fire resistance level of the wall.
Joint preparation:
Prepare joints in accordance with the sealant product manufacturer’s
recommendations. Confirm joint profile complies with the design requirements. Clear extraneous
matter such as grout and dust from the joint and leave the joint clear of movement-restricting material.
Backing materials (if required): Install backing rod to correct depth to control sealant depth as
specified in BACKING MATERIALS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
Priming: Unless primer is not recommended by the jointing material product manufacturer, apply the
sealant product manufacturer’s recommended primer to the cleaned joint edges in contact with jointing
materials to achieve maximum adhesion of sealant. Avoid applying primer to the face of the backing
rod.
Filling and sealing: Fill the joint completely, tooling the sealant with a spatula and not the applicator
nozzle or thumb, resulting in the sealant to be pressed firmly onto the contact surfaces of the joint to
achieve the maximum bond. Finish sealant neatly, smooth and flush with surface. Do not overfill.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
V.2.11 BACKING MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: Use compatible sealant and bond breaking backing materials which are certified as
compatible with the materials and products with which they are intended to be in contact.
MATERIALS (in compressible foamed fillers and backing rods): Closed-cell or impregnated types which
do not absorb water.
Bond Breaking: Back-up materials for sealants, including backing rods and the like, shall not adhere to
the sealant, or shall be faced with a non-adhering material.
BACKING MATERIAL – TYPE 1:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents, unless otherwise specified.
Profile:
•
Circular section rod: Joints width < 40mm (max. joint size for the 50mm dia backing rod)
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.12
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
•
Rectangular section rod: Joints width > 40mm (section dimensions determined by compression
requirements – refer installation, below).
Proprietary item: TREMCO FOAM SEALANT BACKING ROD, CFC free, or equal approved.
Installation: Backing materials shall be inserted into the gap of the joint to be sealed to a depth so as
to control the depth of the applied sealant. Backer rods shall be compressed 20-25% of their initial
diameter (or width in the case of rectangular shaped materials) to fit the joint width.
V.2.12 RESERVE MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: For each type, colour, design and batch of the specified finishes, supply an additional
quantity of reserve material from the same batch, in the proportion specified. Label the reserve
material appropriately, including the location of the laid area corresponding to each batch. Securely
and separately package each batch in a suitable wrapping and deliver to the Works.
PROPORTION OF RESERVE MATERIALS: (% of laid area):
Ceramic tiles:
2.5% of laid area in product manufacturer’s sealed and unopened boxes.
V.3 SUBSTRATES & PREPARATION
V.3.01 SUBSTRATES & PREPARATION GENERALLY
DRYING AND SHRINKAGE: Before tiling, allow at least the following times to elapse (for initial drying
and shrinkage) for these substrates:
•
Concrete slabs: 28 days.
•
Brickwork & blockwork masonry: 28 days.
•
Toppings on slabs and rendering on masonry: A further 7 days.
PREPARATION: Suitably prepare substrates to receive the tiled finish, including the following:
•
Provide a wood float finish. Steel float finishes must be roughened mechanically to provide a good
key for application
•
For mortar bedding wet the substrate as necessary to achieve suitable suction. Alternatively apply
a bonding agent to the substrate to improve adhesion.
SUBSTRATE TOLERANCES: Maximum deviation of the finished tiled plane between points of contact
under a 2m straight edge laid in any direction on an area of uniform grade shall be 1:300 or 3 mm,
whichever is the lesser.
Correction: Remove projections and fill voids and hollows with a compound compatible with the
adhesive to produce an even, flat, plane surface.
PERMISSIBLE LEVEL TOLERANCE (SEAMLESS FLOOR FINISHES): Ensure substrates for seamless floor
finishes conform to the SUBSTRATE TOLERANCE TABLE (SEAMLESS FLOOR FINISHES) and are as
follows:
•
Clean and free of any deposit or finish which may impair adhesion or location and functioning of
movement joints.
SUBSTRATE TOLERANCE TABLE (SEAMLESS FLOOR FINISHES)
Property
Length of straight edge laid in
any direction
Max. deviation
straight edge
Flatness Class A
3m
3 mm
Smoothness
150 mm
1 mm
Projections
50 mm
0.5 mm
under
the
CERTIFICATION: The Contractor shall provide a written statement certifying that the substrate is
satisfactory for receiving the installation. Refer CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS – NON-RESILENT
FINISHES.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.13
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.3.02 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
REFERENCE: Refer to SUBSTRATES & PREPARATION GENERALLY – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
CLEANING CONCRETE SURFACES: Remove foreign and deleterious materials, surface treatments
including curing compounds and the like which would adversely affect adhesion, and leave the surface
dust free and clean
Mechanically remove the following surface treatments:
•
Sealers and hardeners.
•
Curing compounds.
Remove door stops and the like items, and refix in position and undamaged on completion of the
installation
PREPARING HARDENED SURFACES OFF FORMWORK: When finishes of tiles, terrazzo, granolithic or of
render or similar trowelled materials are to be applied to hardened surfaces off formwork, remove to a
depth of at least 2 mm exposing the aggregate and leaving a firm granular surface for the permanent
adhesion of the finish.
If raised areas are corrected by grinding test the freshly exposed concrete surface for pH and obtain
verification of compatibility with the adhesive
Adhesive: An approved adhesive may be used in lieu of the above procedure.
CONCRETE SUBSTRATE CORRECTION: Remove projections by grinding and fill voids and hollows with
a levelling compound compatible with the adhesive to produce an even, flat, plane surface.
If raised areas are corrected by grinding test the freshly exposed concrete surface for pH and obtain
verification of compatibility with the adhesive
TIMBER, PLYWOOD, PARTICLEBOARD, FRC SUBSTRATE CORRECTION: Remove projections by
sanding to produce an even, flat, plane surface and fill voids and hollows with a levelling compound
compatible with the adhesive system.
HARDIES EXOTEC and the like factory PRE-PRIMED & SEALED compressed fibre cement
(CFC) panels are not recommended by the manufacturer as substrates for tile finishes and
are deemed to be NOT SUITABLE SUBSTRATES for adhesive fixed ceramic tiles.
PRIMING: Apply ARDEX MULTIPRIME using a broom or roller to all porous surfaces to be tiled.
Ensure primer is dry prior to installation of tiling.
Proprietary item: MULTIPRIME by AUSTRALIAN BUILDING ADHESIVES PTY LTD or equal approved.
V.3.03 FALLS & LEVELS
GRADING: Apply the bedding screed or levelling compound, as appropriate, to the substrate to provide
even, accurate and effective falls to floor wastes and elsewhere as required. Make level junctions with
walls and other floor finishes. Where falls are not required, lay level.
FALLS (minimum):
1:80
In wet areas generally and localised falls under/adjacent equipment etc.
1:60
In areas adjacent to showers
1:40
In shower cubicles (localised)
DEVIATION: Maximum deviation of the finished tiled floor level between points of contact under a 2m
straight edge laid in any direction on an area of uniform grade shall be 1:300 or 3 mm, whichever is
the lesser.
CHANGE OF FINISH: Maintain finished floor level across changes of floor finish, including to carpet and
sheet vinyl.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.14
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.3.04 BEDDING SCREEDS
WATERPROOFING: As specified in WATERPROOFING – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
PREPARATION: Immediately prior to placement of the screed apply a slurry coat consisting of 1 part
liquid polymer blended with 3 parts Ordinary Portland cement (OPC). The thickness of the slurry coat
should not exceed 2mm.
Proprietary item (liquid polymer): ABACRETE by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal approved.
Place screed whilst slurry coat remains wet.
BEDDING SCREED: Provide a bedding screed for floor tiling or vinyl sheet required to be laid to falls,
vary the bed thickness to obtain the falls and leave ready for adhesive fixing the tiles to the cured bed.
The minimum thickness of a bonded sand cement screed shall be 12mm
Mixing: To AS CA27, from cement and sand with minimum water containing a liquid polymer
PROPORTIONING: Select proportions by volume from the range 1:3 to 1:4 cement:sand to obtain
satisfactory adhesion. Mix liquid polymer with the water in the proportions by volume 1:3 liquid
polymer:water.
CURING: As specified in CURING – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
REFERENCE: Floor vinyl is specified in SECTION X – RESILIENT FINISHES.
V.3.05 CURING
STANDARD: To AS 3600 clause 19.1.5.
PROTECTION: Protect fresh concrete, during the curing period, from premature drying and from
excessively hot or cold temperatures.
APPROVAL: Obtain the Superintendent’s approval of proposed method of curing prior to commencing
installation of bedding screeds.
CURING PERIOD: Cure continuously until the cumulative number of days or fractions of days, during
which the air temperature in contact with the concrete is above 10ºC, is at least the following:
•
Fully enclosed internal surfaces: 3 days.
•
Other surfaces: 7 days.
CURING METHODS: Acceptable methods of curing include the following:
•
Ponding or continuous sprinkling with water (moist curing).
•
An impermeable membrane.
•
An absorptive cover kept continuously wet.
•
An approved curing compound.
CURING COMPOUNDS:
Standard: To AS 3799.
Substrates: Do not use wax-based or chlorinated rubber-based curing compounds on surfaces forming
substrates to concrete toppings and cement based render.
Application: Provide a continuous flexible coating without visible breaks or pinholes which remains
unbroken for at least 7 days after application.
HOT WEATHER CURING: Do not use curing compounds. After placement, either:
•
Immediately cover the concrete using and impervious membrane, or Hessian kept wet until curing
begins; or
•
If the temperature exceeds 25ºC or if not protected against drying winds, protect the concrete
using a fog spray application of aliphatic alcohol evaporation retardant.
PLASTIC CRACKING: If plastic cracking of concrete is observed due to rapid drying or other conditions,
protect the concrete with a fog spray application of aliphatic alcohol evaporation retardant to concrete
surfaces immediately after finishing.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.15
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
VISUALLY IMPORTANT SURFACES: Produce uniform colour on adjacent surfaces by uniform curing
methods.
V.3.06 LEVELLING COMPOUND
LOCATION: Where a localised adjustment of the substrate level is required or concrete substrates
nominated for tiled or terrazzo finish have not been finished to required tolerances and level, the
Superintendent may permit application of an approved levelling compound.
MATERIALS – TYPE 1 (INTERIOR USE ONLY):
Composition: Latex-based, moisture-resistant, flexible, interior grade.
Proprietary Item: ARDITEX by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal approved.
Primer (if required to porous surfaces): ARDEX P51 or equal approved compatible primer.
MATERIALS – TYPE 2 (EXTERIOR or INTERIOR USE):
Composition: Non-latex-based, waterproof, exterior grade.
PROPRIETARY ITEM (levelling compound):
ARDITEX K301 EXTERIOR GRADE LEVELLING
COMPOUND by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal approved.
Primer (if required to porous surfaces): ARDEX P51 or equal approved compatible primer.
METHOD: Apply a proprietary levelling compound to the substrate to bring the substrate surface to the
correct levels. Where falls are required, mix the levelling compound with sand as recommended by the
manufacturer and trowel to the shape necessary to provide the falls. Make level junctions with walls.
Where falls are not required, lay level.
V.3.07 WATERPROOFING
STANDARD: To AS 3740.
REQUIREMENT: Before bedding tiles, apply waterproofing to all the following areas:
•
Tiled floors to:
)
All shower areas
)
All Male & Female Toilets;
)
All Unisex Accessible Toilets;
)
All Tea prep/Food Prep/Kiosk areas
)
All Cleaner’s Rooms.
•
Tiled skirtings to floor areas to be waterproofed as specified above: Vertically to 150mm AFFL or to
a height to match tiling height, whichever is the lesser, and horizontally to full extent of tiled
skirting;
•
Tiled walls to Shower enclosures throughout: Vertically to 2100mm AFFL or to a height to match
tiling height, whichever is the lesser, and horizontally to full extent of wall tiling to shower
enclosure.
•
Tiled walls to combined WC/Shower Rooms & Changing/Shower Rooms throughout: Vertically to
2100mm AFFL or to a height to match tiling height, whichever is the lesser, and extending at least
600 mm horizontally beyond designated Shower area
SYSTEM:
Flexible, seamless two-part liquid-applied fibre-reinforced cementitious waterproof
membrane, with a synthetic matting over a silicone bead used as reinforcement at internal angle
corners as specified.
Proprietary item (flexible, seamless two-part liquid-applied membrane): ARDEX WPM 002 (SUPERFLEX
2-PART) BATHROOM & BALCONY by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal approved.
WORKMANSHIP: Prepare substrates and apply membrane in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.16
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
Surface preparation: Surfaces to be waterproofed shall be sound, clean, dry and free from dirt, oil,
grease, loose materials, paint, contamination and other coatings. Make good surface defects. Remove
protrusions which would otherwise pierce the membrane.
Priming: Prime surfaces to receive the waterproofing with MULTIPRIME by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY
LTD or equal approved applied by roller or brush at the rate of approximately 6 sq m/litre. Extend
coverage of primer into outlets and over sides and tops of upstands. Allow to dry.
Mixing: Mix the ARDEX WPM 002 in the ratio and using the method recommended by the
manufacturer.
INTERNAL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CORNERS: At the interface between walls and floor, and at
internal vertical corners of areas to be waterproofed, apply a 10 mm bead of silicone sealant, then
apply ARDEX WPM 002 in two operations. Bed a 200 mm wide strip of synthetic matting recommended
by the waterproofing manufacturer, into the first coating, turning it 100 mm into each wall/floor face.
Bed the matting thoroughly and apply a heavy coat of ARDEX WPM 002 to fill it completely.
Proprietary item (synthetic matting):
approved.
ARDEX DECKWEB by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal
WALLS & FLOORS: Apply ARDEX WPM 002 liberally to the dry, primed substrate with a roller in two
opposite directions to achieve a dry film thickness of minimum 1.2 mm, maximum 1.5 mm. Apply in
two coats if necessary to ensure correct coverage.
FLOOR OUTLETS: Apply ARDEX WPM 002 down at least 50 mm into and around the puddle flanges
and floor drains.
CURING: Allow the membrane to dry before bedding tiles.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Five (5) years.
V.4 POLISHED INSITU CONCRETE FLOORS
V.4.01 POLISHED CONCRETE GENERALLY
REQUIREMENT: Special selected aggregate and/or coloured and/or polished and/or honed finish to
match approved sample to insitu concrete floors in locations as indicated on the approved design
documents.
SELECTED AGGREGATE:
Material: Selected aggregate sieved to match approved sample and embedded into concrete surface
prior to polishing.
Aggregate:
prototypes.
Selected local river bed shingles used as brown stone to match approved sample &
Application: Distribute selected aggregate mixed with equal part of cement at the required predetermined rate evenly over freshly screeded concrete floor within 15 minutes of placing. Steel trowel
to embed aggregate into the fresh concrete surface but do not trowel excessively.
FLOOR POLISHING: As specified in FLOOR POLISHING – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
SEALER: As specified in HARDENER & SEALER – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR: As specified in SPECIALIST CONTRACTORS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
SAMPLES: As specified in SAMPLES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
PROTOTYPES:
FINISHES
As specified in MOCK-UP AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS – NON-RESILIENT
ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE: Prior to commencing installation, provide the installing contractor's
written statement certifying that the substrate is satisfactory for installation of the selected non-resilient
finish, as specified in DATA SUBMISSIONS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
ALUMINIUM SKIRTINGS:
METALWORK.
As specified in ANODISED ALUMINIUM SKIRTINGS, SECTION G –
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.17
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.4.02 CONCRETE
CONCRETE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the concrete shall be placed
by means of pump. The concrete shall be delivered to site with a slump of 80–100 mm.
Concrete shall be transported from batching plant to site as rapidly as possible by means of enclosed
agitator and discharged promptly to ensure proper placement and compaction. No excess mixing water
shall be added to the concrete on-site, without the direct instruction, handling and supervision of the
premix concrete supplier.
The concrete shall be placed into pump and shall not be allowed to fall in excess of 1.5 m into place to
avoid material segregation.
The decorative slab shall be constructed as a full depth/base with bonded topping and shall be
reinforced with SL72 Mesh with shrinkage joints as detailed on the approved STRUCTURAL design
documents.
Concrete shall be adequately compacted to ensure the expulsion of entrapped air, bond to
reinforcement and to avoid the incidence of plastic cracking and surface imperfections. The concrete
surface must be adequately compacted by either manual or mechanical steel trowelling to minimise
imperfections and to increase abrasion resistance. Kneeling boards and the use of floats for bearing are
prohibited, planking shall be provided over the slab for this purpose. Steel trowelling by the ‘stick
trowelling’ method must be extended to ensure adequate compaction.
The concrete shall be cured for a minimum of 7 days by ponding method.
Specification Reference: Refer also to SECTION E - CONCRETE
CONCRETE TYPE 1 (EXPOSED BROWN STONE AGGREGATE): BGC EX2510A5 or approved equivalent
CONCRETE TYPE 2 (CHARCOAL COLOURED CONCRETE TO OUTDOOR AREAS): BGC EX2514A18 or
approved equivalent
AGGREGATE: Specific aggregate size shape and colour are required to achieve the required finish.
Selected aggregate needs to be broadcast into the surface of the concrete post pour prior to initial
screeding, as specified in POLISHED CONCRETE GENERALLY – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.4.03 CONTROL JOINTS
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
DESCRIPTION: A proprietary control/expansion joint system cast in flush with top surface of in-situ
concrete floor slab at the time of installation and consisting of a neoprene rubber strip permanently
bonded between two zinc plates.
Proprietary item: As scheduled.
V.4.04 FLOOR POLISHING
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
GRINDING AND STONING: Finish exposed concrete surfaces to expose the stone aggregate to the
extent indicated on the approved design documents by machine grinding, grouting and stoning to a
fine finish to match the approved sample and prototypes and to achieve the required slip resistance.
Note control joint inserts are ground in situ with floors.
Initial grinds and preparation work shall be carried out 7-10 days after slab is poured prior to any
building works being carried out on the slab. After initial grinds and preparation a sacrificial sealer shall
be applied and all care taken not to damage the slab surface during building construction.
Final finish and grinds shall occur at lock up prior to installation of cupboards and any wall skirtings or
similar. This would include a minimum 3 grinds and sealing with two coats of specified clear sealer.
Contractor must allow in the programme sufficient time between grinds and application of the sealer for
the drying out of the slab. The concrete surface must be protected at all times.
SLIP RESISTANCE: Not less than indicated for the relevant area and anticipated usage in the
PEDESTRIAN SURFACES SLIP RESISTANCE TABLE, Specification clause SLIP RESISTANCE – NONRESILIENT FINISHES.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.18
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
The exterior floor finish shall have the initial grinds only to provide a suitable non-slip ‘honed’ finish to
match approved sample.
The interior floor finish shall have a suitable non-slip ‘polished’ finish to match approved sample.
CLEANING: Immediately upon completion of stoning, wash the surface with mild detergent soap or a
solution of non-discolouring neutral cleaner, and rinse.
SEALING: As soon as the surface is dry, apply specified sealer. Sealer shall be applied only by a
specialist firm experienced in the application of sealers to polished concrete floors without significantly
altering the slip resistance of the polished concrete finish.
Data Submissions & Warranty: As specified in WARRANTY – NON-RESILIENT FLOOR FINISHES
Period of warranty: Five (5) years from the Date of Practical Completion.
V.4.05 HARDENER & SEALANT
MATERIAL: Proprietary two part concrete hardener, densifier, stain and wear resistant clear sealant
system specially formulated for application to polished concrete floors.
Colour & finish: Clear low sheen finish.
Proprietary Item: DURAFLOOR HD & HD-S selected from the DURAFLOOR HD/HD-S SYSTEM or equal
approved.
Sample: As specified in SAMPLES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
SUBSTRATE PREPARATION: Surface to be treated must be clean and dry prior to application.
INSTALLATION:
Prototype: As specified in PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
Precautions: Apply sealer in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
Take appropriate precautions to prevent skin irritation or respiratory reaction. Do not apply sealer in
the presence of other trades in the application area.
Application (1st coat): Apply the DURAFLOOR HD onto the substrate by low pressure airless spray or
scrubber at a rate of 7 to 10 m2/L. Floor must be kept wet with material for 20 minutes. If an area
begins to dry, re-mist with sealer. Do not add water to the sealer or the surface being treated.
Let the surface dry and clean up any excess.
commencing application of DURAFLOOR HD-S.
Allow to dry completely for at least 2 hours before
Application (2nd & 3rd coat): Apply the DURAFLOOR HD-S by low pressure airless spray or scrubber and
spread out with a 100% polyester microfibre applicator at a rate of 30 to 40 m2/L. Allow to dry for at
least 30 minutes and apply subsequent coats at the same application rate allowing each coat to dry
completely between applications.
PROGRAMME: Ensure due allowance in the construction programme for completion of other trades
prior to application of sealant and for required curing period (refer to manufacturer's documentation).
PROTECTION: Keep traffic off floors for at least 72 hours until the sealant has attained its working
strength.
V.5 TILING – EXECUTION
V.5.01 DOOR CLEARANCES
GENERALLY: Before commencing laying of flooring, adjust door clearances where necessary, sufficient
to clear the surface of the finished floor covering
V.5.02 TILING GENERALLY
COORDINATION: The Contractor shall coordinate the work of other relevant trades and coordinate
their installation.
SUPPLIES: Obtain adequate supplies of tiles and built-in items and components prior to commencing
installation.
SEQUENCE: Fix wall & skirting tiles before floor tiles.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.19
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
CUTTING: Cut tiles neatly to fit around fixtures and fittings, and at margins where necessary. Drill
holes without damaging tile faces. Cut recesses where necessary for fittings such as soap holders.
Rub edges smooth without chipping.
Do not leave sharp edges to any cut tiles.
LAYING: Return tiles into sills, reveals and openings. Butt up to returns, frames, fittings, and other
finishes.
DISTRIBUTING VARIATIONS: If necessary, distribute variations in hue, colour, or pattern uniformly, by
mixing tiles or tile batches before laying.
SLIP RESISTANCE: Not less than indicated for the relevant area and anticipated usage in SLIP
RESISTANCE – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
SPECIALIST PERSONNEL: As specified in SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL –
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
SAMPLES: As specified in CONTROL SAMPLES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
PROTOTYPES:
FINISHES
As specified in MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS – NON-RESILIENT
FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES:
FINISHES
As specified in FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES – NON-RESILIENT
SUBSTRATE PREPARATION: Refer to SUBSTRATE PREPARATION – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
WATERPROOFING: Refer to WATERPROOFING – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE: Prior to commencing installation, provide the installing Subcontractor's
written statement certifying that the substrate is satisfactory for installation of the selected non-resilient
finish, as specified in CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date of Practical Completion): Five (5) years.
V.5.03 SETTING OUT
JOINT WIDTHS: Set out tiles to give uniform joint widths within the following limits:
•
Interior ceramic wall tiling:
1 – 1.5 mm.
•
Interior ceramic floor tiling:
2 – 2.5 mm.
•
Mosaic tiling:
Nominal 2 mm or as dictated by pattern.
•
Perimeter Joint (tiled floors):
Refer clause MOVEMENT JOINTS - NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
JOINT ALIGNMENT: Set out tiling with joints accurately aligned in both directions and wall tiling joints
level and plumb, to a tolerance of 4 mm in 2 m from the design alignment.
MARGINS: Use whole or purpose made tiles at margins where practicable, otherwise set out to give
equal margins of cut tiles. If margins less than half tile width are unavoidable, locate the cut tiles
where they are least conspicuous.
FIXTURES: Position tiles so that holes for fixtures and other penetrations occur at the
intersection of horizontal and vertical joints or on the centre lines of (large format) tiles.
Continue tiling fully behind fixtures which are not built into the tiling surface. Before tiling ensure that
fixtures interrupting the tile surfaces are accurately positioned in their designed or optimum locations
relative to the tile layout.
FLOOR WASTES: Position floor wastes and set out tiling so that floor wastes occur at the
intersection of tile joint grids or on the centre lines of (large format) tiles. Each floor
waste shall be set neatly into tiles with edges precisely cut to match its profile and set 0.51 mm below surrounding tile surfaces.
FALLS AND LEVELS: As specified in clause FALLS & LEVELS, subsection PREPARATION & BEDDING
SCREEDS, NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.20
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
DEVIATION: Maximum deviation of the finished tiled floor level between points of contact under a 2 m
straight edge laid in any direction on an area of uniform grade shall be 1:300 or 3 mm, whichever is
the lesser.
CHANGE OF FINISH: Maintain finished floor level across changes of floor finish.
V.5.04 ADHESIVE BEDDING GENERALLY
PREPARATION OF TILES (Adhesive bedding): Prepare tiles for fixing in accordance with the supplier’s
recommendations.
Fix tiles dry; do not soak (unless otherwise recommended by the supplier).
SUBSTRATES & ADHESIVES: Determine suitability of all substrates and proposed adhesive
selections for fixing tiles using prototypes or other suitable approved test methodology
prior to commencing installation.
Refer to CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
BEDDING: Use bedding methods and materials which are appropriate to the tile, the substrate, the
conditions of service, and which leave the tile firmly and solidly bedded in the bedding material without
voids and securely adhered to the substrate.
THIN ADHESIVE BEDS: Use only if the substrate deviation is less than 3 mm when tested with a 2 m
straight edge. Cover the entire tile back with adhesive when the tile is bedded.
Thickness: 1.5 – 3 mm.
FEATURE TILES: Where tiled areas have mosaic tile bands or other feature tiles of lesser thickness set
in to the main body of wall tiling, build up additional bedding locally in layers so that the face of the
feature tiles or mosaic tiles finish flush with the face of the main body tiling. Ensure feature tiles are
thoroughly and securely adhesive bedded without voids.
GLASS MIRRORS & WALL PANELS: As specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING. Adjust bedding depth to
accommodate glass mirrors and wall panels (if applicable). Install wall tiling or tiled splashbacks flush
with face of installed glass mirror or wall panels.
V.5.05 WALL TILING
TILE LOCATION & SELECTION (generally):
documents.
External wall areas as indicated the approved design
TILE LAYOUT (generally): As indicated on the approved design documents. Confirm set out points
prior to commencing tiling.
Tiled splashbacks: Provide minimum 2 rows of tiles to tiled splashbacks generally where indicated on
the approved design documents.
Tiled window sills: Provide tiled window sills in showers where applicable to fall to ensure adequate
drainage.
TILE LAYOUT (mosaic tiles – if applicable): Ensure accurate alignment and width of horizontal and
vertical joints of mosaic tiles. Install paper-backed mosaic tiles to ensure no discernible variation in
joint width between sheets when compared to pre-determined joint width between the tiles within the
sheet.
GLASS MIRRORS: As specified in SECTION Y – GLAZING. Install wall tiling or tiled splashbacks flush
with face of installed mirror. Seal abutment of wall tiling and splashbacks to mirrors with white silicone
sealant as specified in SEALANTS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
BACKGROUNDS: The backgrounds to be tiled consist of rendered brickwork or blockwork, liner-faced
gypsum board or fibre reinforced cement sheet linings as specified in Section U – PLASTERING &
CEILINGS.
HARDIES EXOTEC and the like factory pre-primed & sealed compressed fibre cement (CFC)
panels are not recommended by the manufacturer as substrates for tile finishes and are
deemed to be NOT SUITABLE SUBSTRATES for adhesive fixed ceramic tiles.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.21
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
WATERPROOFING:
Apply waterproofing to wet area surfaces to be tiled as specified in
WATERPROOFING - NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
ADHESIVES: As specified in CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
PATTERN:
Straight jointed in both directions unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents.
GROUT (generally): Type 1 (flexible) or Type 2 (epoxy) according to location as specified in GROUT –
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
Performance criteria: Mould, mildew and bacteria resistant.
Colour: As selected from the standard colour range to match approved samples.
V.5.06 FLOOR & SKIRTING TILING
TILE LOCATION & SELECTION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
SLIP RESISTANCE: Not less than indicated for the relevant area and anticipated usage in SLIP
RESISTANCE – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
TILE LAYOUT: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Floor Tiling Plan: Provide a floor tiling layout plan of the proposed areas to be tiled, prior to
commencing tiling as specified in SHOP DRAWINGS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
Skirting: Provide 1 row of skirting tiles to base of walls at perimeter of tiled floors generally unless
otherwise indicated on the approved design documents.
BACKGROUNDS: The backgrounds to be tiled comprise concrete floor slab, screeded finish as specified
in FINISHES AS LAID - CONCRETE and/or with a cured cement mortar bedding screed graded to falls
as specified in BEDDING SCREED - NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and rendered MASONRY and liner-faced
gypsum board or FRC lined walls (applicable to skirting tiles).
CRACK SEALANT: Apply flexible underlayer over the concrete slab where hairline cracks have appeared
or substantial slab movement is probable. Fill cracks over 2 mm wide with a flexible joint sealant.
Proprietary Item: ARDEX CERAMIC TILE UNDERLAY (CTU) by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal
approved
WATERPROOFING:
Apply waterproofing to wet area surfaces to be tiled as specified in
WATERPROOFING - NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
PATTERN:
Straight jointed in both directions unless otherwise indicated on the approved design
documents.
ADHESIVES: As specified in CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with
all the requirements thereof.
GROUT (generally): Type 1 (flexible) or Type 2 (epoxy) according to location as specified in GROUT –
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
Colour: As selected from the standard colour range to match approved samples.
GROUT (kitchen & food preparation areas): Type 2 (epoxy) as specified in GROUT – NON-RESILIENT
FINISHES.
Colour: As selected from the standard colour range to match approved samples.
FLOOR WASTES: As specified in FLOOR WASTES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.5.07 WATER TESTS
TILED FLOORS TO FALLS: Flood and check for correct drainage function across entire floor without
localised pooling.
DEFECTS: Remedy defects and retest if necessary.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.22
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.5.08 PROTECTION
CLEANING: Keep the work clean as it proceeds and protect finished work from damage.
FLOOR TILES: Keep pedestrian traffic off floors until the bedding has set and attained its working
strength minimum 48 hours typically and 7 days after grout has been sealed. Keep mechanical traffic
(forklifts and scissor lifts) off floors for a minimum of 72 hours.
V.6 JOINTS, ACCESSORIES & TRIM
V.6.01 MOVEMENT (STRUCTURAL ISOLATION) JOINTS
LOCATION (if applicable): As indicated on the approved design documents.
SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: Refer to MOVEMENT (STRUCTURAL ISOLATION) JOINTS, SECTION G –
METALWORK
V.6.02 MOVEMENT JOINTS (NON-RESILIENT FINISHES)
REQUIREMENT: Provide movement joints:
•
over structural (isolation, contraction, expansion) joints
•
at junctions between floor tiling and fixed elements such as columns, walls, steps.
•
at junctions between different substrates.
•
to divide large tiled areas into bays, maximum 5 m wide, maximum 16 m2.
SIZE:
Depth of joint: Right through to the substrate.
Sealant width: 6 - 10 mm.
Depth of elastomeric sealant: One half the joint width, or 6 mm, whichever is the greater.
JOINTS FOR TILED WALLS: Fill joints with resilient sealant applied over a compressible filler or backup
material. Where foamed materials in compressible fillers are used they shall be closed-cell or
impregnated types which do not absorb water.
METAL EDGED JOINTS FOR TILED FLOORS:
Locations: Provide metal edged movement joints for all types of movement joints described under
‘REQUIREMENT’ above, except at junctions between floor tiling and fixed elements such as columns
and walls.
Description: Perforated stainless steel angle strips on each side of the joint, set back to back 6mm
apart, applied over a levelling bed and mechanically fixed to the concrete substrate, to AS 3958.1,
clause 5.4.5.2 Fig. 5.1(d). Fill joints with resilient sealant, applied over a compressible filler or backup
material. Where foamed materials in compressible fillers are used they shall be closed-cell or
impregnated types which do not absorb water.
NON-METAL EDGED JOINTS FOR TILED FLOORS (perimeter joints):
Requirement: At junctions between floor tiling and fixed elements such as columns, walls and steps
provide movement joints 6 – 10mm wide to AS 3958.1, clause 5.4.5.2(c) Fig. 5.1(c). Fill joints with
resilient sealant applied over a compressible filler or backup material. Where foamed materials in
compressible fillers are used they shall be closed-cell or impregnated types which do not absorb water.
JOINTS FOR TILED WALLS: Fill joints with resilient sealant applied over a compressible filler or backup
material. Where foamed materials in compressible fillers are used they shall be closed-cell or
impregnated types which do not absorb water.
SEALANT: As specified in SEALANTS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.6.03 GROUTED JOINTS
GROUTED JOINTS: Commence grouting as soon as practicable after bedding has set (min 48 hours).
Preparation: Clean out joints thoroughly as necessary before grouting. Cut back excess tile adhesive
from joints.
Face grouting: Fill the face joints solid and tool flush. Clean off surplus grout. Wash down when the
grout has set. When grout is dry, polish the surface with a clean cloth.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.23
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
Edges of tiles: Grout exposed edge joints.
Epoxy grouted joints: Ensure that tile edge surfaces are free of extraneous matter such as cement
films or wax before grouting.
Junction between floor and sanitary ware (toilet pans): Epoxy grout.
GROUT SEALER: As specified in GROUT SEALER – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.6.04 CAULKED JOINTS
CAULKED JOINTS: Provide caulked joints filled with sealant and finished flush with the tile surface as
follows:
•
Where tiling is cut around sanitary fixtures
•
Around fittings interrupting the tile surface, e.g., sanitary fixtures, pipes, brackets, bolts and nibs.
•
At junctions with elements such as window and door frames and built-in cabinetwork.
Width: 5 mm.
Depth: Equal to tile thickness, recessed only sufficiently to show clean arrises.
SEALANT: As specified in SEALANTS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
V.6.05 FLOOR FINISH JUNCTIONS
REQUIREMENT: Provide edge strips at exposed edges of resilient floor finishes and at junctions with
dissimilar floor finishes or finishes of a different thickness to match approved sample and usage.
Where changes of floor finish occur in doorways, make the junction directly beneath the closed door.
Level junctions: Finish flush adjoining surfaces at junctions between dissimilar floor
finishes or finishes of a different thickness.
Adjust substrate levels as required with a suitable non-exuding, permanently bonded, proprietary
surfacing and levelling compound.
EDGE STRIPS – CERAMIC TILE TO CONCRETE OR PAVING:
Material: At junctions between concrete or paving and ceramic tile floor finishes provide 30 x 50 x
3 mm thick stainless steel angle bedded on ceramic tile setdown substrate. Where changes of floor
finish occur in doorways, make the junction directly beneath the closed door.
V.7 COMPLETION
V.7.01 PROTECTION
GENERALLY: Protect finished work from damage during building operations.
coverings as necessary.
Provide temporary
REPLACEMENT: Replace defective or damaged work. The repair of damaged components shall not be
acceptable.
V.7.02 COMPLETION
CLEANING: Clean ceramic tiled surfaces using an appropriate neutral tile-cleaning agent, and polish.
RESERVE MATERIALS: Provide reserve materials as specified in RESERVE MATERIALS – NONRESILIENT FINISHES. Securely and separately package each batch in a suitable wrapping and deliver
to the Works
USER MANUALS: Provide technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual as specified in USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
V.24
NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
X RESILIENT FINISHES
INDEX
Subsection Clause
Subclause
Page
X.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... X.1
X.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS......................................................................................... X.1
X.1.02 REFERENCES ................................................................................................... X.1
X.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)........................................... X.2
X.1.04 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL ................................. X.2
X.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES .......................................................................................... X.2
X.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS ................................................................................... X.3
X.1.07 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS ............................................... X.3
X.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES ........................................................................... X.3
X.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS .......................................................................... X.4
X.1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS ............................................................................................. X.5
X.1.11 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) ............................................... X.5
X.1.12 SLIP RESISTANCE............................................................................................. X.5
X.1.13 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY ..................................... X.5
X.1.14 PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... X.5
X.1.15 HOLD POINTS .................................................................................................. X.5
X.1.16 TESTS ............................................................................................................. X.6
X.1.17 CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................... X.6
X.1.18 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... X.6
X.1.19 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................ X.7
X.1.20 WARRANTIES................................................................................................... X.7
X.1.21 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH......................................................................... X.8
X.2 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................ X.9
X.2.01 GENERALLY ..................................................................................................... X.9
X.2.02 RESILIENT FINISHES GENERALLY ...................................................................... X.9
X.2.03 ADHESIVES FOR RESILIENT FINISHES................................................................ X.9
X.2.04 CARPET TILES.................................................................................................X.10
X.2.05 SHEET VINYL ..................................................................................................X.11
X.2.06 SEALANTS ......................................................................................................X.12
X.2.07 BACKING MATERIALS.......................................................................................X.13
X.2.08 FLOOR WASTES ..............................................................................................X.14
X.2.09 RESERVE MATERIALS.......................................................................................X.14
X.3 WORKMANSHIP .....................................................................................................................X.14
X.3.01 DOOR CLEARANCES.........................................................................................X.14
X.3.02 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION...............................................................................X.14
X.3.03 SUBSTRATE TOLERANCES ................................................................................X.15
X.3.04 LEVELLING COMPOUND ...................................................................................X.15
X.3.05 CONDITIONING OF FLOOR COVERINGS AND SUBSTRATE ...................................X.16
X.3.06 CLEANING ......................................................................................................X.16
X.3.07 PROTECTION ..................................................................................................X.16
X.4 CARPET TILE INSTALLATION...................................................................................................X.16
X.4.01 LAYING CARPET TILES .....................................................................................X.16
X.4.02 PENETRATIONS...............................................................................................X.16
X.5 VINYL SHEET INSTALLATION ..................................................................................................X.17
X.5.01 INSTALLATION GENERALLY..............................................................................X.17
X.5.02 WELDED JOINTS .............................................................................................X.17
X.6 JUNCTION DETAILS ...............................................................................................................X.17
X.6.01 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS ..............................................................................X.17
X.6.02 CONTROL JOINTS............................................................................................X.17
X.6.03 FLOOR FINISH JUNCTIONS ..............................................................................X.18
X.7 TRIM ....................................................................................................................................X.18
X.7.01 COVED SKIRTINGS ..........................................................................................X.18
X.7.02 VINYL SKIRTING .............................................................................................X.19
X.7.03 TACTILE GROUND SURFACE INDICATORS (TGSI) – VINYL TILES .........................X.19
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
RESILIENT FINISHES
X.8 COMPLETION........................................................................................................................ X.19
X.8.01 PROTECTION ................................................................................................. X.19
X.8.02 COMPLETION ................................................................................................. X.19
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
RESILIENT FINISHES
X RESILIENT FINISHES
X.1 GENERAL
X.1.01 OTHER DOCUMENTS
REQUIREMENT: This section of the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS shall be read together and in
conjunction with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary
design and all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements for full meaning
and for the particular requirements which relate to work arising from this section or specified herein.
DEEMED TO BE INFORMED: The Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel
under the direction of the Contractor shall be deemed to have read, understood and be fully informed
of the contents and requirements of this section, all other relevant TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS trade
sections, the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the General Conditions of Contract, the preliminary design and
all the various documents comprising the Principal’s project requirements and shall comply with all the
requirements thereof.
X.1.02 REFERENCES
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS: All references shall be deemed to refer to current issues including all
current amendments, supplements and the like.
STANDARDS: The following standards, legislation, rules, regulations and codes of practice are
referenced in this section and are generally applicable throughout the Works:
AS 1191
AS 1379
AS 1428(set)
AS 1530.1
AS 1530.2
AS/NZS 1530.3
AS 1589
AS/NZS 1866
AS 1884
AS 2001 (set)
AS/NZS 2107
AS 2111 (set)
AS 2119
AS 2454
AS/NZS 2455.1
AS/NZS 2455.2
AS 3553
AS 3740
AS 3799
AS 4288
AS/NZS 4586
AS/NZS 4663
AS/NZS 4858
AS ISO 717.2
BS 4051 – 1987
BS 5808 – 1991
2002 Acoustics – Method for laboratory measurement of airborne sound
transmission insulation of building elements
1997 Specification and supply of concrete
2010 Design for access and mobility
1994 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Combustibility test for materials
1993 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures Test for flammability of materials
1999 Methods for fire tests on building materials, components and structures –
Simultaneous determination of ignitability, flame propagation, heat release and
smoke release
2001 Copper and copper alloy waste fittings
1997 Aluminium and aluminium alloys - Extruded rod, bar, solid and hollow
shapes
1985 Floor coverings – Resilient sheet and tiles – Laying and maintenance
Methods of test for textiles
2000 Acoustics - Recommended design sound levels and reverberation times for
building interiors
Textile floor coverings – Tests and Measurements
1997 Textile floor coverings – Machine-made – Sampling and cutting specimens
for physical tests
2007 Textile floor coverings - Terminology
2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice - General
2007 Textile floor coverings - Installation practice – Carpet tiles
1988 Adhesives for floor and wall applications – Resilient vinyl, linoleum and
rubber sheet and tiles – Interior and exterior use
2010 Waterproofing of domestic wet areas
1998 Liquid membrane-forming curing compounds for concrete
2003 Soft underlays for textile floor coverings
2004 Slip resistance classification of new pedestrian surface materials
2004 Slip resistance measurement of existing pedestrian surfaces
2004 Wet area membranes
2004 Acoustics – Rating of sound insulation in buildings and of building
elements – Impact sound insulation
Method for determination of thickness of textile floor coverings
Specification for underlays for textile floor coverings
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.1
RESILIENT FINISHES
BS 5921 – 1980
Methods for determination of size, squareness and straightness of edge of textile
floor covering tiles
AATCC Test Method 134 – 2001
American Association of Textile Chemists and
Colourists – Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets
IWS E10
International Wool Secretariat Specification E10 - Methods for industrial
mothproofing of wool
HANDBOOKS: The following Handbooks and Guides are referenced in the Specification:
HB 197
1999
An introductory guide to the slip resistance of pedestrian surface materials
REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES: The following regulations, guidelines and codes of practice are
referenced in this section:
BCA
2011
Building Code of Australia – Volume One – Class 2 to Class 9 Buildings
Occupational Safety & Health Act (1984) & Regulations (1996)
SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS:
Weatherbars & thresholds
Movement (structural isolation) joints
TGSIs
Entrance mats & frames
Aluminium skirtings
Floor & wall tiling & accessories
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
G – METALWORK
V – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES
X.1.03 PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE)
REFERENCE: Refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
PROPRIETARY ITEMS (SPECIFICATION BY EXAMPLE) and comply with all the requirements thereof.
X.1.04 SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL
REFERENCE: In respect of the following parts of the works, refer to GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,
subsection GENERAL, clause SPECIALIST SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS & PERSONNEL and comply
with all the requirements thereof:
•
Carpet tile floor coverings;
•
Vinyl floor & wall coverings;
X.1.05 CONTROL SAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause CONTROL SAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit finished control
samples of each type, colour & finish of the following items for the Superintendent’s approval:
•
carpet tile – full size units;
•
vinyl sheet floor & wall coverings (1m long x roll width or 1.2m wide, whichever is less);
•
joint accessories (expansion joint covers, control joint and junction strips and the like) – Not less
than 600mm long;
•
linear accessories (coving, skirting, stair nosing, protection strips, and the like) – Not less than
600mm long;
•
TGSI – full size units;
Include samples of specified joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
Where resilient finishes are subject to variations in colour, pattern or texture as seen in the finished
work, submit samples showing the limits of the range of variation and other properties.
All colour matched resilient finishes shall be from the same colour batch to closely match
the approved sample range of variations.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.2
RESILIENT FINISHES
APPROVAL:
approved.
Do not commence work affected by control samples until the samples have been
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and range of variations represented by the approved control
samples shall be rejected.
X.1.06 METHODS STATEMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS and subclause METHODS STATEMENTS and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, where required in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS for the whole or a part of the Works, submit a detailed methods
statement prior to commencing the relevant work.
The Superintendent may review the methods statement/management plan and require changes. The
Contractor shall incorporate any required changes and re-submit.
X.1.07 MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause MOCK-UPS AND/OR PROTOTYPE INSTALLATIONS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, completed and finished
mock-ups and/or prototype installations of:
•
prototype adhesive fixings for carpet tiles and other resilient finishes (refer ADHESIVES FOR
RESILIENT FINISHES – RESILIENT FINISHES)
•
prototype vinyl sheet & skirtings adhesive fixings (refer ADHESIVES FOR RESILIENT FINISHES –
RESILIENT FINISHES)
•
Finished welded joint (each type of sheet vinyl) – Not less than 600mm long
•
Finished welded butterfly corner (each type of coved vinyl skirting)
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
LOCATION: Prior to commencing work, confirm with the Superintendent the location selected for each
mock-up and/or prototype installation.
TRIAL SETOUT: All strip, tile or panel modular products with expressed joints are subject
to the Superintendent’s approval of trial setouts for each area to be finished.
TESTING: Mock-ups and/or prototype installations may be required to be made available for testing as
required by the Superintendent. Confirm requirements with the Superintendent prior to commencing
tests.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by mock-ups and/or prototype installations until the
mock-ups and/or prototype installations have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to the site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard and the range of variations represented by the approved mockups and/or prototype installations shall be rejected.
X.1.08 FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause FIRST COMPLETED EXAMPLES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, prepare in suitable
positions, or where directed, for the Superintendent’s inspection and approval, installed and fully
completed first completed examples of each selected type and finish of:
•
Prepared substrate ready to receive resilient floor finish;
•
Carpet tile floor coverings;
•
Vinyl floor & wall coverings;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.3
RESILIENT FINISHES
•
Floor waste installed;
•
TGSI installed;
Include samples of joints, penetrations, fixing and retention details, margin and trim.
MULTI-LAYER CONSTRUCTION:
Where products and materials form a composite multi-layer
construction, each layer shall constitute a first completed example for approval prior to concealment.
APPROVAL: Do not commence work affected by first completed examples until the first completed
examples have been approved.
Any materials or components delivered to site or installed in the Works that do not
conform to the standard represented by the approved first completed examples shall be
rejected.
X.1.09 CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
DATA SUBMISSIONS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, before the
installation commences, obtain and submit for the Superintendent’s approval the following
manufacturer’s data and recommendations for each product and other like data, including but not
limited to:
•
control samples;
•
methods statements (where applicable);
•
shop drawings (and floor covering plans, where applicable);
•
written evidence of relevant experience and expertise of specialist subcontractor and/or personnel,
including references and details of previous work of equivalent type and scope to the part or parts
of the Works for which their engagement is proposed;
•
technical specifications for each proprietary resilient finish and component specified including
where relevant product manufacturer’s and/or suppliers recommendations for application in this
project in respect of:
)
the name of the proprietary product or material;
)
physical, electrostatic, insect resistant, fire hazard and acoustic properties including resistance
to wear, indentation, chemicals, moisture, UV light, colour fastness, dimensional stability and
the like;
)
installation including fixing and recommended adhesives, sealing and jointing methods;
)
ESD properties including ESD considerations for installation, cleaning and maintenance and the
proposed ESD-compliant methods for disposal of waste, off-cuts and the like;
)
user manuals & instructions and care, cleaning and maintenance requirements of the installed
product, both short and long term;
)
records of batch colour references, identifying references and contact details of the product
manufacturer and/or supplier of each product.
•
type and/or field test results
•
certifications;
•
as-constructed documentation;
•
warranties.
ACCEPTANCE OF SUBSTRATE: For each location of a resilient floor finish to be installed provide:
•
the resilient floor and/or wall finish subcontractor's written statement certifying that the substrate
is satisfactory and has been prepared for installation of the selected resilient floor finish in
accordance with the product manufacturer’s recommendations.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.4
RESILIENT FINISHES
X.1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS, clause TECHNICAL
SUBMISSIONS and subclause SHOP DRAWINGS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval comprehensive installation details and shop drawings for items, components
and composite systems including but not limited to the following:
FLOOR COVERING PLAN (carpet tiles): Provide a floor covering plan of the proposed areas to be
covered with carpet tiles, prior to installation including but not limited to:
•
Location and set out of tile joints
•
Pile direction, orientation & pattern
•
Location of control joints
FLOOR AND/OR WALL COVERING PLAN (sheet vinyl): Where sheet vinyl is required to be cut and laid
to pattern using two or more colours as indicated on the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS –
VOLUME 4 or approved design documents, provide a floor and/or wall covering plan of the proposed
areas to be covered with cut and patterned vinyl, prior to installation, including but not limited to:
•
Location and set out of differing coloured elements;
•
Location of control joints.
X.1.11 ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD)
REFERENCE: Refer to the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3 for the particular requirements in
respect of ENVIRONMENTALLY SUSTAINABLE DESIGN (ESD) and comply with all the requirements
thereof.
X.1.12 SLIP RESISTANCE
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
SLIP RESISTANCE and comply with all the requirements thereof.
X.1.13 DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS, clause
DESIGN FOR DISABLED PERSONS - ACCESS & MOBILITY and comply with all the requirements thereof.
X.1.14 PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME (Manufacture, supply and installation): The Contractor shall remain solely responsible for
identifying those selected products, materials and composite systems and any approved alternatives
which may be subject to long lead-in times for delivery and programming their timely ordering,
manufacture, supply, and installation.
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS for the
particular requirements which relate to expediting supply of materials including those with long lead-in
times and comply with all the requirements thereof.
ORDERING CARPET TILE: The Contractor shall order the carpet tiles at least 8 weeks prior to when
required for installation on site. Prior to placing the order for the carpet tiles, the Contractor shall
provide details of the quantity ordered and the purchase price to the Superintendent for approval.
X.1.15 HOLD POINTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
HOLD POINTS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, give sufficient notice so
that inspection may be made of the following:
•
Control samples submitted for approval;
•
Mock-ups/prototype installations ready for inspection;
•
Trial setout prior to installation;
•
Shop drawings/floor covering layout submitted for approval;
•
First completed examples ready for inspection;
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.5
RESILIENT FINISHES
•
Materials or areas of work ready for specified tests;
X.1.16 TESTS
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS and
clause TESTING and comply with all the requirements thereof.
TYPE TESTS: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, testing and test
certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but not limited to the following:
•
•
The composite floor systems specified, when installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of practice
in respect of:
)
fire hazard performance;
)
acoustic performance (if applicable).
)
electrostatic propensity (if applicable).
The flooring products comply with the specification and the applicable standards and codes of
practice in respect of:
)
Slip resistance to AS/NZS 4586.
SITE TESTS: Use instruments calibrated by authorities accredited by NATA.
Requirement: Testing and test certification for compliance with the specified criteria is required, but
not limited to the following:
•
Substrates: Prior to installation of finishes, provide certification to verify that the substrates have
passed the tests specified for dryness, as follows:
)
Test method for areas to be carpeted: To AS/NZS 2455, Appendix 1.
)
Test method for areas to be covered with materials other than carpet: To AS 1884 Appendix B.
•
Determination of suitability of all substrates and proposed adhesive selections for
fixing selected carpet tiles and other resilient finishes by means of suitable approved
test methodology prior to commencing installation;
•
Vinyl sheet floors to falls (if applicable): Flood and check for correct drainage function across
entire floor without localised pooling.
X.1.17 CERTIFICATION
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection CERTIFICATION and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent,
obtain and submit for the Superintendent's approval suitable manufacturer's type test results and/or
independent structural engineer's, independent building surveyor's or other suitable independent
specialist's certification of compliance to verify that:
•
the installed materials, products, components, composite systems and the like comply with:
)
the deemed-to-satisfy provisions of the current issue of the Building Code of Australia (BCA)
and the applicable Australian Standards;
)
the performance specifications and criteria stated in the approved design documents and/or
the Principal’s project requirements; and
)
the requirements of the relevant authorities.
Submit all compliance certification properly signed and attested by the responsible parties and, if
required by the Superintendent, copies of all related correspondence and records.
X.1.18 USER MANUALS & INSTRUCTIONS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause USER MANUALS and comply with all the requirements thereof.
REQUIREMENT: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, submit for the
Superintendent’s approval technical specifications, operating instructions and recommendations for
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.6
RESILIENT FINISHES
care, cleaning and maintenance of the installed product, both short and long term, in the form of a
user manual, including but not limited to the following:
•
Care, maintenance & cleaning recommendations for each type of resilient finish;
•
Recommended repair and re-installation procedures for each type of resilient finish.
X.1.19 AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTS
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclause AS-CONSTRUCTED DOCUMENTATION and comply with all the
requirements thereof.
X.1.20 WARRANTIES
REFERENCE:
Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection SUBMISSIONS and clause
TECHNICAL SUBMISSIONS, subclauses TRADE WARRANTIES and PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S
AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTIES and comply with all the requirements thereof.
DEFECTIVE MATERIALS & WORKMANSHIP:
Without limiting the generality of the particular
requirements of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, the following shall constitute defective materials and/or
installation workmanship under normal conditions of use and maintained as recommended by the
product manufacturer:
•
•
•
with respect to beddings and toppings:
)
failure of adhesive bond
)
cohesive failure of bedding/topping
)
excessive shrinkage or cracking
)
failure of waterproofing
with respect to carpet and/or carpet tiles, resilient underlayers and other fabric coverings:
)
pile shedding from backing or at cut edges
)
colour fading
)
opening of seams
)
excessive wear
)
excessive deformation
)
unsightly or hazardous stretching or lifting
)
failure of insect treatment
)
mould or bacterial contamination
)
failure of antistatic properties
)
failure of adhesive or cohesive bond
)
migration of adhesive/friction compound to the carpet and/or carpet tile surface (including at
edges of carpet and/or carpet tiles).
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
deterioration or corrosion by chemicals or cleaning agents where use of such materials has not
been specifically excluded by product manufacturer;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
)
vermin infestation
with respect to other resilient floor coverings:
)
colour fading
)
excessive wear
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.7
RESILIENT FINISHES
•
)
excessive deformation
)
unsightly or hazardous cracking, lifting or bubbling
)
failure of antistatic properties (if applicable)
)
failure or partial failure of fixings;
)
failure of adhesive or cohesive bond in composite materials and/or joints;
)
failure to achieve specified performance requirements or applicable standards;
)
failure to achieve the product manufacturer’s specifications;
)
failure of adhesive bond to substrate, including as a result of rising damp or insufficiently dry
floor slab and/or topping;
)
failure or opening of welded and/or expansion joints
)
failure of water resistance of surface and/or joints and/or perimeter sealed edges resulting in
migration of water or moisture below the floor or wall covering
)
deterioration or corrosion by chemicals or cleaning agents where use of such materials has not
been specifically excluded by product manufacturer;
)
defects arising from unauthorised departures from the approved design documents and/or
product manufacturer’s recommendations.
and additionally with respect to sealants:
)
loss of resilient, fire-resistant or acoustic insulation properties,
)
failure of adhesive bond, cohesion or other physical deterioration
)
mould or bacterial contamination
TRADE WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, provide a trade
warranty in the approved form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date for Practical Completion):
•
Resilient finishes and their installation generally unless otherwise specified: Five (5) years
PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S AND/OR SUPPLIER’S WARRANTY: Unless otherwise directed or accepted
by the Superintendent, provide a product manufacturer’s and/or supplier’s warranty in the approved
form covering materials and work specified in this section, as follows:
Warranty period (from the Date of Practical Completion):
•
Carpet tile: Fifteen (15) years.
•
Other resilient finish: Five (5) years.
•
Sealants: Ten (10) years
X.1.21 WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection EXECUTION OF THE WORKS, clause
PROTECTION OF PEOPLE & PROPERTY, subclause WORKPLACE SAFETY & HEALTH and comply with all
the requirements thereof.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.8
RESILIENT FINISHES
X.2 MATERIALS
X.2.01 GENERALLY
REFERENCE: Refer to the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, subsection PRODUCTS & MATERIALS and
comply with all the requirements thereof.
All products, materials and composite systems shall be:
•
of high quality throughout;
•
in compliance with the specified environmentally sustainable design (ESD) targets as set out in the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 3;
•
mutually compatible, suitable for the intended purpose and consistent with the design intent;
•
free from defects impairing appearance, strength, durability and performance.
•
subject to the Superintendent’s approval;
CERTIFICATION: Unless otherwise directed or accepted by the Superintendent, the Contractor shall
provide certification or other appropriate evidence as required to demonstrate its compliance and the
compliance of its subcontractors and suppliers and other personnel under the direction of the
Contractor with the specified requirements.
X.2.02 RESILIENT FINISHES GENERALLY
IDENTIFICATION: Deliver materials to the site in the manufacturer's original closed or sealed
containers or packages legibly marked with the following information where applicable:
•
Product manufacturer's identification, brand name, product type, reference code and batch number
•
Date of manufacture
•
Handling and installation instructions.
EDGES OF SHEETS & TILES: Firm, unchipped, machine-cut accurately to size and square to the face.
Tile edges shall be square to each other.
UNIFORMITY: Ensure that resilient finishes laid in a single area and of a single specified type, quality,
colour and design, come from one manufacturing batch and dye lot.
SUBSTRATES & ADHESIVES: Determine suitability of all substrates and proposed adhesive
selections for fixing selected resilient finishes using prototypes test methods as specified
herein or other suitable approved test methodology prior to commencing installation.
X.2.03 ADHESIVES FOR RESILIENT FINISHES
REQUIREMENT:
Wherever practicable, use low odour, low-VOC, solvent-free products where
consistent with the product manufacturer’s recommendations for the substrate, service and installation
conditions and where such use will not reduce durability and service life.
TYPE: Use adhesives compatible with the materials and surfaces to be adhered, and in accordance
with the adhesive manufacturer's recommendations for the conditions of use.
PVA based adhesives: Do not use in wet areas or externally.
USING ADHESIVES: Provide adequate ventilation to minimise fumes and odour in occupied areas and
take necessary fire precautions.
PROTOTYPE ADHESIVE FIXINGS:
Test the proposed adhesive fixing option prior to installation commencing on site to establish and
confirm its suitability for the particular resilient covering product and the substrate to which it is
intended to be installed.
The following adhesives are intended as a guide only and alternatives may be proposed for
approval in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, condition and type of
substrate, environmental and installation conditions.
The final adhesive system selected for each resilient covering product type shall be subject
to the Superintendent’s approval and details of the system used shall be included in the asconstructed documentation.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.9
RESILIENT FINISHES
CERTIFICATION: Obtain certification from the product manufacturer that proposed primers and
adhesives for each product conform to the product manufacturer’s recommendations for the proposed
substrate, resilient finish selection, installation and intended service conditions.
ADHESIVE – TYPE 1 (CARPET TILES):
CARPET TILE – DIRECT-STICK: General use unless otherwise recommended by the product
manufacturer.
Requirement: Prime substrate and apply solvent free low odour pressure sensitive adhesive using a
suitable V-notched trowel in accordance with the product manufacturer’s recommendations.
PROPRIETARY ITEM (PRIMER): Green Solutions GS400 Premium Commercial Floor & Wall Primer or
equal approved
Application: For high porous subfloors, or floors where a floor levelling compound has been used,
prepare the subfloor using primer as specified. Apply primer evenly over the entire subfloor surface by
either spray gun or roller in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Depending on the
rate of absorbency of the subfloor, a second application of primer may be necessary.
Dry time shall be approx. 10 to 20 minutes depending on substrate and climate conditions.
PROPRIETARY ITEM (ADHESIVE): ROBERTS 656 PRESSURE SENSITIVE CARPET TILE ADHESIVE or
equal approved
Trowel: Use V1 notched trowel in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Coverage
approximately 5 sq metres per litre.
Application: Spread adhesive by "V" notched trowel, spraying or rolling in accordance with the
manufacturer’s to 100% of the surface of the subfloor. Use adhesive in “dry” mode, allowing the
adhesive film to completely dry and become clear before installing the carpet tiles. Do not leave the
adhesive film exposed to possible contaminates, such as dust for long periods before installation.
Roll the carpet tiles within one hour of installation.
ADHESIVE – TYPE 2 (RESILIENT VINYL SHEET):
RESILIENT VINYL SHEET: General use unless otherwise recommended by the product manufacturer.
Requirement: Prime substrate and apply low odour, low-VOC, heat and plasticiser migration resistant
adhesive using a suitable V-notched trowel in accordance with the product manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Standard: To AS 1884 and AS 3553.
PROPRIETARY ITEM (PRIMER): ROBERTS R370 or equal approved
PROPRIETARY ITEM (ADHESIVE): ROBERTS R12SF or equal approved
X.2.04 CARPET TILES
INCLUSIONS: Supply and laying of selected carpet tiles including delivery, handling, cutting, adhesives,
trims and fixing materials and reserve materials.
TYPES & LOCATION: Areas nominated for carpet tile finish generally and as indicated on the approved
design documents
CARPET TILES:
Direct stick, patterned loop, extra heavy duty commercial, stain resistant,
dimensionally stable, modular carpet tile as indicated in the SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
– VOLUME 4.
PROPERTIES:
Construction: Patterned loop pile
Pile Fibre: Universal Optimum RE
Pile height: 4.0mm + 0.5mm
Total Thickness: 7.0mm + 0.5mm
Primary backing: Synthetic recyclable backing
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.10
RESILIENT FINISHES
Electrostatic Propensity: The maximum electrostatic propensity value for carpet tile shall be < 3000V
at a relative humidity of 25% to AATCC 134 (American Association of Textile Chemists and Colourists).
Insect Resistance: Unless they are composed entirely of materials inherently resistant to attack, treat
carpet tiles and underlays against attack by insects, including moth and carpet beetle, by application of
an approved insecticide to the yarn during the dyeing or scouring process: to IWS E10
recommendations.
Proprietary item, colour & pattern: To be selected
INCLUSION (reserve): Refer RESERVE MATERIALS - RESILIENT FINISHES
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with all the
requirements thereof
INSTALLATION: As specified in CARPET TILE INSTALLATION - RESILIENT FINISHES
ADHESIVES: As specified in ADHESIVES – RESILIENT FINISHES.
PATTERN: Set out carpet tiles and lay to approved pattern.
JUNCTIONS: As specified in JUNCTION DETAILS - RESILIENT FINISHES.
WARRANTY PERIOD: Fifteen (15) years from the date of Practical Completion
X.2.05 SHEET VINYL
GENERALLY: Use only floor and wall vinyl and installation materials that are certified by the
manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
INCLUSIONS: Supply and laying of selected vinyl sheet, strip or tile, (as applicable) including delivery,
handling, cutting, adhesives, trims and fixing materials and reserve materials.
TYPES & LOCATION:
Areas nominated for vinyl finish generally and as indicated on the approved
design documents
VINYL SHEET FLOORING & COVED SKIRTING:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents
Cutting pattern: Set out as indicated on the approved design documents
Material: Unbacked homogeneous flexible PVC sheet.
Slip Resistance: R9
Thickness: Nominal 2.0mm
Anti-bacterial properties: High resistance to mould, mildew and bacteria
Proprietary item, colour & pattern: Refer SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4.
Coved skirtings (if applicable): As specified in COVED VINYL SKIRTINGS – RESILIENT FINISHES
VINYL ANTI-SLIP SAFETY FLOORING:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents.
Cutting pattern: Set out as indicated on the approved design documents
Material: Unbacked flexible PVC sheet non-slip safety flooring with aluminium oxide or similar grit
embedded in the surface.
Slip Resistance: R10
Thickness: Nominal 2.5mm
Anti-bacterial properties: High resistance to mould, mildew and bacteria
Proprietary item, colour & pattern: Refer to SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME
4
Coved skirtings (if applicable): As specified in COVED VINYL SKIRTINGS – RESILIENT FINISHES
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.11
RESILIENT FINISHES
VINYL SHEET WALL FINISH:
Location: As indicated on the approved design documents
Material: Unbacked homogeneous flexible PVC sheet.
Thickness: Nominal 2.0mm
Anti-bacterial properties: High resistance to mould, mildew and bacteria
Proprietary item, colour & pattern: Refer SCHEDULES, TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – VOLUME 4
Coved skirtings (if applicable): As specified in COVED VINYL SKIRTINGS – RESILIENT FINISHES
SLIP RESISTANCE: As specified in SLIP RESISTANCE – RESILIENT FINISHES.
TRIM: As specified in TRIM – RESILIENT FINISHES.
INCLUSION (reserve): Refer RESERVE MATERIALS - RESILIENT FINISHES
PROGRAMME: Refer to clause PROGRAMME – RESILIENT FINISHES and comply with all the
requirements thereof
INSTALLATION: As specified in VINYL SHEET INSTALLATION – RESILIENT FINISHES
ADHESIVES: As specified in ADHESIVES – RESILIENT FINISHES.
PATTERN: Set out and cut vinyl and lay to pattern in accordance with approved floor covering plans as
specified in SHOP DRAWINGS – RESILIENT FINISHES.
JOINTS:
Sheet vinyl floors generally:
RESILIENT FINISHES.
Hot or cold welded as specified in VINYL SHEET INSTALLATION –
Strip & tile vinyl floors: Butt joints
JUNCTIONS: As specified in JUNCTION DETAILS - RESILIENT FINISHES.
FLOOR WASTES: As specified in FLOOR WASTES – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
ROLLING AFTER LAYING: As specified in VINYL SHEET INSTALLATION – RESILIENT FINISHES.
FINISH: Buffing only. Allow for initial clean prior to handover.
WARRANTY PERIOD: Five (5) years from the date of Practical Completion.
X.2.06 SEALANTS
GENERALLY: Use only sealants that are certified by the manufacturer as low/zero-VOC
SEALANT SELECTION: Confirm with the manufacturer the compatibility of all proposed materials
intended to be in contact with the sealant prior to commencing installation.
SEALANT – TYPE 1:
Locations: General internal and external construction use for joints and penetrations in non firerated elements including but not limited to:
•
Wall and floor expansion, movement & control joints generally;
•
Acoustic-rated pipe penetrations into ducts and through walls;
Material: Low modulus, dense, durable, resilient one part polyurethane.
Density: Minimum 1400kg/m3.
Colour: As approved, to closely match resilient finish.
Proprietary item: SIKAFLEX–CONSTRUCTION or equal approved.
SEALANT – TYPE 2 (FIRE RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION):
Locations: General construction use for joints, penetrations into ducts and through walls occurring
in fire resistance rated construction.
Material: Fire grade intumescent mastic.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.12
RESILIENT FINISHES
Fire resistance rating: Minimum 4 hours.
Colour: Grey, paintable.
Proprietary item: SIKA FIRERATE or equal approved
SEALANT – TYPE 3:
Locations: Internal use generally for gap sealing, perimeter and abutment joints including but not
limited to:
•
Cabinetwork/wall joints and the like
Material: Durable resilient, mould resistant, neutral cure silicone.
Colour: White (non-paintable).
Proprietary item: SIKASIL–C or equal approved.
INSTALLATION:
Sealant depth: Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant product manufacturer, depth of sealant
shall be:
•
for joints in non-fire rated walls: 0.67 – 1.0 times joint width.
•
for joint widths exceeding 40mm: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer
•
for joints in fire rated walls: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer to maintain the fire
resistance level of the wall.
Joint preparation: Prepare joints in accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.
Confirm joint profile complies with the design requirements. Clear extraneous matter such as grout
and dust from the joint and leave the joint clear of movement-restricting material.
Backing materials (if required): Install backing rod to correct depth to control sealant depth as
specified in BACKING MATERIALS – RESILIENT FINISHES.
Priming: Unless primer is not recommended by the jointing material manufacturer, apply the sealant
manufacturer’s recommended primer to the cleaned joint edges in contact with jointing materials to
achieve maximum adhesion of sealant. Avoid applying primer to the face of the backing rod.
Filling and sealing: Fill the joint completely, tooling the sealant with a spatula and not the applicator
nozzle or thumb, resulting in the sealant to be pressed firmly onto the contact surfaces of the joint to
achieve the maximum bond. Finish sealant neatly, smooth and flush with surface. Do not overfill.
WARRANTY PERIOD (from the date for Practical Completion): Ten (10) years.
X.2.07 BACKING MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: Use compatible sealant and bond breaking backing materials which are certified as
compatible with the materials and products with which they are intended to be in contact.
MATERIALS (in compressible foamed fillers and backing rods): Closed-cell or impregnated types which
do not absorb water.
Bond Breaking: Back-up materials for sealants, including backing rods and the like, shall not adhere to
the sealant, or shall be faced with a non-adhering material.
BACKING MATERIAL – TYPE 1:
Location: General use as indicated on the approved design documents, unless otherwise specified.
Profile:
•
Circular section rod: Joints width < 40mm (max. joint size for the 50mm dia backing rod)
•
Rectangular section rod: Joints width > 40mm (section dimensions determined by compression
requirements – refer installation, below).
Proprietary item: TREMCO FOAM SEALANT BACKING ROD, CFC free, or equal approved.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.13
RESILIENT FINISHES
Installation: Backing materials shall be inserted into the gap of the joint to be sealed to a depth so as
to control the depth of the applied sealant. Backer rods shall be compressed 20-25% of their initial
diameter (or width in the case of rectangular shaped materials) to fit the joint width.
X.2.08 FLOOR WASTES
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents
STANDARD: To AS 1589
TYPE: Approved nickel bronze brass grates and frames with anti-slip surface finish.
Proprietary item: Selected from GALVINS HEALTHCARE RANGE (for vinyl floors) or equal approved to
suit location and application.
INSTALLATION: Install to finish flush with finished floor level. Make watertight connection and
discharge via internal drainage system, refer SECTION P – HYDRAULIC SERVICES.
X.2.09 RESERVE MATERIALS
REQUIREMENT: For each type, colour, design and batch of the specified finishes, supply an additional
quantity of reserve material from the same batch, in full or part length rolls, in the proportion specified.
Label the reserve material appropriately, including the location of the laid area corresponding to each
batch. Securely and separately package each batch in a suitable wrapping and deliver to the Works.
PROPORTION OF RESERVE MATERIALS: (% of laid area):
Carpet tiles:
2.5% of laid area in product manufacturer’s sealed and unopened boxes.
Vinyl sheet:
2.5% of laid area in full width roll.
X.3 WORKMANSHIP
X.3.01 DOOR CLEARANCES
GENERALLY: Before commencing laying of flooring, adjust door clearances where necessary, sufficient
to clear the surface of the finished floor covering
X.3.02 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
PERMISSIBLE LEVEL TOLERANCE: As specified in SUBSTRATE TOLERANCES – RESILIENT FINISHES.
SUBSTRATE PREPARATION: Suitably prepare the substrate to receive the resilient sheet and carpet tile
installation, including but not necessarily limited to:
•
Stripping and cleaning: Remove foreign and deleterious materials, including any surface treatment
including curing compounds which would adversely affect adhesion, and leave the surface dust
free and clean.
•
Repairs: Make good to the substrate surface finish to provide a smooth, level surface prior to the
application of resilient sheet and carpet tile. Fill depressions with a suitable non-exuding,
permanently bonded surfacing and levelling compound, either quick setting and trowel-able, or a
self levelling type. Remove high spots and projections.
•
Fixtures and fittings: Remove door stops and the like items, and refix in position and undamaged
on completion of the installation.
SUBSTRATE DRYNESS:
Generally: Test the substrate for dryness by the hygrometer test method specified in the appropriate
standard. Do not commence installation until the test shows a satisfactory result.
Test method for areas to be carpeted: To AS/NZS 2455 Appendix 1.
Test method for areas to be covered with materials other than carpet: To AS 1884 Appendix B.
Test results: Provide to the Superintendent, prior to installation of resilient finish.
Concrete substrates: If necessary provide artificial means for drying out the substrate before
commencing installation of the resilient finish.
Timber, plywood, particleboard & compressed fibre cement substrates: Allow the substrate material to
achieve equilibrium moisture content before commencing the installation.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.14
RESILIENT FINISHES
PRIMING: Prime substrates prior to application of adhesive as specified in ADHESIVES – RESILIENT
FINISHES.
CERTIFICATION: Provide the installing subcontractor's written statement certifying that the substrate
is satisfactory for receiving the installation. Refer CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS – RESILENT
FINISHES.
X.3.03 SUBSTRATE TOLERANCES
GENERALLY: Ensure substrates conform to the SUBSTRATE TOLERANCE TABLE and are as follows:
•
To AS/NZS 2455.1 or AS/NZS 2455.2, as appropriate.
•
Clean and free of any deposit or finish which may impair adhesion or location and functioning of
movement joints.
SUBSTRATE TOLERANCE TABLE
Property
Length of straight edge laid in
any direction
Max. deviation
straight edge
Flatness Class A
3m
3 mm
Smoothness
150 mm
1 mm
Projections
50 mm
0.5 mm
under
the
CONCRETE SUBSTRATE CORRECTION: Remove projections by grinding and fill voids and hollows with
a levelling compound compatible with the adhesive to produce an even, flat, plane surface.
If raised areas are corrected by grinding test the freshly exposed concrete surface for pH and obtain
verification of compatibility with the adhesive
TIMBER, PLYWOOD, PARTICLEBOARD OR CFC SUBSTRATE CORRECTION: Remove projections by
sanding to produce an even, flat, plane surface and fill voids and hollows with a levelling compound
compatible with the adhesive.
CERTIFICATION: The Contractor shall provide a written statement certifying that the substrate is
satisfactory for receiving the installation. Refer CONTRACTOR’S SUBMISSIONS – RESILENT FINISHES.
X.3.04 LEVELLING COMPOUND
LOCATION: Where a localised adjustment of the substrate level is required to substrates nominated for
carpet tile, vinyl and/or linoleum floor coverings which have not been finished to required tolerances
and level, the Superintendent may permit application of an approved levelling compound.
MATERIALS – TYPE 1 (INTERIOR USE ONLY):
Composition: Latex-based, moisture-resistant, flexible, interior grade.
Proprietary Item: ARDITEX K15 LEVELLING COMPOUND by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal
approved.
Primer (if required to porous surfaces): ARDEX P51 or equal approved compatible primer
MATERIALS – TYPE 2 (EXTERIOR or INTERIOR USE):
Composition: Non-latex-based, waterproof, exterior grade.
Proprietary Item (levelling compound): ARDITEX K301 EXTERIOR GRADE LEVELLING COMPOUND
by ARDEX AUSTRALIA PTY LTD or equal approved.
Primer (if required to porous surfaces): ARDEX P51 or equal approved compatible primer
METHOD: Apply a proprietary water-resistant flexible latex-based levelling compound to the substrate
to bring the substrate surface to the correct levels. Where falls are required, mix the levelling
compound with sand as recommended by the manufacturer and trowel to the shape necessary to
provide the falls. Make level junctions with walls. Where falls are not required, lay level.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.15
RESILIENT FINISHES
X.3.05 CONDITIONING OF FLOOR COVERINGS AND SUBSTRATE
STANDARD: To AS/NZS 2455.1 clause 2.4 for carpet and to AS 1884 Section 3 for resilient finishes
other than carpet.
AIR CONDITIONING: The cost of running air conditioning as part of the laying procedure as specified
in the standard, shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Sum.
X.3.06 CLEANING
GENERALLY: Progressively clean the work by removing waste, excess materials, adhesive and the like.
Clean finished surfaces by appropriate methods, as recommended by the resilient finish manufacturer
Leave the finished surface and adjacent surfaces clean on completion.
CLEANING CARPET TILE: When the installation is complete, clean the carpet tile as necessary to
remove extraneous matter, marks, soiling and the like and to lift the pile where appropriate.
CLEANING VINYL SURFACES: Clean finished surfaces by appropriate methods, as recommended by the
resilient finish manufacturer and to AS 1884, Section 4.
X.3.07 PROTECTION
ADHESIVE FIXED FLOOR FINISHES: Keep traffic off finished work until bonding has set or 24 hours
after laying, whichever period is the longer. Do not allow water in contact with the finish for seven
days.
PROGRAMME: Programme the installation of floor finishes after completion of other trades as
necessary to minimise subsequent foot traffic and potential damage by dust, spillage, debris and the
like.
PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES: Do not permit materials storage, preparation, consumption of food or
drinks, or any other potentially damaging or deleterious activity in the vicinity of installed floor finishes.
PROTECTIVE COVER: Where subsequent traffic cannot be avoided, apply continuous protective
covering appropriate to the necessary level of protection over completed floor finishes to protect them
from damage or wear by subsequent trades. Tape seams. Do not tape protective covering to carpet
tile. Remove protection and re-clean floor finishes immediately prior to practical completion of the
Works.
FOOTWEAR: Do not permit access to finished resilient finished floor areas by personnel wearing
inappropriate footwear such as site boots, outdoor, dirty or studded footwear and the like.
REINSTATEMENT: Repair or replace faulty or damaged work.
satisfactorily, replace the whole area affected.
If the work cannot be replaced
X.4 CARPET TILE INSTALLATION
X.4.01 LAYING CARPET TILES
SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR: As specified in SPECIALIST CONTRACTORS – RESILIENT FINISHES
METHOD: As recommended by the manufacturer. Set out tiles, commencing from the centre of the
area, to give equal width tiles at margins. Do not use cut tiles less than half tile width. Use full tiles in
doorways. Lay parallel to walls. Keep joint lines straight. Fit tiles tight to each other. Match edges
and align patterns. Do not allow the pile to catch in the joint when laying.
Do not allow the pile to catch in the joint when laying.
ADHESIVES: As specified in ADHESIVES – RESILIENT FINISHES.
LAYING PATTERN: As nominated and in accordance with approved trial set-out.
Trial set-out: Obtain approval of trial set-out before fixing.
SKIRTINGS: Aluminium skirtings as specified in SECTION G - METALWORK
X.4.02 PENETRATIONS
CUTTING LAID CARPET TILE: Should penetrations through laid carpet tile be necessary for electrical,
telephone or other outlets, cut the carpet tile either by cross cutting or by cutting rectangular or
circular openings. Protect the carpet tile as necessary during the cutting of holes through the concrete
floor. Remove concrete particles and dust from the carpet tile. Replace the cut carpet tile over the
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.16
RESILIENT FINISHES
opening without any signs of fraying or other damage, and fix with a peel-up adhesive, or re-sew to
approval.
X.5 VINYL SHEET INSTALLATION
X.5.01 INSTALLATION GENERALLY
SPECIALIST CONTRACTOR: As specified in SPECIALIST CONTRACTORS – RESILIENT FINISHES
STANDARD: To AS 1884, Part 3.
BEDDING TO FALLS (if applicable): Provide bedding screed to falls where falls to floor wastes are
required and nominated on the approved design documents as specified in BEDDING SCREEDS,
SECTION V – NON-RESILIENT FINISHES.
PATTERN: Set out and cut vinyl and lay to pattern in accordance with approved floor covering plans as
specified in SHOP DRAWINGS – RESILIENT FINISHES.
JOINTS: Heat weld wherever practicable. Unless welding is specified, butt edges together to form
tight neat joints showing no visual open seam.
JUNCTIONS: Scribe neatly up to returns, edges, fixtures, fittings and the like. Finish floors flush with
adjoining surfaces.
SHEETS: Set out to give the minimum number of joints. Run sheet joints parallel with the long sides
of floor areas.
TRIAL SET-OUT: Obtain approval of trial set-out before fixing.
PRIMER & ADHESIVE:
As specified in ADHESIVES – RESILIENT FINISHES unless otherwise
recommended by the flooring manufacturer.
ROLLING: Where rolling is specified or recommended, roll the finish in two directions before the
adhesive sets, with a 70 kg multi-wheeled roller.
PROTECTION: Do not allow foot or other traffic on floor for at least 72 hours after laying.
X.5.02 WELDED JOINTS
HEAT WELDING: After fixing, groove the seams with a grooving tool and weld joints with matching
filler rod and hot air welding gun. When the weld rod has cooled, trim off flush.
COLD WELDING: Apply epoxy seaming compound 100 mm wide to the background centrally under the
seam. Roll the seam until the compound is forced up into the joint. Clean off flush with a damp cloth.
X.6 JUNCTION DETAILS
X.6.01 EXPANSION JOINT COVERS
REQUIREMENT: Install expansion/movement joints to coincide with structural expansion/movement
joints as detailed on the approved design documents using a proprietary jointing system. Use covers
suitable for carpet tile and vinyl floor coverings, as applicable.
LOCATION: As indicated on the approved design documents.
JOINT SYSTEM APPROVAL: Submit sample of proposed proprietary jointing system to Superintendent
for approval prior to commencing installation.
X.6.02 CONTROL JOINTS
STRUCTURAL JOINTS: Carry joints in the base (whether intended as contraction, expansion, or
isolation joints) right through the floor finish in the form of control joints filled with a suitable material.
SHEET VINYL FLOORS: For sheet vinyl finished floor areas, cover with 75 mm wide x 2 mm thick
surface fixed co-extruded matching expansion joint covers comprising 2 outer portions of 25 mm wide
semi-rigid PVC and a central 25 mm wide portion of flexible PVC welded to floor sheet vinyl and
bonded to the concrete on both sides of the joint.
PRE-FORMED CONTROL JOINTS:
Preformed strip: A proprietary strip consisting of a neoprene filler sandwiched between plates with lugs
or ribs for mechanical keying. Set flush with the finished surface.
Dimensions (nominal): 50 x 6 mm overall.
ONSLOW AIRPORT TERMINAL, ONSLOW, WA
PRELIMINARY DESIGN – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Version Ref: 110913/120705
X.17
RESILIENT FINISHES
Sample: Provide sample for Superintendent’s approval.
X.6.03 FLOOR FINISH JUNCTIONS
REQUIREMENT: Provide edge strips at exposed edges of resilient floor finishes and at junctions with
dissimilar floor finishes or finishes of a different thickness to match approved sample and usage.
Where changes of floor finish occur in doorways, make the junction directly beneath the closed door.
Level junctions: Finish flush adjoining surfaces at junctions between dissimilar floor
finishes or finishes of a different thickness.
Adjust substrate levels as required with a suitable non-exuding, permanently bonded, proprietary
surfacing and levelling compound.
EDGE STRIPS – CARPET TO RESILIENT VINYL SHEET:
Material: At junctions between carpet and resilient vinyl sheet provide a heavy duty strip appropriate
to the floor covering type, capable where necessary of accommodating to the levels of two adjacent
floor finishes and consisting of a metal moulding or extrusion with rubber insert. Where changes of
floor finish occur in doorways, make the junction directly beneath the closed door. Colour as selected.
Proprietary item: MULTI-PURPOSE TRIM 7108 by ROBERTS or equal approved.
EDGE STRIPS – CARPET TILE TO CONCRETE:
Material: At junctions between carpet and/or carpet tile and concrete floor